SlideShare a Scribd company logo
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 1 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE (Timeline)
ARCHITECTURE DATES DESCRIPTION
PREHISTORIC
Before recorded history, humans constructed earthen mounds, stone circles, megaliths, and structures that often puzzle modern-day archaeologists.
Prehistoric architecture includes monumental structures such as Stonehenge, cliff dwellings in the Americas, and thatch and mud structures lost to time.
ANCIENT EGYPT 3,050 BC to 900 BC
In ancient Egypt, powerful rulers constructed monumental pyramids, temples, and shrines. Far from primitive, enormous structures such as the Pyramids of Giza
were feats of engineering capable of reaching great heights.
MESOPOTAMIA West Asiatic Architecture flourished & developed in the Twin Rivers “Tigris & Euphrates also known as “Mesopotamia” it refers to Persia, Assyria & Babylon.
CLASSICAL (Greek & Roman) 850 BC to 476 AD
From the rise of ancient Greece until the fall of the Roman empire, great buildings were constructed according to precise rules. The Classical Orders, which
defined column styles and entablature designs, continue to influence building design in modern times.
BYZANTINE 527 to 565 AD
After Constantine moved the capital of the Roman empire to Byzantium (now called Istanbul) in 330 AD, Roman architecture evolved into a graceful, classically-inspired style that
used brick instead of stone, domed roofs, elaborate mosaics, and classical forms.
ROMANESQUE 800 to 1200 AD
As Rome spread across Europe, heavier, stocky Romanesque architecture with rounded arches emerged. Churches and castles of the early Medieval period
were constructed with thick walls and heavy piers.
GOTHIC 1100 to 1450 AD
Pointed arches, ribbed vaulting, flying buttresses, and other innovations led to taller, more graceful architecture. Gothic ideas gave rise to magnificent
cathedrals like Chartres and Notre Dame.
RENAISSANCE 1400 to 1600 AD
A return to classical ideas ushered an "age of awakening" in Italy, France, and England. Andrea Palladio and other builders looked the classical orders of
ancient Greece and Rome. Long after the Renaissance era ended, architects in the Western world found inspiration in the beautifully proportioned architecture of the
period.
BAROQUE 1600 to 1830 AD
In Italy, the Baroque style is reflected in opulent and dramatic churches with irregular shapes and extravagant ornamentation. In France,
the highly ornamented Baroque style combines with Classical restraint. Russian aristocrats were impressed by Versailles in France, and incorporated Baroque ideas in
the building of St. Petersburg. Elements of the elaborate Baroque style are found throughout Europe.
ROCOCO 1650 to 1790 AD
During the last phase of the Baroque period, builders constructed graceful white buildings with sweeping curves. These Rococo buildings are elegantly
decorated with scrolls, vines, shell-shapes, and delicate geometric patterns.
NEOCLASSICISM 1730 to 1925 AD
A keen interest in ideas of Renaissance architect Andrea Palladio inspired a return of classical shapes in Europe, Great Britain and the United States. These buildings
were proportioned according to the classical orders with details borrowed from ancient Greece and Rome.
ART NOUVEAU 1890 to 1914 AD
Known as the New Style, Art Nouveau was first expressed in fabrics and graphic design. The style spread to architecture and furniture in the 1890s. Art Nouveau buildings
often have asymmetrical shapes, arches and decorative surfaces with curved, plant-like designs.
BEAUX ARTS 1895 to 1925 AD
Also known as Beaux Arts Classicism, Academic Classicism, or Classical Revival, Beaux Arts architecture is characterized by order,
symmetry, formal design, grandiosity, and elaborate ornamentation.
NEO-GOTHIC 1905 to 1930 AD
In the early twentieth century, Gothic ideas were applied to modern buildings. Gargoyles, arched windows, and other medieval details
ornamented soaring skyscrapers.
ART DECO 1925 to 1937 AD Zigzag patterns and vertical lines create dramatic effect on jazz-age, Art Deco buildings. Interestingly, many Art Deco motifs were inspired by the architecture of ancient Egypt.
MODERNIST STYLE 1900 to Present.
The 20th and 21st centuries have seen dramatic changes and astonishing diversity. Modern-day trends include Art Moderne and the Bauhaus School coined
by Walter Gropius, Deconstructivism, Formalism, Modernism, and Structuralism.
POSTMODERNISM 1972 to Present.
A reaction against the Modernist approaches gave rise to new buildings that re-invented historical details and familiar motifs. Look closely at these architectural movements and
you are likely to find ideas that date back to classical and ancient times.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 2 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
MOVEMENTS IN ARCHITECTURE
MOVEMENT DESCRIPTION ARCHITECTS
Chicago School of
Architecture
(1880-1910)
The groundbreaking Chicago school of architecture was founded by William Le Baron Jenney (1832-
1907), along with a number of other innovative American architects. A centre of high-rise development rather than a
school per se, it had no unified set of principles, and buildings created by the members of the school employed many
different designs, construction techniques and materials. Some key characteristics of Chicago architecture during this
period included:
 new foundation techniques pioneered by Dankmar Adler; metal skeleton frames - first used in
Jenney's Home Insurance Building (1884);
 the use of steel and iron, first highlighted by the French architect Viollet-le-Duc, and usedby
Louis Sullivan and others.
Famous Chicago School Firms of Architects
• William Holabird (1854-1923) and Martin Roche (1853-1927)
Buildings designed by Holabird & Roche included:
- Marquette Building, Chicago (1895)
- Gage Group Buildings at S. Michigan Avenue, Chicago (1899)
- Chicago Building (Chicago Savings Bank Building) (1904-5)
- Brooks Building, Chicago (1909-10)
• Daniel Hudson Burnham (1846-1912) and John Wellborn Root (1850-91)
Buildings designed by Burnham & Root, or Burnham and Co, included:
- Fisher Building, Chicago (1895-6)
- Flatiron Building, New York (1901-3)
- Heyworth Building, Chicago (1904)
• Dankmar Adler (1844-1900) and Louis Sullivan (1856-1924)
Buildings designed by firm Adler and Sullivan, included:
- Chicago Stock Exchange Building (1893-94)
- Prudential Building (Guaranty Building) Buffalo (1894)
Art Nouveau
Architecture
(1890-1920)
A decorative style of architecture characterized by flowing lines, and abstract floral motifs, which was closely associated
with the Arts and Crafts movement championed by William Morris (1834-96). Known in Germany
as Jugendstil - it was applied to both the exterior and interior design of buildings. Interiors were often lavishly decorated
with various types of applied art - including stained glass and ceramics.
Famous Art Nouveau Architects
• Antoni Gaudi (1852-1926)
Designer of the Casa Mila (La Pedrera) (1906-10) in Barcelona.
• Victor Horta (1861-1947)
Designed Hotel Tassel (1892-3), and Maison du Peuple (1896-9) in Brussels.
• Hector Guimard (1867-1942)
Famous for his entrances to the Paris Metro.
• Joseph Maria Olbrich (1867-1908)
Founder of the Vienna Seccession, designer of its headquarters.
• Charles Rennie Mackintosh (1868-1928)
Designer of the Glasgow School of Art (1907).
• Giuseppe Brega (1877-1960)
Stile Liberty architect of Villa Ruggeri, Pesaro (1902).
Revivalist Architecture
(1900-2000)
Ever since Italian Renaissance architects revived the proportions and orders of Roman architecture, designers have
turned to the past for inspiration. Such revivalism reached its apogee in 19th century architecture, in numerous
Romanesque (1000-1150), Gothic (1150-1300) and Beaux-Arts structures in both Europe and the United States, but the
process continued into the 20th century.
Famous 20th Century Revivalist Buildings
• "Gothic" Sagrada Familia (1883-1926) by Antoni Guadi.
• "Classical" AEG Turbine Factory, Berlin (1909) by Peter Behrens.
• "Classical" Pennsylvania Railway Station (1910) by McKim, Meade & White.
• "Classical" Lincoln Memorial, Washington DC (1922) by Henry Bacon.
• "Medieval" Stockholm City Hall (1923) by Ragnar Ostberg.
• "Romanesque" Stuttgart Train Station (1928) by Paul Bonatz.
• "Ziggurat" 55 Broadway, London (1929) by Charles Holden.
• "Classical"/"Mughal" Viceroy's Palace, India (1930) by Edwin Lutyens.
• "Roman" Milan Train Station (1931) by Ulisse Stacchini.
• "Classical" City University, Rome (1935) by Marcello Piacentini.
• "Classical" German Pavilion, World Exhibition, Paris (1937) by AlbertSpeer.
• "Greek"/"Moorish" San Simeon Hearst Castle (1939) by Julia Morgan.
• "Egyptian" Louvre Pyramid (1998) by I.M.Pei.
• James Renwick (1818-95) - Neo-Gothic architect.
• Henry Hobson Richardson (1838-86) - Neo-Romanesque designer.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 3 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
MOVEMENTS IN ARCHITECTURE
MOVEMENT DESCRIPTION ARCHITECTS
New York School of
Skyscraper Architecture
(1900-30)
Steel-frame high-rise architecture was pioneered in the 19th century by American architects in New York and Chicago:
two cities which were experiencing rapid development but whose available space was limited. With the fall in the price of
steel - a major construction material for high-rise structures - building upwards suddenly became much more
economically attractive. During the first three decades of the 20th century, New York took the lead with a number of
cutting-edge skyscrapers.
Famous New York Skyscrapers
- Park Row Building NYC, (1899–1901) by Robert Henderson Robertson.
- Flat-iron Building NYC, (1902) by Daniel H. Burnham &Company.
- Philadelphia City Hall (1908) by John McArthur, ThomasU.Walter.
- Singer Building NYC, (1908) by Ernest Flagg.
- Metropolitan Tower NYC, (1909) by Napoleon Le Brun & Sons.
- Woolworth Building NYC, (1913) by Cass Gilbert.
- Empire State Building NYC, (1929) by Shreve, Lamb & Harmon.
- Daily News Building NYC, (1929) by Howells & Hood.
- Chanin Building NYC, (1929) by Sloan & Robertson.
- Lincoln Building NYC, (1930) by J.E. Carpenter & Associates.
- Bank of Manhattan Trust Building NYC, (1930) by Craig Severance.
- Chrysler Building NYC, (1931) by William Van Alen.
- Rockefeller Center NYC, (1940) by Hofmeister, Hood, Godley, Fouilhoux.
Early Modernist
Architecture
(1900-30)
"Modernist architecture", the first real example of 20th century architecture, was designed for "modern man". It was
relatively, if not wholly, devoid of historical associations, and made full use of the latest building techniques and
materials, including iron, steel, glass and concrete. Functionality was a key aspect of the modernist style. The format
was later fully realized in the United States: see, for instance, Henry Ford's assembly plant at Rouge River, south of
Detroit - then the largest manufacturing plant in the world.
Famous Early Modernist Architects
• Frank Lloyd Wright (1867-1959)
Designed Robie House, Chicago (1910); Fallingwater, Bear Run, PA (1937).
• Peter Behrens (1868-1940)
Built the AEG Turbine Factory, Berlin (1909).
• Adolf Loos (1870-1933)
Designed Steiner House, Vienna (1910); Moller House, Vienna (1928).
• Eliel Saarinen (1873-1950)
Designed Helsinki Train Station (1904-14).
• Walter Gropius (1883-1969)
Designed Fagus Factory, Alfeld-an-der-Leine (1911).
• Le Corbusier (1887-1965) (Charles-Edouard Jeanneret)
Designed Villa Savoye (1931); Unite d'Habitation, Marseille(1952).
Expressionist
Architecture
(1910-25)
This architectural style emerged in Germany and the Low Countries. Expressionist architects rebelled against the
functionalist industrial-style structures of modernist architecture, preferring more sinuous or highly articulated forms.
These included curves, spirals and non-symmetrical elements, as well as structures in which the expressive values of
certain materials are emphasized. A contemporary example of expressionist architecture is the Sydney Opera House
(1973), designed by Jorn Utzon (1918-2008).
Famous Expressionist Architects
• Rudolf Steiner (1861-1925)
Famous for his Goetheanum, Dornach (1914).
• Hans Poelzig (1869-1936)
Designed Grosses Schauspielhaus, Berlin (1919).
• Max Berg (1870-1947)
Designer of the Centenary Hall, Beslau-Scheitnig (1913).
• Bruno Taut (1880-1938)
Designed the Glass Pavilion (1914) at the Cologne Deutsche Werkbund Exposition.
• Michel de Klerk (1884-1923)
Co-designed the Scheepvaarthuis, Amsterdam (1918).
• Johannes Friedrich (Fritz) Hoger (1887-1949)
Designed Chilehaus, Hamburg (1921-4).
• Erich Mendelsohn (1887-1953)
Designer of Einstein Tower, Potsdam (1924).
De Stijl Avant-Garde
Architecture
(1917-1930)
One of the European avant-garde art groups that had a significant influence on the development of modernist
architecture, was the Dutch-based group known as De Stijl, founded in Leiden in 1917 by Theo van Doesburg(1883-
1931), its active members included the abstract painter Piet Mondrian (1872-1944), as well as a number of architects,
designers, painters and sculptors. Influenced by Concrete art and Cubism, as well as radical left-wing politics, its main
objective was to establish a compositional methodology applicable to both fine and decorative art. De Stijl designs are
characterized by austere geometrical shapes, right-angles, and primary colors.
Famous De Stijl Architects
• Robert van’t Hoff (1887-1979)
Preoccupied during his De Stijl period with Communist politics and designs for prefabricated mass
housing, worked out in collaboration with the Utrecht architect P.J.C.Klaarhamer (1874-1954).
• Gerrit Rietveld (1888-1964)
His most famous designs included his Rietveld Schroder House, Utrecht (1924), now a UNESCO
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 4 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
MOVEMENTS IN ARCHITECTURE
MOVEMENT DESCRIPTION ARCHITECTS
World Heritage Site, and his Red and Blue Chair (1917).
• J.J.P. Oud (1890–1963)
Highly influential, the Municipal Housing Architect for Rotterdam, JJP Oud was a key participant in
the influential modernist Weissenhof Estate Exhibition (1927).
Social Housing
Architecture
(1918-30)
One response to the European post-war housing crisis in the 1920s was a series of minimal cost social housing projects
developed in several major urban centers. On the Continent, these took the form of large-scale apartment blocks.
Famous Examples of Social Housing
• Eigen Haard Estate, Amsterdam (1920) designed by Michel de Klerk (1884-1923).
• Works Housing Estate, Hoek van Holland (1924) designed by JPP Oud(1890–1963).
• Britz Horseshoe Estate, Berlin (1925-33) designed by Bruno Taut(1880-1938).
• Pessac Housing Estate, Bordeaux (1926) designed by Le Corbusier(1887-1965).
• Bruchfeldstrasse Estate, Frankfurt am Main (1927) designed by Ernst May(1886-1970).
• Weissenhofsiedlung, Stuttgart (1927) designed by Mies van der Rohe.
• Siemensstadt, Berlin (1929) designed by Hans Scharoun (1893-1972) andothers.
• Karl Marx Hof, Vienna (1930) designed by Karl Ehn (1884–1957).
Bauhaus Design School
(1919-1933)
The Bauhaus design school was a hugely influential centre of inter-war modernist architecture. Its design ethos was
propagated by several key members of its teaching staff who immigrated to the United States during the 1930s.
Combining ideas from Russian Constructivism movement, the Dutch De Stijl group, and the American architect Frank
Lloyd Wright (1867-1959), as well as an attitude to crafts modeled on the Arts & Crafts movement and the Deutscher
Werkbund, Bauhaus design - with its clean lines and deliberate absence of ornamentation - eventually developed into
the International Style of modern architecture, and later spread to the United States, where it was developed by Walter
Gropius, Mies van der Rohe, and other European emigrants like Richard Neutra.
Bauhaus Style Architects
• Walter Gropius (1883-1969)
Designed Bauhaus Complex, Desau (1925); MetLife Building, NYC (1963).
• Laszlo Moholy-Nagy
Taught the Bauhaus's vorkurs; director of New Bauhaus (1937-8), Chicago.
• Hannes Meyer (1889-1954)
Swiss Marxist Professor of architecture, later director, at the Bauhaus.
• Ludwig Mies van der Rohe (1886-1969)
Succeeded Meyer as director of the Bauhaus in1930.
Art Deco Architecture
(1925-1940)
Art Deco was influenced by a combination of sources, including the geometrics of Cubism, the "movement" of Futurism,
as well as elements of ancient art, such as Pre-Columbian and Egyptian art. Its architecture was also inspired by the
ziggurat designs of Mesopotamian art. Art Deco, like Art Nouveau, embraced all types of art, but unlike its predecessor,
it was purely decorative, with no theoretical or political agenda.
Art Deco Buildings
- Chanin Building, NYC (1927-9) by Sloan and Robertson.
- McGraw-Hill Building, NYC (1929-30) by Raymond Hood.
- Empire State Building, NYC (1929-31) by Shreve, Lamb and Harmon.
- Chrysler Building, NYC (1930) by William van Alen(1883-1954).
- Entrance Foyer, Strand Palace Hotel (1930) by OliverBernhard.
- El Dorado Apartment Building, NYC (1931) by Emery Roth (1871-1948).
- Entrance Plaza to Rockefeller Center, NYC (1932-9) by various.
Totalitarian
Architecture
(1933-60)
Architectural design under dictators like Adolf Hitler, Joseph Stalin and Chairman Mao was designed to awe their political
subjects and impress foreign vistors. Buildings therefore had to be conceived and built on a gargantuan scale, and often
incorporated elements of Greek architecture. Above all, Totalitarian architecture embodied the fantasies and
megalomania of the political leader.
Examples of Totalitarian Architectural Design
• City University, Rome (1935) by MarcelloPiacentini.
• Olympic Stadium, Berlin (1934-6) by Werner March.
• New Reich Chancellery, Berlin (1938-9) by Albert Speer.
• Moscow State University (1953) designed by Lev Vladimirovich Rudnev.
• Great Hall of the People, Beijing (1959) by Zhang Bo.
International Style of
Modern Architecture
(1940-70)
The International Style first appeared in Germany, Holland and France, during the 1920s, before being introduced
into American architecture in the 1930s, where it became the dominant fashion during the major post-war urban
development phase (1955-1970). Predominantly used for "corporate office blocks" - despite the efforts of Richard
Neutra, William Lescaze, Edward Durrell Stone and others, to apply it to residential buildings - it was ideal for skyscraper
architecture, because of its sleek "modern" look, and use of steel and glass. The International style was championed by
American designers like Philip Johnson (1906-2005) and, in particular, by the Second Chicago School of Architecture,
led by the dynamic emigrant ex-Bauhaus architect Ludwig Mies van der Rohe (1886-1969).
Famous International Style Buildings
- Lake Shore Drive Apartments, Chicago (1948-51) by Mies van der Rohe.
- The Graduate Center, Harvard University (1950) by Walter Gropius.
- Seagram Building, New York (1954-58) by Mies van der Rohe and PhilipJohnson.
- Inland Steel Building, Chicago (1957) by Skidmore, Owings & Merrill.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 5 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
MOVEMENTS IN ARCHITECTURE
MOVEMENT DESCRIPTION ARCHITECTS
High-Tech Architecture
(1970 onwards)
Rooted in the avant-garde structures of the 19th century, like the Eiffel Tower and Cystal Palace, hi-tech architecture is
based on the expressive qualities of cutting-edge technologies and materials. As demonstrated by James Stirling (1926-
92) - see his glass structure of the Engineering Faculty, Leceister University (1959-63) - traditional construction methods
(like brickwork) are abandoned in favour of new materials and techniques, such as steel, light metal panels, glass, and
plastic derivatives. New building shapes are determined by the shape of the components used. An important exhibition
which affirmed this new approach was Expo 67, held in Montreal. Hi-tech architecture is symbolized by the Pompidou
Centre in Paris, designed by Renzo Piano and Richard Rogers in collaboration with engineers Ove Arup & Partners.
Famous High-Tech Buildings
• USA Pavilion (Expo 67, Montreal) by Buckminster Fuller.
• Olympiapark, Munich (1968-72) by Gunter Behnisch and Frei Otto.
• Pompidou Centre, Paris (1971-78) by Renzo Piano and Richard Rogers.
• Lloyds of London (1978-86) by Richard Rogers.
• Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank, Hong Kong (1979-86) by Foster &Partners.
• Channel Tunnel Waterloo Terminal, London (1993) by Nicholas Grimshaw
• Kansai Airport Terminal, Osaka (1994) by Renzo Piano.
• Allianz Arena, Munich (2005) by Herzog & de Meuron.
Deconstructivism
(1980-200)
An iconic style of three-dimensional postmodernist art, opposed to the ordered rationality of modern design,
Deconstructivism emerged in the 1980s, notably in Los Angeles California, but also in Europe. Characterized by non-
rectilinear shapes which distort the geometry of the structure, the finished appearance of deconstructivist buildings is
typically unpredictable and even shocking. These unusual shapes have been facilitated by the use of design software
developed from the aerospace industry. The exhibition which first introduced this new approach to the public was
the Deconstructivist Architecture exhibition, curated by Philip Johnson and Mark Wigley, and held at the Museum of
Modern Art, New York, in 1988. the most famous deconstructivist designer in America is probably Frank O.
Gehry (b.1929); in Europe the top architects are probably Daniel Libeskind (b.1946), and the firm Coop Himmelblau,
founded by Wolf Prix, Helmut Swiczinsky and Michael Holzer.
Famous Examples of Deconstructivism
- Walt Disney Concert Hall, Los Angeles (1988-2003) by Frank OGehry.
- Guggenheim Museum, Bilbao (1991-97) by Frank O Gehry.
- Multiplex Cinema, Dresden (1993-8) by Coop Himmelblau.
- Nationale Nederlanden Building, Prague (1992-97) by Frank O Gehry.
- UFA-Kristall Filmpalast, Dresden (1998) by Coop Himmelblau.
- Seattle Central Library, Seattle (2004) by "Rem" Koolhaas.
- Imperial War Museum North, Manchester (2002) by Daniel Libeskind.
- Royal Ontario Museum (extension), Toronto (2007) by Daniel Libeskind.
Blobitecture
(1990s)
A style of postmodernist architecture characterized by organic, rounded, bulging shapes, Blobitecture (aka blobism or
blobismus) was first christened by William Safire in the New York Times in 2002 (although architect Greg Lynn used the
term "blob architecture" in 1995) the style first appeared in the early 1990s. Developed by postmodernist artists on both
sides of the Atlantic, the construction of blobitecture's non-geometric structures is heavily dependent on the use of
CATID software (Computer Aided Three-dimensional Interactive Application).
Famous Examples of Blobitecture
• Water Pavilion (1993–1997) by Lars Spuybroek and Kas Oosterhuis.
• Experience Music Project, Seattle (1999-2000) by Frank O Gehry.
• Kunsthaus, Graz (2003) by Peter Cook and ColinFournier.
• Bus Station at Spaarne Hospital (2003) by NIOArchitecten.
• The Sage Gateshead (2004) by Norman Foster.
• Philological Library, Free University, Berlin (2005) by Norman Foster.
Late 20th-Century
Supertall Towers
Structural techniques developed by US architects like Fazlur Khan (1929-82) of Skidmore, Owings & Merrill, have led to
the construction of a new generation of supertall buildings or 'towers'. These new tubular designs, which have also
significantly reduced the amount of steel required in skyscrapers, have enabled architects to break free from the regular
"box-like" design. With modern towers now regularly exceeding 100 storeys, the biggest limitation on upward growth
remains safety and the lack of emergency evacuation procedures.
Tallest Towers Built in the 20th-Century
(1) Petronas Towers, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia (1998) (452m/ 1,483 feet)
(2) Willis Tower, Chicago (1973) (442m/ 1,450 feet)
(3) Jin Mao Tower, Shanghai (1999) (421m/ 1,380 feet)
(4) One World Trade Center, NYC (1974) (destroyed) (417m/ 1,368 feet)
(5) CITIC Plaza, Guangzhou (1997) (391m/ 1,283 feet)
(6) Shun Hing Square, Shenzhen (1996) 384m/ 1,260 feet)
(7) Empire State Building, NYC (1931) (381m/ 1,250 feet)
(8) Tuntex Sky Tower, Kaohsiung, Taiwan (1997) (378m/ 1,240 feet)
(9) Central Plaza Hong Kong (1992) (374m/ 1,227 feet)
(10) Bank of China Tower, Hong Kong (1990) (367m/ 1,205 feet)
Trust in God with all your heart, and don't lean on your own understanding. In all your ways acknowledge Him, and He will make your paths straight.
-Proverbs 3:5-6
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 6 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
ARCHITECTURAL ISMS OF THE MID 19TH
CENTURY
ISMS DESCRIPTION
ART NOUVEAU
(1890 to1910)
An ornament of undulating waves, flowers and flower stalks developed in France and Belgium towards the end of the 19th century. In France (Style Nouville) was initiated by Guimmard; Belgium (Coup-
De-Joulet) – Van De Velde and Horta; Spain( Modernismo) – Gaudi: Austria(Sezzession); Scotland (Fin-De-Schism) – Mackintosh); Italy(Modern Isme Or Stile Liberte); and
Germany(Judgenstil) – Vande Velde,Olbrist and Endell, and America (Tiffany Style) – Louis Tiffany
 Exaggerated, flowing, undulating lines
 Rich ornamentation
 Emphasis on the decorative and structural properties of materials, especially glass andironwork
 Use of colour and gilding
Asymmetrical composition
BAUHAUS
(1919 to 1933)
Creative center of artistic experiment during the 1920’s. Gropius was its founder who would rather close shop than be dictated by the German ruler. The school existed in three German
cities: Weimar from 1919 to 1925, Dessau from 1925 to 1932 and Berlin from 1932 to 1933, under three different architect-directors: Walter Gropius from 1919 to 1928, Hannes
Meyer from 1928 to 1930 and Ludwig Mies van der Rohe from 1930 until 1933, when the school was closed by its own leadership under pressure from the Nazi-led government which had
claimed that it was a centre of communist intellectualism.
BRUTALISM
(1950s to the mid-1970s)
Refers to the works of Van Der Rohe which displayed the use of glass and steel; display of service systems of a building like air conditioning ducts, plumbing, pipes, etc.
Brutalism is a style with an emphasis on materials, textures and construction, producing highly expressive forms
Consider Brutalism as architecture in the raw, with an emphasis on materials, textures and construction, producing highly expressive forms. Seen in the work of Le Corbusier from the late 1940s with the
Unite d’Habitation in Marseilles, the term Brutalism was first used in England by the architectural historian Reyner Banham in 1954.It referred to the work of Alison and Peter Smithson’s school at
Hunstanton in Norfolk because of its uncompromising approach to the display of structure and services, albeit in a steel building rather than reinforced concrete.
Also called New Brutalism, it encouraged the use of beton brut (raw concrete), in which patterns created by wooden shuttering are replicated through board marking, as can be seen in the work of Denys
Lasdun, or where the aggregate is bush or pick-hammered, as at the Barbican Estate in London. Scale was important and the style is characterized by massive concrete shapes colliding abruptly, while
service ducts and ventilation towers are overtly displayed.
The best known early Brutalist architecture is the work of the Swiss architect Le Corbusier, in particular his 1952 Unité d' Habitation and the 1953 Secretariat Building
(Palace of Assembly) in Chandigarh, India.
Examples are typically massive in character (even when not large),fortress-like, with a predominance of exposed concrete construction, or in the case of the "brick brutalists," ruggedly combine detailed
brickwork and concrete.
In the Philippines, Leandro Locsin designed massive brutalist structures, including the Cultural Center of the Philippines and the Philippine International Convention Center.
 Rough, unfinished surfaces
 Unusual shapes
 Heavy-looking materials
 Massive forms
 Small windows in relation to the other parts
 Exposed Steel Beams
CIAM or INTERNATIONAL
MODERNISM
(1928 to1959)
The Congrès internationaux d'architecture moderne(CIAM), or International Congresses of Modern Architecture, was an organization founded in 1928 and disbanded in 1959, responsible for a
series of events and congresses arranged across Europe by the most prominent architects of the time, with the objective of spreading the principles of the Modern Movement focusing in all the main
domains of architecture (such as landscape, urbanism, industrial design, and many others).
The International Congresses of Modern Architecture (CIAM) was founded in June 1928, at the Chateau de la Sarraz in Switzerland, by a group of 28 European architects organized by Le Corbusier,
Hélène de Mandrot (owner of the castle), and Sigfried Giedion (the first secretary-general). CIAM was one of many 20th centurymanifestos meant to advance the cause of "architecture as a social art".
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 7 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
ARCHITECTURAL ISMS OF THE MID 19TH
CENTURY
ISMS DESCRIPTION
Russian architect Vladimir Tatlin launched the constructivist movement when he proposed the futuristic, glass-and-steel Tatlin's Tower.
CONSTRUCTIVISM
(1920 to 1930)
During the 1920s and early 1930s, a group of avant-garde architects in Russia launched a movement to design buildings for the new socialist regime. Calling themselvesconstructivists, they believed
that design began with construction. Their buildings emphasized abstract geometric shapes and functional machine parts.
Constructivist architecture combined engineering and technology with political ideology.
Constructivist architects tried to suggest the idea of humanity's collectivism through the harmonious arrangement of diverse structural elements.
ARCHITECTS
Vladimir Tatlin
Konstantin Melnikov
Nikolai Milyutin
Aleksandr Vesnin
Leonid Vesnin
Viktor Vesnin
El Lissitzky
Vladimir Krinsky
Iakov Chernikhov
The most famous work of constructivist architecture was never actually built. In 1920, Russian architect Vladimir Tatlin proposed a futuristic monument to the 3rd International in the city of St. Petersburg
(then known as Petergrado). The unbuilt project, called Tatlin's Tower, used spiral forms to symbolize revolution and human interaction. Inside the spirals, three glass-walled building units - a cube, a
pyramid, and a cylinder - would rotate at different speeds.
Soaring 400 meters (about 1,300 feet), Tatlin's Tower would have been taller than the Eiffel Tower in Paris. The cost to erect such a building would have been enormous. But, even though Tatlin's Tower
wasn't built, the plan helped launch the Constructivist movement. By the late 1920s, Constructivism had spread outside the USSR. Many European architects called themselves constructivists.
However, within a few years Constructivism faded from popularity and was eclipsed by the Bauhaus movement in Germany.
 Glass and steel
 Machine-made building parts
 Technological details such as antennae, signs, and projection screens
 Abstract geometric shapes
 A sense of movement
DECONSTRUCTIVISM
(1980)
Deconstructivism, or Deconstruction, is an approach to building design that attempts to view architecture in bits and pieces. The basic elements of architecture are dismantled. Deconstructivist buildings
may seem to have no visual logic. They may appear to be made up of unrelated, disharmonious abstract forms. Deconstructive ideas are borrowed from the French philosopher Jacques Derrida.
ARCHITECTS
Peter Eisenman
Daniel Libeskind
Zaha Hadid
Frank O. Gehry
Rem Koolhaas
In the summer of 1988, architect Philip Johnson was instrumental in organizing a Museum of Modern Art (MoMA) exhibit called "Deconstructivist Architecture." Johnson gathered works from seven
architects (Eisenman, Gehry, Hadid, Koolhaas, Libeskind, Bernard Tschumi, and Coop Himmelblau) who "intentionally violate the cubes and right angles of modernism."
Deconstructivist architects reject Postmodernist ways for an approach more akin to Russian Constructivism.
"The hallmark of deconstructivist architecture is its apparent instability. Though structurally sound, the projects seem to be in states of explosion or collapse....Deconstructivist architecture, however, is not
an architecture of decay or demolition. On the contrary, it gains all of its force by challenging the very values of harmony, unity, and stability, proposing instead that flaws are intrinsic to the structure."
FUNCTIONALISM
The principle that architects should design a building based on the purpose of that building. This statement is less self-evident than it first appears, and is a matter of confusion and controversy within the
profession, particularly in regard to modern architecture. Functionalism had the strongest influence in Germany, Czechoslovakia, the USSR and the Netherlands.
ARCHITECTS
Alvar Aalto
Erik Bryggman
P.E. (Paul Ernsti) Blomstedt
Hilding Ekelund
Erkki Huttunen
Uno Ullberg
Ragnar Ypya
In 1896, Chicago architect Louis Sullivan coined the phrase 'form ever follows function' to capture his belief that a building's size, massing, spatial grammar and other characteristics should be driven solely
by the function of the building. The implication is that if the functional aspects are satisfied, architectural beauty would naturally and necessarily follow.
Sullivan's credo is often viewed as being ironic in light of his extensive use of intricate ornament, since a common belief among functionalist architects is that ornament serves no function. The credo also
does not address whose function he means. The architect of an apartment building, for instance, can easily be at cross-purposes with the owners of the building regarding how the building should look and
feel, and they could both be at cross-purposes with the future tenants. Nevertheless 'form follows function' expresses a significant and enduring idea. Sullivan's protégé Frank Lloyd Wright is also cited as
an exemplar of functional design.
In the mid-1930s, functionalism began to be discussed as an aesthetic approach rather than a matter of design integrity. The idea of functionalism was conflated with lack of ornamentation, which is a
different matter. It became a pejorative term associated with the most bald and brutal ways to cover space, like cheap commercial buildings and sheds, then finally used, for example in academic criticism
of Buckminster Fuller's geodesic domes, simply as a synonym for 'gauche'.
DEFUNCTIONALISM A style ignoring the classic approach to design disregarding functionalisms that have failed in many instances
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 8 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
ARCHITECTURAL ISMS OF THE MID 19TH
CENTURY
ISMS DESCRIPTION
ECLECTICISM
(19TH & 20TH CENTURY)
ARCHITECTS
Daniel Burnham
Alexander Jackson Davis
Antonio Gaudi
Richard Morris Hunt
Charles Follen McKim
William Mead
Richard Norman Shaw
Stanford White
A nineteenth and twentieth-century architectural style in which a single piece of work incorporates a mixture of elements from previous historical styles to create something that is new and original.
In architecture and interior design, these elements may include structural features, furniture, decorative motives, distinct historical ornament, traditional cultural motifs or styles from other countries, with the
mixture usually chosen based on its suitability to the project and overall aesthetic value.
The term eclecticism is used to describe the combination, in a single work, of elements from different historical styles, chiefly in architecture and, by implication, in the fine and decorative arts. The term is
sometimes also loosely applied to the general stylistic variety of 19th-century architecture after Neo-classicism (c. 1820), although the revivals of styles in that period have, since the 1970s, generally been
referred to as aspects of historicism.
The church of the Sagrada Familia in Barcelona designed by Antonio Gaudi is a notable example of eclecticism. Elements of the style were merged with oriental motifs and forms found in the natural
world, resulting in a structure that was distinctive and original.[2] Although it was designed during the peak of the eclectic period (1883–1926), it remains under construction today.
EXPRESSIONISM
(1910 to 1930)
ARCHITECTS
Adolf Behne
Hermann Finsterlin
Antoni Gaudí
Walter Gropius - early period
Hugo Häring
Fritz Höger
Michel de Klerk
Piet Kramer
Carl Krayl
Erich Mendelsohn
Hans Poelzig
Hans Scharoun
Rudolf Steiner
Bruno Taut
An architectural movement that developed in Europe during the first decades of the 20th century in parallel with the expressionist visual and performing arts, that especially developed and dominated
in Germany.
The term "Expressionist architecture" initially described the activity of the German, Dutch, Austrian, Czech and Danish avant garde from 1910 until 1930. Subsequent redefinitions extended the term
backwards to 1905 and also widened it to encompass the rest of Europe. Today the meaning has broadened even further to refer to architecture of any date or location that exhibits some of the qualities of
the original movement such as; distortion, fragmentation or the communication of violent or overstressed emotion.
The style was characterised by an early-modernist adoption of novel materials, formal innovation, and very unusual massing, sometimes inspired by natural biomorphic forms, sometimes by the new
technical possibilities offered by the mass production of brick, steel and especially glass.
 Distortion of form for an emotional effect.
 Subordination of realism to symbolic or stylistic expression of inner experience. An underlying effort at achieving the new, original, andvisionary.
 Profusion of works on paper, and models, with discovery and representations of concepts more important than pragmatic finishedproducts.
 Often hybrid solutions, irreducible to a single concept.
 Themes of natural romantic phenomena, such as caves, mountains, lightning, crystal and rock formations. [ As such it is more mineral and elemental than florid and organic which characterized its
close contemporary art nouveau.
 Utilizes creative potential of artisan craftsmanship.
 Tendency more towards the gothic than the classical. Expressionist architecture also tends more towards the Romanesque and the rococo than the classical.
 Though a movement in Europe, expressionism is as eastern as western. It draws as much from Moorish, Islamic, Egyptian, and Indian art and architecture as from Roman or Greek.
Conception of architecture as a work of art.
FUTURISM
ARCHITECTS
An early-20th century form of architecture born in Italy, characterized by strong chromaticism, long dynamic lines, suggesting speed, motion, urgency and lyricism: it was a part of Futurism, an artistic
movement founded by the poet Filippo Tommaso Marinetti, who produced its first manifesto, the Manifesto of Futurism in 1909. The movement attracted not only poets, musicians, and artists (such
as Umberto Boccioni, Giacomo Balla, Fortunato Depero, and Enrico Prampolini) but also a number of architects. A cult of the machine age and even a glorification of war and violence were among the
themes of the Futurists (several prominent futurists were killed after volunteering to fight in World War I). The latter group included the architect Antonio Sant'Elia, who, though building little, translated the
futurist vision into an urban form.
Tadao Ando Le Corbusier Denis Laming Oscar Niemeyer
Archigram Arthur Erickson John Lautner Cesar Pelli
Louis Armet Future Systems Anthony J. Lumsden William Pereira
Welton Becket Michael Graves Virgilio Marchi Patricio Pouchulu
Santiago Calatrava Zaha Hadid Wayne McAllister Eero Saarinen
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 9 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
ARCHITECTURAL ISMS OF THE MID 19TH
CENTURY
ISMS DESCRIPTION
METABOLISM
ARCHITECTS
Kenzo Tange
Kisho Kurokawa
Moshe Safdie
Kiyonuri Kikotake
Walter Jonas
A post-war Japanese architectural movement that fused ideas about architectural megastructures with those of organic biological growth. It had its first international exposure during CIAM's 1959 meeting
and its ideas were tentatively tested by students from Kenzo Tange's MIT studio.
During the preparation for the 1960 Tōkyō World Design Conference a group of young architects and designers, including Kiyonori Kikutake, Kisho Kurokawa and Fumihiko Maki prepared the publication of
the Metabolism manifesto. They were influenced by a wide variety of sources including Marxist theories and biological processes. Their manifesto was a series of four essays entitled: Ocean City, Space
City, Towards Group Form, and Material and Man, and it also included designs for vast cities that floated on the oceans and plug-in capsule towers that could incorporate organic growth. Although the
World Design Conference gave the Metabolists exposure on the international stage their ideas remained largely theoretical.
Some smaller, individual buildings that employed the principles of Metabolism were built and these included Tange's Yamanashi Press and Broadcaster Centre and Kurokawa's Nakagin Capsule Tower.
The greatest concentration of their work was to be found at the 1970 World Exposition in Osaka where Tange was responsible for master planning the whole site whilst Kikutake and Kurokawa designed
pavilions. After the 1973 oil crisis, the Metabolists turned their attention away from Japan and toward Africa and the Middle East.
MONUMENTALISM
ARCHITECTS
Rf Schinklel, M. Van Der
T. Garnier,
P. Behrens, Rohe,
A. Perret.
H. Polezig, Le Corbusier,
Based on the notion that the form of the object should last and implicitly there are forms which have external validity.
Construction, especially of buildings, on a grand scale.
NATIONAL ROMANTICISM
National Romantic style was a Nordic architectural style that was part of the National Romantic movement during the late 19th and early 20th centuries. It is often considered to be a form of Art Nouveau.
The National Romantic style spread across Finland; the Scandinavian countries of Denmark, Norway, and Sweden; and Russia (mainly St. Petersburg). Unlike much nostalgic Gothic Revival
style architecture elsewhere, National Romantic architecture expressed progressive social and political ideals, through reformed domestic architecture.[1]
Designers turned to early Medieval architecture and even prehistoric precedents to construct a style appropriate to the perceived character of a people. The style can be seen as a reaction to
industrialism and an expression of the same "Dream of the North" nationalism that gave impetus to renewed interest in the eddas and sagas.
 Finnish National Theatre (Suomen Kansallisteatteri) (1902,  House With Owls (Дом с совами)(1907, Russia)
 Stockholm Court House (Stockholms Rådhus) (1915,
Finland)  Norwegian Institute of Technology(Norges tekniske
Sweden)
 Vålerenga Church (Vålerenga kirke) (1902, Norway) høgskole) (1910, Norway)
 Röhss Museum (Röhsska konstslöjdsmuseet) (1916, Sweden)
 Copenhagen City Hall (Rådhus) (1905, Denmark)  Tolstoy House (Толстовский дом)(1912, Russia)
 Stockholm City Hall (Stockholms stadshus) (1923,Sweden)
 National Museum of Finland (Suomen Kansallismuseo) (1905,  Tarvaspää, (1913, Finland) the house and studiobuilt for
Church of the Epiphany (Uppenbarelsekyrkan) (1913,
Finland) himself by Finnish painter Akseli Gallen-Kallela
Sweden)
 Frogner Church (Frogner kirke) (1907, Norway)  Bergen Station (Bergen stasjon) (1913,Norway)
NEO-PLASTICISM
ARCHITECTS
Cornelis van Eesteren (1897–1981)
Robert van 't Hoff (1887–1979)
Frederick John Kiesler (1890-1965)
J. J. P. Oud (1890–1963)
Gerrit Rietveld (1888–1964)
Jan Wils (1891–1972)
De Stijl (/dә ˈstaɪl/; Dutch pronunciation: [dә ˈstɛil]), Dutch for "The Style", also known as neoplasticism, was a Dutch artisticmovement founded in 1917 in Amsterdam. The De Stijl consisted of artists and
architects [1] In a narrower sense, the term De Stijl is used to refer to a body of work from 1917 to 1931 founded in the Netherlands.
De Stijl is also the name of a journal that was published by the Dutch painter, designer, writer, and critic Theo van Doesburg(1883–1931) that served to propagate the group's theories. Next to van
Doesburg, the group's principal members were the painters Piet Mondrian (1872–1944), Vilmos Huszár(1884–1960), and Bart van der Leck (1876–1958), and the architects Gerrit Rietveld (1888–
1964), Robert van 't Hoff(1887–1979), and J. J. P. Oud (1890–1963). The artistic philosophy that formed a basis for the group's work is known as neoplasticism—the new plastic art (or Nieuwe Beelding in
Dutch).
Proponents of De Stijl advocated pure abstraction and universality by a reduction to the essentials of form and colour; they simplified visual compositions to the vertical and horizontal directions, and used
only primary colors along with black and white. Indeed, according to the Tate Gallery's online article on neoplasticism, Mondrian himself sets forth these delimitations in his essay "Neo-Plasticism in
Pictorial Art". He writes, "this new plastic idea will ignore the particulars of appearance, that is to say, natural form and colour. On the contrary, it should find its expression in the abstraction of form and
colour, that is to say, in the straight line and the clearly defined primary colour". The Tate article further summarizes that this art allows "only primary colours and non-colours, only squares and rectangles,
only straight and horizontal or vertical line." TheGuggenheim Museum's online article on De Stijl summarizes these traits in similar terms: "It [De Stijl] was posited on the fundamental principle of the
geometry of the straight line, the square, and the rectangle, combined with a strong asymmetricality; the predominant use of pure primary colors with black and white; and the relationship between positive
and negative elements in an arrangement of non-objective forms and lines".
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 10 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
ARCHITECTURAL ISMS OF THE MID 19TH
CENTURY
ISMS DESCRIPTION
ORGANISM
ARCHITECTS
Frank Lloyd Wright Kendrick Bangs Kellogg
Alvar Aalto Terunobu Fujimori
Arthur Dyson Gustav Stickley
Antoni Gaudi Rudolf Steiner
Hector Guimard Paul Laffoley
Hugo Häring Hundertwasser
Hans Scharoun Anton Alberts
John Lautner Laurie Baker
Bruce Goff Claude Bragdon
Eero Saarinen Douglas Cardinal
Louis Sullivan Neville Gruzman
Vittorio Giorgini Imre Makovecz
Eric Lloyd Wright (born Javier Senosiain
1929) Bruno Zevi
Eugene Pandala Toyo Ito
Nari Gandhi Chen Kuen Lee
Organic architecture is a philosophy of architecture which promotes harmony between human habitation and the natural world through design approaches so sympathetic and well integrated with its site,
that buildings, furnishings, and surroundings become part of a unified, interrelated composition.
The term organic architecture was coined by Frank Lloyd Wright (1867–1959), though never well articulated by his cryptic style of writing:
"So here I stand before you preaching organic architecture: declaring organic architecture to be the modern ideal and the teaching so much needed if we are to see the whole of life, and to now serve the
whole of life, holding no traditions essential to the great TRADITION. Nor cherishing any preconceived form fixing upon us either past, present or future, but instead exalting the simple laws of common
sense or of super-sense if you prefer determining form by way of the nature of materials ..."[1]
Organic architecture is also translated into the all inclusive nature of Frank Lloyd Wright's design process. Materials, motifs, and basic ordering principles continue to repeat themselves throughout the
building as a whole. The idea of organic architecture refers not only to the buildings' literal relationship to the natural surroundings, but how the buildings' design is carefully thought about as if it were a
unified organism. Geometries throughout Wright's buildings build a central mood and theme. Essentially organic architecture is also the literal design of every element of a building: From the windows, to
the floors, to the individual chairs intended to fill the space. Everything relates to one another, reflecting the symbiotic ordering systems of nature.
A well-known example of organic architecture is Fallingwater, the residence Frank Lloyd Wright designed for the Kaufmann family in rural Pennsylvania. Wright had many choices to locate a home on this
large site, but chose to place the home directly over the waterfall and creek creating a close, yet noisy dialog with the rushing water and the steep site. The horizontal striations of stone masonry with
daring cantilevers of colored beige concrete blend with native rock outcroppings and the wooded environment.
Architect and planner David Pearson proposed a list of rules towards the design of organic architecture. These rules are known as the Gaia Charter for organic architecture and design. It reads:
"Let the design:
 Be inspired by nature and be sustainable, healthy, conserving, and diverse.
 Unfold, like an organism, from the seed within.
 Exist in the "continuous present" and "begin again and again".
 Follow the flows and be flexible and adaptable.
 Satisfy social, physical, and spiritual needs.
 "Grow out of the site" and be unique.
 Celebrate the spirit of youth, play and surprise.
 Express the rhythm of music and the power of dance."
POST-METABOLISM
Interest in explaining things as the nature of the house in the city and are concerned with intricate designs on small houses and potential schemes, has a larger context of the relationships between houses
with society.
RADICALISM A radical shift in emphasis from buildings of the past, to designs of those which met the demands of modern life. Van de Velde and Gropius are some of its proponents.
STRUCTURALISM
Structuralism as a movement in architecture and urban planning evolved around the middle of the 20th century. It was a reaction to CIAM-Functionalism (Rationalism) [1] which had led to a lifeless
expression of urban planning that ignored the identity of the inhabitants and urban forms.
Structuralism in a general sense is a mode of thought of the 20th century, which came about in different places, at different times and in different fields. It can also be found in linguistics, anthropology,
philosophy and art. At the beginning of the general article Structuralism the following explanations are noted:
"Structuralism is a theoretical paradigm emphasizing that elements of culture must be understood in terms of their relationship to a larger, overarching system or structure."
Alternately, as summarized by philosopher Simon Blackburn, "Structuralism is the belief that phenomena of human life are not intelligible except through their interrelations. These relations constitute a
structure, and behind local variations in the surface phenomena there are constant laws of abstract culture."
UTILITARIANISM Refers to low cost housing; this was set at a time when search for economic solutions for low value sites were considered. In England this refers to prefabricated units
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 11 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
ARCHITECTURAL ISMS OF THE MID 19TH
CENTURY
ISMS DESCRIPTION
MODERNISM
Rejecting ornament and embracing minimalism, Modernism became the dominant global movement in 20th-century architecture and design.
Modernism is the single most important new style or philosophy of architecture and design of the 20th century, associated with an analytical approach to the function of buildings, a strictly rational use of
(often new) materials, an openness to structural innovation and the elimination of ornament. It has also been called International Modern or International Style, after an exhibition of modernist architecture
in America in 1932 by Philip Johnson. Modernism also encompasses Futurism, Constructivism, De Stijl and Bauhaus. The style is characterized by:
 asymmetrical compositions
 use of general cubic or cylindrical shapes
 flat roofs
 use of reinforced concrete
 metal and glass frameworks often resulting in large windows in horizontal bands
 an absence of ornament or mouldings
 a tendency for white or cream render, often emphasised by black and whitephotography
Plans would be loosely arranged, often with open-plan interiors. Walter Gropius (1883-1969) and Le Corbusier (1887-1965) were the leaders of the movement. The latter had a profound impact in Britain,
particularly after World War Two, with many public housing schemes. In Britain the term Modern Movement was used to describe the rigorous Modernist designs of the 1930s to the early 1960s.
WHAT TO LOOK FOR:
 Rectangular or cubist shapes
 Minimal or no ornamentation
 Steel and or reinforced concrete
 Large windows
 Open plan
POST MODERNISM
Postmodernism describes the colourful styles of architecture and the decorative arts that appeared in the late 20th century in reaction to Modernism.
Postmodernism describes a style or styles of architecture and the decorative arts that were a reaction to Modernism and the Modern Movement and the dogmas associated with it. By the 1970s Modernism
had begun to seem elitist and exclusive, despite its democratic intentions. The failure of building methods and materials (shown in the collapse of Ronan Point, a tower block in east London in 1968) and
alienating housing estates was a focus for architects and critics in the early 1970s. A book published in 1966 by the American architect Robert Venturi, Complexity and Contradiction in Architecture, was a
key influence on the development of Postmodernism. Venturi extolled the ambiguities, inconsistencies and idiosyncrasies of the Mannerist and Baroque architecture of Rome, but also celebrated popular
culture and the ordinary architecture of the American Main Street.
A later work, Learning from Las Vegas (1972), deconstructed the signs and symbols of the Las Vegas strip and divided buildings into ‘ducks’, the sculptural buildings that embodied their message within
the structure, and the ‘decorated shed’, which used signs to communicate its message. In practice, it meant the rediscovery of the various meanings contained within the mainly classical architecture of the
past and applying them to modern structures. The result was an architecture that embodied historical allusion and dashes of whimsy.
WHAT TO LOOK FOR:
 Classical motifs
 Literary allusions
 Bright colours
 Structural variety
 Variety of materials and shapes
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 12 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
FILIPINO ARCHITECTURE (Arkitekturang Pilipino)
PERIOD LOCATION DESCRIPTION
PRE-HISTORIC
Caves and Rock Shelter
 Tabon Cave Palawan Served as shelters for the early Filipinos
Lean-To
 First form of man-made dwelling made from indigenous materials
 Windshield or one-sided lean-t0 with or without flooring
 Single pitched roof supported by rafters
Banaue Rice Terraces
2000-year-old terraces that were carved into the mountains of Ifugao by the ancestors of indigenous
people. Commonly referred to as the “Eight Wonder of the World”
Located approximately 1500 meters (5000 ft) above sea level.
Fed by an ancient irrigation system from the rainforests above the terraces
CLASSICAL PERIOD
SKILLS IN FORTIFICATION
The architecture of the early Filipinos are also the skills that were used at the time of war and on the battlefield. Due to the creation of various thalassocratic states within the archipelago,
trade began to flourish. Neighboring tribes would often wage war for territory and trade rights in certain areas, thids ultimately led to the fortification of villages and towns. Another reason
for the development of these fortifications skills was that of prestige and intimidation, petty chiefs, Datus and Rajahs as they were called, often built forts and fortifications to intimidate
other chiefs in their area.
The Kota
With the arrival of Muslim scholars from nearby Indonesia, the native Filipinos were introduced to the concept of the Kota or fort. The Muslim Filipinos of the south built
strongfortresses called kota or moong to protect their communities. Usually, many of the occupants of these kotas are entire families rather than just warriors. Lords often had their
own kotas to assert their right to rule, it served not only as a military installation but as a palace for the local Lord. It is said that at the height of theMaguindanao Sultanate's power, they
blanketed the areas around Western Mindanao with Kotas and other fortifications to block the Spanish advance into the region. These kotas were usually made of stone and bamboo or
other light materials and surrounded by trench networks. As a result, some of these kotas were burned easily of destroyed. With further Spanish campaigns in the region, the
Sultanate was subdued and majority of Kotas dismantled or destroyed. Kotas were not only used by the Muslims as defense against Spaniards and other foreigners, renegades and
rebels also built fortifications in defiance of other chiefs in the area.[2] During the American occupation, rebels built strongholds and the Datus, Rajahs or Sultans often built and reinforced
their kotas in a desperate bid to maintain rule over their subjects and their land.[3] Many of these forts were also destroyed by American expeditions; as a result, very very few kotas still
stand to this day.
 Kota Selurong An outpost of the Bruneian Empire in Luzon and later became the City of Manila.
 Kuta Wato / Kota Bato Literally translates to "stone fort" the first known stone fortification in the country, its ruins exist as the "Kutawato Cave Complex"
 Kota Sug / Jolo The capital and seat of the Sultanate of Sulu. When it was occupied by the Spaniards in the 1870s they converted the kota into the world's smallest walled city
Batanes Castles
The Ivatan people of the northern islands of Batanes often built fortifications to protect themselves during times of war. They built their so-called idjangs on hills and elevated areas. These
fortifications were likened to European castles because of their purpose. Usually, the only entrance to the castles would be via a rope ladder that would only be lowered for the villagers
and could be kept away when invaders arrived.
Igorot Forts The Igorots built forts made of stone walls that averaged several meters in width and about two to three times the width in height around 2000 BC
THE CLASSICAL FILIPINO HOUSE
Lawig Small House
Mala-A-Walai
 The Large Houses / Big House of Datu Inuc
 Made of nipa, bamboo and wood
A prominent structure in the Moro Settlement, typically a one-room dwelling area without a ceiling and with no permanent partitions except for mats, chests or woven cloths. The house is
usually built on nine posts and has a porch linking the house proper to the kitchen. Maguindana houses have a steep roof and use the okir and other local artistic elements. Ventilation is
an important concern due to the hot climate on the Cotabato plane.
Torogan
Lanao del Norte and
Lanao del Sur
 The House of the Kings / Datu House / Royal House
 Elevated by 0.30m to 2.20m high above the ground with a single room structure withoutpartitions
 Ancestral house for Datu and his family used for social and politicalceremonies
An ornately decorated ancestral house for the datu and his extended family or the houses for the upper-class. It is the house of Maranao’s who speak the AustronesianLanguage.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 13 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
FILIPINO ARCHITECTURE (Arkitekturang Pilipino)
PERIOD LOCATION DESCRIPTION
ARCHITECTURAL CHARACTER
 The windows of torogan are slits and richly framed in wood panels with okir designs located in front of thehouse.
 The communal kitchen is half a meter lower than the main house is both used for cooking andeating.
 The distinct high gable roof of the torogan, thin at the apex and gracefully flaring out to the eaves, sits on a huge structures enclosed by slabs of timber and lifted more than two meters
above the ground by a huge trunk of a tree that was set on a rock.
 The house was built to sway during earthquakes. Twenty-five post of huge tree trunks were not buried but are freestanding. Sometimes, if needed, wooden pegs were used to secure the
wood members. These were all used to prevent the house from collapsing
DECORATIONS
 DIONGAL – apex of the roof
 TINAI-A-WALAI / RAMPATAN– intricate carvings, central beams that serves as intestines of thehouse
 MALONG – bright colored weaves hanging from the rafters to signify privacy
 PANOLONG – A wing-like beam located at the ends of the floor. Its usual motifs or designs ar Pako Rabong or Fern, Naga or Serpent. These are chiseled and painted with bright colors
Ifugao House
Mountains of
Cordillera
 Single room of 4.00m x 6.00m rectangular plan, elevated by 1.50m – 2.00m high on four tree trunks ascolumns
 Trunks are made from Amugawan Tree
 Roof is covered with reed and grass resting on a brace supported by akingpost
 Two doors on both sides of the house accessed by a ladder
Badjao House Coast of Tawi-
Tawi
 Houses on stilts above shallow water with flooring made of bamboo
 Each house in the community was made accessible to eachother by means of bamboo planks laid out asstreets
 Interior space was enclosed by wooden walls nailed permanently for protection
Nipa Hut / Bakay Kubo
Lowlands all over
the Philippines
 Originally a one-room dwelling and evolved into more sophisticated type ofdwelling
 Walls are made of nipa leaves or flattened split bamboo cut into fine strips and were
woven in herringbone pattern forming tha sawali silid
 Roof is covered with cogon grass, rice stalks, sugar cane leaves, split bamboo, anahaw
leaves or nipa shingles
PARTS OF BAHAY NA KUBO
Bulwagan Reserved for ntertaining guests
Silid Private room for sleeping
Gilir / Paglutuan Kitchen or cooking area
 Dapogan Table on top where the river stone shoe-shaped stove is located
 Bangahan /
Banggerahan
Place for drying and storing pots and pans, drinking glasses,
plates and other kitchen utensils
 Batalan Unroofed area where water jars were kept
Silong
Space underneath the house used as storage space for the
farming and fishing implements and where small animals were
also kept
Kamalig Separate structure used for the storage of rice
SPANISH COLONIAL ERA
Bahay Na Bato
 Influence from the Spaniards
 Stone at ground floor and wood at second floor
 Improved version of the Bahay Kubo
 Wooden posts of Molave and Ipil are used as supports for floors, beams and roofrafters
 Yakal is used as floor joists while narra is used for floor boards
 Overhanging eaves surround the house for protection of upper storey against the
heatand glare of the sun and heavy rains
PARTS OF BAHAY NA BATO
GROUND
FLOOR
Zaguan Carriages and Saint’s Floats are kept
Cuadra Horse stable
Bodega Storage room for keeping old furniture and palay bins
Entresuelo
Mezzanine elevated above a meter from the ground, can only be
accessed from the masters bedroom on the second floor
Patio Enclosed courtyard open to the sky and adjacent to the zaguan
Aljibe
Cistern used for storage of collected rainwater underneath the
azotea
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 14 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
FILIPINO ARCHITECTURE (Arkitekturang Pilipino)
PERIOD LOCATION DESCRIPTION
SECOND
FLOOR
Caida Ante-Sala; immediate room from the ceremonial
Sala
Living room where balls and dances during fiestas and other
special occasions takes place
Comedor Dining room
Cocina Kitchen
Dispensa Room adjacent to the Cocina used as food storage
Comun / Latrina Toilet adjacent to the service area
Banyo / Paliguan Bathroom often built separately from the toilet
Azotea
Open terrace open to toilet, bath and kitchen; also used as
laundry and service area
Cuarto / Alcoba /
Dormitorio
Bedroom
Balcon Overhanging balcony fronting the main street
Intramuros
 Intramuros is the old walled city of Manila located along the southern bank of the Pasig River. The historic city was home to centuries-old churches, schools, convents, government
buildings and residences, the best collection of Spanish colonial architecture before much of it was destroyed by the bombs of World War II. Of all the buildings within the 67-acre city,
only one building, the San Agustin Church, survived the war.
Fort Santiago
 Fort Santiago (Fuerza de Santiago) is a defense fortress established by Spanish conquistador, Miguel López de Legazpi. The fort is the citadel of the walled city of Intramuros, in Manila.
The location of Fort Santiago was also once the site of the palace and kingdom of Rajah Suliman, king of Maynila of pre-Spanish era. It was destroyed by the conquistadorsupon arriving
in 1570, encountering several bloody battles with the Muslims and native Tagalogs. The Spaniards destroyed the native settlements and erected Fuerza de Santiago in 1571.
Paco Park
 Paco Park was planned as a municipal cemetery for the well-off and established aristocratic Spanish families who resided in the old Manila, or Intramuros. The cemetery is circular in
shape, with an inner circular fort that was the original cemetery with niches on the hollow walls. As the population continued to grow, a similar second outer wall was built with the thick
adobe hollow walls with niches, the top of the walls made into a walkway circumnavigating the park. A Roman Catholic chapel was built inside the inner walls, dedicated to St. Pancratius.
The landscape design was done by Ildefonso Santos from 1967 to 1969.
Lighthouses  During the Spanish and American era many lighthouses were constructed around the Philippine Islands. The most Northeastern Lighthouse can be found in Burgos, Ilocos Norte.
Churches
 ANTIPOLO CHURCH Antipolo, Rizal
 Began by Fr. Juan de Salazae in 1630
 Bishops declared the church as the National Shrine of the Our Lady of Peace and Good Voyage or Nuestra Señora de Paz y Buen Viaje
 Circular Plan covered by a huge dome with three main entrances
 Gothic influence in the facade
 BACLAYON CHURCH Bohol
 Built by Fr. Juan de Torres and Fr. Gabriel Sanchez in 1595
 Oldest church in Bohol
 Oldest church mad of stone in the Philippines
 Simple lines of Early Decorated Style
 BARASOAIN CHURCH Bulacan
 First built by Augustinian priests in 1859
 Combination of Romanesque and Renaissance
 Romanesque – recessed door jambs with orders and concentric arches
 Renaissance – fluted flat pilasters used for relieving walls
 Baroque – crowning pediment emphasized by the sweeping concave lines of the upper sidewalls
 BAMBOO CHURCH Las Piñas
 First constracted by Fr. Diego Cerra in 1972
 First stone church built in Las Piñas city and reconstructed by Architect FrancicoMañosa
 Church façade is Early Renaissance
 House of the famous Bamboo Organ
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 15 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
FILIPINO ARCHITECTURE (Arkitekturang Pilipino)
PERIOD LOCATION DESCRIPTION
 LOBOC CHURCH Bohol
 Constructed by Fr. Juan de Torres
 Contains the biggest number of murals on religious subjects done on its ceiling andwalls
 Early Renaissance façade – circular windows filling the tympanum
 OUR LADY OF MANAOAG Pangasinan
 Firs built by the Dominicans
 In 1880, the belfry demolished the church due to some cracks caused by anearthquake
 Church was completed in 1932
 MANILA METROPOLITAN
CATHEDRAL – BASILICA
(Cathedral-Basilica of the Immaculate
Conception)
Manila
 First Church (1571) – When the church was raised to a cathedral in 1579, a new structure made from nipa, wood, and bamboo was constructed in 1581 by Domingo de Salazar, the first
bishop of Manila. The new structure was consecrated on December 21, 1581, formally becoming a cathedral. The structure was destroyed by fire in 1583
 Second Cathedral (1592) – The second cathedral, which was made of stone, was built in 1592. It was destroyed by an earthquake in 1600.
 Third Cathedral (1614) – The new structure, consisting of three naves and seven chapels, was blessed in 1614. It was toppled by another earthquake which shook Manila in 1645.
 Fourth Cathedral (1654) – The fourth cathedral was constructed from 1654 to 1671. In 1750, a media naranja ("half orange") dome was added to the crossing by the Florentine friar Juan
de Uguccioni, who also introduced a transept to the structure. It was severely damaged in 1863 by a very strong earthquake that also damaged the palace of the Governor General of the
Philippines. In 1880, another earthquake toppled its bell tower, rendering the cathedral towerless until1958.
 Seventh Cathedral (1870) – The seventh cathedral was constructed from 1870 to 1879.
 Present Cathedral (1954) – The present cathedral was constructed from 1954 to 1958 underCardinal Rufino Jiao Santos and under the supervision of the notable Filipino architect
Fernando H. Ocampo.
 MIAGAO CHURCH
(Santo Tomas de Villanueva Parish
Church)
Iloilo
 Declared as “National Landmark” in August 01, 1973
 It is included in the UNESCO’s World Heritage List
 Façade displays an example of Filipino Folk Art
 The church's over-all architectural style falls under the Baroque Romanesque architectural style. Its ochre color is due to the materials used in constructing the church, adobe,
egg, coral and limestone. The church's foundation is 6 meters deep and the massive stone walls at 1.5 meters thick are intensified through the use of 4 meter thick flying buttresses as
protection to the Moro invaders as stipulated under Royal Decree 111 of 1573 (Law of theIndies).
 Façade – the façade of Miagao church consists of an ornately decorated bas-relief in the middle of two huge watchtower belfries on each side. The bas-relief is a mixed influence of
Medieval Spanish, Chinese, Muslim and local traditions and elements, a unique characteristic of the church façade. A prominent part of the façade is a coconut tree depicted as the tree
of lifewhere St. Christopher holds on. St. Christopher is dressed in local and traditional clothing carrying the Child Jesus on his back. The rest of the façade features the daily life of the
people of Miagao during that time including native flora (like papaya, coconut and palm tree) and fauna. Above the wooden door entrance at the center of the façade just below the image
of St. Christopher is a carved image of the town's patron saint, St. Thomas of Villanueva. At each side of the door are the images of St. Henry of Bavaria on the left and Pope Pius VI.
Above the images of St. Henry and Pope Pius VI is their respectivecoat-of-arms.
 Belltower – The two huge unequal belltowers directly attached to the main church serve as watchtowers to defend the town against invasion of Moros. It has two different designs since
it was commissioned by two different priests. On the left side is the older belfry, the tallest was the west belfry with four levels. Originally, the east belfry was constructed with only two
levels. It was in 1830 when Father Francisco Perez decided to add another storey to the east belfry (3 levels) is one level shorter than the west be;fry (4 levels).
 PAOAY CHURCH
(San Agustin Church of Paoay)
Ilocos Norte
 Paoay church is the Philippines' primary example of a Spanish colonial earthquake baroque architecture dubbed by Alicia Coseteng,an interpretation of the
European Baroqueadapted to the seismic condition of the country through the use of enormous buttresses on the sides and back of the building. The adaptive reuse of baroque style
against earthquake is developed since many destructive earthquakesdestroyed earlier churches in the country. Javanesearchitecture reminiscent of Borobudur of Java can also be seen
on the church walls and facade.
 Buttresses – The most striking feature of Paoay Church is the 24 huge buttresses of about 1.67 metres (5.5 ft)thick at the sides and back of the church building. Extending
from the exterior walls, it was conceived to a solution to possible destruction of the building due to earthquakes. Its stair-like buttresses (known as step buttresses) at the sides of the
church is possibly for easy access of the roof.
 Walls – The walls are made of large coral stones on the lower part and bricks at the upper levels. The mortar used in the church includes sand and lime with sugarcane juice boiled
with mango leaves, leather and rice straw. Its walls suggest Javanesearchitecturalstyles.
 Façade – The stone facade appears as massive pediment rising from the ground and is built leaning towards the front. Square pilastersand stringed cornices divide the facade vertically
and horizontally respectively. Its bottom part is plain. Gothic features are also present through the use of finials while the triangular pediment shows Chinese elements and Oriental
strokes.Crenellations, niches, rosettes and the Augustinian coat of arms can also be seen. Facade is made of brick on the lower level and coral stones on the upper level.
 Belltower – Adjacent to the facade is a three-storey coral belltowerconstructed separately from the church building on the right side resembling a pagoda.[3][6] It was in 1793 when the
cornerstone of the belltower was laid.[4] It stands at some distance from the church as a protection against earthquake.[7]It served as observational post for Filipino revolutionariesagainst
the Spaniards in 1898 and by Filipino guerrillas against Japanese soldiers during World WarII.
 Declarations – By virtue of Presidential Decree No. 260, Paoay Church was declared as a National Cultural Treasure by the Philippine government in 1973.The church was designated
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 16 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
FILIPINO ARCHITECTURE (Arkitekturang Pilipino)
PERIOD LOCATION DESCRIPTION
as aUNESCO World Heritage Site on December 11, 1993.
 QUIAPO CHURCH Quiapo
 Conferre the title “Basilica Minor de Nuestro Padre Jesus Nazareno” in 1988
 Baroque façade with twisted columns on both levels
 SAN AGUSTIN CHURCH Manila
 Designe after the High Renaissance
 Characterized by the super positioned columns of the Tuscan order on the first level and the Corinthian columns on the secondlevel
 Iglesi San Pablo de Manilaq
 SAN SEBASTIAN CHURCH Manila
 52 tons of steel were transported to Manila
 “The First All-Iron Church in the World”
 First pre-fabricated structure to be erected in the Philippines
 SANTO DOMINGO CHURCH Quezon City
 also known as National Shrine of Our Lady of the Holy Rosary of La Naval de Manila (Spanish: Santuario Nacional de Nuestra Señora del Santísimo Rosario de La Naval de
Manila; Filipino: Pambansang Dambana ng Mahál na Birhen ng Santísimo Rosario ng La Naval), is the largest church in Metro Manila and one of the biggest churches in Asia.
 Early Church (1587) – A small church was erected on August 6, 1587, made from light materials.In January 1, 1588, the chapel was inaugurated and it enshrined the Miraculous image
of Our Lady of the Rosary from Mexico
 Second Church (1592) – the church was partially destroyed by an earthquake. Because the roof has collapsed, the Dominican friars decided to build a larger church made from stronger
materials. Through the direction of Father Alonzo Jiménez, the second church was made from stone. The church was inaugurated on April 9, 1592.
 Third Church (Early 17TH Century) – a fire of April 30, 1603, which destroyed a third of a city, consumed both the church and the convent. Almost immediately built a third church was
built, bigger and more costly. It contained a stone vault as precaution against fire and earthquake. Though made of stone, it was destroyed by another earthquake on November 30, 1645.
Only the high altar remained.
 Fourth Church (1862) – A fourth church of stone and hardwood was built. There were wooden arches and three naves inside the church. This time, wooden posts supported the roof and
divided the church into a central nave with side aisles. The artistic interior designs were executed under the direction of Father Francisco Gainza. The church took two years to build. The
structural soundness of the church made it last for 250 years. Initiated by Father Castro, A new façade flanked by two towers and patterned after London’s St. Paul’s Cathedral designed
by Christopher Wren, was built for the church. The façade lasted almost a year. The church was inaugurated on June 15, 1862 with great festival. On June 3, 1863, the Philippines
experienced one of the strongest earthquakes in its history. The church was ruined by an earthquake of the same intensity as that which hit Manila in 1645.
 Fifth Church (1887) – A few months after the 1863 earthquake, Felix Roxas presented a plan for the church’s reconstruction, partly following the plan of the previous church and utilizing
some of its salvageable parts. On August 30, 1864, the cornerstone of the present church was laid. In it was placed a lead box, containing art objects, gold coins, medals of saints and
other things belonging to the “Orden de Predicadores” Construction occurred from 1864 to 1887 in the gotico fingido (neogothic) style, using Philippine building materials. The immense
columns resembling spreading tree branches, were of acle, molave and ipil. The vault was of zinc or galvanized iron. The colored glass windows were ordered from Europe. These gave a
beautiful light inside the church. The four retablos were made under the direction of Father Joaquín Sabater, a professor of drawing at the University of Santo Tomás. Alberoni directed
the painting of the main altar.
The church measured 70 by 31 by 22 metres (230 ft × 102 ft × 72 ft) at the central aisles, and 16.6 metres (54 ft) high at the lateral aisles. Its towers rose to 23.3 metres (76 ft).
Although Fr. Sixto and Fr. Ristoro would supervise construction of the church, the Dominicans contracted the services of the European-trained architect Félix Roxas Sr. Roxas,
adapting the seismic realities, designed a church with story of stone an upper story of wood. He worked closely with Isabelo Tampinco who decorated the interior with carving imitating
the fan vault reminiscent of the English gothic; the walls and ceiling of the sacristy were similarly treated. Even the furniture in the sacristy was treated in the gothic manner. The chapel
of the Nuestra Señora de Rosario had an altar with lancet arches and gothic-inspired ornamented pinnacles. Its floor was made of native molave and narra and the pulpit was of fine
carving, with the images representing the different saints of the Order. A dove was attached to the sounding board of the pulpit, above which, there was an angel. The choir-loft was
spacious and was protected by wrought from railing manufactured in the Philippines. Over the central doorway, on the roof was enclosed in a glass case original Virgin of the Rosary,
which had been there for many centuries. The cupola above had many colored glass windows. Inside, was a balcony surrounded by iron railing.
The church incurred damage over time and was repaired. In 1887, the vault and the rose windows of batikuling were restored. The main altar was almost totally renovated, and the
columns repaired. The roof of the bell towers was renovated to assume a crown-like form. In 1941, the Gothic church of Santo Domingo in Intramuros was destroyed at the advent of the
Second World War. On December 21, 1941 the church and the Dominican monastery beside it were hit by Japanese bombs. This was the first church to be ruined during the Pacific
War. The friars, archives, the image of Our Lady of the Holy Rosary of La Naval and other movable property like ivory statues, gala vestments of the Virgin; jewelry, and sacred vessels
were the only survivors of the war. The image was transferred to Santísimo Rosario Church at the University of Santo Tomás (UST) in España, Manila.
 Sixth Church – Current Building (1954) – After the Second World War, the Dominicans constructed the sixth church in a new location. They built it on a portion of land they had
purchased in Quezon City. The Dominicans commissioned José Ma. Zaragoza to design the building while he was still a student of architecture at UST.
The new Santo Domingo church was built in the Spanish Modern style, which was unlike the Baroque churches built during Spanish period. The church employed the latest technique
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 17 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
FILIPINO ARCHITECTURE (Arkitekturang Pilipino)
PERIOD LOCATION DESCRIPTION
in reinforced-concrete building. The Mission-style architecture includes Romanesque and Gothic designs that accommodate more space. Measuring 85 by 40 metres (279 ft × 131 ft)
with a height of 25 metres (82 ft), there is a total floor area of 3,300 square metres (36,000 sq ft). It is the biggest church in Metro Manila and one of the biggest churches in Asia.The
Santo Domingo church complex was inaugurated on October 12, 1954.
The church façade has receding planes with leaves designed in corbel arches. Over the triple portals of the church is a high-relief frieze depicting the story of the La Naval. The giant
bas-relief of Santo Domingo was designed by the Italian sculptor and expatriate Francesco Monti.
In the nave of the church there are eight colorful murals by National Artist Carlos “Botong” Francisco depicting the life and times of Santo Domingo de Guzmán, the Spaniard who
founded the Order of Preachers. Francisco’s murals are just below the equally brilliant murals of the Four Evangelists in vivid brown tones by Vicente García Llamas.
Curved windows of the church frame masterful stained-glass designs by Galo Ocampo whose bases show different ecclesiastical seals. The windows depict the original 15 Stations of
the Holy Rosary as well as the Battle of Lepanto and La Naval de Manila; and the martyrdoms of San Vicente Liem de la Paz and San Francisco Capillas, Dominican protomartyrs of
Vietnam and China, respectively. Right behind Sto. Domingo Church’s facade are intricately carved panels and stained glass windows lie a treasure trove of the Philippines’ rich cultural
heritage and the object of centuries-old devotion, the image of Our Lady of the Rosary of La Naval, the oldest Marian icon in the country.
 SANTO NIÑO DE CEBU Cebu
 Basilica Minore is the tile conferred on this church
 Declared a National Landmark by President Marcos
 Built by Fray Juan de Albarran about 400 years ago, on the site where a soldier found an image of the Sto. Nino in a settlement that the Spanish soldiers have burned down
 the Convent was founded in 1565, making it the first to be built in thecountry
 constructed with stones from Panay and Capiz
 façade : blending of Moorish, Romanesque and NeoClassical elements; trefoils on the doorways; two levels divided into three segments and topped by pediment; retablo at the center
 belltower has four-sided balustraded dome
 interior : pierced screen with floral motifs, pineapple decors at the choirloft, corn cobs at thecapital
 BAGUIO CHURCH Baguio City
 Rising above the city skyline are the pinkish hues of the Baguio Cathedral. The cathedral is but one of religious landmarks which dot the city. There is the Bell Temple, north of the city the
Maryhurst Seminary with its brilliant gardens, and Lourdes Grotto with its 252 steps to heaven.
 TAMAUINI CHURCH Isabela
 begun 1783-1788 by Dominican Domingo Forto and town mayor Pablo Sason; 1803-1808 – circular belltower wascompleted
 pampango artisans carved the hardwood molds for the clay insets that decorate the church
 ultra-baroque : unique for its extensive use of baked clay both for wall finishes andornamentation
 ornamental details : serpentine reliefs, spiral curves, flowers, foliage, sunfaces, cherubs and saints
 circular belltower with white limestone finish, decorated with bright red clay rosettes and festoons
 ANGAT CHURCH Bulacan
 begun 1756-1773 by Augustinian Gregorio Giner; completed in 1802 by Fray JoaquinCalvo
 Baroque Style : coupled Corinthian and Doric columns divide façade into levels or segments, statues ringed with wreath-like ornaments flank niches, windows with bas-relief“curtains”
 plain three-storey belltower with balustered top
 TAAL CHURCH Batangas
 1858 : Fray Marcos Anton, with the help of the architect Don Luciano Oliver, started construction; the church was completed in1878
 built on top of a hill and may be reached through flagstone steps, unobstructed by otherbuildings
 façade : arched windows alternate with Ionic columns at first level, Corinthian at upper level; projected cornices and mouldings; threepediments
 interior is cavernous bur drab with stout piers and semi-circular apse : mathematical exactness rather thanornamentation
 DRAGA CHURCH Albay
 established by people who fled the eruption of Mt. Mayon form Cagsawa
 the Franciscan wanted a church with the best features of Romanesque and Gothic, but it was executed by the carvers inBaroque
 façade : a whole tablet without columns and cornices, only symmetrically positioned fenestrations, apertures and niches; whorls, twisted columns, foliage, medallions, statues and reliefs
 BACLARAN CHURCH
(National Shrine of Our Mother of
Perpetual Help Redemptorist Church)
Parañaque
 The present Modern Romanesque church is the third to be built on the same site. It was designed by architect César Concio.[1] It took six years to build because most of the money
came from small donations—the suggestion from the pulpit was 10 Philippine centavosper week—that often ran out requiring construction to stop.[1] The foundation stone was laid on
January 11, 1953 and on December 1, 1958 the new church was consecrated.[1] The church opened with a mass on December 5, 1958 and has been open 24 hours ever since, never
closing.
 The modern, Romanesque Revival building has a full seating capacity of 2,000, but as many as 11,000 people (including standing) can fit inside during Masses.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 18 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
PRITZKER LAUREATES (1979 to 2000)
YEAR NAME NATION
1979 JOHNSON Philip USA
1980 BARRAGAN Luis Mexico
1981 STIRLING James UK
1982 ROCHE Kevin Ireland
1983 PEI Ieoh Ming China
1984 MEIER Richard USA
1985 HOLLIEN Hans Austria
1986 BÖHM Gottfried Germany
1987 TANGE Kenzo Japan
1988
NIEMEYER Oscar Brazil
BUNSHAFT Gordon USA
1989 GEHRY Frank Canada
1990 ROSSI Aldo Italy
1991 VENTURI Robert USA
1992 SIZA Alvaro Portugal
1993 MAKI Fumihiko Japan
1994 de PORTZAMPARC Christian Morocco
1995 ANDO Tadao Japan
1996 MONEO Rafael Spain
1997 FEHN Sverre Norway
1998 PIANO Renzo Italy
1999 FOSTER Norman UK
2000 KOOLHAAS Rem Netherlands
PRITZKER LAUREATES (2001 to 2018)
YEAR NAME NATION
2001
HERZOG Jacques Switzerland
DE MEURON Pierre Switzerland
2002 MURCUTT Glenn UK
2003 UTZON Jørn Denmark
2004 HADID Zaha Iraq
2005 MAYNE Thom USA
2006 Da ROCHA Paolo Mendes Brazil
2007 ROGERS Richard Italy
2008 NOUVEL Jean France
2009 ZUMTHOR Peter Switzerland
2010
SEJIMA Kazuyo Japan
NISHIZAWA Ryue Japan
2011 De MOURA Eduardo Souto Portugal
2012 SHU Wang China
2013 ITO Toyo Japan
2014 BAN Shigeru Japan
2015 OTTO Frei Germany
2016 ARAVENA Alejandro Chile
2017
ARANDA Rafael Spain
PIGEM Carme Spain
VILALTA Ramon Spain
2018 DOSHI Balkrishna India
2019 ISOZAKI Arata Japan
The Order Of NATIONAL ARTISTS
Orden ng Pambansang Alagad ng Sining
YEAR NAME
1973 NAKPIL Juan F.
1976 ANTONIO Pablo S.
1990 LOCSIN Leandro V.
2006 SANTOS Ildefonso Jr.
2014 ZARAGOZA Jose Maria V.
2018 MAÑOSA Francisco T. “Bobby”
LIKHA GOLD MEDAL AWARDEES
NO. YEAR NAME
1 1982 MENDOZA Felipe M.
2 1987 LOCSIN Leandro V.
3 1990 FORMOSO Gabriel P.
4 1995 CANCHELA Cesar V.
5 1996 MAÑOSA Manuel T.
6 2000 LAZARO JR. Angel
7 2003 MAÑOSA Francisco T.
8 2005 MANAHAN Geronimo V.
9 2006 FLORENTINO Edilberto F.
10 2009 NUKE Norberto M.
11 2013 HONG Froilan L.
12 2014 REYES Yolanda D.
13 2017 LUIS Prosperidad C.
MEDAL
The laureate receives $100,000 and also a bronze medallion. The bronze medallion
awarded to each Laureate of the Pritzker Architecture Prize is based on designs of
Louis Sullivan, famed Chicago architect generally acknowledged as the father of the
skyscraper. On one side is the name of the prize. On the reverse, three words are
inscribed, “firmness, commodity and delight,” recalling Roman architect Vitruvius'
fundamental principles of architecture of firmitas, utilitas, venustas.
PURPOSE
To honor a living architect or architects whose built work demonstrates a
combination of those qualities of talent, vision, and commitment, who has
produced consistent and significant contributions to humanity and the built
environment through the art of architecture.
The international prize, which is awarded each year to a living architect/s for
significant achievement, was established by the Pritzker family of Chicago
through their Hyatt Foundation in 1979. It is granted annually and is often
referred to as “architecture’s Nobel” and “the profession’s highest honor.”
LIKHA GOLD MEDAL AWARD
The highest distinction to be bestowed upon a fellow, who has
adhered to the highest standards of professional and ethical
conduct, practiced in excellence and prestige the architectural
profession, has rendered distinguished contribution and
service to the UAP, and has performed exceptional
achievements and active participation in the concern of the
community, government and country.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 19 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
During the Spanish era there were no schools of Architecture in the Philippines.
The first Filipino recorded architect was Felix Roxas y Arroyo, born circa
1820 in Manila, studied in Spain and stayed for many years in England and
France. Previous to this, a Filipino could aspire to erect an architectural structure
through the help of a Maestro de Obras or master builder. The first formal school
for master builders was opened only during the last decade of the 19th century.
On 14 September 1902, many of the graduates of this school joined the civil
engineers and surveyors in the country and founded the first professional
organization of architects and allied professionals ~ the Academia de
Arquitectura y Aguimensura de Filipinos (AAAF). It maintained direct
consultation with the American Institute of Architects (AIA). A year after, its name
was changed to Academia de Inginieria, Arquitectura y Agrimensura de Filipinas
(AIAAF). In 1904 it founded the first school of Architecture in the Philippines, the
Escuela de Ingenieria y Arquitectura, which offered five-year courses in
Architecture and Civil Engineering.
In 1911, the AIAAF was dissolved when the civil engineers withdrew to form their
own professional organization, but not before it has struggled for the passage of
an Engineers and Architects Law. In 1921, the Philippine National Assembly Act
No. 2985 passed, the first enabling law for the practice of the professions of
engineering and architecture, defined the unique and separate identities of the
two professions.
The profession of Architecture in the Philippines was given its first separate
statute on 17 June 1950 with the enactment of Republic Act 545, "An Act to
Regulate the Practice of Architecture in the Philippines."
From the early 1930's to late 1950's, associations of architects were founded,
but only three survived until the early 1970's ~ the Association of Philippine
Government Architects (APGA), League of Philippine Architects (LPA), and the
Philippine Institute of Architects (PIA). In June 1973, President Ferdinand E.
Marcos issued Presidential Decree 223, creating the Professional Regulation
Commission (PRC) regulating all professions and accrediting only one
organization to represent each profession.
The newly integrated organization of architects was called the United Architects
of the Philippines (UAP). All 1300 members of the three organizations
automatically became members of the UAP and during its first year, 700
members officially registered for active membership.
On 26 March 1975, the UAP was registered with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC) and on 12 May 1975, the PRC issued
Certificate No. 001 to the UAP as the duly accredited professional organization
of architects in the Philippines. The organization has been participating in the
activities of local government units, in civic and in related professional fields. The
UAP received many professional awards including the highly acclaimed
Excellence Award given by the Government of the Republic of the Philippines
and the Most Outstanding Professional Organization of the Year awarded by the
PRC in 2002.
The UAP has been instrumental in the passing of Republic Act 9266: The Architect's
Law of 2004, effective April 26, 2004. On 22 June 2004, the PRC, through its Board
of Architecture, accredited the UAP as the Integrated and Accredited Professional
Organization of Architects (IAPOA). The new law granted Filipino architects more
definitive rights, benefits and distinction as against other professionals in the
construction industry
The United Architects of the Philippines (UAP) was born on December 12, 1974
out of the noble vision of unifying the three (3) existing architectural associations at
that time - the Philippine Institute of Architects (PIA), the League of Philippine
Architects (LPA) and the Association of Philippine Government Architects (APGA).
Through the concerted efforts of the officers and members of the three
organizations, the vision officially materialized on March 26, 1975, where the UAP
was registered with the Philippines' Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). On
May 12, 1975, the UAP was granted Certificate No. 001, the first professional
organization to be accredited by the Professional Regulation Commission (PRC).
The PRC is the central agency of the Philippine Government charged with the
licensing and regulation of professionals and the professions, as well as the
Accredited Professional Organizations (APOs).
Since its registration, UAP has received many awards, including the highly-
acclaimed PRC's Most Outstanding Accredited Professional Organization. To date, it
is still the first and only APO to win the award four times in the Award's eighteen-
year history. These were in years 2002, 2007 and 2008 and this year 2011. The
award is presented annually to recognize the achievements, services and
commitments of the APO to the profession. UAP bested forty two (42) other
professional organizations, through 12 stringent criteria set for the award.
For its volunteer works, UAP was chosen in addressing housing problems, urban
degradation, environmental conservation and promotion of volunteerism for socio-
economic development; the UAP was a Regional Nominee to the "Search for
Outstanding Volunteers" by the Philippine National Service Coordinating Agency
(PNVSCA) in its celebration of National Volunteer Month last December 2005.
PNVSCA takes the lead in advocating and recognizing the contributions of
volunteers to nation-building and international cooperation.
Last April 2009, in celebration of the Earth Day, the UAP, through its advocacy group
"Green Architecture Movement", was awarded the 2009 Father Neri Satur Award for
Environmental Heroism - the only accredited professional organization in the
Philippines to receive such a prestigious environmental award.
Last November 2010, UAP received its First International Award ~ in Adelaide,
Australia, the EAROPH 50th Golden Jubilee Award in recognition of the
organization's substantial contribution to the advancement of Planning, Development
and Management of Human Settlements in the Philippines.
As impressive as UAP record is, an even more important metric of our success is
the large number of awards and honors earned by our members through the years.
We feel privileged to have our members received these honors and recognition.
UAP PRESIDENTS (Past & Present)
NO. NAME YEAR
CH NUKE Norberto M. 1975
1 HERRERA Jose V. 1976
2 GAITE Ruperto C. 1977-1978
3 MENDOZA Felipe M. 1979-1980
4 ARELLANO Otillo A. 1981
5 LOCSIN Leandro V. 1981-1982
6 MAÑOSA Manuel T. 1983-1984
7 CANCHELA Cesar V. 1985-1986
8 HONG Froilan L. 1987-1988
9 LAZARO Angel R. Jr. 1989
10 ALCORDO Richeto C. 1990-1991
11 MARQUEZ Jaime C. 1992-1994
12 MANGIO Nestor S. 1994 -1996
13 CUNTAPAY Emmanuel P. 1996-1998
14 REYES Yolanda D. 1998-2000
15 LUIS Prosperidad C. 2000-2002
16 SAC Robert S. 2002-2004
17 OLONAN Enrique O. 2004-2005
18 FLORENTINO Edric Marco C. 2005-2007
19 ROLDAN Medeliano T. Jr. 2007-2009
20 LING Ana M. 2009-2010
21 MENDOZA Ramon S. 2011-2012
22 ROSAL Rozanno C. 2012-2014
23 REGALA Ma. Benita O. 2014-2016
24 HISANCHA Guillermo H. 2016-2018
25 PANGANIBAN Benjamin K. Jr. 2018-Present
HISTORY OF UAP
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 20 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
FILIPINO ARCHITECTS
DE CASTRO, CRESENCIANO CRUZ
 Mindanao State University, Marawi City,
 Paseo de Roxas
 Church of Jesus Christ and the latter day Saintsprojects
 Central Luzon State University buildings, Munoz, Nueva
Ecija
 National Science Development Board, Taguig
 Atomic Research Center complex, Quezon City
 Asian Development Bank (DFA), Roxas Boulevard
FORMOSO. GABRIEL PAPA
 Central Bank complex
 Metropolitan Museum
 Valley Golf Club, Victoria Valley, Antipolo, Rizal
 Alabang Golf and Country Club, Alabang
 Development Academy of the Philippines, Tagaytay City
 Club Filipino, Greenhills
 Pacific Star Building, Makati
 Anerica-Lepanto Building, Paseo de Roxas
 Bikko Manila Garden Hotel, Epifanio delos Santos
Avenue
 Manila Peninsula Hotel, Ayala Avenue
 Asian Institute of Management, Paseo de Roxas
 Dona Narcisa de Leon Building
HERVAS, JUAN
 Manila Railroad Station, Tutuban
 Arranque and Herran Markets
 Assumption Convent, Herran Street
 Estrella del Norte, Escolta
 Heacock Store Building
 Paris-Manila Building
HONG, FROILAN BAUTISTA
 Manila Film Center, Pasay, Manila
PALAFOX, FELINO JR
 Rockwell Center  Hidalgo Palace
 The Rizal Tower  Luna Gardens
FILIPINO ARCHITECTS
ARELLANO, OTILIO A.
 National Bureau of Investigation, Taft Avenue
CAUDAL, ALEJANDRO YELAB
 Jacinto Residence, Bustos, Bulacan
 Luis Santos House, Malolos
 Lopa Residence, Pasay
 Lerma House, New Manila, Quezon City
 Tiongco House, Pandacan, Bulacan
CONCIO, CESAR HOMERO
 UP Diliman Palma Hall and Melchor Hall
 Protestant Chapel and Fellowship Center, UP Diliman
 Buildings in Silliman University
 UP College of Forestry, Los Banos, Laguna
 Insular Life Building, Makati
 Children’s Memorial Hospital, Quezon City
 Mother of Perpetual Help, Baclaran
 Union Church of Manila
 Ramona Apartments, Adriatico Street, Manila
COSCOLLUELA, WILLIAM VARGAS
 Robinson’s Commercial Complex, Pasig
 Ayala Twin Towers, Makati
 Alexandra (11 buildings), Pasig
 One Beverly Place, Greenhills, San Juan
 Wack-Wack Twin Towers
 Skyland Plaza Twin Towers, Makati
 Atrium, Makati
 Galeria de Magallanes, Makati
 Alabang 400, Muntinlupa
 Quezon City Sports Club
 Centro Escolar University Complex, Malolos
 Magellan Hotel and Resort complex, Cebu
 Shoemart City, Cebu and Quezon City
DE UGUCCIONI, JUAN
 Proposed repairs for Colegio de Santa Potenciana
 Overseer reconstruction of Manila Cathedral
FILIPINO ARCHITECTS
ARELLANO, OTILIO A.
 National Bureau of Investigation, Taft Avenue
 Sining Kayumanggi at Mehan Gardens
 Palacio del Gobernador Intramuros
 Philippine School of Business
 Administration, Aurora Boulevard
 Rizal Commercial Banking Corporation, Buendia, Makati
ARGUELLES, TOMAS FERNANDEZ
 Elizalde Building on Muelle de la Industria, Manila
 Heacock’s Building, Escolta
ARGUELLES, CARLOS D.
 Philamlife Building
 Manila Hilton (now Manila Pavillion), United Nations
Avenue
 Holiday Inn, Roxas Boulevard
 Philippine National Bank, Escolta
 Urdaneta Apartments
 Tuscany Apartments
 Development Bank of the Philippines, Makati
 Chronicle Broadcasting Network Studios, Quezon City
BELLOC, VICENTE B.
 Cemetery of Nagcarlan
BERENGUER-TOPACIO, CHED
 Interiors of hotels, restaurants, etc.
BURNHAM, DANIEL HUDSON
 Proposed grand plan for Manila involving a gridiron
street pattern.
CALMA, LORENZO LICAD
 Interiors of DBP, Makati
 Development Academy of the Philippines, TagaytayCity
 Silahis Hotel, Roxas Boulevard
 Midtown Ramada Hotel, Pedro Gil
 Puerto Azul Hotel and Beach Resort, Ternate,Cavite
 Benguet Center, Mandaluyong, Metro Manila
 PNB, Escolta
FILIPINO ARCHITECTS
ANTONIO, PABLO SEBRERO
 National Artist In Architecture
 Far Eastern University, Philippine National Bank,Manila
Railroad Company
 Major Work: Ideal Theater In Rizal, Manila
 FEU Building In Quezon Boulevard
 Apartments In Roxas Boulevard
 Ramon Roces Publications Building
 White Cross Preventorium
 Manila Polo Club
 Capitan Luis Gonzaga Building On
 Rizal Avenue, Carriedo
 FEU Administration And Science Buildings
 Galaxy Theater In Rizal Avenue
ARANETA, LUIS MARIA GONZAGA
 Times Theater, Quezon Boulevard
 Manila Doctors’ Hospital, UN Avenue
 Makati Medical Center, Makati
 Santa Catalina College, Legarda, Manila
 Botica Boie Building, Escolta, Manila
ARELLANO, ARCADIO DE GUZMAN
 Roman Ongpin’s Bazaar
 El 82, Plaza Calderon de la Barca
 Hotel de Francia
 Carmelo and Bauermann Building, Azcarraga
 Gota de Leche Building, S.H.Loyola
 Casino Espanol, Taft Avenue
ARELLANO, JUAN DE GUZMAN
 Legislative Building (senate and national museum)
 Post Office Building
 Villamor Hall, UP Campus in Taft
 Metropolitan Theater
 Master plan of UP Diliman Campus
 Landscaping plans for Padre Burgos Avenue, Harrison
Park, North and South Port Areas, Roxas Boulevard and
Malacanang.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 21 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
FILIPINO ARCHITECTS
OCAMPO, FERNANDO HIZON
 Manila Metropolitan Cathedral
 Paterno Building, Sta. Cruz, Manila
 Oriental Club
 Cu Un Jieng Building, Escolta
 Central Seminary Building, UST
 Arguelles Building, Rizal Avenue
 Sacred Heart Novitiate Building, Novaliches
 Admiral Apartments, Roxas Boulevard
 Cathedral of the Immaculate Concepcion restoration
 Church of Our Lady of the Most Holy Rosary
OLIVER, LUCIANO
 Manila Cathedral reconstruction
OLIVEROS, EDITH L.
 Interiors of Admiral Hotel, Cebu Plaza Hotel, Wackwack
Golf and Country Club, Philippine House in Chicago,
Illinois, Philippine House, Houston, Texas
 Designed parks in Alaala Park, Pagsanjan
PARSONS, WILLIAM E.
 Implementing Burnham’s plans for Baguio and Manila
 Preparing City plans for Cebu and Zamboanga
PENASALES, SERGIO VILLAR
 Museo Iloilo, Iloilo City
 Tinucuan Chapel, Passi
 Barbaza Church, Barbaza Antique
 Landscaping of UI, University Mall, Iloilo
 Memorial Park, Amphitheater Green, Oton
 Prepared master plans for development of town plazas of
Molo, Jaro and Lapaz.
RAMIREZ, EDGARDO P.
 Interiors of Philippine Embassy and
 Palace Hotel in Beijing China
 Interiors of the Defense Department, National Bank of
Abu Dhabi, Arab Monetary Fund, Amini Court, etc.
FILIPINO ARCHITECTS
MAÑOSA, JOSE TRONQUED
 SMC Head Office, Mandaluyong
 BPI Head Office, Makati
MENDOZA, FELIPE MARCELO
 Batasang Pambansa Buildings, Quezon City
 Development Avcademy of the Philippines, Pasig
 RCBC, Buendia
 Philippine Commercial and Industrial Bank Building
(Antonino Building), Kalaw Street
 FEU Hospital, Nicanor Reyes Street, Manila
 Library and Science Center, Xavier University, Cagayan
de Oro
 San Jose Seminary Building, Ateneo de Manila
University
 Assumption School Buildings, Antipolo
 Mormon Temple, Green Meadows, Quezon City
NAKPIL, ANGEL E. SANCHO
 National Press Club Building, Magallanes Drive
 PLDT Former Head Opffice, De la Rosa Street,Makati
 Lopez Museum Building, Pasay
 Picache Building, Quiapo
 Roche Building, Pasong Tamo
 Petrona Apartments,. Taft Avenue
NAKPIL, JUAN FELIPE DE JESUS
 Geronimo de los Reyes Building
 Capitan Pepe Building
 Quezon Institute Administration Building and Pavilions
 Manila Jockery Club
 Avenue Hotel and Theater
 Quiapo Church
 Gen. Vicente Lim Residence, Vito Cruz
 Philippine Trust Building in Plaza Gotti
 Security Bank and Trust Building
 Rizal House reconstruction., Calamba Laguna
 UP Administration and Library Buildings
 Ever and State Theaters., Rizal Avenue
FILIPINO ARCHITECTS
LUNA DE SAN PEDRO, ANDRES
 Legarda Elementary School
 Alfonso Zobel house, Roxas Boulevard
 San Vicente de Paul Chapel, San Marcelino Street
 Rafael Fernandez House, Arglegui Street
 Perez-Samantillo Building, Escolta
 Fernandez Martinez House, San Miguel, Manila
 St. Cecilia’s Hall, St. Scholastica’s College
 E.A. Perkins Residence, Roxas Boulevard
 Basa Residence, Lepanto Street, Manila
 Evangelista Residence, Rizal Avenue Extension
 Sy Cong Bieng Mausoleum, Manila
 North Cemetery
LUZ, ALFREDO J. DIMAYUGA
 Ramon Magsaysay Building, Roxas Boulevard
 Far East Bank and Trust Head Offices, Intramuros
 WHO Regional Headquarters, Taft Avenue
 IRRI, Los Banos
 666 T.M. Kalaw
 1414 Roxas Boulevard
 1515 Roxas Boulevard
 1010 A. Mabini
 Dole Philippines, Polomolok, South Cotabato
 Standard Vacuum Refining Corporation, Limay, Bataan
 General Milling Corporation, Mactan, Cebu
 Republic Cement Corporation, Norzagaray, Bulacan
MAÑOSA, FRANCISCO TRONQUED
 Tahanang Pilipino, CCP Complex
 Shrine of our Lady Queen of Peace, Ortigas Avenue
 Mary Immaculate Parish Church,
 Moonwalk Subdivision, Las Pinas
 Las Pinas Church restoration
 Stations of Light Rail Transit (LRT)
 Development of Quezon Memorial Circle
 Development, restoration and landscaping of Corregidor
Island
FILIPINO ARCHITECTS
HUBILLA, JOHNNY
 Philippine Trade House, Bangkok
 Philippine Trade Center, Toronto, Canada
 Philippine House, Mainz, Germany
 Philippine Pavilion, World Trade
 Exposition in Leipzig Germany
 Philippine Pavilion, World Trade Fair in Spokane,
Washington DC
LOCSIN, LEANDRO V.
 National Artist in Architecture
 Main Theater, CCP Complex
 Folk Arts Theater, CCP Complex
 Philippine Center for International Trade and Exhibitions
(PHILCITE)
 Philippine Convention Center, CCP Complex
 Philippine Plaza Hotel
 Hyatt Regency Hotel, Roxas Boulevard
 Makati Stock Exchange Building
 Ayala Museum, Makati Avenue
 Manila Hotel renovation
 Mandarin Oriental Hotel, Makati
 National Arts Center, Laguna
 Manila International Airport (NAIA)
 Istana Nurul Iman, Palace of the Sultan ofBrunei
MAÑOSA BROTHERS
 Sierra Lake Resorts, Laguna
 Hidden Valley Springs Resort, Laguna
 Maya-maya Resort, Batangas
 Makiling Conference Center, Laguna
 Colegio de San Agustin, Makati
 Guadalupe restoration
 Andres Soriano Memorial Hospital
 Bislig Bay Lumber Co. in Surigao del Sur
 Sulo Restaurant
 San Miguel Corporation Head Office, Mandaluyong
Rizal
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 22 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
TIMELINE OF TALLEST BUILDINGS (Philippines)
NAME LOCATION
YEARS AS
TALLEST
HEIGHT (m) FLOORS
Manila Hotel Metro Manila 1912 - 1967 18
Ramon Maggsaysay Center Metro Manila 1967 - 1968 70 18
Manila Pavilion Hotel Metro Manila 1968 - 1989 90 22
Pacific Star Building Metro Manila 1989 - 1991 112.5 29
The Peak Tower Metro Manila 1991 - 1992 138 38
Pacific Plaza Condominium Metro Manila 1992 - 1994 150 44
Rufino Pacific Tower Metro Manila 1994 - 1997 162 41
Robinsons Equitable Tower Metro Manila 1997 - 1998 175 45
Horizons 101 Tower 1 Cebu City 2016 185 55
Petron Megaplaza Metro Manila 1998 - 2000 210 45
PBCom Tower Metro Manila 2000 - 2017 259 52
Grand Hyatt Manila Metro Manila 2017 - Present 318 66
TIMELINE OF TALLEST SKYSCRAPERS (World)
NAME LOCATION
YEARS AS
TALLEST
HEIGHT [m
(ft)]
INCREASE
The buildings that were the tallest skyscrapers – but still shorter than the tallest church or cathedral
Equitable Life Building New York, USA 1870 - 1884 40 (130) -
Home Insurance Building Chicago, USA 1884 - 1890 42 (138) 6.15%
New York World Building New York, USA 1890 - 1894 94 (308) 136.92%
Manhattan Life Insurance Building New York, USA 1894 - 1895 100 (330) 7.14%
Milwaukee City Hall Milwaukee, USA 1895 - 1899 108 (354) 7.27%
Park Row Building New York, USA 1899 - 1901 119 (390) 10.17%
Since 1901, the world's tallest building has always been a secular skyscraper.
Philadelphia City Hall Philadelphia, USA 1901 - 1908 167 (548)
Singer Building New York, USA 1908 - 1909 186.57 (612.1) 11.72%
Metropolitan Life Tower New York, USA 1909 - 1913 213.36 (700) 14.36%
Woolworth Building New York, USA 1913 - 1930 241 (791) 12.95%
Bank of Manhattan Trust Building New York, USA 1930 283 (928) 17.43%
Chrysler Building New York, USA 1930 - 1931 319.9 (1,050) 13.04%
Empire State Building New York, USA 1931 - 1972 381 (1,250) 19.1%
World Trade Center New York, USA 1972 - 1974 417 (1,368) 9.45%
Sears Tower Chicago, USA 1974 - 1998 442 (1,450) 6%
Petronas Towers Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia 1998 - 2003 451.9 (1,483) 2.24%
Taipei 101 Taipei, Taiwan 2003 - 2010 509.2 (1,671) 12.68%
Burj Khalifa Dubai, UAE 2010 - Present 828 (2,717) 62.61%
FILIPINO ARCHITECTS
TOLEDO, ANTONIO MANALAC
 UP Padre Faura campus
 College of Medicine Annex and UP Library, Manila
 Leyte Capitol
 Department of Agriculture and Commerce (Tourism)
 Department of Finance
 Philippine Normal School
 Manila City Hall
VILLAROSA, ROGELIO GARCIA
 Edsa Shangri-la Hotel
 Edsa Plaza, Mandaluyong
 Tektite Towers, Pasig
 Alexandra (11 building complex)
 King’s Court II, Pasong Tamo
 Silahis International Hotel, Roxas Boulevard
 National Bookstore Super Branch,
 Araneta Center Cubao
 Puerto Azul clubhouse
 Makati Sports Club
ZARAGOSA, JOSE MARIA
 Meralco Building, Pasig
 Santo Domingo Church and Convent, Quezon City
 Philippine Airlines building, Ayala Avenue
 Philippine Banking Corporation Building, Port Area,
Manila
 St. John Bosco Parish Church, Pasay Road
 Union Church, Makati
 Pius XII Catholic Center, UN Avenue
MAPUA, TOMAS BAUTISTA
 Manila Central Post Office Building, Ermita, Manila
 St. La Salle Hall, St. La Salle University
 Librada Avelino Hall, Centro Escolar University
 Philippine General Hospital Nurses Home
FILIPINO ARCHITECTS
ROXAS, FELIX ARROYO
 Enlargement and reconstruction of the parish church in
Bacoor, Cavite
 Jesuit Church of Sa Ignacio, Intramuros
RUANO, ROQUE
 Dominican House, Baguio
 Dominican College, Lingayen
 “Crucero” in the Church of our Lady of Manaoag
 Santa Catalina College, Pampanga
 Hospital of the Sacred Heart
 Santa Teresita Church, Yokohama Japan
 UST Main Building
SANTOS, IDELFONSO PAEZ
 Batulao Village Club, Batangas
 Caliraya Lake Resort, Laguna
 Eternal Gardens Memorial Park, Manila
 Imus Town Plaza, Imus, Cavite
 Raintree Sports Club, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
 Artist’s Village, Garden for the Blind
 Teodora Valencia Circle
 Rehabilitation of the Japanese Garden
SANTOS-VIOLA, CARLOS ANTONIO
 Iglesia ni Cristo structures (chief architect)
 Templo Central
 Our Lady of Lourdes, Quezon City
 Franciscan churches of Singalong, Mandaluyong,
Tagaytay and Lipa City.
 Nustra Senora de Guia, Ermita Manila
SINDIONG, ANTONIO S.
 Megamall, Mandaluyong
 Harrison Plaza Shopping Center, Manila
 Ali Mall II, Cubao
 New Farmers Plaza Shopping Center, Cubao
 East Pakistan Rice Research Institute, Bangladesh
 Kebayoran Housing Project, Indonesia
 Arabian Villas, Dubai
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 23 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
c. 1300 BC Citadel at Tiryns, Greece Mycenaean
Ancient Greek Architecture
c. 550 BC Temple of Hera I, Paestum, Italy
c. 530 BC
Treasury of the
Siphnians,
Delphi
500s BC Sanctuary of Apollo, Delphi
mid-400s BC Acropolis, Athens
c. 400 BC Athenian Agora, Athens
c. 400 BC Temple of Athena Pronaia, Delphi
300s BC Miletos, city plan, modern-day Turkey
c. 200 BC Theater at Epidauros Epidauros
AD 132
Temple of the Olympian
Zeus,
Athens
Etruscan Architecture
480 BC Tomb of the Lioness, Tarquinia
200s BC Tomb of the Reliefs, Cerveteri
c. 100s BC Porta Augusta, Perugia
Ancient Roman Architecture
late 100s BC Pont du Gard, Nimes, France
late 100s BC Temple of Portunus, Rome
13 BC Ara Pacis, Rome
AD 72–80 Colosseum, Rome
AD 79 Pompeii, city plan
AD 81 Arch of Titus, Rome
AD 100s Timgad, Algeria
AD 113 Basilica Ulpia, Rome
AD 113 Column of Trajan, Rome
c. AD 125 Hadrian’s Villa, Tivoli
AD 118–125 Pantheon, Rome
AD 200s Hadrian’s Wall, Great Britain
AD 211 Baths of Caracalla, Rome
AD 300s Roman Forum, Rome
AD 310
Basilica of Maxentius
and Constantine,
Rome
AD 315 Arch of Constantine, Rome
(c. 80–25 BC)
Vitruvius Pollio,
Marcus
CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
ANCIENT ARCHITECTURE (Europe, Near East, North Africa) (15,000 BC–AD 400s)
Prehistoric Architecture (Paleolithic and Neolithic)
c. 15,000 BC, Mammoth-bone house Mezhirich, Ukraine Paleolithic
c. 6500 BC, , Catal Huyuk, village Turkey Neolithic
c. 3100 BC, Skara Brae, village
Orkney Islands,
Scotland
Neolithic
c. 3100–1500 BC, Stonehenge
Salisbury Plain,
Wiltshire, England
Neolithic
c. 3000–2500 BC Newgrange, tombs, Ireland Neolithic
Ancient Near Eastern Architecture (Sumerian, Mari, Babylonian, Assyrian, Persian)
c. 7200 BC Ain Ghazal, Jordan Neolithic
c. 7000 BC Jericho, walls of the city Neolithic
c. 6500 BC Catal Huyuk, Turkey Neolithic
c. 2100 BC Nanna Ziggurat, Ur, Iraq Sumerian
2000s BC Palace of Zimrilim, Syria Mari
late 900s BC–AD 70 Temple of Solomon, Jerusalem Jewish
c. 720 BC Citadel of Sargon II,
modern-day
Khorsabad, Iraq
Assyrian
c. 575 BC
Ishtar Gate
and throne room
Neo-Babylonian
c. 518–460 BC
Palace of Darius at
Persepolis,
Iran Persian
Ancient Egyptian Architecture
c. 2665 BC
King Djoser’s funerary
complex,
Saqqara
c. 2589–2503 BC Pyramids of Giza, Egypt
c. 2100 BC
Model from Tomb of
Meketra,
Thebes
1473–1458 BC
Temple of Queen
Hatshepsut,
Deir el-Bahri
c. 1295–1186 BC
Great Temple of Amun,
Karnak
Karnak
c. 1279 BC
Temple of Amun, Mut
and Khonsu,
Luxor
c. 1279 BC
Temple of Rameses II
and Temple of Nefertari,
Abu Simbel
Ancient Aegean Architecture (Minoan and Mycenaean)
c. 1900–1400 BC Palace at Knossos, Crete (Minoan)
c. 1600–1200 BC Citadel at Mycenae, Greece Mycenaean
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 24 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
c. 1053 Byodo-in, Uji, Kyoto Prefecture, Heian Period
early 1600s Katsura Palace, Kyoto, by Kobori Enshu
1600s Himeji Castle, Hyogo, near Osaka, Momoyama Period
1964 Yoyogi Gymnasium, Tokyo (Olympics)
Tange, Kenzo
(1913–2005)
1976 Azuma House Osaka
Ando, Tadao (1941–
)
1988 Church on the Water, Tomamu
1989 Church of the Light, Ibaraki-shi, Osaka
1984 Silver Hut, Tokyo Ito, Toyo (1941–
Southeast Asian Architecture (Myanmar [Burma], Malaysia, Singapore, Indonesia,
Thailand, Taiwan, Laos, Cambodia, Vietnam, etc.). See Indian Architecture
1100s Angkor(begun) Cambodia,
PRE-COLUMBIAN ARCHITECTURE OF THE AMERICAS (900s BC–AD 1500s)
Mesoamerican Architecture (Aztec, Inca, Maya, Olmec, Teotihuacan, Zapotec)
c. 900–600 BC
La Venta, Great Pyramid
and Ballcourt,
Mexico (Olmec)
c. 500 BC
Teotihuacan, ceremonial
center,
Mexico
AD 400s–700s Tikal ceremonial center, Guatemala (Maya)
800s–1200s Chichen Itza, Yucatan, Mexico (Maya)
1200s–1500s
Tenochtitlan, Great
Pyramid,
Mexico City (Aztec)
1450–1530 Machu Picchu, Peru
Native American Architecture (North and South America)
900s–1400s
Anasazi “Great
Houses,”
New Mexico,
Utah, Arizona,
and Colorado
900s–1400s Chaco Canyon New Mexico
c. 1150 Cahokia
East St. Louis,
Missouri
1450s Pueblos at Taos, New Mexico
MEDIEVAL ARCHITECTURE (400s–1300s)
Byzantine Architecture
530s by and Hagia Sophia, Istanbul
Anthemius of Tralles
Isidorus of Miletus,
AD 546 San Vitale, Ravenna, Italy
early 1000s
Monastery of Hosios
Loukas,
near Stiris, Greece
c. 1017 Cathedral of Santa Kiev, Ukraine
CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
Early Semitic and Christian Architecture
AD 240s House-Church, Dura-Europos, Syria
AD 320s Saint Peter’s Church, Rome
AD 350s Santa Costanza, Rome
AD 420s Santa Sabina, Rome
AD 425
Mausoleum of Galla
Placidia,
Ravenna
ARCHITECTURE OF ASIA
Indian Architecture (and Pakistan, Afghanistan, Nepal, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka)
c. 2600 BC Mohenjo-Daro
200s BC Ajanta Caves, Deccan
200s–100s BC Great Stupa, Sanchi
100s BC Rock-Cut Hall of Karla
c. AD 530
Vishnu Temple at
Deogarh
c. 1000
Kandariya Mahadeva
Temple,
Khajuraho, Madhya
Pradesh, India
c. 1000
Rajarajeshvara Temple
to Shiva,
Thanjavur, Tamil
Nadu, India
1057–1287 Bagan, temple complex, Myanmar
1632–1648 Taj Mahal, Agra, India Mughal Empire
Chinese Architecture
AD 618–907
Chang’an, Capital of
Tang Dynasty
AD 645
Great Wild Goose
Pagoda at Ci’en Temple,
Xi’an, Shanxi
Province, Tang
Dynasty (rebuilt 700s)
AD 782 Nanchan Temple,
Wutaishan, Shanxi
Province.
Tang Dynasty
1368–1644 Forbidden City, Beijing, Ming Dynasty
1986
Hong Kong and
Shanghai Bank,
Hong Kong
Foster, Norman
(1935– ):
1980s Bank of China Hong Kong Pei, I. M. (1917– )
1998 Jin Mao Building, Shanghai
Skidmore, Owings &
Merrill:
Japanese Architecture
early AD 100s
(rebuilt 1993)
Ise, Inner Shrine, Mie Prefecture, Yayoi Period
600s
Horyu-ji, Main
Compound,
Nara Prefecture, Asuka Period
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 25 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
1130s Saint-Lazare Autun
1130s
Cathedral of Saint-
Lazare
Autun, begun
1240s Castel del Monte region of Puglia
Gothic Architecture
c. 1130s Chartres Cathedral Chartres, France
1160s Notre Dame Paris
1211 Reims Cathedral Reims, France, begun
1240s Sainte-Chapelle Paris, France
1240s Cologne Cathedral Cologne, Germany
1250s Amiens Cathedral Amiens, France
1300s Milan Cathedral Milan, Italy
PRE-MODERN ARCHITECTURE IN EUROPE (1400s–1700s)
Renaissance Architecture
1290s Florence Cathedral, Italy, begun
1290s, Palazzo della Signoria Florence, 1290s
1505 Saint Peter’s Church, Rome, begun
1520s begun Fontainebleau, France,
1530s–2000s Louvre, Paris
1559 Escorial, Madrid, begun
1420s
Florence Cathedral
Dome
Italy
Brunelleschi,
Filippo (c. 1377–
1446):
1420s,
Ospedale degli Innocenti
(Foundling Hospital),
Florence;
1420s, San Lorenzo, Florence;,
1430s Santo Spirito, Florence;
1430s, Pazzi Chapel, Florence
1440s Medici Palace Florence
Michelozzo di
Bartolomeo (1391– c.
1472)
1450s, Tempio Malatestiano, Rimini; Alberti, Leon
Battista (1404–
1472):
1470, Sant’Andrea, Mantua
1480s,
Villa Medici at Poggio a
Caiano,
outside Florence;
Sangallo, Giuliano da
(c. 1443–1516):
1485,
Santa Maria delle
Carceri,
Prato, Italy
1501,
Tempietto;
Bramante, Donato
(1444–1514):
CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
Sophia,
1063 Cathedral of San Marco, Venice, Italy
Islamic Architecture (Moorish, Mughal, Ottoman, Seljuk)
692 begun Dome of the Rock, Jerusalem,
740s, begun Mshatta Palace Jordan,
785 Great Mosque, Cordoba, Spain
847 Great Mosque, Samarra
1350s Alhambra, Granada, Spain
1570s Sinan, Selimiye Mosque, Edirne, Turkey
1632–1648 Taj Mahal, Agra, India Mughal Empire
1980s King Faisal Mosque, Islamabad, Pakistan
1986–1993 King Hassan II Mosque, Casablanca, Morocco
1550s Suleyman Mosque, Istanbul
Sinan, Mimar Koca
Agha (1489–1588)
Early Medieval Architecture (Carolingian and Ottonian)
529
Monastery of
Montecassino,
Italy
late 600s
Santa Maria de
Quintanilla de las Vinas,
Burgos, Spain
792–805
Palace Complex of
Charlemagne,
Aachen, Germany Carolingian
799 Abbey
Church of St. Riquier,
Monastery of Centula
France
Carolingian,
dedicated
c. 817 Saint Gall Monastery Carolingian
961
Church of Saint
Cyriakus,
Gernrode, Germany Ottonian, begun
1001–1032 Church of Saint Michael, Hildesheim, Germany Ottonian
Romanesque Architecture; see also Castle
1030s Krak des Chevaliers Krak des Chevaliers
1060s
Pisa Cathedral
Complex
Italy
c. 1060s Saint-Etienne, Caen Normandy, France
c. 1075–1100s
Durham Castle and
Cathedral
England
1078 Tower of London London, begun
1078–1122
Cathedral of Saint
James
Santiago de
Compostela,
Spain
1080 Sant’Ambrogio Milan
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 26 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
Pieter Post),
1650s, Santa Maria della Pace, Rome
Cortona, Pietro da
(1596–1669):
1650s, Sant’Andrea al Quirinale, Rome
Bernini, Gian
Lorenzo (1598–
1680):
1630s–1665, San Carlo alle Quattro Fontane, Rome:
Borromini,
Francesco (1599–
1667):
1640s, Sant’Ivo alla Sapienza, Rome
1660s,
Twin Churches at Piazza
del Popolo
Rome
Rainaldi, Carlo
(1611–1691):
1675–1710, St. Paul’s Cathedral, London
Wren, Christopher
(1632–1723):
1705, Blenheim Palace, Woodstock, England
Vanbrugh, John
(1664–1726):
Rococo Architecture
1696, Schonbrunn Palace, Vienna
Fischer von Erlach,
Johann Bernhard
(1656–1723):
1702–1736,
Benedictine Monastery
Church,
Melk, Austria
Prandtauer, Jakob
(1660–1726):
1732, Salon de la Princesse,
Hotel de Soubise,
Paris
Boffrand, Germain
(1667–1754):
1720s,
Hospicio de San
Fernando,
Madrid
Ribera, Pedro de (c.
1681–1742):
1719–1744, Residenz,
Wurzburg, Bavaria,
Germany;
Neumann, Johann
Balthasar (1687–
1753):
1743, Vierzehnheiligen, Staffelstein, Germany
1730s, Amalienburg Pavilion, Munich
Cuvillies, Francois
(1695–1768):
1749–1754, Church of Saint Andrew, Kiev;
Rastrelli, Francesco
Bartolomeo (1700–
1771):
1752–1756, Catherine Palace,
Tsarskoye Selo,
outside St.
Petersburg;
1754–1762, Winter Palace, St. Petersburg
Neo-Classical Architecture; also see below under Architecture of the United States
1722–1726,
Saint Martin-in-the-
Fields,
London; Gibbs, James
(1682–1754):
1739–1749, Radcliffe Camera, Oxford
1720s, Chiswick House, West London
Boyle, Richard
(Lord Burlington)
CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
1505–1513,
Saint Peter’s Church,
Rome
Serlio, Sebastiano
(1475–1554)
1520s, facade, San Lorenzo, Florence;
Michelangelo
Buonarroti (1475–
1564):
1530s–1540s, Capitoline Hill, Rome;
1530s–1560s,
Saint Peter’s Church,
Rome
1510s Villa Madama, Rome
Raphael Sanzio
(1483–1520):
1530s, Farnese Palace, Rome
Sangallo, Antonio da
the Younger (1484–
1546):
1520s, Library, Venice
Sansovino, Jacopo
(1486–1570):
1560s, Villa Rotunda; Vicenza, Italy;
Palladio, Andrea
(1508–1580):
1560s–1570s, San Giorgio Maggiore, Venice,
1580–1585,
Teatro Olimpico (with
Vincenzo Scamozzi),
Vicenza
Mannerism
1520s, Laurentian Stairs, Florence; Michelangelo
Buonarroti
(1475–1564)
1520s,
New Sacristy, San
Lorenzo,
Florence
1534,
Palazzo Massimo alle
Colonne,
Rome
Peruzzi, Baldassare
(1481–1537)
1520s, Palazzo del Te, Mantua
Romano, Giulio (c.
1499–1546):
Tudor Style
early 1500s Arden House, Stratford-Upon-Avon
1515–1521 Hampton Court Palace, London
Baroque Architecture
1505–1650s Saint Peter’s Church, Rome
1620s–1650s
Piazza Navona papal
enclave,
Rome,
1660s Versailles Palace, Versailles, France
Francois Mansart
(1598–1666), Louis
Le Vau (1612–1670),
and Jules Hardouin-
Mansart,
1620s,
Banqueting House,
Whitehall Palace,
London
Jones, Inigo
(1573–1652):
1633 The Mauritshuis, The Hague; Campen, Jacob van
(1595–1657): (with
1648–1655, Town Hall, Amsterdam
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 27 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
1947):
1896, Secession House, Vienna
Olbrich, Joseph
Maria (1867–1908):
1899–1905,
Paris Metropolitan
stations
Guimard, Hector
(1867–1942):
1904, Purkersdorf Sanatorium, Vienna; Hoffmann, Josef
(1870–1956):
1904–1911, Stoclet Palace, Brussels
Arts and Crafts; also see below under Architecture of the United States
1893–1895,
Glasgow Herald
Building,
Glasgow, Scotland;
Mackintosh,
Charles Rennie
(1868–1928):
1897–1909, Glasgow School of Art, Glasgow, Scotland;
1902–1904, Hill House,
Helensburgh,
Scotland
EARLY-20th-CENTURY ARCHITECTURE IN EUROPE, ASIA, AND SOUTH AMERICA
Expressionism; also see below under Architecture of the United States
1912,
Falkenberg Housing
Estate,
Berlin;
Taut, Bruno (1880–
1938):
1914,
Glass Pavilion, Cologne
Werkbund Exhibition
1917, Einstein Tower, Potsdam
Mendelsohn, Erich
(1887–1953):
1950s, Notre Dame du Haut, Ronchamp
Corbusier, Le
(1887–1965):
Bauhaus Architecture; see also International Style
1925, , Bauhaus Building Dessau, Germany
Gropius, Walter
(1883–1969):
1929, German Pavilion, Barcelona
Mies van der Rohe,
Ludwig (1886–
1969):
Futurist Architecture; see also Constructivist Architecture
1914, Città Nuova
Sant’Elia, Antonio
(1888–1916):
International Style; also see below under Architecture of the United States
1896–1903,
Amsterdam Stock
Exchange,
Amsterdam
Berlage, Hendrick
Petrus (1856–1934):
1909, AEG Turbine Factory, Berlin
Behrens, Peter
(1868–1940):
1910, Steiner House, Vienna;
Loos, Adolf (1870–
1933):
1926, Tristan Tzara House, Paris;
1927, Moller House, Vienna;
CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
(1695–1753):
1750s, The Circus, Bath, England
Wood, John the Elder
(c. 1704–1754):
1755–1792,
Sainte-Genevieve
(Pantheon),
Paris
Soufflot, Jacques-
Germain (1713–
1780):
1759, Kedelston Hall,
Derbyshire,
commissioned; Adam, Robert
(1728–1792):
1760s, Syon House, Middlesex,England;
1770s, Osterley Park, Middlesex, England
1770s, Chaux city plan, France
Ledoux, Claude-
Nicolas (1736–1806):
1780s,
funerary monument for
Isaac Newton
Boullee, Etienne-
Louis (1728–1799):
1822, Altes Museum, Berlin
Schinkel, Karl
Friedrich (1781–
1841):
19th-CENTURY ARCHITECTURE IN EUROPE
Gothic Revival Architecture; see also Romantic Architecture; also see below under Architecture
of the United States
1749, Strawberry Hill, Twickenham, England
Walpole, Horace
(1717–1797):
1830–1860s, Houses of Parliament, London
Barry, Charles
(1795–1860):
1865,
Saint Pancras Railway
Station,
London
Scott, George Gilbert
(1811–1878):
1830s, Houses of Parliament, London
Pugin, Augustus
Welby Northmore
(1812–1852):
Romantic Architecture; see also Gothic Revival Architecture; also see Architecture of the United States
1890s–1940s Cotswold Cottage; see Tudor Revival Style
1815–1832, Royal Pavilion, Brighton, England
Nash, John (1752–
1835):
Beaux-Arts Architecture; also see below under Architecture of the United States
1860s, Opera, Paris
Garnier, Charles
(1825–1898):
Art Nouveau
1880s, Palau Guell, Barcelona;
Gaudí, Antoni
(1852–1926):
1880s, Sagrada Familia, Barcelona;
1905, Casa Mila, Barcelona
1892, Tassel House, Brussels Horta, Victor (1861–
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 28 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
Brutalism; also see below under Post-Modernism and Beyond
1903–1904,
25 bis Rue Franklin
apartments,
Paris;
Perret, Auguste
(1874–1954):
1922–1924,
Church of Notre Dame
du Raincy
1946–1952, Unite d’Habitation, Marseilles
Corbusier, Le
(1887–1965):
ARCHITECTURE OF THE UNITED STATES (1600s–1960s)
Colonial Architecture (1620–1820s)
1680s Paul Revere House,
Boston,
Massachusetts
1683 Parson Capen House,
Topsfield,
Massachusetts
1700s Turner-Ingersall House, Salem, Massachusetts
Georgian Style (1690–1790)
Neo-Classical Architecture (1720s–1860s)
1803 United States Capitol,
Washington, D.C.,
begun
1770s, Monticello,
Charlottesville,
Virginia
Jefferson, Thomas
(1743–1826):
1796, Old State House, Hartford, Connecticut
Bulfinch, Charles
(1763–1844):
1801, Bank of Pennsylvania
Latrobe, Benjamin
Henry (1764–1820):
Gothic Revival Architecture (1760s–1840s)
1840s, Trinity Church, New York
Upjohn, Richard
(1802–1878):
Federal Style (1783–1830)
1796, Old State House, Hartford, Connecticut;
Bulfinch, Charles
(1763–1844):
1798,
Massachusetts State
House,
Boston, begun
Greek Revival Style (1820–1870); see Romantic Architecture
Romantic Architecture (1830s–1870s); see also Gothic Revival Architecture
1890s, Vanderbilt Mansion,
Newport, Rhode
Island
Hunt, Richard
Morris (1827–1895):
Italianate Style (1840–1890s); see Romantic Architecture
Second Empire Style (1855–1885); see Victorian Architecture
Stick Style (1860–1890); see Victorian Architecture
CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
1928–1930, Villa Muller, Prague
1911, Fagus Shoe Factory,
Alfeld an der Leine,
Germany
Gropius,Walter
(1883–1969), and
Adolf Meyer:
1915, Woodland Cemetery, Stockholm, Sweden; Asplund, Erik
Gunnar (1885–
1940):
1920s, City Library, Stockholm, Sweden
1929, Villa Savoye,
Poissy-sur-Seine,
France;
Le Corbusier
(1887–1965):
1946–1952, Unite d’Habitation, Marseilles, France;
1950s,
Chandigarh, India, city
layout
1935, Viipuir Library, Vyborg, Finland; Aalto, Alvar (1898–
1976):
1938–1939, Villa Mairea, Noormarkku, Finland
1953,
UNESCO World
Headquarters,
Paris
Breuer, Marcel
(1902–1981):
1949,
Hiroshima Peace
Memorial Park and
Museum; Tange, Kenzo
(1913–2005):
1964
(Olympics) National
Gymnasium Complex,
Yoyogi Park, Tokyo
1960s,
Palace of the National
Congress and Cathedral
Brasilia
Niemeyer, Oscar
(1907– ):
Constructivist Architecture; see also Futurist Architecture
1926–1928, Zuev Worker’s Club, Moscow
Golosov, Ilya (1883–
1945):
1919,
design for “Tatlin’s
Tower” (never built)
Tatlin, Vladimir
(1885–1953):
1925, Soviet Pavilion,
World’s Exposition,
Paris; Melnikov,
Konstantin
Stepanovich (1890–
1974):
1927–1929, Architect’s House, Moscow;
1927–1929, Kauchuk Factory Club, Moscow;
1927–1929, Rusakov Worker’s Club, Moscow
1928–1932, Narkomfin Building, Moscow
Ginsburg, Moisei
(1892–1946):
Rationalism (and Neo-Rationalism)
1924,
Schroeder House,
Utrecht,
Netherlands
Rietveld, Gerrit
(1888–1964):
1932–1936, Casa di Fascio, Como, Italy
Terragni, Giuseppe
(1904–1943):
1980s, New Town Hall, Borgoricco, Italy
Rossi, Aldo (1931–
1997):
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 29 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
Tudor Style (1890–1940)
Colonial Revival (1890s–2000s); see Colonial Architecture
Prairie Style (1900–1920s)
1906–1909,
Frederick C. Robie
House,
Chicago
Wright, Frank Lloyd
(1867–1959) and
Marion Mahony
Griffin (1871–1961):
Expressionism (and Blobitecture) (1910s–1950s)
1947–1949, Baker House, MIT, Boston; Aalto, Alvar (1898–
1976):
1959, Opera House, Essen, Germany
1947, Ledbetter House, Norman, Oklahoma; Goff, Bruce (1904–
1982):
1950s, Bavinger House, Norman, Oklahoma
1940s–1950s,
Solomon Guggenheim
Museum
New York
Wright, Frank Lloyd
(1867–1959):
1956–1962,
Trans World Airport
(TWA) Terminal,
New York
Saarinen, Eero
(1910–1961):
Art Deco (1920s–1930s)
1924 Chicago Tribune Tower Chicago
Hood, Raymond
(1881–1934) and
John Mead Howells
(1868–1959):
1929,
New York Daily News
Building,
New York;
Hood, Raymond
(1881–1934):
1930s, Radio City Music Hall,
Rockefeller Center,
New York
1930, Chrysler Building, New York
Alen, William Van
(1883–1954):
1931, Empire State Building, New York
Shreve, Lamb and
Harmon:
International Style (and Modernism) (1920s–1960s)
1942, First Christian Church, Columbus, Indiana
Saarinen, Eliel
(1873–1950):
1937, Architect’s House,
Lincoln,
Massachusetts
Gropius,Walter
(1883–1969):
1931,
Philadelphia Savings
Fund Society Building
(PSFS),
Philadelphia
Howe, George
(1886–1955) and
William Lescaze
(1896–1969):
1938, Breuer House I,
Lincoln,
Massachusetts; Breuer, Marcel
(1902–1981):
1945, Geller House, Lawrence, Long
CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
Victorian Architecture (1860–1900)
1880s, Stoughton House,
Cambridge,
Massachusetts
Richardson, Henry
Hobson (1838–
1886):
Eastlake Style (1870–1890); see Victorian Architecture
Richardsonian Romanesque (1870s–1900)
1870s, Trinity Church, Boston; Richardson, Henry
Hobson (1838–
1886):
1885–1887,
Marshall Field
Warehouse,
Chicago
Shingle Style (1870s–1900); see Victorian Architecture
Queen Anne Style (1870s–1910); see Victorian Architecture
Mission Style (1890–1915); see Arts and Crafts
Beaux-Arts Architecture (1890s–1920s)
1890s, Biltmore Estate,
Asheville, North
Carolina;
Hunt, Richard
Morris (1827–1895):
1890s,
Vanderbilt Mansion, “The
Breakers,”
Newport, Rhode
Island;
1893,
World’s Columbian
Exposition,
Chicago;
1895,
Metropolitan Museum of
Art,
New York
1887–1895, Boston Public Library; McKim, Charles
Follen (1847–1909),
William Rutherford
Mead (1846–1928),
and Stanford White
(1853–1906):
1895–1903,
Rhode Island State
Capitol,;
Providence
1906, Morgan Library, New York;
1910, Pennsylvania Station, New York
1897–1911, New York Public Library, New York
Carrere, John (1858–
1911) and Thomas
Hastings (1860–
1929):
1903, Grand Central Station, New York
Wetmore, Charles
(1866–1941) and
Whitney Warren
(1864–1943):
Arts and Crafts (Bungalow, Craftsman) (1890s–1930s)
1908, Gamble House, Pasadena, California
Greene, Charles
Sumner (1868–1957)
and Henry Mather
Greene (1870–1954):
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 30 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
1978, Piazza d’Italia, New Orleans
Moore, Charles
Willard (1925–1993):
1960s, Vanna Venturi House,
Chestnut Hill,
Pennsylvania Venturi, Robert
(1925– ) and Denise
Scott Brown (1931– )
1963, Guild House Philadelphia;
1991, Seattle Art Museum, Seattle
1977–1984,
World Trade Center
Financial Center,
New York;
Pelli, Cesar (1926– ):
1986–1988, Wells Fargo Center, Minneapolis;
1990,
Bank of America
Corporate Headquarters,
Charlotte, North
Carolina;
1998, Petronas Twin Towers,
Kuala Lumpur,
Malaysia
1980s, New Town Hall, Borgoricco, Italy
Rossi, Aldo (1931–
1997):
1982,
Portland Public Service
Building,
Portland, Oregon; Graves, Michael
(1934– ):
1990s, Dolphin Resort, Orlando, Florida
1967, Habitat ’67, Safdie, Moshe
(1938– ):
1967 World Exposition, Montreal
Brutalism (1960s–1980s)
1961–1967,
National Center for
Atmospheric Research,
Boulder, Colorado;
Pei, I. M. (1917– ):
1974–1978,
East Wing of the
National Gallery of Art,
Washington, D.C.
1974, Hirshhorn Museum, Washington, D.C.
Bunshaft, Gordon
(1909–1990):
1989, Church of the Light, Ibaraki-shi, Osaka Ando, Tadao (1941):
Neo-Rationalism (1980s–1990s): See Rationalism
1995,
Barcelona Museum of
Contemporary Art; Meier, Richard
(1934– ):
1997, Getty Center, Los Angeles
1999–2003, Kyobo Tower, Seoul, South Korea;
Botta, Mario (1943–)
2003–2006, Church of Santo Volto, Turin
Deconstructivism (1980s–2000s)
1991–2003,
Walt Disney Concert
Hall,
Los Angeles;
Gehry, Frank (1929)
1993–1997, Guggenheim Museum, Bilbao, Spain
1989,
Wexner Center for the
Arts,
Ohio State University,
Columbus, Ohio
Eisenman, Peter
(1932– ):
CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
Island;
1948, Breuer House II,
New Canaan,
Connecticut
1946, Farnsworth House, Plano, Illinois; Mies van der Rohe,
Ludwig (1886–
1969):
1951,
860–880 Lake Shore
Drive,
Chicago;
1954, Seagram Building, New York with Philip Johnson,
1946, Kaufman House,
Palm Springs,
California
Neutra, Richard
(1892–1970):
1949, “Glass House,”
New Canaan,
Connecticut; Johnson, Philip
(1906–2005):
1978–1983,
AT&T Corporate
Headquarters,
New York
1950s,
Yale University Art
Gallery,
New Haven,
Connecticut; Kahn, Louis (1901–
1974):
1967–1972, Kimbell Art Museum, Fort Worth, Texas
1952,1960s
United Nations
Headquarters
New York;
Niemeyer, Oscar
(1907– ) with Le
Corbusier,
1954, Irwin Union Bank, Columbus, Indiana
Saarinen, Eero
(1910–1961):
1968–1974,
Christian Science
Center,
Boston;
Pei, I. M. (1917– ):
1977, Hancock Tower, Boston
1952, Lever House, New York
Skidmore, Owings
& Merrill (Gordon
Bunshaft):
Ranch Style (1930–1970s)
1946, Kaufman House,
Palm Springs,
California
Neutra, Richard
(1892–1970):
Usonian House (1930s–1960s)
1937, Edgar Kaufmann House,
Mill Run,
Pennsylvania
Wright, Frank Lloyd
(1867–1959):
Tudor Revival Style (1950s–1970s)
POST-MODERNISM AND BEYOND (1960s–2000s)
Post-Modern Architecture (1960s–1990s)
1978–1983, AT&T Headquarters, New York
Johnson, Philip
(1906–2005) and
John Burgee:
2006, Suzhou Museum, Suzhou, China Pei, I. M. (1917– ):
1959, Sydney Opera House, Sydney, Australia Utzon, Jorn (1918– ):
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 31 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
1 PETER 1:6-7
NEW KING JAMES VERSION (NKJV)
6 In this you greatly rejoice, though now for a little while, if need be, you have
been grieved by various trials, 7 that the genuineness of your faith, being much
more precious than gold that perishes, though it is tested by fire, may be found
to praise, honor, and glory at the revelation of Jesus Christ
CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
2001–2005, Casa di Musica, Porto; Koolhaus, Rem
(1944– ):
2004, Seattle Central Library
1999,
Alfred Lerner Hall,
Columbia University,
New York
Tschumi, Bernard
(1944– ):
1999, Jewish Museum, Berlin;
Libeskind, Daniel
(1946– ):
2006,
Frederic C. Hamilton
Addition, Denver Art
Museum,
Denver, Colorado
1989, Vitra Fire Station,
Weil-am-Rhein,
Germany
Hadid, Zaha (1950– )
1993–1998, UFA-Palast, Dresden Coop Himmelb(l)au:
2005,
Walker Art Center
Expansion,
Minneapolis;
Herzog and De
Meuron Architekten:
2005,
M. H. de Young
Museum,
San Francisco
Critical Regionalism (1980s–2000s)
1934, Chapel in Tlalpan, outside Mexico City;
Barragán, Luis
(1902–1988):
1958, Ciudad Satelite, Mexico City with Mathias Goeritz,
1976, Azuma House, Osaka;
Ando, Tadao (1941)
1988, Church on the Water, Tomamu;
1989, Church of the Light, Ibaraki-shi, Osaka;
2002, Modern Art Museum, Fort Worth, Texas
1975, Halawa House, Agami, Egypt
El-Wakil, Abdul
(1943– ):
High-Tech Architecture (1980s–2000s)
1980s, Akasaka Prince Hotel, Tokyo; Tange, Kenzo
(1913–2005):
1996, Fuji Television Building, Tokyo
1992, London Ark, London
Erskine, Ralph
(1914–2005):
1986,
Hongkong and Shanghai
Bank,
Hong Kong
Foster, Norman
(1935– ):
1970s, Pompidou Center, Paris
Piano, Renzo (1937–
) and Richard Rogers
(1933– ):
2002–2003,
design for World Trade
Center,
New York
Libeskind, Daniel
(1946– ):
1992,
Montjuic
Communications
Towers,
Olympic Games,
Barcelona; Calatrava, Santiago
(1951– ):
2001, Quadracci Pavilion, Milwaukee,
CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
Milwaukee Art Museum, Wisconsin;
2001–2005, “Twisting Torso,” Malmo, Sweden;
2007,
Transportation Hub,
World Trade Center,
(planning)
New York
1969, John Hancock Center, Chicago;
Skidmore, Owings
& Merrill: Fazlur
Khan,
1970–1973, Sears Tower, Chicago;
Fazlur Khan and
Bruce Graham,
2009, Burj Dubai United Arab Emirates Adrian Smith
2000,
Tate Modern Art
Museum renovation,
London; Herzog and De
Meuron Architekten:
2002–2005 Allianz Arena Munich, Germany
Green Architecture (1980s–2000s)
1935–1939, Fallingwater,
Bear Run,
Pennsylvania
Wright, Frank Lloyd
(1867–1959)
1980, Thorncrown Chapel,
Eureka Springs,
Arkansas
Jones, E. Fay
(1921–2004)
1991, Tjibaou Cultural Center,
Noumea, New
Caledonia
Piano, Renzo
(1937– )
1994, Foundation Cartier, Paris
Nouvel, Jean
(1945– )
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 32 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
STRUCTURES AND MATERIALS
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
Architecture
Post-and-Lintel
3100–1500 BC Stonehenge, England
Prehistoric
Architecture
Column
c. 2665 BC
Funerary Complex of
Djoser,
Saqqara
Ancient Egyptian
Architecture
1295–1186 BC Great Temple of Amun, Karnak
Ancient Egyptian
Architecture
c. 518–460 BC
Palace of Darius at
Persepolis,
Iran
Ancient Near
Eastern
Architecture
447–438 BC Parthenon, Acropolis, Athens
Ancient Greek
Architecture
c. 425 BC Temple of Athena Nike, Acropolis, Athens
Ancient Greek
Architecture
1560s, Villa Rotonda, Vicenza
Renaissance
Architecture
Palladio, Andrea
(1508–1580):
1650s, Saint Peter’s piazza, Rome
Baroque
Architecture
Bernini, Gian
Lorenzo (1598–
1680):
1755–1792,
Church of Sainte-
Genevieve,
Paris
Neo-Classical
Architecture
Soufflot, Jacques-
Germain (1713–
1780):
1803–1820s, United States Capitol, Washington, D.C.
Neo-Classical
Architecture
Latrobe, Benjamin
(1764–1820):
Arch
c. 3100 BC Skara Brae, village,
Orkney Islands,
Scotland
Prehistoric
Architecture
1250 BC Lion Gate, Mycenae, Greece
Ancient Aegean
Architecture
late 100s BC Pont du Gard, Nimes, France
Ancient Roman
Architecture
AD 100s Market of Trajan, Rome
Ancient Roman
Architecture
AD 211 Baths of Caracalla, Rome
Ancient Roman
Architecture
AD 310
Basilica of Maxentius
and Constantine,
Rome
Ancient Roman
Architecture
late 600s
Santa Maria de
Quintanilla de las Vinas,
Burgos, Spain
Early Medieval
Architecture
785, Great Mosque at Spain Islamic
STRUCTURES AND MATERIALS
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
Brick
c. 7000 BC Jericho
Ancient Near
Eastern
Architecture
c. 6500 BC Catal Huyuk, western Turkey
Ancient Near
Eastern
Architecture
c. 2600 BC Mohenjo Daro,
Indus Valley
Civilization
Indian Architecture
c. 2000 BC Ziggurats, Sumerian
Ancient Near
Eastern
Architecture
c. 575 BC Ishtar Gate, Neo-Babylonian
Ancient Near
Eastern
Architecture
AD 211 Baths of Caracalla, Rome Ancient Roman
AD 425
Galla Placidia
Mausoleum,
Ravenna
Early Christian
Architecture
AD 546 San Vitale, Ravenna Byzantine
1200s
Great Mosque of
Djenne,
Mali
Islamic
Architecture
1450s Taos Pueblo New Mexico
Native American
Architecture
1420s
Florence Cathedral
dome
Renaissance
Architecture
Brunelleschi,
Filippo (c. 1377–
1446):
1891 Wainwright Building, St. Louis
Sullivan, Louis
(1856–1924):
1903
Amsterdam Stock
Exchange
Berlage, Hendrick
Petrus (1856–1934):
1906–1909
Frederick C. Robie
House,
Chicago
Wright, Frank Lloyd
(1867–1959):
1911 Fagus Shoe Factory,
Alfeld an der Leine,
Germany
Gropius,Walter
(1883–1969) and
Adolf Meyer:
1947–1949 Baker House, MIT, Boston
Aalto, Alvar (1898–
1976):
1963 Guild House Philadelphia
Venturi, Robert
(1925– ):
Stone
c. 3100 BC Skara Brae, village,
Orkney Islands,
Scotland
Prehistoric
Architecture
3100–1500 BC Stonehenge, England Prehistoric
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 33 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
STRUCTURES AND MATERIALS
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
2000, Millennium Dome, London
Rogers, Richard
(1933– ):
Concrete
AD 118–125 Pantheon, Rome
Ancient Roman
Architecture
1930s, Kaufmann House,
Mill Run,
Pennsylvania
Wright, Frank Lloyd
(1867–1959):
1903,
Apartment at 25 bis Rue
Franklin,
Paris
Perret, Auguste
(1874–1954):
1931, Stadio Artemia Franchi, Florence;
Nervi, Pier Luigi
(1891–1979):
1959, Palazzetto dello Sport, Rome
1958, Xochimilco Restaurant, Mexico City
Candela, Felix
(1910–1997):
1973, Sydney Opera House, Sydney Utzon, Jorn (1918– ):
2000 Millennium Dome London
Rogers, Richard
(1933– ) and Buro
Happold:
Wood
AD 711 Buddhist Shrine, Horyu-ji, Japan
1125–1150 Borgund Stave Church, Sogn, Norway
1368–1644
Forbidden City
Complex,
Beijing
Cast Iron
1779, Severn River Bridge,
Coalbrookdale,
England
Darby, Abraham III
(1750–1791):
1851, Crystal Palace, London Exhibition
Paxton, Joseph
(1801–1865):
1840s,
Reading Room,
Bibliotheque
Sainte-Genevieve,
Paris
Labrouste, Henri
(1801–1875):
1860s Opera Paris
Beaux-Arts
Architecture
Garnier, Charles
(1825–1898):
1889 Eiffel Tower Paris
Eiffel, Gustav (1832–
1923):
1880s
Marshall Field
Warehouse,
Chicago
Richardson, Henry
Hobson (1838–
1886):
Glass
1851, Crystal Palace, London Exhibition
Paxton, Joseph
(1801–1865):
1938, Architect’s House, Lincoln, Gropius,Walter
STRUCTURES AND MATERIALS
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
Cordoba Architecture
1884,
Cathedral of Sagrada
Familia,
Barcelona
Gaudí, Antoni
(1852–1926):
1937, , Golden Gate Bridge San Francisco
Strauss, Joseph
(1870–1938):
1960s, St. Louis Gateway Arch, Missouri
Saarinen, Eero
(1910–1961):
Marble
mid-400s BC Acropolis, Athens
Ancient Greek
Architecture
AD 118–125 Pantheon, Rome
Ancient Roman
Architecture
1200s Abbey at Montecassino, Italy
Romanesque
Architecture
1632–1648 Taj Mahal, Agra Indian Architecture
1888–1892, “Marble House,”
Newport, Rhode
Island
Beaux-Arts
Architecture
Hunt, Richard
Morris (1827–1895):
Dome
AD 118–125 Pantheon, Rome
Ancient Roman
Architecture
1505–1650s Saint Peter’s Church, Rome
Renaissance
Architecture
2002, Oklahoma State Capitol Oklahoma City
1420s,
Florence Cathedral
dome
Renaissance
Architecture
Brunelleschi,
Filippo (c. 1377–
1446):
1560s, Villa Rotonda, Vicenza
Renaissance
Architecture
Palladio, Andrea
(1508–1580):
1720s, Chiswick House, West London
Neo-Classical
Architecture
Boyle, Richard
(1695–1753):
1770s, Monticello,
Charlottesville,
Virginia
Neo-Classical
Architecture
Jefferson, Thomas
(1743–1826):
1803, United States Capitol,
Washington, D.C.
begun
Neo-Classical
Architecture
Latrobe, Benjamin
Henry (1764–1820):
1959, Palazzetto dello Sport, Rome
Nervi, Pier Luigi
(1891–1979):
1945,
Dymaxion House, Henry
Ford Museum,
Dearborn, Michigan;
Fuller, Richard
Buckminster (1895–
1983):
1960s, Geodesic Dome, Expo ’67, Montreal
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 34 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
1 CORINTHIANS 1:27-29
NEW KING JAMES VERSION (NKJV)
27 But God has chosen the foolish things of the world to put to shame the wise,
and God has chosen the weak things of the world to put to shame the things
which are mighty; 28 and the base things of the world and the things which are
despised God has chosen, and the things which are not, to bring to nothing the
things that are, 29 that no flesh should glory in His presence.
STRUCTURES AND MATERIALS
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
Massachusetts (1883–1969):
1949, Glass House,
New Canaan,
Connecticut
Johnson, Philip
(1906–2005):
Steel
1860s–1880s, Brooklyn Bridge, New York
Roebling, John
Augustus (1806–
1869) and
Washington
Augustus Roebling
(1837–1926):
1902, Flatiron Building, New York
Burnham, Daniel
(1846–1912):
1967, Geodesic Dome, Expo ’67, Montreal
Fuller, Richard
Buckminster (1895–
1983):
1990s, Guggenheim Museum, Bilbao, Spain
Gehry, Frank
(1929– ):
Skyscraper
1891, Leiter II Building, Chicago;
Jenney, William Le
Baron (1832–1907):
1891, Manhattan Building, Chicago
1880s,
Marshall Field
Warehouse,
Chicago
Richardson, Henry
Hobson (1838–
1886):
1891, Wainwright Building, St. Louis;
Sullivan, Louis
(1856–1924):
1899,
Carson Pirie Scott
Department Store,
Chicago
early 1900s, Woolworth Building, New York
Gilbert, Cass (1859–
1934):
1952–1956, , Price Tower
Bartlesville,
Oklahoma
Wright, Frank Lloyd
(1867–1959):
1930, , Chrysler Building New York
Alen, William van
(1883–1954):
1931,
Philadelphia Savings
Fund Society Building,
Philadelphia
Howe, George
(1886–1955) and
William Lescaze
(1896–1969):
1950s Seagram Building New York
Johnson, Philip
(1906–2005) and
Ludwig Mies van
der Rohe(1886–
STRUCTURES AND MATERIALS
DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT
1969):
1973 World Trade Center New York
Yamasaki, Minoru
(1912–1986):
1996, Petronas Twin Towers
Pelli, Cesar (1926–
):
1986,
Hongkong and
Shanghai Bank,
Hong Kong
Foster, Norman
(1935– ):
1931, Empire State Building, New York
Shreve, Lamb and
Harmon:
2009, Burj Dubai, United Arab Emirates
Skidmore, Owings
& Merrill:
GREEK 4 METHODS OF WALLING SURFACE FINISHES
METHOD PERIOD DESCRIPTION
Cyclopean Tirynus Masonry made-up of huge stone blocks laid mortar
Polygonal Mycenae Masonry constructed w/ stones having polygonal faces.
Curvilinear 7TH Century
Rectangular 5TH Century Block of stone cut into rectangular shapes.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 35 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
ARRANGEMENT OF GREEK TEMPLES
INTERCOLUMNATION
STYLE DIST ILLUSTRATION
PYCNOSTYLE (Tight-Columned) 1.50 
SYSTYLE (Close-Columned) 2.00 
EUSTYLE (Well-Columned) 2.25 
DIASTYLE (Broad-Columned) 3.00 
ARAEOSTYLE (Light-Columned) 4.00 
ROMAN CONCRETE WALLS
Opus Quadratum
 Made up of rectangular blocks of stone with or w/out
mortar jointsbut frequently secured with dowels and cramps.
 Masonry of squared stones in regular ashlarcourse
Opus Incertum
 Made up of small stoneslaid in a loose pattern roughly
assembling the polygonal work.
 Masonry formed of small rough stones set irregularly inmortar,
sometimes traversed by beds of bricks or tiles
Opus Recticulatum
 Fine joints were in diagonal lines like the meshes of a net.
 Backed by a concrete core, formed of small pyramidal stones
with their points embedded in the wall, their exposed square
bases, set diagonally, forming a net-like pattern
Opus Testaceum  Triangular bricks (plan) specially made for facing the walls.
Opus Mixtum
 Consisted of bands of “tufa” introduced at intervals in the ordinary brick
facing or alteration of rectangular blocks with small squared stone
blocks. Formed from mix of wall surfaces
Opus Sectile  Any mosaic of regularly cut material
Opus Alexandinum
 A form of opus sectile having geometric pattern formed with few colors
such as black and white, or dark green and red
Opus Vermiculatum
 A mosaic of tessera arranged in waving lines resembling the form or
tracks of a worm
TWO WAYS OF DESCRIBING TEMPLES: (rectangular)
a) According to the number of columns on the entrance front.
b) By the arrangement of the exterior columns of the temple in relation to naos asbelow:
1 column Henostyle 4 columns Tetrastyle 7 columns Heptastyle 10 columns Decastyle
2 columns Distyle 5 columns Pentastyle 8 columns Octastyle 12 columns Dodecastyle
3 columns Tristyle 6 columns Hexastyle 9 columns Enneastyle
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 36 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
EGYPTIAN STRUCTURES (simplicity, monumentality, solidity or massiveness)/ (post & lintel; columnar or trabeated)
STRUCTURE DESCRIPTION
Mastaba Flat top or tapered solid temple
Pyramids 4 sides facing the cardinal points; Tomb of Pharaohs; built by 100 men in 100 years
Rock-Cut Tombs or Rock-Hewn Tombs Tombs of Nobility; Tombs hewn out of native rock, presenting only an architectural front with dark interior chambers
Mortuary Temple Built in honor of Pharaohs; Temples for offerings and worship of deceased person, usually a deified king
Cult Temple Temple devoted to the worship of divinity; Built for the worship of gods
Obelisks
Tall, monumental, sour-sided stone shaft tapering to a pyramidal tip; Mostly covered with hieroglyphs; Originally erected as cult symbol to the sun god, Heliopolis
Height is usually 9-10 times the size of the base
Sphinx A mystical monster with a body of a lion and head of a man (androsphinx), head of a hawk (heirasphinx); head of a ram (criosphinx)
Pylon Massive sloping towers fronted by an obelisk known as gateways
STRUCTURE LOCATION ARCHITECT/BUILDER DESCRIPTION
Mastaba of Thi Sakkara Thi
Well preserved and has been restored.
Thi held the position of Royal Architect and manager of pyramids
Step Pyramid of Zoser or Djoser Saqqara Imhotep Oldest surviving masonry building structure in the world; 62m high
Meidum Pyramid of Sneferu Meidum Sneferu 92m high, First ground pyramid to have above ground burial chamber; originally a 7-step pyramid
Bent Pyramid of Sneferu
Dahshur
(First – Meydum)
Sneferu
105m high; First pyramid to use limestone casting
54 degrees on the lower portion and shifts to 42 degrees halfway to make the pyramid light and prevent it from collapsing
Red Pyramid of Sneferu
(Shining Northern Pyramid)
Dahshur Sneferu 104m high; made from reddish limestone used to build most of its core
Great Pyramid at Giza
(Pyramid of Khufu or Cheops)
Giza Khufu
Height: 146.64m (Now 137.20m); Base: 230.25m
2 times the area of St. Peter’s Basilica in Rome
Pyramid of Khafra or Chephren Giza Khafra Height: 143.50m (Now 136.40m); Base: 215.50m
Pyramid of Menkaure or Mykerinos Giza Menkaure Height: 65.50m (Now 61.00m); Base: 103.40m
Temple of Khonsu Kharnak
Rameses III (Original)
Taharqo (Modifed)
Ptolemy III Euergetes (Gateway)
Nectanebo I (Hypostyle Hall)
An example of an almost complete New Kingdom temple
Peristyle Court bordered with 28 columns
Taharqo added a porch of 4 rows of 5 papyrus-shaped columns in front of the temple’s pylon
Temple of Luxor East Bank of the Nile River
Amenhotep III (Built) /
Tutankhamun & Hormheb (Completed)
Rameses II (Added)
The temple has been in almost continuous use as a place of worship right up to the present day. During the Christian era, the
temple’s hypostyle hall was converted into a Christian church, and the remains of another Coptic church can be seen to the west.
Then for thousands of years, the temple was buried beneath the streets and houses of Luxor. Eventually the mosque of Sufi
Shaykh Yusuf Abu al-Hajjaj was built over it. This mosque was carefully preserved when the temple was uncovered and forms an
integral part of the site today.
Temple of Amon, Karnak Kharnak, Thebes
Thutmosis II (Chapels) / Seti I /
Ramesses II
The grandest of all Egyptian temples, was not built upon one complete plan but owes its size, disposition and magnificence to
the work of many Kings, built from the XIIth Dynasty to the Ptolemaic period.
Great Temple of Abu-Simbel Nubia Amenemhat I / Rameses I to IV
It is one of the rock- hewn temples at this place commanded by the indefatigable Rameses II. An entrance forecourt leads to
the imposing façade, 36 m ( 119 ft. ) wide and 32 m (105 ft.) high formed as pylon, immediately in front of which are four rock-
cut seated colossal statues of Rameses, over 20 m (65 ft.)high.
Temple of Queen Hatshepsut
Mt. Deir-El-Bahri
West Bank of the Nile
Senenmut
One of the “incomparable monuments of ancient Egypt” The temple was the site of the massacre of 62 people, mostly tourists, by
Islamist extremists that took place on 17 November 1997
Mammisi Temple Nectanebo II “Birth House”; Became the prototype of the Greek Doric Temples
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 37 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
GREEK STRUCTURES [(1) simplicity & harmony, (2) purity of lines, (3) perfection of proportions, (4) refinement of details]
AGEAN
STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE DESCRIPTION
Palace of Minos, Knossos Heraklion, Crete Aegean
Minoan Palace
First Excavation, 1878, Minos Kalokairinos (West Magazines)
March 1900 to 1931, Sir Arthur Evans (whole of Knossos)
Lion Gate
(Palace of Argamemnon)
Mycenae Conglomerate Ashlar
The Lion Gate is main entrance to citadel of Mycenae, located in NW wall of the fortress.
Gateway: 3.10 m. high and 2.95 m. wide at base. Lintel: 4.50 m long, 1.98 m. wide and 0.80 m. thick at center.
Treasury of Atreus
(Tomb of Argamemnon)
Panagitsa Hill, Mycenae
Tholos
(beehive-corbelled
domed stone vault)
Largest and the best preserved of the nine tholos tombs in Mycenae.
The most architecturally advanced structure buit by the Mycenean Civilization It brings new concepts, such as corbelled vaults held together by a single
keystone, and it was the firt structure built without using columns or any support like that.
HELLENIC
STRUCTURE LOCATION ARCHITECT
MASTER
SCULPTOR
BUILDER STYLE DESCRIPTION
The Parthenon
447 BC to 432 BC
Athens Ictinus & Kallikrates Phidias Doric, Peripteral, Octastyle Dedicated to the goddess Athena, largest Greek Temple.
The Temple of Zeus Olympus
460 BC
Agrigentum Libon of Elis
Rebuider: Cossutius
(Roman Architect)
Doric, Pseudo-Peripteral,
Heptastlye
2nd largest Doric Greek temple
Uses “Atlantes “, carved male figure.
104 Columns
Temple of Apollo Epicurius Bassae Iktinos
Doric, Ionic, Corinthian,
Peripteral, Hexastyle
Dedicated to Apollo Epikourios
Temple of Nike Apteros Athens (Acropolis) Kallikrates Ionic, Amphi-Prostyle, Tetrastyle
Dedicated to the “wingless victory“
The Erectheion
421BC to 406 BC
Athens Menisicles Phidias
Ionic, Apteral, Irregular Plan, No
side colonnades
Forms the imposing entrance to the Acropolis.
Uses “caryatid porch “(South Porch)
Uses “Egg & tongue “or “Egg & Dart “ornament.
The Temple of Arthemis Ephesus
Deinocrates
Under the time of
Alexander the Great.
Scopas
Hellenestic temple, Ionic,
Dipteral, Octastyle
One of the seven wonders of the world, Center of Pan – Ionic
festival of the Asiatic Colonies.
The Choragic Monument of
Lysicrates
Athens
Lysicrates
(choregos)
Corinthian
A type of monument erected to support a Tripod, as a prize for
athletic exercises or musical competitions in Greek festival.
The Olympion Athens Cossutius Antiochus Epiphanes Corinthian, Dipteral, Octastyle
Tower of the Winds
(Horologion of Andronikos Kyrrhestes)
Athens Andronicus of Cyrrhus Octagonal Structure
Known as the Horologium of Andronikos Cyrhestes, Clepsydra or
water-clock internally, sundial externally.
The Theater Of Dionysus Athens
Where famous Choragic competitions took place during the
Panathenaic festivals, prototype of all Greek temples.
Considered to be the prototype of all Greek theaters &
accommodating almost 18,000 spectators.
The Theater of Epidaurus Epidaurus Polykleitus the Younger Most beautiful & preserved Greek Temple.
Propylaea of Athens Athens (Acropolis) Mnesicles Pericles forms the imposing entrance to Acropolis
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 38 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
ROMAN STRUCTURES [(1) vastness & magnificence, (2) ostentation & ornateness]
TYPE STRUCTURE / EXAMPLES LOCATION DESCRIPTION ARCHITECT GENERAL
FORUM
Forum Romanum
in the small valley
between
the Palatine
and Capitoline Hills
It was for centuries the center of Roman public life: the site of triumphal
processions and elections; the venue for public speeches, criminal trials,
and gladiatorial matches; and the nucleus of commercial affairs.
Used as Hippodrome; Site of Triumphal Processions; venue for
public speeches, criminal trials and gladiatorial matches, and
the nucleus of commercial affairs
Forum Boarium The site of the first gladiatorial contest at Rome
RECTANGULAR
TEMPLES
Temple of Fortuna Virilis
(Temio di Portuno)
Forum Boarium,
Rome
An ancient building in Rome, Italy, the main temple dedicated to the
god Portunus in the city.
It is in the Ionic order with pronaos portico
Used Pseudo – Peripteral ( half col. Attached to the naos
wall, raised in a “ podium”, oriented towards the south.
Roman temples were turned to all parts of the compass, their
orientation governed by their relationship to other buildings,
especially as many temples were often placed facing onto civic
spaces such as the forum.
Temple of Mars Ultor
Forum of Augustus,
Rome
The focal point of Roman military strategy. Corinthian order.
Temple of Diana Aventine Hill, Nimes 127 Ionic Columns Cherisphron
Temple of Vespasian Rome, Italy Corithian Order, Hexastyle and prostyle Titus and Domitian
Temple of Jupiter Spalato The most important temple in Ancient Rome, located on the Capitoline Hill.
Temple of Saturn
(Templum Saturni or Aedes Saturnus)
Forum Romanum,
Rome, Italy
Tarquinis
Superbus
Temple of Venus Rome
Ancient Rome's largest religious structure was built at the end of the Forum
Romanum, near the Colosseum. Designed by Emperor Hadrian in 135 AD,
this temple measured an impressive 100 meters by 145 meters. The
building contained two cellae (sanctuaries) with statues of the goddesses,
each located at one side of the temple.
Hadrian
Maison–Carrée
(Square House)
Nimes, France
82 feet (25 metres) long by 40 feet (12 metres) wide and is one of the most
beautiful monuments built in Gaul by the Romans. It houses a collection of
Roman sculpture and Classical fragments. The Maison Carrée is an
elevated, rectangular, hexastyle, pseudo-peripteral Roman temple of the
Corinthian order.
Agrippa (Builder)
CIRCULAR &
POLYGONAL
TEMPLES
Temple of Vesta Rome, Italy The most sacred shrine & source of Roman life & power.
derived from the temples of the Greeks & the Etruscans w/c
became the prototype of the Christian baptistery.
Temple of Venus Baalbek, Lebanon
The Temple of Venus has six columns that probably once supported a
dome. It is carved everywhere with niches, sculptures (now lost) and other
elegant decorations.
The Pantheon Rome, Italy
Most famous & perfect preservation of all ancient buildings in Rome. It
was now converted into a Christian church named Sta. Maria Rotonda.
BASILICAS
Trajan’s Basilica Rome, Italy
Apollodorus of
Damascus
halls of justice or Assembly hall
Basilica of Constantine
Forum Romanum,
Rome, Italy
Also known as Basilica of Maxentius or Basilica Nova
Maxentius,
Constantine I
THERMAE
“Thermae” meant properly arm
springs or baths of warm water
Baths of Caracalla
(Terme di Caracalla)
Rome, Italy Second Largest, 1,600 bathers Septimius Severus
Large
Imperial
Baths
Tepidarium warm room
Calidarium
hot room, or with hot water
bath
Thermae of Diocletian Rome, Italy Largest, Grandest with 3,000 bathers
Commissioned by
Maximian
Frigidarium cooling room
Sudatorium moist steam bath
Laconium dry sweating room (sauna)
Baths of Titus Rome, Italy Mural Designs by Famullus (or Fabullus) Titus Apodyteria dressing room
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 39 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
ROMAN STRUCTURES [(1) vastness & magnificence, (2) ostentation & ornateness]
TYPE STRUCTURE / EXAMPLES LOCATION DESCRIPTION ARCHITECT GENERAL
(Thermae Titi) Palaestra for physical exercise
Thermae of Grippa Rome, Italy
Unctuaria place for oils & perfumes
Spaeresteriu
m
game room
BALNEUM
Hadrian’s Villa
Summer Bath
Tivoli, Italy
One of the most striking and best preserved parts of the Villa are a pool
and an artificial grotto which were named Canopus and Serapeum,
respectively. Canopus was an Egyptian city where a temple (Serapeum)
was dedicated to the god Serapis. However, the architecture is Greek
influenced (typical in Roman architecture of the High and Late Empire) as
seen in the Corinthian columns and the copies of famous Greek statues
that surround the pool.
private bath in
Roman palaces &
houses containing
1. Tepidarium
2. Calidarium
3. Frigidarium
THEATERS / ODEION
Theater of Marcellus Rome, Italy
The largest and most important theatre in Rome. The largest and
most important theatre in Rome. The theatre had a
capacity of between 15,000 to 20,500 spectators and its
semicircular travertine façade originally had two tiers, each composed of 41
arches. The lower tier had Doric columns, the second tier Ionic and the top
attic probably carried Corinthian pilasters.
Open-air theatre built from level ground, richly decorated outer
facade with a colonnade gallery and vaulted entrances for the
public. Roman theaters were built up by means of concrete
vaulting, supporting tiers of seats; it was restricted to a semi-
circle.
Theater Orange
One of the finest remains of the Roman Empire and, as such, has been
designated a UNESCO World Heritage site. It is, in fact, the best
preserved theatre in the whole of Europe.
AMPHITHEATERS /
COLOSSEUM
The Colosseum
(Flavian’s Amphitheatre)
The elliptical building is immense, measuring 188m by 156m and reaching
a height of more than 48 meters (159 ft). The magnificent structure was
clad in marble and 160 larger-than-life statues graced the arches on the
upper floors.
The Colosseum could accommodate some 55,000 spectators
who entered the building through no less than 80 entrances. Above
the ground are four stories, the upper story contained seating for lower
classes and women.
The lowest story was preserved for prominent citizens. Below the ground
were rooms with mechanical devices and cages containing wild animals.
The cages could be hoisted, enabling the animals to appear in the middle
of the arena.
Commenced by
Vespasian &
completed by
Domitian.
Circular, semi-circular or elliptical auditorium in which a central
arena Is surrounded by rising tiers of seats. Circus is a roof-less
enclosure for chariot or horse racing and for gladiator shows
and usually In oblong shape
Circus Maximus
The Circus Maximus was a massive arena accommodating 250,000
spectators and providing various games, horse and chariot races
TRIUMPHAL ARCHES
Arch of Tiberius Orange, France
Recovery of the eagle standards (Aquila) that had been lost to Germanic
tribes by Varus in 9.
Function is to commemorate imperial victories with reliefs,
inscriptions and statues
Arch of Titus Rome, Italy Capture of Jerusalem
Arch of
Septimius Severus
Rome, Italy Victories against the Parthians
Arch of Constantine Rome, Italy Triumphs over Maxentius
TOWN GATEWAYS Porta Nigra Treves
Part of the city walls and is one of the best preserved of such gateways.
The structure, 115 ft. wide and 95 ft. high at its highest part, has a double
As a protective wall & commemorative monument.
As a ornamental portals to forum or market places.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 40 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
ROMAN STRUCTURES [(1) vastness & magnificence, (2) ostentation & ornateness]
TYPE STRUCTURE / EXAMPLES LOCATION DESCRIPTION ARCHITECT GENERAL
AND ARCHWAYS archway defended by portcullises and leading to an unroofed court which
could be defended against besiegers. The facade has storeys of roughly
executed and unfinished Tuscan Orders.
Arch built at main street intersection w/c were collonaded.
Gateways were sometimes added either at the ends or in the
centre of bridges as at the Roman bridge, Alcantara, which has
a portal over the central pier.
Port S. Andre Autun
An unusual gateway with four archways—two for carriages and two for
foot-passengers—surmounted by an arcaded gallery, decorated by Ionic
pilasters, connecting the ramparts on either side. There is another gateway
in Autun, similar in design except that the pilasters to the arcaded gallery
are Corinthian.
PILLARS OF VICTORY
OR MONUMENTAL
COLUMNS
Trajan’s Column Rome
It is a Roman Doric Column, entirely of marble, w/ a total ht. of 115 ft.
7 inches & a shaft 12 in. Diameter w/ a spiral staircase. A column built in honor of a naval triumph, ornamented with the
rostra or
prows of ship
Rostral Columns Rome
Frequently erected in the time of the Emperors to celebrate naval
victories, and took their name from the rostra ,or rows of captured
ships.
PALACES
Palace of Diocletian Spalato
largest palace & often called “ a city in a house” covered a total of 8
acres, almost the size of Escorial, Spain.
Use to house the Emperors.
Golden House of Nero
(Domus Aurea)
Rome
This palace contained 300 rooms and featured stuccoed ceilings set with
semi-precious stones and layers of ivory and gold leaf. There was even a
rotating ceiling. Was demolished and the Roman Colosseum was built on
this site.
ROMAN HOUSES
DOMUS
(Private House)
Center of family apartments.
The type of house occupied by the upper classes and some wealthy
freedmen during the Republican and Imperial eras.
The rooms of the Pompeian domus were often painted in one of four
styles:
 the first style imitated ashlar masonry,
 the second style represented public architecture,
 the third style focused on mystical creatures,and
 The fourth style combined the architecture and
mythical creatures of the second and third
styles.
Ostium Small opening
Vestibulum Main entrance hall
Fauces Corridor from main door to atrium
Tabernae Shops on outside, facing the street
Atrium Large central hall (most important part)
Compluvium
Square roof opening in which rainwater could
come, draining inwards from the slanted tiled
roof
Impluvium
a drain pool, a shallow rectangular sunken
portion of the Atrium to gather rainwater,
which drained into an underground cistern
Tablinum Living room / study or office for the dominus
Triclinium Dining room with recliners
Alae Open rooms on each side of the atrium
Cubiculum Bedroom
Cullina Kitchen
Posticum Servants’ entrance
Peristylium Small garden
Piscina Fish pond
Exedra Large communal dining room or a lounge
Lararium A small shrine to the household gods
VILLA
a luxurious country house with surrounding terraces and gardens,
colonnades, palasestae theaters, & thermae.
Villa Urbana
a country seat that could easily be reached
from Rome (or another city) for a night or two
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 41 ●
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
ROMAN STRUCTURES [(1) vastness & magnificence, (2) ostentation & ornateness]
TYPE STRUCTURE / EXAMPLES LOCATION DESCRIPTION ARCHITECT GENERAL
(Country House)
Villa Rustica
the farm-house estate permanently occupied
by the servants who had charge generally of
the estate
INSULA
(Apartment Block)
Many storeyed tenements also called “Workmen’s Dwelling”.
A kind of apartment building that housed most of the urban citizen
population of ancient Rome, including ordinary people of lower- or middle-
class status (the plebs)
AQUEDUCTS
Pont Du Gard
(Gard Bridge)
Nimes
The bridge is part of the Nîmes aqueduct, a 50 km-long (31 mi) structure
built by the Romans to carry water from a spring at Uzès to theRoman
colony of Nemausus (Nîmes).
Channel for supplying Water
Often underground but treated architecturally on high arches
when crossing valleys or low ground
BRIDGES OR PONS
Pons Sublicius Rome The earliest known bridge of ancient Rome, made entirely of wood Ancus Marcius
Simple, solid & practical construction designed to resist the
rush of water.
Pons Mulvius Rome
An economically and strategically important bridge in the era of the Roman
Empire and was the site of the famousBattle of Milvian Bridge.
In 2000s, the bridge began attracting couples, who use a lamppost on the
bridge to attach love padlocks as a token of love.
Gaius Claudius
Nero
Bridge of Augustus Rimini
FOUNTAINS
Fountains of St. Peter's
Square
Made to compliment the lavish Baroque facade Maderno designed for St.
Peter's Basilica. The Maderno fountain was built on the site of an earlier
fountain from 1490, and used the same lower basin. The Bernini fountain
was added a half-century later.
Carlo Maderno
(1614) and Gian
Lorenzo Bernini
(1677)
Triton Fountain Piazza Barberini
A masterpiece of Baroque sculpture, representing Triton,
half-man and half-fish, blowing his horn to calm the waters, following a text
by the Roman poet Ovid in the Metamorphoses.
Gian Lorenzo
Bernini
Piazza Navona
A grand theater of water – it has three fountains, built in a line
on the site of the Stadium of Domitian. The fountains at either end are
by Giacomo della Porta; the Neptune fountain to the north, (1572)
shows the God of the Sea sparing, an octopus, is surrounded by tritons,
sea horses and mermaids. At the southern end is La Fontana del Moro, a
figure either of an African (a Moor) or of Neptune wrestling with a dolphin.
In the center is the Fontana dei Quattro Fiumi, (The Fountain of the Four
Rivers) (1648–51), a highly theatrical fountain by Bernini, with statues
representing rivers from the four continents; the Nile, Danube,Plate
River and Ganges. Over the whole structure is a 54-foot (16 m) Egyptian
obelisque, crowned by a cross with the emblem of the Pamphili family,
representing Pope Innocent X, whose family palace was on the piazza.
Giacomo della
Porta
&
Gian Lorenzo
Bernini
Trevi Fountain
The largest and most spectacular of Rome's
fountains, designed to glorify the three different Popes who created it.
It was built beginning in 1730 at the terminus of the reconstructed Acqua
Vergine aqueduct, on the site of Renaissance fountain. It was the work of
architect Nicola Salvi and the successive project of Pope Clement
XII, Pope Benedict XIV and Pope, whose emblems and inscriptions are
carried on the attic story, entablature and central niche. The central figure
is Oceanus, the personification of all the seas and oceans, in an oyster-
shell chariot, surrounded by Tritons and Sea Nymphs.
Leon Battista
Alberti.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 42 ●
PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING
THEORIES & PRACTICES
Hippodamus of Miletus
Father of City Planning
City of Miletus - First Planned City
Vienna – First University Town
INDUSTRIAL
REVOLUTION
Robert Owens
Reform Movement
Ideal City, New Lanark
Tony Garnier Une Cite Industrielle
GARDEN CITIES
Ebenezer Howard Garden City (Conceptualization)
Raymond Unwin & Barry Parker
Letchworth
(First Developed Garden City)
Louis de Soisson
Welwyn
(Second Garden City)
CITY BEAUTIFUL
MOVEMENT
Daniel Burnham
Father of American City Planning
Chicago, Cleveland, San Francisco, Manila
& Baguio
NEW CAPITALS
Lucio Costa (Planner)
Oscar Niemeyer (Architect)
Brasilia, Brazil
Albert Myer (Original Planner)
Le Corbusier (Took Over)
Chandigarh, India
Super Blocks 800 x 1200
Walter Griffin (Planner)
Canberra, Australia
City Beautiful Movement
Sir Edward Lutyens (Planner)
New Delhi, India
Low Garden City Type Density
CITY TOWERS Le Corbusier
The Cities of Tomorrow
Unite d’ Habitation, Marseilles, France
Le Contemporaine
RADICAL IDEAS
Frank Lloyd Wright
Broadacres (1 Family in very acre of land)
Mile High Tower
Arturo Soria y Mata Linear City
Paolo Soleri Arcology
Kiyonuro Kikutake Floating City
Clarence Perry & Clarence Stein Neighborhood Unit
HISTORY OF PLANNING
The SEERS : Pioneer Thinkers in Urban Planning from
1880 - 1945
THE ANGLO AMERICAN TRADITION
EBENEZER HOWARD
(1850-1928)
Garden City of Tomorrow Most Influential
Three Magnets Town, Country, Town & Country
The Neighborhood Unit Towns divided in to wards of 5,000
RAYMOND UNWIN
(1863-1940)
BARRY PARKER
(1867-1947)
Letchworth (1920) First Garden City; N. Hertfordshire
The Hampstead Garden Suburb (1905) Golders Green, NW London
Wythenshawe (1930) Third Garden City; City of Manchester
Nothing Gained by Overcrowding Very Influential Pamphlet (1912)
CLARENCE
PERRY (1872-1944)
CLARENCE STEIN
(1882-1975)
H. ALKER STRIP
(1883-1954)
New York Regional Plan (1920) One milestones of the 20th Century
The Neighborhood Unit
Radburn, New Jersey
Town Planning and Traffic
SIR LESLIE PATRICK
ABERCROMBIE
(1879)
PATRICK GEDDES
(1854-1932)
Greater London Plan (1944)
Lewis Mumford
The Culture of Cities
Became almost the Bible of regional
planning movement
Human Ecology
Cities In Evolution (1915)
Suburban Decentralization
FRANK LLOYD WRIGHT
(1869-1959)
Broadacre City A home in an acre of land
Mile High Tower 100,000 people
THE EUROPEAN TRADITION
ARTURO SORIA Y MATA Linear City
TONY GARNIER Cite Industrielle (industrial City)
EARNST MAY Trabantenstadte (Satellite Towns)
CHARLES-ÉDOUARD
JEANNERET-GRIS
(LE CORBUSIER)
(1877-1965)
Unite d’ Habitation (1946-1952) Marseilles, France
Chandigarf (1950-1957) Capital City of Punjab
City of Tomorrow (1922)
Two important books
The Radiant City
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 43 ●
PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING
HISTORY OF SETTLEMENTS
ERA CITIES DESCRIPTION
MEDIEVAL AGES
Decline of Roman Power
Outposts were left all over Europe where growth
revolved
Feudalism Affected urban design of most towns
Sienna and Constantinople Signified the rise of the church
Coastal Port Towns Grew from military fortifications
Mercantilist Cities
Florence, Paris, Venice
Population Concentrations created by world trade
and travel
THE RENAISSANCE
& BAROQUE PERIOD
15TH Century France Display of Power
Arts & Architecture
Became a major element in Town Planning &
Urban Design
Geometrical Form Cities
Vienna City of Culture & Arts; First University Town
Karlsruhe, Germany Landscape architecture showcased palaces and
gardens
Versailles, France
SETTLEMENTS IN
AMERICA
Medieval Organic City
Taken after the “buog” (Military Town) and
“fauborg” (Citizen’s Town) of Medieval Age
Medieval Bastide
taken from the French bastide (eventually referred
to as “new towns”)
The Spanish “Laws of the Indies”
Town
King Philip II’s city guidelines that produced 3
types: Pueblo (Civil), Presidio (Military), Mission
(Religious)
The English Renaissance The European Planned City
Savannah
By James Oglethorpe
The world’s largest officially recognized historical
district
Charleston, Annapolis, Williamsburg Col. Francis Nicholson
The Speculators Town Developments were driven by speculations
Philadelphia
By William Penn, built between Delaware &
School Kill
THE INDUSTRIAL
REVOLUTION
The Machine Age Change from Manpower to Assembly Lines
Reform Movements & Specialists 2 School of thought
New Lanark Mills, Manchester, England 800 – 1200 persons
Owenite Communities
New Harmony, Indiana by Owens Jr.
Brook Farm, Massachusettes, by New England Pl.
Icarus, Red River, Texas by Cabet
Une Cite Industrielle By tony Garnier
HISTORY OF SETTLEMENTS
ERA CITIES DESCRIPTION
ANCIENT TIMES
The PLOW and rectilinear farming
Circular and Radiocentric Planning For herding and eventually for defense
7000 – 9000 BC
Neolithic Cities
Jericho
Early settlement in Israel (9000 BC)
3 Hectares; 3,000 people
Catal Hoyuk
Early Settlement in Turkey (7000 BC)
13 hectares; 10,000 people
Khirokitia
Early settlement in Cyprus (5000 BC)
First documented settlements withstreets
2000 – 4000 BC
Cities in the Fertile Crescent
Eridu Oldest City
Damascus Oldest continually inhabited city
Babylon Largest city with 80,000 inhabitants
3000 BC
Cities along the Nile Valley
Thebes and Memphis Monumental Architecture
Tel-El-Amarna Typical Egyptian City
2500 BC
Indus Valley (Present Day Pakistan)
Mohenjo-Daro & Harrapa
Administrative & Religious Centers with 40,000
inhabitants; advanced civilization
1900 BC
Yellow River Valley of China
Anyang Largest city of the Yellow River
800 BC Beijing Ming Dynasty (1368-1644)
BC to AD
Zapotecs, Mextecs, Aztecs Mesoamerican Cities built
Teotijuacan & Dzibilchatun Largest Cities
700 BC
Greek Classical Cities spread to Aegean Region
Acropolis Most Famous
Sparta & Athens The Largest Cities (100,000 – 150,000)
Neopolis and Paleopolis New and Old Cities
400 BC
Miletus (by Hippodamus) 3 Sections: Artisan, Farmers, Military
Agora Public Market Place
Roman Classical Cities Greek forms with different scale
Republican Forum
Imperial Forum
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 44 ●
PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING
FIVE POINTS OF MODERN ARCHITECTURE
By Le Corbusier (Charles Edouard Jeanneret)
POINTS DESCRIPTION
Pilotis
Reinforced concrete stilts that lifted the bulk of the
structure off the ground
Free Facade
Non-supporting walls that could be designed as the
architect wished
Open Floor Plan
The floor space was free to configure into rooms
without concern for supporting walls.
Ribbon Windows
(Uninterrupted Views)
Long strips of ribbon windows that allow
unencumbered views of the large surrounding yard
Roof Garden
To compensate for the green area consumed by the
building and replacing it on the roof
A ramp rising from ground level to the third floor roof terrace allows for an architectural promenade through the
structure. The white tubular railing recalls the industrial "ocean-liner" aesthetic that Le Corbusier much admired.
The driveway around the ground floor, with its semicircular path, measures the exact turning radius of a
1927 Citroën automobile.
IMAGE OF A CITY
by Kevin Lynch
A collective image – map or impressions – map of a city, a collective picture of what people
extract from the physical reality of a city.
There are five basic elements which people use to construct their mental image of a city:
Pathways, Districts, Edges, Landmarks and Nodes.
These five elements of urban form are sufficient to make a useful visual survey of the form
of a city. They are the skeletal elements of city form.
ELEMENT DESCRIPTION
PATHWAYS
Major and minor routes of circulation
to move about, the city has a network of major
routes and a neighborhood network of minor
routes; a building has several main routes which
people use to get to it or from it. An urban
highway network is a network of pathways for a
whole city.
DISTRICTS
A city is composed of component
neighborhoods or districts; its center,
uptown, midtowns, its in-town
residential areas, train yards,
factory areas, suburbs, college
campuses, etc. Sometimes they are
considerably mixed in character and
do not have distinct limits like the midtown in
Manhattan.
EDGES
The termination of a district is its
edge. Some districts have no distinct edges at
all but gradually taper off and blend into another
district. When two districts are joined at an edge
they form a seam. A narrow park may be a
joining seam for two urban neighborhoods.
LANDMARKS
The prominent visual features of
the city; some are very large and are
seen at great distances; some are
very small and can only be seen up close (street
clock, a fountain, or a small statue in a park).
Landmarks help in orienting people
in the city and help identify an area.
NODES
A center of activity; distinguished from
a landmark by virtue of its active
function; it is a distinct hub of
activity. Times Square in New York City is
both a landmark and a node.
ELEMENTS OF HUMAN SETTLEMENT
by Constantinos Apostolou (CA) Dioxadis
TYPE DESCRIPTION
NATURE the natural physical environment
MAN
An individual, Homo Sapiens – biological needs
(oxygen, nutrition), sensation and perception (five
senses), emotional needs (satisfaction, security,
sense of belonging), moral values.
SOCIETY
a group of individuals sharing the same
culture, values, norms, mores, and traditions
SHELLS
buildings, the built component – housing,
hospitals, schools, town halls, commercial
establishments, recreational facilities, industrial
buildings, etc.
NETWORKS
links within the settlement and
with other settlements, transportation
systems, communication systems, water supply
systems, power and electrical systems, etc.
URBAN DESIGN
Focuses on the physical improvement of the public
environment
URBAN PLANNING
Focuses on the management of private development
through established planning methods and programs HIERARCHY OF SETTLEMENTS
HAMLET
a neighborhood, a small village
COMMUNITY
a town
CITY
an urban area
METROPOLIS
the capital or chief city of a country or region; a very large and busy city
CONURBATION
A composition of cities, metropolises, urban areas.
MEGALOPOLIS
Merging of two or more metropolises with a population of 10 million
or more, a 20th century phenomenon.
ELEMENTS OF URBAN DESIGN
BUILDINGS
The most pronounced elements of Urban Design.
They shape and articulate space by forming the street
wall of the city
PUBLIC SPACE
Living rooms of the city. Makes high quality life in the
city. Forms the stage and backdrop to the drama of
life. Plazas, squares & neighborhood parks.
STREETS
Connections between cities and places. Designed by
their physical dimension and character, size, scale
and the character of the buildings that line them.
Ranges from grand avenues, intimate pedestrian
streets.
TRANSPORTATION
Connects the parts of the cities and help shape them.
Balance between transportation systems is what
helps define the quality and character of cities. They
include road, rail, bicycle and pedestrian networks.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 45 ●
PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING
MAJOR PLANNING THEORIES
THEORY DESCRIPTION
(1)
SYNOPTIC
RATIONALISM
In philosophy in general, rationalism is the foundation and embodiment of the scientific
method. It serves the same role in planning theory. The rationalist model of the planning
process generally contains the following steps.
• Goals and objectives are set.
• Policy alternatives are identified.
• The policy alternatives are evaluated – vis-à-vis effectiveness (in attaining the goals and
objectives), efficiency, and constraints – using scientific conceptual models and
evaluation techniques (e.g., cost benefit analysis).
• The selected policy alternative is implemented.
(2)
INCREMENTALISM
This theory – which was espoused by Charles Lindbloom in The Science of Muddling Through
– is a practical response to rationalism. Planning is seen as less of a scientific technique and
more of a mixture of intuition and experience. Major policy changes are best made in little
increments over long periods of time. Incrementalism very accurately describes what actually
occurs in most planning offices on a daily basis.
(3)
TRANSACTIVE
PLANNING
Like incrementalism, transactivism does not view planning purely as a scientific technique.
Transactivism espouses planning as a decentralized function based on face-to-face contacts,
interpersonal dialogues, and mutual learning. Transactivism is roughly behavioralist-style
planning.
(4)
ADVOCACY
PLANNING
Advocacism abandons the objective, non-political view of planning contained in rationalism.
Planners become like lawyers: they advocate and defend the interests of a particular client or
group (which is preferably economically disadvantaged and/or politically unorganized or
underrepresented).
• Paul Davidoff was an early champion of advocacy planning. He argued that there is no
one public interest for planners to serve, and thus, that planners have no choice but to
become non-objective advocates for specific interests and groups.
• Saul Alinsky developed an advocacist vision of planning that is centered around so-called
“organizations.” Alinsky’s organizations develop where people feel powerless. These
organizations then hire planners (which Alinsky largely sees as political organizers) to identify
problems, develop an awareness of these problems, and generate action.
• Alan Altshuler also argued for abandoning the objective, non-political view of planning.
He felt that to be effective, planners must become actively involved in the politicalprocess.
(5)
RADICAL
PLANNING
In a sense, radicalism takes transactivism to its logical extreme. Radicalism hates hierarchical
bureaucracies, centralized planning, and domineering professional planners. It argues that
planning is most effective when it is performed by non-professional neighborhood planning
committees that empower common citizens to experiment with solving their own problems.
The ideal outcomes of this process are collective actions that promote self-reliance. Much
of the radical planning literature that I have personally read is based on Marxist
interpretations and theories.
MAJOR PLANNING THEORIES
THEORY THEORY
(6)
UTOPIANISM
Utopianism believes that planning is most effective when it proposes sweeping changes that
capture the public imagination. Daniel Burnham’s Plan of Chicago, Frank Lloyd Wright’s
Broadacre City, and Le Corbusier’s La Ville Contemporaine are often cited as utopian works.
(7)
METHODISM
Methodism addresses situations in which the planning techniques that should be used are
known, but the ends that should be achieved by these techniques are not. Such a situation
would be making a population projection just to have it handy when it is needed. Methodism
views planning techniques as ends into themselves.
URBAN ECOLOGICAL PROCESSES
INVASION
 The entrance of a new population and / or facilities in an already occupiedarea.
 A term referring to the process by which social groups or activities which are better adapted
to a given environment than are its existing inhabitants or activities enter and eventually
dominate it.
CENTRALIZATION  An increase in population at a certain geographic center
BLOCK-BOOSTING  “Forcing” the old population out of the area because of social or racialdifferences
GENTRIFICATION
 Improving the physical set-up and consequently affecting the market for previously
run- down areas.
 The process of renewal and rebuilding accompanying the influx of middle-class or
affluent people into deteriorating areas that often displaces poorer residents.
 The buying and renovating of houses and stores in deteriorated urban neighborhoods
by wealthier individuals, which in effect improves property values but also can displace
low- income families and small businesses.
PSALM 139:16
NEW KING JAMES VERSION (NKJV)
Your eyes saw my substance, being yet unformed.
And in Your book they all were
written, The days fashioned for me,
When as yet there were none of them
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 46 ●
PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING
DEGREE OF INCLINATION
SLOPE DESCRIPTION
0 - 3% Broad to level to nearly level or flat
3 - 5% Gently sloping with land sloping in one general direction
5 - 8%
Gently undulating and rolling; land sloping in more than one
general direction
8 - 15%
Moderately undulating and gently rolling land sloping in more
than one direction
15 - 18% Steeply undulating and rolling land sloping in many directions
>18% Very steeply sloping and rolling land in many directions
TYPE OF LAND USE
Permitted Angle of Slope
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
Streets and Drives 8% 1:12 1% 1:100
Parking Areas 5% 1:20 1% 1:100
Main Footpaths (Bitumen) 8% 1:12 5% 1:20
Main Ramp on Footpath (Short) 14% 1:07
Enrance Area 4% 1:25 1% 1:100
Minor Footpaths 14% 1:07 5% 1:20
Terrace (Paved) 2% 1:50 1% 1:100
Lawns 5% 1:20 1% 1:100
Mown Grass Banks 33% 1:03
Planted Slopes 50% 1:02
Ramps for Vehicles 5% 1:20 8% 1:12
PEDESTRIAN RAMPS
Playgrounds 4% 1:25 15% 1:06
Sitting Areas 1% 1:100 4% 1:25
Paved Playlots 50% 1:02 2% 1:50
ENTRANCE RAMPS
Pedestrian 1% 1:100 4% 1:25
Grassed Playlots 50% 1:02 4% 1:25
Lawn 1% 1:100 25% 1:04
SLOPE AND LAND USE
SLOPE DESCRIPTION
< 1% Do not drain well
< 4% Usable for all kinds of activities
4% to 10% Suitable for movement and informal activities
>10% Can be actively used only for hill sports or free play
17%
Approaches the limit that an ordinary loaded vehicle can
climb for any sstained period
20% to 25%
Normal limit of climb for pedestrians without resorting to
stairs
> 50% May require terracing or cribbling
SOLAR CONTROL DEVICES
N & S – Horizontal
N
S
E
W
Segmental shaped shading mask
Overhangs, Canopy, Light Shelf,
Lovers, Shutters & Awnings
E & W – Vertical
Sectoral shaped shading mask
Fins & Lovers
NE – NW, SE – SW – Eggcrate
Composite of the Vertical and
Horizontal
OTHER DESIGN FACTORS (Examples)
Beside the Building Palm Tree
Relatively Safe Coconut Tree
Shallow Roots Acacia
Hilltop Protruding Eaves / Balcony
Coastal Area Roof Deck
Heavy Forested Area Steep Gable Roof
100% Ventilation Jalousie
For Tropical Awning
95% Ventilation Louvers with 150mm blades
MONSOONS IN THE PHILIPPINES
MONSOON: LARGE SCALE SEASONAL CURRENTS
AMIHAN
(A-NE-NA)
Northeast (NE) Monsson
Winter Monsoon
Appears in October
Attains maximum strength in January
Gradually weakens in March
Disappears in April
HABAGAT
(HA-SW-MO)
Southwest (SW) Monsoon
Summer Monsoon
Apears early May
Maximum flows during August
Disappears gradually in October
Persists from November to December
AIR MOVEMENT WITHIN BUILDINGS
WINDWARD
Positive pressure(+)
Air entersthrough openings located in the
positive pressure zone and lower level
openings
The direction upwind from the point of refernce
LEEWARD
Negative pressure(-)
Air exitsthrough openings located at the
negative pressure zon and at higher level
openings
The direction downwind (or downward) from the
point of reference
WIND SHADOWS
Well-Foliage
Tree
Approximately 2 times the Height of the tree (2H)
A Row of Closely
Spaced Tree
Row is 4 times the Height of the tree (4H) can
have a wind shadow of 3 times it’s height (3H)
Row is 8 times the Height of the tree (8H) can
have a wind shadow of 6 times it’s height (6H)
═
═
═
═
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 47 ●
PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING
Major Theories in URBAN SPATIAL STRUCTURE OF CITIES
STRUCTURE AUTHOR DESCRIPTION
CONCENTRIC ZONE
THEORY
(Monocentric)
E. W. Burgess
The city grows in a radial expansion from the
center to form a series of concentric zones or
circles such as in Chicago. As the city grows,
each ring invades and overtakes the next ring
out – a process called Invasion/ Succession
(thus, Concentric Theory is sometimes
referred to as Invasion/ Succession
Theory”).
SECTOR THEORY Homer Hoyt
High-density residential, commercial, and
industrial uses radiate out from the central
business district (CBD) in “sectors” that follow
major transportation routes. More expensive
housing also radiates out from the CBD
– Towards large open spaces and higher
ground. Less expensive housing takes
whatever land is left over.
MULTIPLE NUCLEI
THEORY
(Polycentric)
Chauncy Harris
and
Edward Ullman
“The Nature of Cities”
Cities tend to grow around not one but several
distinct nuclei.
Certain land uses group together to take
advantage of unique facilities (e.g.
universities), specializations, co-
dependencies, or externalities. This theory is
often applied to cities with more than one CBD
INVERSE CONCENTRIC
ZONE THEORY
Friedrich Engels
The preceding three theories apply primarily to
cities of MDCs, particularly American. Many
cities in the LDCs follow somewhat different
patterns – this is a reversal of the concentric
zone pattern.
CENTRAL PLACE THEORY
(i.e. Polders of Netherlamds; the Fens of
East Anglia, UK)
Walter Christaller
(Developed)
Paul Peterson
(Advanced in “City Limits0)
It explains the reasons behind the distribution
patterns, size, and number of cities and towns
Tested in Southern Germany and came to the
conclusion that people gather together in cities
to share goods and ideas.
GRID / GRIDIRON MODEL /
HIPPODAMIAN PLAN
(i.e. The City of Priene)
Hippodamus of Miletus
The center of the city contains the agora
(market place), theaters, and temples. Public
rooms surround the city’s public arena.
The plan can be laid out uniformly over any
kind of terrain since it is based on angles and
measurements
CITY CLASSIFICATION
The Local Government Code of 1991 (Republic Act No. 7160) classifies all cities into one of three categories:
HIGHLY
URBANIZED
INDEPENDENT
CITIES
 Cities with a minimum population of two hundred thousand (200,000) inhabitants,
as certified by the National Statistics Office, and with the latest annual income of at least
five hundred million pesos (₱500,000,000) based on 2008 constant prices, as
certified by the city treasurer.
 There are currently 35 highly urbanized cities in the Philippines, 16of which are
located in Metro Manila.
INDEPENDENT
COMPONENT
CITIES
 Cities of this type are independent of the province, and as such their charters ban
residents from voting for provincial elective officials. Cities with a minimum population of
150,000 and annual income of at least 350 million pesos (₱350,000,000)
based on 2008 constant prices, as certified by the CityTreasurer.
 There are five such cities: Cotabato, Dagupan, Naga, Ormoc andSantiago.
COMPONENT
CITIES
 Cities which do not meet the preceding requirements are deemed part of the province in
which they are geographically located. If a component city is located along the
boundaries of two or more provinces, it shall be considered part of the province of which
it used to be a municipality.
CREATION OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT UNITS (LGU)
LGU
AREA
(Square Kilometers)
POPULATION INCOME
LEGISLATIVE
BODIES
(create, merge, abolish, or
alter boundaries of LGU)
PROVINCE 2,000 250,000
₱20M for the last
two (2) consecutive
years based on 1991
constant prices
Congress
CITY 100 150,000
₱100M for the last
two (2) consecutive
years based on 2000
constant prices
Congress
MUNICIPALITY 50 25,000
₱2.5M for the last
two (2) consecutive
years based on 1991
constant prices
Congress
ARMM Regional
Assembly
BARANGAY NONE
5,000 (Metro Manila
and Highly Urbanized
Cities)
2,000 (rest of the
country)
NONE
Congress / ARMM
Regional Assembly
Sangguniang
Panlalawigan (Bayan) /
Panglunsod
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 48 ●
PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING
URBAN ECOLOGICAL PROCESSES
INVASION
 The entrance of a new population and / or facilities in an already occupiedarea.
 A term referring to the process by which social groups or activities which are better adapted
to a given environment than are its existing inhabitants or activities enter and eventually
dominate it.
CENTRALIZATION  An increase in population at a certain geographic center
BLOCK-BOOSTING  “Forcing” the old population out of the area because of social or racialdifferences
GENTRIFICATION
 Improving the physical set-up and consequently affecting the market for previously run-
down areas.
 The process of renewal and rebuilding accompanying the influx of middle-class or affluent
people into deteriorating areas that often displaces poorer residents.
 The buying and renovating of houses and stores in deteriorated urban neighborhoods by
wealthier individuals, which in effect improves property values but also can displace low-
income families and small businesses.
PSALM 139:16
NEW KING JAMES VERSION (NKJV)
Your eyes saw my substance, being yet unformed.
And in Your book they all were written,
The days fashioned for me,
When as yet there were none of them
MAJOR PLANNING THEORIES
THEORY DESCRIPTION
(1)
SYNOPTIC
RATIONALISM
In philosophy in general, rationalism is the foundation and embodiment of the scientific
method. It serves the same role in planning theory. The rationalist model of the planning
process generally contains the following steps.
• Goals and objectives are set.
• Policy alternatives are identified.
• The policy alternatives are evaluated – vis-à-vis effectiveness (in attaining the goals and
objectives), efficiency, and constraints – using scientific conceptual models and evaluation
techniques (e.g., cost benefit analysis).
• The selected policy alternative is implemented.
(2)
INCREMENTALISM
This theory – which was espoused by Charles Lindbloom in The Science of Muddling Through
– is a practical response to rationalism. Planning is seen as less of a scientific technique and
more of a mixture of intuition and experience. Major policy changes are best made in little
increments over long periods of time. Incrementalism very accurately describes what actually
occurs in most planning offices on a daily basis.
(3)
TRANSACTIVE
PLANNING
Like incrementalism, transactivism does not view planning purely as a scientific technique.
Transactivism espouses planning as a decentralized function based on face-to-face contacts,
interpersonal dialogues, and mutual learning. Transactivism is roughly behavioralist-style
planning.
(4)
ADVOCACY
PLANNING
Advocacism abandons the objective, non-political view of planning contained in rationalism.
Planners become like lawyers: they advocate and defend the interests of a particular client or
group (which is preferably economically disadvantaged and/or politically unorganized or
underrepresented).
• Paul Davidoff was an early champion of advocacy planning. He argued that there is no one
public interest for planners to serve, and thus, that planners have no choice but to become
non-objective advocates for specific interests and groups.
• Saul Alinsky developed an advocacist vision of planning that is centered around so-called
“organizations.” Alinsky’s organizations develop where people feel powerless. These
organizations then hire planners (which Alinsky largely sees as political organizers) to identify
problems, develop an awareness of these problems, and generate action.
• Alan Altshuler also argued for abandoning the objective, non-political view of planning. He
felt that to be effective, planners must become actively involved in the politicalprocess.
(5)
RADICAL
PLANNING
In a sense, radicalism takes transactivism to its logical extreme. Radicalism hates hierarchical
bureaucracies, centralized planning, and domineering professional planners. It argues that
planning is most effective when it is performed by non-professional neighborhood planning
committees that empower common citizens to experiment with solving their own problems.
The ideal outcomes of this process are collective actions that promote self-reliance. Much of
the radical planning literature that I have personally read is based on Marxist interpretations
and theories.
MAJOR PLANNING THEORIES
THEORY THEORY
(6)
UTOPIANISM
Utopianism believes that planning is most effective when it proposes sweeping changes that
capture the public imagination. Daniel Burnham’s Plan of Chicago, Frank Lloyd Wright’s
Broadacre City, and Le Corbusier’s La Ville Contemporaine are often cited as utopian works.
(7)
METHODISM
Methodism addresses situations in which the planning techniques that should be used are
known, but the ends that should be achieved by these techniques are not. Such a situation
would be making a population projection just to have it handy when it is needed. Methodism
views planning techniques as ends into themselves.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 49 ●
PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING
NEIGHBORHOOD STRUCTURE AND ELEMENTS
T3 SUB-URBAN ZONE T4 GENERAL URBAN ZONE T5 URBAN CENTER ZONE T6 URBAN CORE ZONE
Sub-Urban: the least dense, most purely resi
dential sector of the neighborhood. The size
varies in proportion depending on whether the
model is more rural (village-like) or more urban
(town-like).
Land use is restricted, combining residential
with certain other used.
Land use is limited, permitting the controlled
combination of residential with other uses.
Land use is open, encouraging the combina-
tion of the residential and other uses.
Land use is open, encouraging the combina-
tion of residential and other uses.
LAND USE
Building of the low-density freestanding
edgeyard type.
Buildings of the medium-density freestanding
sideyard and edgeyard types.
Buildings of the higher-density attached court-
yard, rearyard, and also sideyard types.
Buildings only of the high-density attached
courtyard and rearyard types.
BUILDING
Frontages that weakly define the public
space with deep setbacks: common lawn
and porch and fence.
Frontages that are variegated with medium
setbacks: dooryard, and porch and fence.
Frontages that define continous streetwalls
with shallow setbacks: arcade, shopfront,
stoop, and forecourt.
Frontages that define continous streetwalls
with shallow setbacks: arcade, shopfront,
stoop, and forecourt.
FRONTAGE
Streetscapes that create the most rural con
ditions: parkway, road, and lane.
Streetscapes that create a variety of condi-
tions: road, residential street, and avenue.
Streetscapes that create urban conditions:
residential street, commercial street,
avenue, and boulevard.
Streetscapes that create the most urban
conditions: commercial street, avenue,
and boulevard.
STREETSCAPE
Thoroughfares are roads and drives.
Buildings may be served by rear lanes,
though wider lots may dispense with them.
Thoroughfares are avenues, streets, and
roads. Most buildings are served by rear
lanes.
Thoroughfares are avenues and streets. All
buildings are served by rear alleys.
Thoroughfares are streets and boulevards.
All buildings are served by rear alleys.
THOROUGHFARE
Open space may be parks within the
proximate greenbelt.
Open space is organized as parks and
greens.
Open space is organized as plazas or
squares.
Open space is organized as plazas or
squares.
OPEN SPACE
General Urban: the sector that is mixed in
function, but principally residential. It has a
generalizes character, and is usually the
largest area of the neighborhood.
Urban Center: the dense multifunctional social
condenser of a neighborhood. It is usually at a
central location, within walking distance of the
surrounding, primarily residential areas.
Urban Core:the most dense business, service,
and institutinal center, It is usually shared by
several neighborhoods. It always straddles
thoroughfares at their most active intersection.
It is usually within walking distance of a large
residential catchment.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 50 ●
PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING
STREET PATTERN TYPES Criteria For
RESPONSIVE ENVIRONMENTS
by Ian Bentley, et. al
PERMEABILITY
Relates to the way that a design
affects where people can go
and cannot go within a city
district
Urban designer must consider this
first because it involves pedestrian
and vehicle circulation within the
city district as a whole
VARIETY
The range of users that aplace
provides
i.e. housing, shopping,
employment, recreation and so
forth
LEGIBILITY
Relates to the ease with which
people can understand the
spatial layout of a place
ROBUSTNESS
Describes building and outdoor
spaces the design of which doesnot
limit users to a single fixed use but,
rather, supports many different
purposes and activities
VISUAL
APPROPRIATENESS
The way in which the design
physically can make peopleaware
of the choices the placeprovides
RICHNESS
Involves ways to increase the
choice of sense experience that
users can enjoy (experiences of
touch, sound, light, taste, and
so forth)
PERSONALIZATION
Refers to design that encourage
people to put their own mark on
the places where they live and
work
SAVANNAH PATTERN
MARIEMONT PATTERN
NANTUCKET PATTERN
Advantages
Excellent directional orientation
Controllable lot depth
Provides end grain of blocks for fast traffic
Even dispersal of traffic through the web
Straight lines enhance rolling terrain
Efficient double-loading of alleys and utilities
Advantages
Hierarchy with diagonals for through traffic
Even dispersal of traffic through the grid
Monotony interrupted by deflected vistas
Diagonal intersections spatially well-defined
Disadvantages
Tends to be disorienting
Syn.: unwin model, spider web
RIVERSIDE PATTERN
Advantages
Monotony interrupted by deflected vistas
Easily absorbs environmental interruptions
Highly responsive to terrain
Even dispersal of traffic through the web
Disadvantages
Highly disorienting
Uncontrollable variety of lots
No instrinsic hierarchy
Syn.: olmstedian
RADBURN PATTERN
Advantages
Good street hierarchy for locals and collectors
Controllable variety of blocks and lots
Easily absorbs environmental interruptions
Responsive to terrain
Disadvantages
Congestion of traffic by absence of web
Syn.: cul-de-sac
WASHINGTON PATTERN
Advantages
Hierarchy with diagonals for through traffic
Even dispersal of traffic through the grid
Diagonal focus on terrain features
Diagonal interrupt monotony of the grid
Disadvantages
Uncontrollable variety of lots
High number of awkward lot shapes
Diagonal intersections spatially ill-defined
Syn.: city beautiful, haussmann model
Advantages
Hierarchy with long routes for through traffic
Even dispersal of traffic through web
Responsive to terrain
Easily absorbs environmental interruptions
Monotony eliminated by terminated vistas
Follows traces on the landscape
Disadvantages
Uncontrollable variety of blocks and lots
Syn.: sitte model, townscape
Disadvantages
Monotonous unless periodically
interrupted
Does not easily absorb environmental
interruptions
Unresponsive to steep terrain
Syn.: orthogonal grid, gridiron
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 51 ●
PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING
FRONTAGE TYPES WIND EXPOSURE CATEGORY
EXPOSURE DESCRIPTION
A
Large city centers with at least 50 percent of
the buildings having a height in excess of 70
feet (21 336 mm). Use of this exposure
category shall be limited to those areas for
which terrain representative of Exposure A
prevails in the upwind direction for a distance of
at least 0.5 mile (0.8 km) or 10 times the height
of the building or other structure, whichever is
greater. Possible channeling effects or
increased velocity pressures due to the building
or structure being located in the wake of
adjacent buildings shall be taken into account.
B
Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas, or
other terrain with numerous closely spaced
obstructions having the size of single-family
dwellings or larger. Exposure B shall be
assumed unless the site meets the definition of
another type exposure.
C
Open terrain with scattered obstructions,
including surface undulations or other
irregularities, having heights generally less than
30 feet (9144 mm) extending more than 1,500
feet (457 m) from the building site in any
quadrant. This exposure shall also apply to any
building located within Exposure B type terrain
where the building is directly adjacent to open
areas of Exposure C type terrain in any
quadrant for a distance of more than 600 feet
(183 m). This category includes flat open
country, grasslands and shorelines in hurricane
prone regions.
D
Flat, unobstructed areas exposed to wind
flowing over open water (excluding shorelines
in hurricane prone regions) for a distance of at
least 1 mile (1.61 km). Shorelines in Exposure
D include inland waterways, the Great Lakes,
and coastal areas of California, Oregon,
Washington and Alaska. This exposure shall
apply only to those buildings and other
structures exposed to the wind coming from
over the water. Exposure D extends inland
from the shoreline a distance of 1500 feet (457
m) or 10 times the height of the building or
structure, whichever is greater.
Gallery & Arcade: a Private Frontage
conventionally for Retail use wherein
the Facade is a colonnade that over-
laps the Sideealk, while the Facade
at the Sidewalk level remains at the
Shopfront & Awning: a facade is
aligned close to the frontage line with
the entrance at sidewalk grade. This
type is conventional for retail frontage.
It is commonly equipped with canti-
levered shed roof or an awning, The
absence of a raised ground story pre-
cludes residential use on the ground
floor, although this use is appropriate
above.
Stoop: a private Frontage wherein
the Facade is aligned close to the
Frontage Line with the first Story ele-
vated from the Sidewalk for privacy,
with an exterior stair and landing at
the entrance. This type is suitable for
ground-floor residential uses at short
setbacks with rowhouses and apart-
ments buildings. An easement may be
necessary to accommodate the
encroaching stoop.
Forecourt: a facade is aligned close
to the frontage line with a portion of
it set back. The forecourt created is
suitable for gardens, vehicular drop-
offs. and utility off-loading. This type
should be used sparingly and in con-
junction with the two frontage types
above, as a continuous excessive
setback is boring and unsafe for pe-
destrians. Trees within the forecourts
should be placed to have their cano-
pies overhanging the sidewalks.
Dooryard & Light Court: a private
Frontage type with a shallow set-
back and front garden or patio usual-
ly with a low wall at the Frontage Line.
This type effectively buffers residen-
tial quarters from the sidewalk while
removing the private yard from public
encroachment.
Porch & Fence: a facade is set back
from the frontage line with an en-
croaching porch appended. The
porch should be within a conversa-
tional distance of the sidewalk, while
a fence at the frontage line maintains
the demarcation of the yard. A great
variety of porches is possible, but to
be useful, none should be less than
8 ft. wide.
Common Lawn: a facade set back sub-
stantially from the frontage line. The front
yard thus created should remain un-
fenced and be visually continuous with
adjacent yards. The ideal is to simulate
buildings sitting in a common rural
landscape. A front porch is noe warranted,
as social interaction from the en-
fronting throughfarfe is unlikely at such a
distance. Common Lawns are suitable
frontages for higher-speed thoroughfares,
as the large setback provides a buffer
from the traffic.
Slip Lane: a facade no more than
80 ft. from the right-of-way. Parking
is placed within the first layer. Private
sidewalks are provided between the
public sidewalk and the building
entrances. The parking and private
sidewalk system are landscaped to
provide shade and shelter and a
streetwall buffer. Appropriate transit
stops are provided along the frontages,
directly linked to the private sidewalk
system.
Frontage Line. An easement for pri-
vate use of the right-of-way is usually
required. To be useful, the arcade
should be no less than 12 ft. wide
SECTION PLAN
LOT ROW LOT ROW
T6
URBAN
CORE
T5
URBAN
CENTER
T4
GENERAL
URBAN
T3
SUB-URBAN
T2
RURAL
D
DISTRICT
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 52 ●
PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING
URBAN LAND USE MAP COLORS
CATEGORY COLOR
RESIDENTIAL
By dwelling type
YELLOW
COMMERCIAL
Wholesale, Retail (Gen. Merchandise), Services (Auto Repair, Hotels, etc.)
RED
INDUSTRIAL
Manufacturing, Fabricating, Assembly, Industries, etc.
VIOLET
INSTITUTIONAL
Schools, Church, Protective Services, Government Buildings, etc.
BLUE
PARKS/PLAYGROUNDS
Golf Courses, Race Tracks, Country Club, etc.
GREEN
INFRASTRUCTURE/ UTILITIES
Railroad, Land Transport, Water Transport, Air Transport, etc.
GRAY
BUILT-UP AREAS
Cluster of at least 10 structures or if activity occupies sizable land
YELLOW
AGRICULTURE
Cropland, Riceland, etc.
LIGHT GREEN
AGRO-INDUSTRIAL
Piggery, Poultry
LIGHT VIOLET
FOREST
Production Forest, Wildlife, Watershed, National Parks
DARK GREEN
MINING/QUARRYING BROWN
GRASSLAND/PASTURE OLIVE GREEN
SWAMPLAND/MARSHES AQUA
OTHER LAND USE
Cemeteries, Dumpsite, Landfill, Reclamation, Idle Vacant Lots, etc.
APPROPRIATE
COLORS
THE KEY HOUSING AGENCIES
AGENCY FUNCTION
HUDCC
Housing and Urban
Development Coordinating
Council (EO90)
 An office mandated to coordinate and supervise the government’s housing agencies. It is also
tasked in monitoring the performance of the housing sector, and involved in policy formations.
The highest policy-making and coordinating office on shelter programs.
NHA
National Housing Authority
 The National Housing Authority is the sole government agency engaged in direct shelter production
focused on providing housing assistance to the lowest 30% of urban income-earners through slum
upgrading, squatter relocation, development of sites and services, and construction of core housing
units.
 Undertakes programs for the improvement of blighted urban areas and provides technical
assistance for private developers undertaking low-cost housing projects.
HGC
Home Guaranty Corporation
(formerly HIGC)
 HGC mobilizes all necessary resources to broaden the capital base for the effective delivery of
housing and other related services, primarily for the low-income earners through a viable system of
credit insurance, mortgage guarantee, and securities.
HLURB
Housing and Land Use
Regulatory Board
(formerly Human Settlement
Regulatory Commission)
HLURB is the sole regulatory for housing and land development.
Ensures rational land use for the equitable distribution and enjoyment of developmentbenefits.
Charged with encouraging greater private sector participation in low-cost housing through
liberalization of development standards, simplification of regulations, and decentralization of
approvals for permits and licenses.
Extends comprehensive and productive planning assistance to provinces, cities, and municipalities
toward the formulation of Comprehensive Land Use Plans (CLUPs).
A national government agency tasked as the planning, regulatory and quasi-judicial body for land
use development and real estate and housing regulation. These roles are done via a triad of
strategies namely, policy development, planning and regulation.
NHMFC
National Home Mortgage
Finance Corporation
 NHMFC is the major government home mortgage institution.
 Initial main function is to a viable home mortgage market, utilizing long-term funds principally
provided by the Social Security System, the Government Service Insurance System, and the Home
Development mutual Fund to purchase mortgages originated by both public and private institutions
that are within government-approved guidelines.
 Charged with the development of a system that will attract private institutional funds into long-term
housing mortgages.
HDMF
Home Development Mutual
Fund
 HDMF focuses on the administration of a nationwide provident fund for the government’s housing
program, and formulates other investment strategies relative to housing as well as improve its
collection efficiency.
 (more commonly known as the Pag-Ibig Fund)
SHFC
Social Housing Finance
Corporation (EO273)
 The lead agency to undertake social housing programs that will cater to the formal and informal
sectors in the low-income bracket and shall take charge of developing and administering social
housing program schemes, particularly the Community Mortgage Program (CMP) and the
Amortization Support and Developmental Financing Programs of the Abot-Kaya Pabahay Fund
(AKPF)
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 53 ●
PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING
MAP OF THE PHILIPPINES
METRO MANILA
CITY/
MUNICIPALITY
POPULATION
as of 2010
AREA
(sq. km.)
DENSITY
(per sq. km.)
INCORPORATED
(City)
Manila 1,652,171 38.55 42,858 1571
Caloocan 1,489,040 55.80 26,685 1962
Las Piñas 552,573 32.69 16,903 1997
Makati 529,039 21.57 24,527 1995
Malabon 353,337 15.71 22,491 2001
Mandaluyong 328,699 21.26 15,461 1994
Marikina 424,150 21.52 19,710 1996
Muntinlupa 459,941 39.75 11,571 1995
Navotas 249,131 10.77 23,132 2007
Parañaque 588,126 47.69 12,332 1998
Pasay 392,869 13.97 28,122 1947
Pasig 669,773 31.00 21,606 1995
Pateros 64,147 2.25 28,510 Municipality
Quezon City 2,761,720 166.20 16,619 1939
San Juan 121,430 5.95 20,408 2007
Taguig 644,473 53.67 12,008 2004
Valenzuela 575,356 47.02 12,236 1998
WIND LOADS
ZONE SPEED
I (NE) 250 kph
II (NW) 200 kph
III (SW) 125 kph
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 54 ●
PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING
TEN MOST POPULOUS CITIES IN THE PHILIPPINES
RANK CITY
POPULATION
(2010)
DESCRIPTION
1 Quezon City 2,761,720
Former capital of the country (1948–1976). Largest city in Metro Manila in population and land area. Hosts the House of Representatives of the Philippines at the Batasang
Pambansa Complex and the metropolis' largest source of water, the La Mesa Reservoir.
2 Manila 1,652,171
Capital of the country (from 1571-1948 and 1976–present). Historically centered on the walled city of Intramuros, by the mouth of the Pasig River. Host to the seat of
the chief executive, the Malacañang Palace. By far the most densely populated city in the country.
3 Caloocan 1,489,040
Historic city where Andrés Bonifacio and the Katipunan held many of its meetings in secrecy. Much of its territory was ceded to form Quezon City, resulting in the formation of two non-
contiguous sections under the city's jurisdiction. Caloocan is the third most densely populated city in the country, lying immediately north of the city of Manila. It serves as an industrial and
residential area inside Metro Manila.
4 Davao City 1,449,296
The largest city in Mindanao. Davao City is also the largest city in the Philippines in terms of land area and is also known as "the City of Royalties"
because of home of some of the prestigious kings and queens in flora and faunas like the durian and the Philippine. It is also the Eco Adventure Capital in the Philippines. The City Mayors
Foundation ranks Davao as the 87th fastest growing city in the world and the only Philippine city to make it in top 100 in the year 2011
5 Cebu City 866,171
Popularly nicknamed as "The Queen City of the South". First capital of the country. Capital of the province of Cebu and regional center of Region VII. Most
populous city in the Visayas. Core of Metro. Cebu City has been honored as the 8th Asian City of the Future owing to its expansive business districts, premier entertainment destinations, and
its pristine waters which attracts tourists worldwide. The city is home to the most popular Sinulogfestival celebrated every January which attracts tourists and Filipinos alike.
6 Zamboanga City 807,129
Nicknamed "Ciudad de las Flores" and marketed by its city government as "Ciudad Latina de Asia" for its substantial Spanish-Derived Creole-speaking population
called "Zamboangueño", the largest in the world. Former capital of the Moro Province and of the undivided province of Zamboanga. Former regional center of Zamboanga Peninsula. Former
Republic (1899–1903) under the leadership of President General.
7 Antipolo 677,741
Nicknamed "City in the Sky" for its location on the hills immediately east of Metro Manila. Well-known pilgrimage and tourist center, being host to a Marian shrine and the Hinulugang
Taktak National Park. Most populous city in Luzon outside of Metro Manila.
8 Pasig 669,773
Hosts most of the Ortigas Center. Part of the province of Rizal until 1975, when it was incorporated into Metro Manila. Formerly hosted the capitol and other government buildings of that
province.
9 Taguig 644,473 Currently exercises fiscal jurisdiction over Fort Bonifacio. Was part of Rizal Province until 1975, when it was incorporated into Metro Manila. Lies on the western shores of Laguna de Bay.
10 Cagayan de Oro 602,088
Known as the "City of Golden Friendship" and famous for its whitewater rafting or kayaking adventures, that has been one of the tourism activities being promoted in the
Cagayan. Regional center of Northern Mindanao. Provincial capital city of the province of Misamis Oriental.
HABAKKUK 3:17-19
NEW KING JAMES VERSION (NKJV)
A HYMN OF FAITH
17 Though the fig tree may not blossom, nor fruit be on the vines; Though the labor of the olive may fail, And the
fields yield no food; Though the flock may be cut off from the fold,
And there be no herd in the stalls— 18 Yet I will rejoice in the Lord, I will joy in the God of my salvation.
19 The Lord God is my strength; He will make my feet like deer’s feet, And He will make me walk on my high hills.
To the Chief Musician. With my stringed instruments.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 55 ●
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
SPP DOC 202 (NEW)
PHASE / STAGE
COMMUTATIVE
OPERATION
ACTUAL
PERCENTAGE
MBF of
PHP 1,000,000
MOBILIZATION
Feasibility Study 25,000 25,000 25,000
SCHEMATIC
DESIGN
Preliminary Design
15% 15% -25,000 125,000
DESIGN
DEVELOPMENT
Working Drawings
40% 25% 250,000
CONTRACT
DOCUMENT
Specifications / Contract
Documents
90% 50% 500,000
COMPLETION
Part Time Supervision 100% 10% 100,000
100% 1,000,000
LIABILITY 5%
SUPERVISION 5%
UAP DOC 202 (OLD)
PHASE / STAGE
COMMUTATIVE
OPERATION
ACTUAL
PERCENTAGE
MBF of
PHP 1,000,000
PRELIMINARY
Feasibility Study 5% 5% 50,000
SCHEMATIC
DESIGN
Preliminary Design
15% 10% 100,000
DESIGN
DEVELOPMENT
Working Drawings
35% 20% 200,000
CONTRACT
DOCUMENT
Specifications / Contract
Documents
85% 50% 500,000
COMPLETION
Part Time Supervision 100% 15% 150,000
100% 1,000,000
LIABILITY 10%
SUPERVISION 5%
UAP DOC 203
SPECIALIZED ALLIED SERVICES
INTERIOR DESIGN 12% - 20%
LANDSCAPE DESIGN 10% - 15%
ACOUSTICS, LIGHTING,
ENGINEERING SERVICES
10% - 15%
UAP DOC 204
CONSTRUCTION SERVICES
FULL TIME SUPERVISION
QC, Documentation, Reports 1.0% - 1.5%
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER
Present only DURING construction of the project 1.5% - 3.0%
PROJECT MANAGER
Present BEFORE-DURING-AFTER construction
of the project
2% - 5%
UAP DOC 205
POST-CONSTRUCTION SERVICES
Salary Basis Monthly
MANAGEMENT FEE
Percentage of Gross Rentals 4.0% - 6.0%
UAP DOC 207
DESIGN-BUILD SERVICES
DESIGN-BUILD SERVICES
By Administration 7% + RDS Fee
DESIGN-BUILD SERVICES
With Guaranteed Maximum Project Construction
Cost
10% + RDS Fee
Interest rate per annum
in case of incomplete / non-payment 2%
Government Employee
As Architect-of-Record (AoR)
INCENTIVE PAY TO COVER CIVIL LIABILITIES
1.5% of PCC &
not more than 50% of
Annual Salary
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 56 ●
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
ARCHITECT’S MINIMUM BASIC FEE (SPP 2010)
GROUP TYPE MBF BUILDINGS
50M 50M 100M 300M 500M 500M
Php 50M Php 50M to
100M
Php 100M
to 200M
Php 200M
to 500M
Php 500M
to1B
Over Php
1B
1 SIMPLE 6% Armories
Bakeries
Habitable Agricultural Structures
Freight Facilities
Hangars
Industrial Buildings
Manufacturing / Industrial Plants
Packaging & Processing Plants
Parking Structures
Printing Plants
Public Markets
Service Garages
Simple Loft-Type Buildings
Warehouses
6% 5% 4% 3% 2% 1%
2 MODERATE 7% Art Galleries
Banks, Exchange
Financial Institutions
Bowlodromes
Call Centers
Churches & Religious Facilities
City/Town Halls & Civic Centers
College Buildings
Convents, Monasteries & Seminaries
Dormitories
Exhibition Halls & Display Structures
Fire Sations
Laundries & Cleaning Facilities
Libraries
Malls / Mall Complexes
Motels & Apartels
Multi-Storey Apartments
Nursing Homes
Office Buildings / Office Condominiums
Parks, Playgrounds and
Open Air Recreational Facilities
Residential Condominiums
Police Stations
Postal Facilities
Private Clubs
Publishing Plants
Race Tracks
Restaurants / Fast Food Stores
Retail / Wholesale Stores
Schools
Serviced Apartments
Shopping Centers
Showrooms / Service Centers
Supermarkets / Hyper-markets
Welfare Buildings
Mixed-Use Buildings
7% 6% 5% 4% 3% 2%
3 EXCEPTIONAL 8% Airports / Wet & Dry Ports & Terminals
Aquariums
Auditoriums
Breweries
Cold Storage Facilities
Convention Facilities
Gymnasiums
Hospitals & Medical Buildings
Hotels
Laboratories / Testing Facilities
Marinas & Resort Complexes
Medical Arts Offices & Clinics
Mental Institutions
Mortuaries
Nuclear Facilities
Observations
Public Health Centers
Research Facilities
Stadia
Telecommunication Buildings
Theaters & Similar Facilities
Transportation Facilities & Systems
Veterinary Hospitals
8% 7% 6% 5% 4% 3%
4 RESIDENTIAL 10% Single-Detached
Single-Attached or Duplex
Row-houses or Shop-houses
Small Apartment Houses and
Townhouses JEREMIAH 29:11
NEW KING JAMES VERSION (NKJV)
11 For I know the thoughts that I think toward you, says
the LORD, thoughts of peace and not of evil, to give you a
future and a hope.
5 MONUMENTAL 12% Exposition & Fair Buildings
Mausoleums, Memorials & Monuments
Museums
Specialized Decorative Buildings
6 REPETITIVE 100% (1st)
80% (2nd)
60% (3rd)
40% (4th)
Re-used Design & Contract Documents for the similar buildings without amending
the drawings and the specifications
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 57 ●
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
ARCHITECT’S MINIMUM BASIC FEE (SPP 2010)
GROUP TYPE MBF BUILDINGS 50M 50M 100M 300M 500M 500M
7 HOUSING 100% (1st)
60% (2nd-10th)
30% (11th + )
Several Residential Buildings on a single site with the use of one (1) set of plans /
designs, specifications and related documents
MATTHEW 7:7-8
NEW KING JAMES VERSION (NKJV)
7 “Ask, and it will be given to you; seek, and you will find;
knock, and it will be opened to you. 8 For everyone who
asks receives, and he who seeks finds, and to him who
knocks it will be opened.
8 EXTENSIVE DETAILING 15% Design for built-in components or elements, built-in equipment, special fittings,
screens, counters, Architectural Interiors, and Development Planning and / or
design
9 ALTERATIONS / RENOVATIONS 150% Alterations, renovations, rehabilitations, retrofit and expansion / additions to
existing buildings belonging to Groups 1 to 5
10 CONSULTATION / ARBITRATION PHP 200/hr
for technical
matters
PHP 500
as expert witness
The Architect is engaged to render opinion or give advice, clarifications or
explanation on technical matters pertaining to architectural works
ARCHITECT’S MINIMUM BASIC FEE
PHYSICAL PLANNING SERVICES (OLD SPP)
TYPE DESCRIPTION SCOPE BASIC FEE
Moderately Flat
1
Industrial Estates
Commercial Centers
Sports Complexes
Resorts
Tourist Centers
Amusement Parks
Educational Campuses
Institutional & Government Centers
Site Planning of Complex Consisting of Several Structures within a
Contiguous Site
First 50 Hectares or less PHP 5,000 per Hectare
Over 50 Hectares up to 100 Hectares PHP 250,000 + PHP 4,500 per Hectare in excess of 50 Hectares
Over 100 Hectares up to 200 Hectares PHP 475,000 + PHP 4,000 per Hectare in excess of 100 Hectares
Over 200 Hectares PHP 875,000 + PHP 3,000 per Hectare in excess of 200 Hectares
2
Subdivision Planning for housing on properties within Metro
Manila, Cities, Regional Centers, and Provincial Capitals
First 100 Hectares or less PHP 3,000 per Hectare
Over 100 Hectares up to 200 Hectares PHP 300,000 + PHP 2,300 per Hectare in excess of 100 Hectares
Over 200 Hectares PHP 550,000 + PHP 2,000 per Hectare in excess of 200 Hectares
3
Subdivision Planning for housing on properties located on other
localities beside those under Type 2
First 100 Hectares or less PHP 2,000 per Hectare
Over 100 Hectares up to 200 Hectares PHP 200,000 + PHP 1,500 per Hectare in excess of 100 Hectares
Over 200 Hectares PHP 350,000 + PHP 1,000 per Hectare in excess of 200 Hectares
Rugged with Steep Terrain Increase by 30%
Preparation of Detailed Engineering Drawings & Specifications on ROADS,
DRAINAGE, SEWERAGE, POWER & COMMUNICATION
4% of Development Cost
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 58 ●
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
ARCHITECT’S RECOMMENDED PROFESSIONAL FEE (SPP 2016)
GROUP TYPE
RPF
BUILDINGS
50M
Php 50M
50M
Php 50M to
100M
100M
Php 100M
to 200M
300M
Php 200M
to 500M
500M
Php 500M
to1B
500M
Over Php
1B
DAEDS DADS
1 SIMPLE 5% 3% 5% 4% 3% 2% 1% 0.5%
2 MODERATE 6% 3.6% 6% 5% 4% 3% 2% 1%
3 EXCEPTIONAL 7% 4.2% Airports / Wet & Dry Ports & Terminals
Aquariums
Auditoriums
Breweries
Cold Storage Facilities
Convention Facilities
Gymnasiums
Hospitals & Medical Buildings Hotels
Laboratories / Testing Facilities
Marinas & Resort Complexes
Medical Arts Offices & Clinics
Mental Institutions
Mortuaries
Nuclear Facilities
Observations
Public Health Centers
Research Facilities
Stadia
Telecommunication Buildings
Theaters & Similar Facilities
Transportation Facilities & Systems
Veterinary Hospitals
7% 6% 5% 4% 3% 2%
4 RESIDENTIAL 10% 6%
Single-Detached
Single-Attached or Duplex
Residences
Other Buildings of similar nature or use
Townhouses
Row-houses or Shop-houses
Small Apartment Houses and
JEREMIAH 29:11
NEW KING JAMES VERSION (NKJV)
11 For I know the thoughts that I think toward you, says the
LORD, thoughts of peace and not of evil, to give you a future
and a hope.
5 MONUMENTAL 12% 7.5% Exposition & Fair Buildings
Mausoleums, Memorials & Monuments
Building of similar nature of use
Museums
Specialized Decorative Buildings
6 R EPETITIVE 100% (1st)
50% (2nd)
40% (3rd)
30% (4th)
Plan/design and related Contract Documents are re-used for the repetitive
construction of similar buildings without amending the drawing and the
specifications.
Art Galleries
Banks,Exchangeand other Buildings
FinancialInstitutions
Bowlodromes
CallCenter
Churcesand ReligiousFacilities
City/ Town Hallsand CivicCenters
CollegeBuildings
Convents,Monasteries and Seminaries
Correctional and Detention Facilities
Court Houses/ Hallsof Justices
Dormitories
Exhibition Hall and DisplayStructures
Fire Stations
Laundriesand CleaningFacilities
Libraries
Mall/ Mall Complexes
Motels and Apartels
Multi ‐storey Apartments
Nursing Homes
Office Buildings
Office Condominiums Parks,Playground
Open‐Air Recreational Facilities
Residential Condominiums
PoliceStations
PostalFacilities
Private Clubs
Publishing Plants
RaceTracks
Restaurants/ Fastfood Store
Retail/ Wholesale Stores
Schools
ServicedApartments
Shopping Centers
Showrooms/ ServiceCenters
SpecialtyShops
Supermarkets/ Hypermarts
Welfare Buildings
Mixed UsedBuildings
Other Buildings of similar nature
Armories
Bakeries
Habitable Agricultural Buildings
Hangars
Industrial Buildings
Manufacturing/ Industrial Plants
Packagingand ProcessingPlant
ParkingStructures
Printing Plants
Public Markets
ServiceGarages
Simple Loft‐ TypeBuildings
Other similar Warehouses utilization
type buildings
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 59 ●
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
ARCHITECT’S RECOMMENDED PROFESSIONAL FEE (SPP 2016)
GROUP TYPE
RPF
BUILDINGS
50M
Php 50M
50M
Php 50M
to 100M
100M
Php 100M
to 200M
300M
Php 200M
to 500M
500M
Php 500M
to1B
500M
Over Php 1B
DAEDS DADS
7 HOUSING 100% (1st)
50% (2nd-10th)
40% (11th-30th)
25% (31st-50th)
15% (51st-)
100% (1st)
30% (2nd-10th)
24% (11th-30th)
15% (31st-50th)
9% (51st-)
Several Residential Buildings on a single site with the use of one (1) set of plans /
designs, specifications and related documents
MATTHEW 7:7-8
NEW KING JAMES VERSION (NKJV)
7 “Ask, and it will be given to you; seek, and you will find;
knock, and it will be opened to you. 8 For everyone who
asks receives, and he who seeks finds, and to him who
knocks it will be opened.
8 EXTENSIVE
DETAILING
15% PCC
Design for built-in components or elements, built-in equipment, special fittings,
screens, counters, Architectural Interiors, and Development Planning and / or
design
9 ALTERATIONS /
RENOVATIONS 150%
Alterations, renovations, rehabilitations, retrofit and expansion / additions to
existing buildings belonging to Groups 1 to 5
10 CONSULTATION
/ ARBITRATION
PHP 1000/hr for consultation
(as Technical Adviser)
PHP 5000/appearance for
arbitration (as Expert Witness)witness
The Architect is engaged to render opinion or give advice, clarifications or
explanation on technical matters pertaining to architectural works
SPP 203 –SPECIALIZED ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES
METHOD OF COMPENSATION:
1.Arch’l. Interior 10% to 15% x Cost of Work (average =12%, coordination fee 5% x Cost of Work)
2.Landscape 10% to 15% x Cost of Work (coordination fee 5% x Cost of Work)
3.Acoustics 10% to 15% x Cost of Work (coordination fee 5% x Cost of Work)
4.Physical Planning
preparation of Detailed Engineering Drawings and Specifications on roads, drainage, sewerage, power, communication system and additional fee to
be charged by the Architect 4% x Development Cost of the Project
MODE OF PAYMENTS:
Upon Submission of Preliminary Design 30% of the Fee
Upon Submission of Final Design 50% of the Fee
Upon Completion of the Project 20% of the Fee
PHYSICAL PLANNING FOR BUILDING
SITES such as INDUSTRIAL ESTATES,
COMMERCIAL, RELIGIOUS,
INSTITUTION & GOVERNMENT
The Recommended Professional Fee (RPF) is Php 50,000.00 per hectare for the first five (5Has) hectares net to the Architect.
AREA RECOMMENDED PROFESSIONAL FEE (RPF) AMOUNT
Basic rate for the first 5 hectares or less
(1 hectare : 10,000 sq.meters)
P5.00 per sq. meter P250,000.00
Over 5 hectares up to 10 hectares P4.00 per sq. meter P250,000.00 + P40,000.00 per hectare in excess of 5 hectares
Over 10 hectares up to 50 hectares P3.00 per sq. meter P450,000.00 + P30,000.00 per hectare in excess of 10 hectares
Over 50 hectares and above P1.50 per sq. meter P1,650,000.00 + P15,000.00 per hectare in excess of 50 hectares
The rate stipulated above is based on the assumption that the land to be developed is moderately flat. However,
if the land is rugged with steep terrain the fee shall increase by 20% to 30%.
DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS
%
3
%
5
1
Armories
Bakeries
Habitable Agricultural Buildings
Hangars
Industrial Buildings
Manufacturing/ Industrial Plants
Packaging and Processing Plant
Parking Structures
Printing Plants
Public Markets
Service Garages
Simple Loft- Type Buildings
Other similar Warehouses utilization
type buildings
5% 3% 4% 2.40% 3% 1.80% 2% 1.20% 1% 0.60% 0.50% 0.60%
%
0
6
.
3
%
6
2
Art Galleries
Banks, Exchange and other Buildings
Financial Institutions
Bowlodromes
Call Center
Churces and Religious Facilities
City/ Town Halls and Civic Centers
College Buildings
Convents, Monasteries and Seminaries
Correctional and Detention Facilities
Court Houses/ Halls of Justices
Dormitories
Exhibition Hall and Display Structures
Fire Stations
Laundries and Cleaning Facilities
Libraries
Mall/ Mall Complexes
Motels and Apartels
Multi-storey Apartments
Nursing Homes
Office Buildings
Office Condominiums Parks, Playground
Open-Air Recreational Facilities
Residential Condominiums
Police Stations
Postal Facilities
Private Clubs
Publishing Plants
Race Tracks
Restaurants/ Fastfood Store
Retail/ Wholesale Stores
Schools
Serviced Apartments
Shopping Centers
Showrooms/ Service Centers
Specialty Shops
Supermarkets/ Hypermarts
Welfare Buildings
Mixed Used Buildings
Other Buildings of similar nature or use
6% 3.60% 5% 3% 4% 2.40% 3% 1.80% 2% 1.20% 1% 0.60%
%
0
2
.
4
%
7
3
Airports/ Wet and Dry Ports and
Terminals
Aquariums
Auditoriums
Breweries
Cold Storage Facilities
Convention Facilities
Gymnasiums
Hospitals and Medical Buildings
Hotels
Laboratories and Testing Facilities
Marinas and Resort Complexes
Medical Arts Offices and Clinics
Mental Institutions
Mortuaries
Nuclear Facilities
Observatories
Public Health Centers
Research Facilities
Stadia
Telecommunication Buildings
Theaters and Similar Facilities
Veterinary Hospitals
Other buildings of similar nature and
use
7% 4.20% 6% 3.60% 5% 3% 4% 2.40% 3% 1.80% 2% 1.20%
EXCEPTIONAL
MODERATE
SIMPLE
BUILDINGS
GROUP RPF
TYPE
300M
Php 200M to 500M
500M
Php 500M to 1B
500M
Over Php 1B
50M
Php 50M
50M
Php 50M
100M
Php 50M to 100M
ARCHITECT'S RECOMMENDED PROFESSIONAL FEE
ARCHITECT'S RECOMMENDED PROFESSIONAL FEE
DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS
BUILDINGS
GROUP RPF
TYPE
300M
Php 200M to 500M
500M
Php 500M to 1B
500M
Over Php 1B
50M
Php 50M
50M
Php 50M
100M
Php 50M to 100M
%
6
%
0
1
4
Residences
Single Detached
Single Attached or Duplex
Row Houses or Shop Houses
Small Apartment Houses
Townhouses
%
0
5
.
7
%
2
1
5
Exposition and Fair Buildings
Mausoleums, Memorials and
Monuments
Building of similar nature or use
Specialized Decorative Buildings
Museums
6
1st 10% PCC 6% PCC
2 to 10 50% 30%
11 to 30 40% 24%
31 to 50 25% 15%
51 up 15% 9%
8
9
10
CONSULTATION/
ARBITRATION
Php 1000/Hr
Technical Matters
Php 5000/Hr.
Expert Witness
Engaged to render opinion or give advice, clarifications or explanation on
technical matters pertatining to his profession
EXTENSIVE DETAILING 15% PCC
Projects involving extensive detail such as designs for built-in components or
elements, built-in equipment, special fittings, screens, counters, architectural
interiors and development planning and/or design
ALTERATIONS 150% PCC
Alterations, renovations, rehabilitations, retrofit and expansion/additions to
existing buildings belonging to GROUPs 1 to 5 enumerated above
Housing Project involving the construction of several residential units on a single
site with the use of one (1 ) set of plans/design, specifications and related
documents
Plan/design and related Contract Documents are re-used for the
repetitive construction of similar buildings without amending the drawing and
the specifications
100% (1st)
50% (2nd)
40% (3rd)
30% (4th)
7 HOUSING
REPETITIVE
MONUMENTAL
RESIDENTIAL
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 60 ●
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
DIFFERENCES BETWEEN
1979 UAP DOC – 2010 SPP – 2016 SPP
1979 UAP DOCUMENTS 2010 STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE 2016 STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
DOC # DOCUMENT NAME DOC # DOCUMENT NAME DOC # DOCUMENT NAME
201 Pre-Design Services 201 Annex “A” 201 Pre‐Design Services
202 Design Services 202 Pre - Design Services 202 Regular Design Services
203 Specialized and Allied Services 203 Specialized and Allied Services 203 Specialized and Allied Services
204 Construction Services 204 - a Fulltime Supervision Services 204‐a Fulltime Supervision Services
204 - b Construction Management Services 204‐b Construction Management Services
205 Post-Construction Services 205 Post‐Construction Services 205 Post‐Construction Services
206 Comprehensive Architectural Services 206 Comprehensive Architectural Services 206 Comprehensive Architectural Services
207 Design-Build Services 207 Design‐Build Services 207 Design‐Build Services
208 Selection of the Architect and Method of Compensation 208 Architectural Design Competition 208 Architectural Design Competition
209 Professional Architectural Consulting Services 209 Professional Architectural Consulting Services
MODE OF PAYMENTS FOR SPP-202
1979 UAP DOC – 2010 SPP – 2016 SPP
PHASES 1979 UAP DOCUMENTS
2010 STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL
PRACTICE
2016 STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL
PRACTICE
1. Upon Signing of Contract 5% of MBF Php 25,000 5% of RPF
2. Schematic Design Phase 15% of MBF or (15‐5 = 10% of MBF) 15% of MBF or (15% of MBF – 25K) 20% of RPF or (20‐5 = 15% of RPF)
3. Design Development Phase 35% of MBF or (35‐15 = 20% of MBF) 40% of MBF or (40‐15 = 25% of MBF) 40% of RPF or (40‐20 = 20% of RPF)
4. Contract Document Phase 85% of MBF or (85‐35 = 50% of MBF) 90% ofMBF or (90‐40 = 50% of MBF) 90% of RPF or (90‐40 = 50% ofRPF)
5. Bidding Phase
Adjustment of 85% based on the winning bid
(within 15 days after the award to the
winning contractor)
Adjustment of 90% based on the winning bid
(within 15 days after the award to the
winning contractor)
Adjustment of 90% based on the winning bid
(within 15 days after the award to the
winning contractor)
6. Construction Phase
10% Civil Liability
5% Periodic Construction Supervision (PCS)
5% Civil Liability
5% Periodic Construction Supervision (PCS)
5% Civil Liability
5% Periodic Construction Supervision (PCS)
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 61 ●
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
CODE OF ETHICS (UAP DOC 200)
A S TITLE
1 2 General Provisions
2 7
The Architect’s Responsibility in
Relation to the PEOPLE
3 12
The Architect’s Responsibility in
Relation to His / Her CLIENT
4 5
The Architect’s Responsibility in
Relation to the CONTRACTOR
5 2
The Architect’s Responsibility in
Relation to
MANUFACTURERS,
DEALERS & AGENTS
6 22
The Architect’s Responsibility in
Relation to His / Her
COLLEAGUES AND
SUBORDINATES
7 1 Architect’s Credo
8 3 Miscellaneous Provisions
Violation of the Code
PHP 100,000 – PHP 5,000,000
6 months to 6 years
IRR OF RA 9266
CONTENTS
RULES
1
Title, Policy Statement, Definition of
Terms and Scope of Practice
SECTIONS
1 - 3 3
2
Professional Regulatory Board
of Architecture (PRBOA)
Organization, Powers and Function
4 - 11 8
3
Examination, Registration and
Licensure
12 - 24 13
4 Practice of Architecture 25 - 39 15
5 Final Provisions 40 - 47 8
Violation of IRR of RA9266
PHP 100,000 – PHP 5,000,000
6 months to 6 years
Any HEAD OF GOVERNMENT AGENCY OR OFFICER(S) of a Private Firm / institution
who violates – sub-paragraph of RA. No. 8981
PHP 50,000 – PHP 500,000
6 months + 1 day to 6 years
Without first executing a written CONTRACT/SERVICE AGREEMENT
Not less than PHP200,000
Not exceeding 6 years
2010 SPP DOCUMENTS
NO. DESCRIPTION
200
The 2006 Code Of Ethical
Conduct (UAP)
201 Pre-Design Services
202 Design Services
203 Specialized Allied Services
204A
Full Time Construction
Services
204B
Construction Management
Services
205 Post-Construction Services
206
Comprehensive Architectural
Services
207 Design-Build Services
208
Architectural Design
Competition (ADC)
209
Professional Architectural
Consulting Services (PACS)
301 General Conditions
METHODS OF COMPENSATION APPLICATION
Percentage of Project Construction Cost (%PCC) Used Worldwide
Multiple of Direct Personnel Expenses (MDPE) Non-Creative Work
Professional Fee Plus Expenses (PFPE) Continuing Relationship
Lump Sum or Fixed Fee (LS/FF) Government Projects
Per Diem, Honorarium Plus Reimbursable Expenses Personal Time (50km)
Mixed Method of Compensation
METHODS OF SELECTION APPLICATION BASIS / PROCESS
Direct Selection Relatively Small Project
Reputation
Recommendation of aFriend
Recommendation of Former Client
Recommendation of Another Architect
Comparative Selection
Institutions, Corporations, Public
Agencies
(1) Invitation (4) Verification
(2) Pre- (5) Evaluation &
Qualification Ranking
(3) Interview (6) Negotiation
Architectural Design Competition (ADC) Civic or Monumental Projects
Idea Competition
Design Competition
Design-Build Competition
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 62 ●
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
SPP DOCUMENTS (201 – 209)
DOC DESCRIPTION SCOPE
204B
CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT SERVICES (4)
 Construction Manager (CM)
Coordination andSupervision
Cost and Time Control
Quality Control of Work
Keeping of Records
205
POST-CONSTRUCTION
SERVICES (2)
Building & Facilities Administration
 Building Maintenance
 Grounds & Landscaping Supervision
 Building Equipment Maintenance
 Business Development andManagement
Post-Construction Evaluation
206
COMPREHENSIVE
ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES
(5)
Pre-Design Services
Regular Design Services (RDS)
Specialized Architectural Services
Construction Services
Post-Construction Services
207
DESIGN-BUILD SERVICES
(DBS) (2)
Design-Build Services by Administration
Design-Build Services on Guaranteed Maximum Cost
208
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
COMPETITION (ADC)
 Project ADCs for actual Projects proposed for
implementation
 Ideas Competition of Competition of Ideas set as a design
planning exercise to elucidate the problem
209
Methods of Compensation:
 Per Diem / Hourly
 Retainer
 ( Salary Cost x
Multiplier) + Direct
Cost / Reimbursable
Expenses
 LS/FF
 PCC
PROFESSIONAL
ARCHITECTURAL
CONSULTING SERVICES
(PACS)
Manner of Providing Services
 Professional Consulting Architect (PCA)
Program / Project Conceptualization & Development
Technical Advice, Consultation and/or Counseling
Schematic Design
Teaching, Lecturing, Coaching, Mentoring
Research & Development
Documentation
Pre-Investment/Pre-Feasibility and Feasibility Studies
Marketing & Promotional Studies
Land Use and Multi-Sectoral Development Planning,
Development & Management
Site Selection, Analyses, Evaluation, Ranking &
Development
Construction
Project / Construction Management and/or Administration
Post-Construction Evaluation
Monitoring & Evaluation
Training, Capability Building
Continuing Professional Education (CPE)
Capital Investment Programming
SPP DOCUMENTS (201 – 209)
DOC DESCRIPTION SCOPE
201
Methods of Compensation:
 MDPE (1.5 – 2.5)
 PFPE
 LS/FF
 PDHPRE
 MMC
PRE-DESIGN SERVICES (12)
Manner of Providing Services
 Architect of Record (AoR)
 Consulting Architect for SDP
Consultation
Pre-Feasibility Studies
Feasibility Studies
Site Selection Analysis
Site Utilization and Land-Use Studies
Architectural Research
Architectural Programming
Space Planning
Space Management Studies
Value Management
Design Brief Preparation
Promotional Services
202
Methods of Compensation:
 PCC
 MDPE (1.5 – 2.5)
 PFPE
 LS/FF
 PDHPRE
 MMC
REGULAR DESIGN SERVICES
(RDS) (6)
Manner of Providing Services
 Architect of Record (AoR)
 Consulting Architect for SDP
 Single Contract / Sub-consultant
 Separate Contract
Project Definition Phase
Schematic Design Phase
Design Development Phase
Contract Document Phase
Bidding or Negotiation Phase
Construction Phase
203
SPECIALIZED
ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES
(23)
 Architect of Record (AoR)
 Consulting Architect for SDP
Architectural Interiors (AI) Services
Acoustic Design Services
Architectural Lighting Layout &Design
Site Development Planning (SDP) Services
Site & Physical Planning Services
 Master Development Panning,
 Subdivision Planning
 Urban Design
Comprehensive Development Planning (CDP) Services
Historic & Heritage Conservation and Planning
Security Evaluation & Planning
Building System Design
Facilities Maintenance Support
Building Testing & Commissioning
Building Environment Certification
Forensic Architecture
Building Appraisal
Structural Conceptualization
Preliminary Services
Contract Documentation and Review Services
Post-Design Services
(Including Construction Services)
Dispute Avoidance and Resolution
Architectural Research Methods
Special Building/Facility Planning & Design
Building Components
Management of Architectural Practices
204A
FULL-TIME SUPERVISION
SERVICES
Architect of Record (AoR)
Consulting Architect
Construction Supervision Group (CSG)
Quality Control
Evaluation of Construction Work
Preparation of Daily Inspection Reports
Filing of Documents
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 63 ●
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
LAWS AFFECTING THE PRACTICE OF ARCHITECTURE
IN THE PHILIPPINES
LAWS DATE
RA9514 An Act Establishing A Comprehensive Fire Code
Of The Philippines, Repealing Presidential Decree
No. 1185 And For Other Purposes
“Revised Fire Code of the Philippines of 2008”
December 19, 2008
PD1185 Fire Code of the Philippines 1977
RA9263 Bureau of Fire Protection and Bureau of Jail
Management and Penology Professionalization Act
March 10, 2004
BP344 Enhancing the Mobility of Disabled Persons Feb 25, 1983
IRR latest revision April 30, 2005
On Housing and Funding
PD957 Condominium and Subdivision Buyers’ Protective
Decree
July 12, 1976
RA 6552 Real Estate Buyers’ Protective Act August 26, 1972
RA 4726 The Condominium Act June 18, 1966
BP 220 Standards for Economic and Socialized Housing
projects
March 25, 1982
RA 8763 Home Guarantee Corporation Act March 7, 2000
EO 538 Prescribing the Administration of the Home
Development Mutual Funds
June 4, 1979
EO 90 Creating the Housing and Urban Development
Coordinating Council
December 17, 1986
RA 3469 Allowing the Construction of Multi-Storey Tenement
Housing Projects for the Poor and Homeless
June 16, 1962
RA 7279 Urban Development and Housing Act 29 March, 1992
RA 7835 Comprehensive and Integrated Shelter Finance Act
On Water and Plumbing
RA1378 National Plumbing Code of the Philippines January 28, 1959
latest revision December 21, 1999
RA6234 Creating the Metropolitan Waterworks and Sewerage
System
June 19, 1971
RA9286 Latest Amendment to PD198 or Provincial Water
Utilities Act of 1973
April 2, 2004
PD1067 Water Code of the Philippines 1977
LAWS AFFECTING THE PRACTICE OF ARCHITECTURE
IN THE PHILIPPINES
LAWS DATE
ARCHITECTURE LAWS
RA9266
(34 )
An Act Providing for a More Responsive and
Comprehensive Regulation for the Registration,
Licensing and Practice of Architecture, Repealing for
the Purpose Republic Act No. 545, as Amended,
Otherwise Known as “An Act to Regulate the Practice
of Architecture in the Philippines,” and for Other
Purposes
March 17, 2004
RA1581 Architecture Law of 1956
( 34 – Corporate Practice)
June 16, 1956
RA545 Architecture Law of 1950 June 17, 1950
REGULATORY AND ENFORCEMENT LAWS
RA8981 Professional Regulation Commission Modernization Act December 5, 2000
PD223 Creating the Professional Regulation Commission June 22, 1973
LOI 1000 Letter of Instruction 1000
“…only PRC accredited bona fide professional organizations, and
their members to organize host, sponsor or represent the Filipino
professionals in national, regional and international forums,
conferences, conventions where the concerned professions are
involved, AND …all government agencies and any of its
instrumentalities shall give priority to members of the accredited
professional organizations in the hiring of its employees and in the
engagement of professional services.”
May 20, 1980
RA386 Civil Code of the Philippines June 18, 1949
EO546 Creating a Ministry of Public Works and a Ministry of
Transportation and Communications
July 23, 1979
RA7160 Local Government Code of the Philippines October 10, 1991
RA876 The Philippine Arbitration Law June 19, 1953
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REFERENCE LAWS
On Safety and Protection
PD1096 Adopting A National Building Code Of The Philippines
(NBCP) Thereby Revising R.A. No. 6541
Feb 19, 1977
IRR latest revision April 30, 2005
RA6541 An Act To Ordain And Institute
A National Building Code Of The Philippines
National Building Code Of 1972
August 26, 1972
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 64 ●
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
LAWS AFFECTING THE PRACTICE OF ARCHITECTURE
IN THE PHILIPPINES
LAWS DATE
On Environment Protection
RA9003 Ecological Waste Management Program Law January 26, 2001
RA3931 National Water and Air Pollution Control Commission June 18, 1964
PD1586 Establishing Environmental Impact Statement System 1978
PD1152 Philippine Environmental Code June 6, 1977
PD984 Pollution Control Decree 1976
PD772 Penalizing Squatting And Other Similar Acts 1975
GOVERNMENT SERVICE AND ETHICS LAWS
RA8293 Intellectual Property Code of the Philippines June 22, 1997 /
January 1, 1998
PD49 Decree on Intellectual Property November 14, 1972
RA3019 Anti-Graft and Corrupt Practices Act 1961
RA8974 Law on Acquisition of Right-of-Way, Site or Location for
National Government Infrastructure Projects
November 7, 2000
RA8439 Magna Carta for Scientists, Engineers, & Researchers
in the Government
December 22, 1997
RA6713 Code of Ethical Conduct of a Public Official and
Employees
1972
EO525 Responsibility of the Public Estate Authority on
Reclamation Projects
February 14, 1979
UAP DOC 301 & NBCP (PD1096)
DAYS ACTION
15 days  from date of change order, assertion of claims
 after receipt of any instructions, contractor to inform architect of extra cost for extra work
through written notice
 after expiration of certificate of completion, make good knowndefects
 after recognition of delay, contractor to issue a written notice
 from NTP, contractor to submit complete breakdown of work and correspondingvalue
 from Request of Payment, architect to issue or withhold certificate ofpayment
 from approval of Request for Payment & Issuance of payment, owner to pay certifiedamount
 from date of bidding, contractor to seek architect’s clarification
 after request for payment, architect/owner fails to act, contractor may suspend or terminate
work
 upon certification of the architect justifying owner’s action, owner to terminatecontract
 contractor declares bankruptcy
 disregard/violate provisions of contract documents / schedule
 fail to provide qualified people & materials
 fail to make payment to sub-contractors, workmen or dealers
 from payment of required fees, issuance of Building Permit
 from receipt of advice of the non-issuance, suspension or revocation of permits, file anappeal
to the Secretary
30 days
(1 month)
 after award of arbitration, owner fails to pay contractor, contractor may suspend/terminate
work
 certificate of occupancy
60 days
(2 Months)
 to make good of known defects after issuance of certificate of completion (expiration of
performance & payment bond)
90 days
(3 Months)
 suspension of work through no act of contractor and employees or order ofcourt
 retention (3 months after acceptance of work)
120 days
(4 Months)
 building permit validity
 excavation shall not be left open without work being done
180 days
(6 Months)
 suspension of construction exceeds 6 months, the fee for the remaining works shall be
doubled
365 days
(12 months)
 contractor’s guarantee bond effectivity
 building permit validity if there was no construction
 Changes, alterations and repairs may be made provided that in any 12- month period, the
value of the work does not exceed 20% of the value of the existing building, and provided that,
such changes do not add additional combustible material, and do not, in the opinion of the
Building Official, increase the fire hazard;
UAP DOC 301 & NBCP (PD1096)
DAYS ACTION
5 days  after written notice, contractor agrees to make repairs to correct defectivework
 from date of referral, C/M Fire Marshall shall submit recommendations to theBO
7 days  from receipt of notice to proceed, computation of contract time
10 days  before date needed, contractor to make request on drawings &materials
 before beginning, suspending or resuming work, contractor to issue written notice
 before written notice, contractor’s insurance policy will not be cancelled
 before commencing excavation, notify owner of adjoining property
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 65 ●
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
UAP DOC 301 – GENERAL CONDITIONS
ARCHITECT, OWNER & CONTRACTOR’S OBLIGATION
Certificate Of Non Financial Obligation
(By Contractor)
After 65% completion of work, the contractor should
present
ARCHITECT shall
 Inspect the projectand
 Issue Certificate Of Completion after
certification
CONTRACTOR will
 Finish outstanding work during period ofmaking
good of all known defects of 60 days.
After 98% substantial completion of contract work
Owner fails to implement the plan, architect has
completed the Detail Design & Contract Document Phase
Architect is entitled to 90% of the Architect’s Fee
Payments  on work completed minus 10% retention
 When 50% of the contract has been accomplished,
NO RETENTION shall be made
 No payment in excess of 65% unless notarized
statement is submitted
Performance Bond
(Guarantee to execute work)
15% of contract amount
Payment Bond
(Guarantee to pay obligations)
15% of Contract amount
 valid until replacement of Guarantee Bond
Guarantee Bond
(Guarantee to quality of materials and workmanship)
30% of contract amount
valid up to 1 yr from date of acceptance
Overruns and underruns Not to exceed 5%
If CONTRACTOR’s work is found defective Defray all expenses
If CONTRACTOR’s work is found satisfactory Actual cost of labor and materials plus 15%
Value of EXTRA WORK  Estimate and acceptance in lump sum
 Does not exceed 20% of original contract price
 Actual direct cost plus 15%
Damage from fire or earthquake, typhoons or any
fortuitous event may be repaired, using the same kind of
materials of which the building or structure was originally
constructed,
Provided that, the cost of such repair shall not exceed 20%
of the replacement cost of the building or structure.
IRR OF RA 9266
SIGNIFICANT NUMBER OF YEARS
15 Years
(180 Months)
 Civil Liability on plans and specifications of Architect-of-Record under Article 1723 of the
Civil Code
10 Years
(120 Months)
 PRBOA Member COR & PID validity qualification and activepractitioner
5 Years
(60 Months)
 PRBOA Member should not be a faculty member (at least) prior tonomination
3 Years
(36 Months)
 Validity of PID
 PRBOA Chairman to hold office
2 Years
(24 Months)
 Diversified Architectural Experience duly certified by RLA (3840 Hours)
 1 (one) PRBOA Member to hold office
1 year
(12 Months)
 Credited as Diversified Architectural Experience with Master’s Degree
 1 (one) PRBOA Member to hold office
IRR OF PD 1096
FINES
PHP 5,000  Light Violations
PHP 8,000  Less Grave Violations
PHP 10,000  Grave Violations
PENALTIES (Without Building Permit)
10% of Building
Permit Fees
 Excavation for Foundation
25% of Building
Permit Fees
 Construction of foundation (including pile driving and laying of reinforcingbars)
50% of Building
Permit Fees
 Construction of superstructure up to 2.00 meters above established grade
100% of Building
Permit Fees
 Construction of superstructure above 2.00 meters
25% Surcharge  Failure to pay the annual inspection fee within 30 days from prescribeddate
PENAL PROVISIONS
PHP 20,000
2 Years or Both
 Any person, firm or corporation who shall violate any of the provisions of the Code and/or
commit any act hereby declared to be unlawful
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 66 ●
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
IRR OF RA 9266
CONTENTS
Rule I
Title, Policy
Statement, Definition
of Terms and Scope
of Practice
3 01 Title
02 Statement of Policy
03 Definition of Terms
Rule II
Professional
Regulatory Board of
Architecture (PRBOA)
Organization, Powers
and Function
8 04 Creation and Composition of the Professional Regulatory Board
05 Qualification of Members of the Professional Regulatory Board
06 Term of Office
07 Powers and Function of the Board
08
Administrative Supervision of the Board, Custodian of its Records, Secretariat &
Support Services
09 Grounds for Suspension or Removal of Members of the Board
10 Compensation and Allowances of the Board
11 Annual Report
Rule III
Examination,
Registration and
Licensure
13 12 Examination Required
13 Qualification of Applicant Examination
14 Subjects for Examination
15 Rating in the Licensure Examination
16 Report of Ratings (within 30 days)
17 Oath
18 Issuance of Certificate of Registration and Professional Identification Card
19 Roster of Architects
20 Seal, Issuance and Use of Seal (Prescribed by the Board)
21
Indication of Certificate of Registration / Professional Identification Card and
Professional Tax Receipt
22 Refusal o Issue Certificate of Registration and Professional Identification Card
23
Suspension and Revocation of Certificate of Registration, Professional
Identification Card or the Special / Temporary Permit
24
Re-Issuance or Replacement of Revoked or Lost Certificate of Registration,
Professional Identification Card or the Special / Temporary Permit
Rule IV
Practice of
Architecture
(Sundry Provisions)
15 25 Registration of Architects Required
26 Vested Rights. Architects Registered When This Law Is Passed
27 Reciprocity Requirements
28 Continuing Professional Development (CPD)
29 Prohibition in the Practice of Architecture and Penal Clause
30 Prohibition in the Practice of Architecture
31 Liability of Representatives and Non-Registered Persons
32
Signing and Sealing of Architectural Plans, Specifications, Architectural Permit
and Other Contract Documents
IRR OF RA 9266
CONTENTS
Rule IV 33 Ownership of Plans, Specifications, t and Other Contract Documents
34 Non-Registered Person Shall Not Claim Equivalent Service
Practice of
Architecture
(Sundry Provisions)
35
Positions in Government Requiring the Services of Registered and Licensed
Architects
36 Collection of Professional Fees
37
Limitation to the Registration of a Firm, Company, Partnership, Corporation or
Association
38 Coverage of Temporary / Special Permits
39
Liability Insurance of A Person or Entity Allowed to Practice Under Temporary /
Special Permit
Rule V
Final Provisions
8 40 Integration of the Architecture Profession
41 Implementing Rules and Regulations
42 Appropriations
43 Act Not Affecting Other Professionals
44 Enforcement of the Act
45 Separability Clause
46 Repealing Clause
47 Effectivity
PD 1096 NATIONAL BULDING CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES
CONTENTS
Rule I
General Provisions
6 101 01 Title
102 02 Declaration of Policy
103 03 Scope and Application
104 04 General Building Requirements
105 05 Site Requirements
106 06 Definitions
Rule II
Administration and
Reinforcement
13 201 07 Responsibility for Administration and Reinforcement
202 08 Technical Staff
203 09 General Powers and Function of the Secretary
204 10 Professional and Technical Assistance
205 11 Building Officials
206 12 Qualifications of Building Officials
207 13 Duties and Responsibilities of Building Officials
208 14 Fees
209 15 Exemption
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 67 ●
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
PD 1096 NATIONAL BULDING CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES
CONTENTS
Occupancy 705 50 Allowable Floor Areas
706 51 Allowable Floor Area Increases
707 52 Maximum Height of Buildings
708 53 Minimum Requirements for Group A Dwellings
709 54 Requirements for Other Group Occupancies
Rule VIII
Light and Ventilation
11 801 55 General Requirements of Light and Ventilation
802 56 Measurement of Site Occupancy
803 57 Percentage of Site Occupancy
804 58 Sizes and Dimensions of Courts
805 59 Ceiling Heights
806 60 Sizes and Dimensions of Rooms
807 61 Air Space Requirements in Determining the Size of Rooms
808 62 Window Openings
809 63 Vent Shafts
810 64 Ventilation Skylights
811 65 Artificial Ventilation
Rule IX
Sanitation
7 901 66 General Requirements
902 67 Water Supply System
903 68 Wastewater Disposal System
904 69 Storm Drainage System
905 70 Pest and Vermin Control
906 71 Noise Pollution Control
907 72 Pipes Materials
Rule X
Building Projection
Over Public Streets
8 1001 73 General Requirements
1002 74 Projection into Alleys or Streets
1003 75 Projection of Balconies and Appendages Over Streets
1004 76 Arcades
1005 77 Canopies (Marquees)
1006 78 Movable Awnings or Hoods
1007 79 Doors, Windows, and the Like
1008 80 Corner Buildings with Chaflans
PD 1096 NATIONAL BULDING CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES
CONTENTS
Rule II
Administration and
Reinforcement
210 16 Use of Income from Fees
211 17 Implementing Rules and Regulations
212 18 Administrative Fines
213 19 Penal Provisions
214 20 Dangerous and Ruinous Buildings or Structures
215 21 Abatement of Dangerous Buildings
216 22 Other Remedies
Rule III
Permits and
Inspection
9 301 23 Building Permits
302 24 Application of Permits
303 25 Processing of Building Permits
304 26 Issuance of Building Permits
305 27 Validity of Building Permits
306 28 Non-issuance, Suspension or Revocation of Building Permits
307 29 Appeal
308 30 Inspection and Supervision of Work
309 31 Certificate of Occupancy
Rule IV
Types of
Construction
3 401 32 Types of Construction
402 33 Changes In Types
403 34 Requirements on Types of Construction
Rule V
Requirements of Fire
Zones
7 501 35 Fire Zones Defined
502 36 Buildings Located in More Than One Fire Zone
503 37 Moved Buildings
504 38 Temporary Buildings/Structures
505 39 Center Lines of Streets
506 40 Restrictions on Existing Buildings
507 41 Designation of Fire Zones
Rule VI
Requirements of Fire
Zones
4 601 42 Fire- Resistive Rating Defined
602 43 Fire- Resistive Time Period Rating
603 44 Fire-Resistive Standards
604 45 Fire- Resistive Regulations
Rule VII
Classification
and General
Requirements of All
Buildings By Use or
9 701 46 Occupancy Classified
702 47 Change in Use
703 48 Mixed Occupancy
704 49 Location on Property
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 68 ●
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
PD 1096 NATIONAL BULDING CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES
CONTENTS
Rule XVI
Plastics
9 1601 110 Approved Plastics
1602 111 Installation
1603 112 Glazing of Openings
1604 113 Skylights
1605 114 Light-Transmitting Panels in Monitors and Sawtooth Roofs
1606 115 Plastic Light Diffusers in Ceilings
1607 116 Partitions
1608 117 Exterior Veneer
1609 118 Awnings and Canopies
Rule XVII
Sheet Metal Paint
Spray Booths
4 1701 119 Sheet Metal Paint Spray Booth
1702 120 Fire Protection
1703 121 Light
1704 122 Ventilation
Rule XVIII
Glass and Glazing
5 1801 123 General Requirements
1802 124 Area Limitation
1803 125 Glazing
1804 126 Louvered Windows
1805 127 Impact
Rule XIX
The Use of
Computers
3 1901 128 General Rule
1902 129 Program Documentation
1903 130 Submission of Computer-Generated Computations
Rule XX
The Use of
Computers
6 2001 131 General Requirements
2002 132 Maintenance
2003 133 Design and Construction
2004 134 Supports and Anchorages
2005 135 Projections and Clearances
2006 136 Lighting
Rule XXI
Final Provisions
3 2101 137 Separability Clause
2102 138 Repealing and Amending Clause
2103 139 Effectivity
Annotation: The DPWH published these 2004 Revised Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) of P.D. No. 1096 (the 1977 NBCP) on 01, 08
and 15 April 2005 in the Manila Standard Today. These IRR took effect 01 May 2005.
To date, only RLAs can prepare, sign and seal architectural documents, in full accordance with R.A. No. 9266 (The Architecture Act of 2004), its
IRR and derivative regulations and in accordance with this Revised IRR.
APPROVED this 29th of October 2004.
PD 1096 NATIONAL BULDING CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES
CONTENTS
Rule XI
Protection of
Pedestrians During
Construction or
Demolition
8 1101 81 General Requirements
1102 82 Storage in Public Property
1103 83 Mixing Mortar on Public Property
1104 84 Protection of Utilities
1105 85 Walkway
1106 86 Pedestrian Protection
1107 87 Maintenance and Removal of Protective Devices
1108 88 Demolition
Rule XII
General Design and
Construction
Requirements
15 1201 89 General Requirements
1202 90 Excavation, Foundation, and Retaining Walls
1203 91 Veneer
1204 92 Enclosure of Vertical Openings
1205 93 Floor Construction
1206 94 Roof Construction and Covering
1207 95 Stairs, Exits, and Occupant Loads
1208 96 Skylights
1209 97 Bays, Porches, and Balconies
1210 98 Penthouses and Roof Structures
1211 99 Chimneys, Fireplaces, and Barbecues
1212 100 Fire-Extinguishing Systems
1213 101 Stages and Platform
1214 102 Motion Picture Projection Rooms
1215 103 Lathing, Plastering, and Installation of Wall Boards
Rule XIII
Electrical &
Mechanical
Regulations
2 1301 104 Electrical Regulations
1302 105 Mechanical Regulations
Rule XIV
Photographic
and X-Ray Films
3 1401 106 Storage and Handling
1402 107 Classes of Film Exempted
1403 108 Fire Extinguishing System
Rule XV
Prefabricated
Construction
1 1501 109 Prefabricated Assembly
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 69 ●
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
CLASSIFICATION OF BUILDINGS BY USE
OR OCCUPANCY (RULE VII)
GROUP TYPE DIVISIONS ZONES
A
RESIDENTIAL
DWELLINGS
A1, A2 R-1, R-2
B
RESIDENTIALS,
HOTELS AND
APARTMENTS
B-1, B-2 R-3, R-4, R-5
C
EDUCATION &
RECREATION
C-1, C-2 GI
D INSTITUTIONAL D-1, D-2, D-3 R-1, R-2
E
BUSINESS AND
MERCANTILE
E-1, E-2, E-3 C-1, C-2, C-3
F INDUSTRIAL F-1 I-1
G
STORAGE AND
HAZARDOUS
G-1, G-2, G-3,
G-4, G-5
I-2, UTS,
H
ASSEMBLY OTHER
THAN GROUP I
H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4 PRE, CUL
I
ASSEMBLY
OCCUPANT LOAD
1000 OR MORE
I-1 CUL, PRE
J
ACCESSORY /
AGRICULTURAL
J-1, J-3, J-3 A, AI, PUD
PARKING REQUIREMENTS
OCCUPANCY REQUIRED PARKING
Amusement centers 1 slot/ 50m² of gross floor area
Clubhouses, beach houses, etc. 1 slot/ 100m² of gross floor area
Factories, manufacturing, mercantile,
warehouses and storage bin
1 slot/ 1000m² of gross floor area
Tourist bus parking 2 bus slots/ hotel or theater restaurant
College and universities 1 slot/ 5 classrooms
Hospitals 1 slot/ 25 beds
Bowling alleys 1 slot/ 4 alleys
LOADING REQUIREMENTS
OCCUPANCY LOADING
Stores, manufacturing, mercantile,
wholesale and the like
1 loading slot for every 5000m² of
gross floor area (minimum of 1 truck
loading slot)
Hotels and hospitals 1 truck loading slot
SPECIAL PROVISION
1 accessible parking lot for 50-150 slots and an additional slot for every 100
thereafter.
PARKING REQUIREMENTS
OCCUPANCY REQUIRED PARKING
Low income single detached living unit
with individual lots not more
than 100m²
1 slot/10 units
Multi-family living units regardless of
no. of stories with average living floor
area of 50m²
1 slot / 8 units
Multi-family living units regardless of
no. of stories with average living floor
area of above 50m² to 100m²
1 slot / 8 units
Multi-family living units regardless of
no. of stories with average living floor
area of more than 100m²
1 slot/1 unit
Hotels 1 slot/ 10 rooms
Residential hotels and apartels 1 slot/ 5 units
Motels 1 slot/ 1 unit
Shopping centers 1 slot/ 100m²
Markets 1 slot/ 150m²
Restaurants, fast food outlets, bars and
beerhouses
1 slot/ 30m² of customer area
Nightclubs, supper clubs and theater-
restaurants
1 slot/ 20m² of customer area
Office building 1 slot/ 125m² of gross floor area
Pension/ boarding/ lodging houses 1 slot/ 20 beds
Other buildings in business and
commercial zones
1 slot/ 125m² of gross floor area
Public assembly buildings 1 slot/ 50m² of spectator area
Places of worship and funerary parlors 1 slot/ 50m² of congregation area
Elementary schools, secondary
schools, vocational and trade schools
1 slot/ 10 classrooms
DESIGNATION OF FIRE ZONES (Rule V, Sec. 507)
NON-FIRE
RESTRICTIVE
ZONES (Type I & II)
Siting of buildings/structures are permitted without
fire-resistivity measures, often located in the
country sides or rural areas
FIRE
RESTRICTIVE
ZONES (Types II, III, IV)
Siting of buildings/structures are permitted within
prescribed fire-resistivity measures for exterior
walls of at least two-hour fire resistivity, located in
suburban areas
HIGHLY FIRE
RESTRICTIVE
ZONES
(Types IV and V)
Siting of buildings/structures are permitted within
prescribed fire-resistivity measures for exterior
walls of at least two-hour fire resistivity.
TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION (Rule IV, Sec. 401)
TYPE I Wood Construction
TYPE II
Wood Construction with protective fire-resistant materials
(1 Hour)
TYPE III Masonry and Wood Construction
TYPE IV Steel, Iron, Concrete, or Masonry Construction (1Hour)
TYPE V Steel, Iron, Concrete, or Masonry Construction (4hours)
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 70 ●
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
BASIC PHYSICAL PLANNING REQUIREMENTS
No group of people shall be deprived of full participation and enjoyment of the
environment or be made unequal with the rest due to any disability. In order to
achieve this goal adopted by the United Nations, certain basic principles shall be
applied
ACCESSIBILITY
The built environment shall be
designed so that it shall be accessible
to all people. This means that no
criteria shall impede the use of facilities
by neither the handicapped or non-
disable citizens
REACHABILITY
Provisions shall be adapted and
introduced to the physical environment
so that as many places or buildings as
possible can be reached by all
USABILITY
The built environment shall be
designed so that all persons whether
they be disabled or not, may use and
enjoy it
ORIENTATION
Finding a person’s way inside and
outside of a building or open space
shall be made easy for everyone
SAFETY
Designing for safety insures that
people shall be able to move about
with less hazards to life and death
WORKABILITY &
EFFICIENCY
The built environment shall be
designed to allow the disabled citizens
to participate and contribute to
development goals
ANTHROPOMETRIC DATA FOR DISABLED PERSONS
Length of Wheelchair 1.10 m to 1.30 m
Width of Wheelchair 0.60 m to 0.75 m
Turning Diameter 1.50 m
Comfortable Reach (in Wheelchair) 0.70 m to 1.20 m
From Room Corners 0.40 m
Knee and Leg Space under tables 0.70 m
PERSONS / INDIVIDUALS LIABLE FOR ANY
VIOLATION OF THE ACT
Violator Person Liable / Sanction
Corporation, Organization
or similar entity
Officials
Alien or Foreigner
Immediate Deportation after
service of sentence
Buildings /
Establishment /
Structure
(1) Owner of Operator of the
Building, Establishment or
Structure
(2) Contractor
(3) Architect
(4) Engineer
(5) Building Official or Other Public
Official in-charge with the
issuance of Building Permit,
registration, certification and/or
inspection of the Building,
Establishment or Structure
Air, Land and Sea
Transportation
(1) Owner/Operator of Public
Transport
(2) Body Builders
(3) Safety Officers / Engineers /
Managers
(4) Drivers / Conductors /
Conductresses
(5) Public Official in-charge with the
issuance of permits, registration,
certification and inspection of the
public transportation
RESPONSIBILITY FOR ADMINISTRATION AND
ENFORCEMENT
Secretary of Public Works & Highways +
Secretary of Transportation and Communication
COMPUTATION OF ACCESSIBLE UNITS
In the computation for the allocation of accessible units and seating capacity
decimal greater than 0.5 shall be considered as one unit.
In all cases a minimum of one (1) accessible unit shall be
provided.
BP 344
(Accessibility Law)
An Act To Enhance The Mobility Of Disabled Persons
By Requiring Certain Buildings, Institutions,
Establishments And Public Utilities To Install Facilities
And Other Devices.
IMPLEMENTING RULES AND REGULATIONS
Seating Capacity For Disabled In PLACES OF ASSEMBLY
4- 50 2 seats
51-300 4 seats
301-500 6 seats
Increase of 100 +1 seat
Seating Capacity For Disabled In PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION
Regular Buses
(50 Person Capacity)
5 seats near exit/entrance doors
First Class/
Air-Conditioned
(40 Person Capacity)
4 seats near the door
Passenger Train 6 seats/car nearest to the door
Passenger Airplanes
2 seats/aircraft
near the front exit/entrance door
Jeepneys 2 seats (preferably the front seats)
Domestic Shipping
20 minute period to embark
1 hour disembarkation after arrival
PUBLIC TELEPHONE 1 / 4 units
CRIMINAL LIABILITY / PENALTIES
As per Section 46 of RA7277 (Magna Carta for Disable d Persons)
First Violation
Php 50,000.00 – Php 100,000.00
6 months – 2 years
Subsequent
Violations
Php 100,000.00 – Php 200,000.00
2 years – 6 years
Abuse of Privileges
Php 5,000.00 – Php 50,000.00
6 months
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 71 ●
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
PARKING AREAS
Location
 As close as possible to building entrances orto
accessible entrances
 Perpendicular or to an angle to the road or
circulation
 NOT at Ramped or Sloping Areas
Width 3.70 m (Min.)
Walkway 1.20 m (Between front ends of cars)
Dropped Curbs and Cut-Outs @ Raised Walkways
Pavement Markings, Signs To delineate parking spaces for PWD
INSIDE BUILDINGS & STRUCTURES
ENTRANCES
Location Lobby Arrival & Departure Points
Elevator Access 1 Entrance Level
Ramps
Provide if Site Arrival grade is not same level as
Entrance Level
Vestibules 1.80 m (D) x 1.50 m (W)
RAMPS
Width (Clear) 1.20 m (Min.)
Gradient 1:12
Length (1:12 Gradient) 6.00 m, (if longer add 1.50 m landing)
Top and Bottom of Ramp 1.80 m (Level Area)
Handrails Both Sides @ 0.70 m and 0.90 m
Curbs 0.10 m (Both Sides)
Railing
Rise >0.20 m (To Vehicular Traffic)
1.80 m across the full width at lower end
THRESHOLDS
Maximum Height 25 mm, Ramped (Preferred)
SWITCHES
Position / Location 1.20 m to 1.30m (H); 0.30 m from Latch
HANDRAILS
Installation
Both Sides of Ramps and Stairs
Outer Edges of Dropped Curbs (Not
beyond the width of crossing)
Height
0.90 m (Straight Paths)
0.70 m (Above Steps / Ramps)
1.00 m to 1.06 m (Great Heights)
Extension 0.30 m (Start / End of Ramps / Stairs)
Full Grip 30 mm to 50 mm
Clearance 50 mm (Walls); 40 mm (Ledges)
SIGNAGES
Location Point Conveniently seen by PWD
Color / Texture
Contrasting Colors and Contrasting
Gray Matter to make detection and
reading easy
Headroom 2.00 m
Height 1.60 m (Max.); 1.40 m (Min.)
Raised Symbols , Letters, Numbers 1 mm; Braille Symbols Included
CROSSINGS
Location
Near Perpendicular to Carriageway
Narrowest, Most Convenient Part
Close / Contiguous with Normal
Pedestrian Desire Line
Central Refuge (10.00m Carriageway) 1.50 m (Min.), 2.00 m (Preferred)
Tactile Blocks / Surface
High Enough to be felt by shoe sole
Low enough not to cause tripping or
affect mobility of wheelchairs
Most Beneficial Form
Light Controlled Crossing having
Pedestrian Phases
Synchronized Audible Signals
(prolonged, distinguished, by TEC)
Flashing Green Period Based on 0.90 m/sec (Not 1.20 m/s)
Steady Green Period
6 seconds or the crossing distance
times 0.90 m/s, whichever is greatest
BP 344
(Accessibility Law)
An Act To Enhance The Mobility Of Disabled Persons
By Requiring Certain Buildings, Institutions,
Establishments And Public Utilities To Install Facilities
And Other Devices.
OUTSIDE AND AROUND BUILDINGS
DROPPED CURBS
Changes in Level By dropped curb
Locations
Pedestrian Crossings
End of walkways of a private street or access road
Width Same width of crossing or 0.90 m (Min.)
Slope 1:12 Towards adjoining curb, 1:20 towards Road
Lowest Point 25 mm (Max.) from Road / Gutter
CURB CUT-OUTS
When allowed Does not obstruct a walkway or lessen its width
Width 0.90 m
Slope / Gradient 1:12
WALKWAYS AND PASSAGEWAYS
Material Slip-Resistant
Slope / Gradient 1:20 or 5%
Cross Gradient 1:100
Width 1.20 m
Gratings 13 mm x 13 mm, 6.5mm (Max.) Projection
Surface Continuous, 6.5 mm (Max.)
Spaces
(Busy / Lengthy
Walkways
1.50 m (Min. Dimension)
12.00 m (Max. Length)
To Guide the Blind Straightforward routes with Right Angle Turns
Headroom 2.0 m (Min.) , preferably higher
OPEN SPACES
To Guide the Blind
Define edges with Planters w/ dwarf walls, or a
grass verge, or similar, which provides a texture
different from the path.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 72 ●
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
The professional of Architecture calls for
men of the highest integrity, judgment,
business capacity and artistic and
technical ability. An Architect’s honesty of
purpose must be above suspicion; he acts
as professional adviser to his client and his advicemust
be unprejudiced; he is charged with the exercise
of judicial functions as between client and contractor
and must act with entire impartiality; he
has moral responsibilitiesto his professional
associates and subordinates; and he is engaged in a
profession which carries with it grave
responsibilities to the public. These duties and
responsibilities cannot be properly discharged unless
his motives, conduct, sense of moral
values and ability are such as to
command respect and confidence.
BP 344
(Accessibility Law)
An Act To Enhance The Mobility Of Disabled Persons
By Requiring Certain Buildings, Institutions,
Establishments And Public Utilities To Install
Facilities And Other Devices.
INSIDE BUILDINGS & STRUCTURES
DOORS
Width (Clear)
0.80 m (Measured from the surface of the fully
open door at the hinge to the Door Jamb at the
stop
Pressure Force
4.0 kg (Operable);
1.0 kg (Closing Device Pressure – Interior Door)
Clear Level Space
1.50 m X 1.50 m (Before & Beyond)
1.20 m if not into a corridor
Out-Swinging Doors Storage Rooms, Closets, Accessible Restrooms
Door Knobs / Hardware 0.82m to 1.06 m; 0.90 m (Preferred)
Vertical Pull Handles 1.06 m OC (Preferred)
Kick Plates 0.30 m to 0.40 m
CORRIDORS
Width (Clear) 1.20 m
Recess / Turnabout
1.50 m X 1.50 m @ 12.00 m Spacing
3.50 m @ every Dead End
WASHROOM & TOILETS
Area 1.70 m X 1.80 m
Turning Space 2.25 m2; 1.50 m (Min. Dimension)
Number 1 / 20 WC; 2 / >20 WC
Signage
▲ Men’s Washroom,  Women’s Washroom
0.30 m Length or Diameter; 7.5 mm Thick
Water Closet 0.45 m (H); Flush Control @ 1.20 m (H)
Lavatories
0.80 m Height (Max.)
0.60 to 0.70 m Knee Recess Vertical Clearance
0.50 m Depth
Urinals Elongated or Through Lip of 0.48 m (H)
STAIRS
Tread Surface Slip-Resistant
Nosing Slip Resistant / Slanted (AVOID Open Stringers)
Leading Edge Non-Skid Material with High Contrast Color
Hazardous Areas 0.30 m (W) Tactile Strip
ELEVATORS
Location 30.00 m (Max.) from Entrance
Dimension 1.10 m X 1.40 m
Control Panels 0.90 m to 1.20 m (H)
Button Controls 20 mm Ø; 1 mm (D) with Braille-Type Signs
SAFETY
FENCING FOR ROADWORKS & FOOTWORKS
Height (Top of Rail) 1.00 m above adjacent surface
Tapping Rail 0.35 m above adjacent surface
NO GAPS between adjoining fence lengths, STRONG enough resistance
COVERS FOR EXCAVATIONS
Width 1.20 m with 0.20 m Kickboard
If footway width is reduced to less than 1.20 m, cover will be full width of footway
SIGNAGE FOR ROADWORKS ON CARRIAGEWAY
Location Verges or Similar
Should not reduce the footway width to less than 1.20 m
EMERGENCY EXIT
Tablets / Plan Located at Main Lobby
Flashing Light / Signs At every change of direction
AUDIBLE & VISIBLE ALARM SYSTEM
Audio-Visual Alarm In all fire sections as per (PD1185)
Vibra-Alarms Deaf or Hearing Impaired Occupants
 NOTHING FOLLOWS 
GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS
AGENCY OFFICIAL
MMDA Francisco N. Tolentino
DPWH Rogelio Singson
DENR Ramon Jesus P. Paje
HLURB Antonio M. Bernardo
HUDCC Jejomar C. Binay
NHCP Maria Serena I. Diokno
NHA Chito M. Cruz
NEDA Arsenio M. Balisacan
DOTC Joseph Emilio A. Abaya
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 73 ●
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS
SUBJECT
PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344
National Building Code
Fire Code of 1977
(Repealed by RA9514)
Fire Code of 2008
Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law
OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING
COMMUNITY FACILITIES
No. Of Lots And/or DU NMPC ●
CS &
OCC ●
ES
●●
HS
●●
TT
●●
NMPC ●
CS &
OCC ●
ES
●●
HS
●●
TT
●●
10 and below          
11 to 99          
100 to 499          
500 to 999          
1000 to 1499          
1500 to 1999          
2000 to 2499          
2500 and Over          
No. Of Lots And/or DU
Per Hectare
● Mandatory Non-Saleable
●● Optional saleable but when provided in the plan the
same shall be annotated in the title
% of gross area of subdivision
150 and below 1.0%
151 to 225 1.5%
Above 225 2.0%
PARKS / PLAYGROUND
No. Of Lots And/or DU
Per Hectare
% of gross area of project % of gross area of subdivision
20 and below 3.5%
21 to 25 4.0%
26 to 35 5.0%
36 to 50 6.0%
51 to 65 7.0%
Above 65 9.0%
150 and below 3.5%
151 to 160 4.0%
161 to 175 5.0%
176 to 200 6.0%
201 to 225 7.0%
Above 225 9.0%
Min. Gross Saleable Area
requiring PPG
1,000 sqm
In no case shall an area allocated for parks and playgrounds
be less than 100 square meters. An addition of 1%
increment for every 10 or fraction thereof above 225.
Min. Number of
Condominium Units
10 or more
Except when part of a Subdivision Project
Or PPG 800m (Max. Distance) away without hazards
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 74 ●
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS
SUBJECT
PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344
National Building Code
Fire Code of 1977
(Repealed by RA9514)
Fire Code of 2008
Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law
OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING
Minimum Area
50 sqm
Add 3.0 sqm for every added DU in excess of 10
Public Accessible Park
Max. Distance
800 m
HEIRARCHY OF ROADS
HECTARES
2.5 and below Maj, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Min, MC, Alley Major, Minor, MC, PW
Above 2.5 - 5 Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Min, MC, Alley Major, Minor, MC, PW
Above 5 - 10 Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Major, Minor, MC, PW
Above 10 -15 Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Col, Min, MC, PW
Above 15 - 30 Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Col, Min, MC, PW
Above 30 Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Col, Min, MC, PW
ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY (RROW)
Major Coll Minor Major Coll Minor Major Coll Minor Major Coll Minor
HECTARES
2.5 and below 10 8 10 8 8 6.5 8 6.5
Above 2.5 - 5 12 10 8 10 8 10 6.5 10 6.5
Above 5 - 10 12 10 8 12 10 8 10 8 6.5 10 6.5
Above 10 -15 12 10 8 12 10 8 10 8 6.5 10 8 6.5
Above 15 - 30 15 12 10 12 10 8 12 8 6.5 10 8 6.5
Above 30 15 12 10 15 12 10 15 10 6.5 12 10 6.5
MC Alley MC Alley MC Alley PW MC Alley PW
ROW 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 3
Carriageway 5 2 5 2 5 5
Interior Subdivision 10m (Interconnecting Road)
PLANTING STRIPS & SIDE WALKS
RROW (m) PW SW
30 and above 1.2 (0.6) 1/6 – 1/4
25 - 29 0.6 (0.3) 1/6 – 1/3
20 - 24 0.6 (0.3) 1/6 – 1/3
10 - 19 0.4 (0.2) 1/4 - 1/3
Below 10 Optional 1/4 - 1/3 PS SW PW SW PS SW PW SW
15 1.3 1.2 1.3 1.2 1.3 1.2 1.3 1.2
12 0.8 1.2 0.8 1.2 0.8 1.2 0.8 1.2
10 0.8 1.2 0.8 1.2 0.8 1.2 0.8 1.2
8 0.4 0.6 0.4 0.6 0.4 0.6 0.4 0.6
6.5 Optional Optional Optional 0.5 Optional 0.5
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 75 ●
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS
SUBJECT
PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344
National Building Code
Fire Code of 1977
(Repealed by RA9514)
Fire Code of 2008
Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law
OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING
Grass & Shrubs 200mm / side
Trees 300mm / side
Sidewalk SLope 1/50
ROADS
PAVEMENT
Major
Concrete / Asphalt
Concrete – 150mm Thick / 20.7Mpa @ 28 days
Asphalt – 50mm
Sidewalk – 17.2Mpa
Concrete / Asphalt
Minor Concrete / Asphalt
Motor Court Macadam
Sidewalk Macadam
Path Walk / Alley Macadam
INTERSECTIONS
Distance between offset
intersections
20m (Min.) 20m (Min.)
GRADE / SLOPE
Crown Slope 1.5% 1.5% to 9.0%
Grades and Vertical
Curbs
7.0% to 9.0% As per DPWH
MINIMUM LOT SIZES
Single Detached
INT
301.00 sqm
120.00 sqm 100.00 sqm
72.00 sqm 64.00 sqm
INS
CL
365.00 sqm
TL
Price for Saleable lots shall not exceed 40% of the
Maximum Selling Price of House and Lot Packages
CTL
EL 548.00 sqm
Duplex / Single
Attached
INT Basic / Maximum
96.00 sqm 80.00 sqm 54.00 sqm 48.00 sqm
INS 80.00 sqm / 192.00 sqm
CL
96.00 sqm / 261.00 sqm
TL
CTL
EL 140.00 sqm /378.00 sqm
Row Houses
INT Basic / Maximum
60.00 sqm 50.00 sqm 36.00 sqm 28.00 sqm
INS 50.00 sqm / 400.00 sqm
CL
75.00 sqm / 475.00 sqm
TL
CTL
EL 200.00 sqm /700.00 sqm
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 76 ●
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS
SUBJECT
PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344
National Building Code
Fire Code of 1977
(Repealed by RA9514)
Fire Code of 2008
Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law
OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING
R-4
Individual
Townhouse Lots
INT Not Allowed
PHILIPPIANS 4:6-7
THE MESSAGE (MSG)
6-7 Don’t fret or worry. Instead of worrying, pray. Let petitions and praises shape your worries into prayers, letting God know your
concerns. Before you know it, a sense of God’s wholeness, everything coming together for good, will come and settle you down.
It’s wonderful what happens when Christ displaces worry at the center of your life.
PROVERBS 16:3
NEW KING JAMES VERSION (NKJV)
3 Commit your works to the LORD,
And your thoughts will be established.
JEREMIAH 17:7-8
LIVING BIBLE (TLB)
7 But blessed is the man who trusts in the Lord and has made the Lord his hope and confidence. 8 He is like a tree planted along a
riverbank, with its roots reaching deep into the water—a tree not bothered by the heat nor worried by long months of drought. Its
leaves stay green, and it goes right on producing all its luscious fruit.
INS 96.00 sqm
CL
120.00 sqm
TL
CTL
EL 180.00 sqm
R-5
INT Not Allowed
INS 500.00 sqm
CL
540.00 sqm
TL
CTL
EL 945.00 sqm
Com-1
INT Not Allowed
INS 204.00 sqm
CL
238.00 sqm
TL
CTL
EL Not Allowed
Com-2
INT Not Allowed
INS 301.00 sqm
CL
365.00 sqm
TL
CTL
EL Not Allowed
Com-3
Industrial (I)
General
Institutional (GI)
Cultural (C)
INT Not Allowed
INS 600.00 sqm
CL
813.00 sqm
TL
CTL
EL Not Allowed
MINIMUM FLOOR AREA
Single Detached
As per PSO
Computation
42 sqm 30 sqm 22 sqm 18 sqm
Duplex / Single Attached
Row Houses
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 77 ●
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS
SUBJECT
PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344
National Building Code
Fire Code of 1977
(Repealed by RA9514)
Fire Code of 2008
Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law
OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING
LOT FRONTAGES (RESIDENTIAL)
Single
Detached
a. Corner Lot
Based on Classification
Type of Occupancy
12.00 m 8.00 m
c. Irregular Lot 10.00 m 8.00 m
b. Regular Lot 6.00 m 4.00 m
d. Interior Lot 3.00 m 3.00 m
Duplex/Single Attached 8.00 m 6.00 m
Row Houses 4.00 m 4.00 m 3.50 m
MINIMUM LEVEL OF COMPLETION
Single Detached
Complete House
(based on the submitted specifications)
Complete House
(based on the submitted
specifications)
Shell House
(based on the submitted
specifications)
Duplex / Single Attached
Row Houses
LENGTH OF BLOCK
ROW HOUSES
20 Units per Block
100 m Max. Length
Max. = 400m
>250m – PROVIDE 2.0m alley at midlength
Max. = 400m
>250m – PROVIDE 2.0m alley at midlength
OPEN SPACE REQUIREMENTS
Interior Lot
50% (A,B,C,D,J)
20% (E,F,G,H,I)
As per PD1096
50% (Residential)
25% (Others)
Inside Lot
20% (A,B,C,D,J)
15% (E,F,G,H,I)
As per PD1096
20% (Residential)
15% (Others)
Corner Lot
10% (A,B,C,D,J)
5% (E,F,G,H,I)
As per PD1096
10% (Residential)
15% (Others)
Through Lot
10% (A,B,C,D,J)
5% (E,F,G,H,I)
As per PD1096
10% (Residential)
15% (Others)
Corner-Through Lot 5% As per PD1096
10% (Residential)
15% (Others)
Corner Lot Abutting 3 Or
More Streets, Alleys,
Rivers, Etc.
5% As per PD1096
5%
for all Group Occupancies
End Lot
30% - 50%
(A,B,C,D,E2,H)
5% (H1,H2,H4,E3)
As per PD1096 As per PD1096
CEILING HEIGHTS
Habitable Rooms
Artificial Ventilation
2.40 m
Natural Ventilation
2.70 m
Artificial Ventilation
2.00 m
Natural Ventilation
2.70 m
Artificial Ventilation
2.40 m
Natural Ventilation
2.70 m
Artificial Ventilation
2.00 m
Natural Ventilation
2.70 m
Artificial Ventilation
2.40 m
Natural Ventilation
2.70 m
Artificial Ventilation
2.40 m
Natural Ventilation
2.70 m
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 78 ●
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS
SUBJECT
PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344
National Building Code
Fire Code of 1977
(Repealed by RA9514)
Fire Code of 2008
Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law
OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING
Buildings
2.70 m – 1st Storey
2.40 m – 2nd Storey
2.10 m – Succeeding
Storeys
1.80 m – Mezzanine
2.30 m
2.13 m
2.00 m 2.00 m 2.00 m
Mezzanine Floor 1.80m 1.80m (Min.)
LIGHT & VENTILATION
Min. dimension of court 2.00 m 1.50 m 2.00 m 2.00 m
Passageway from Inner
Court
At least 1.20 m At least 1.20 m At least 1.20 m At least 1.20 m
Min. Ht. Clearance from
Firewall
1.00 m above the roof 1.00 m above the roof 1.00 m above the roof 1.00 m above the roof
Headroom Clearance 2.00 m 2.00 m 2.00 m 2.00 m 2.00 m
Sum of Areas of
Openings in any Storey
Less than 50% of total
area of the wall on that
storey
Less than 50% of total area
of the wall on that storey
Less than 25% of total area
of the wall on that storey
Less than 25% of total area
of the wall on that storey
Window Openings At least 10% of the FA At least 10% of the FA At least 10% of the FA At least 10% of the FA
Eaves over required
windows
At least 750 mm
SIZE/ DIMENSION OF ROOMS
Rooms for Human
Habitation
6.00 sq. m w/ min.
dimension of 2.00 m
18 sq. m for studio unit
Kitchen
3.00 sq. m w/ min
dimension of 1.50 m
Toilet & Bath
1.20 sq. m w/ min.
dimension of 0.90 m
1.80m x 1.70m
2.25 sq. m
EXITS
Minimum number 1
Occupant Load
< 10 1 At least 2 exits 1 1 1
10-499 2 2
50-300 2
300-600 2
500-999 3 3
600-999 3
1000 (Class A) 4 4 4
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 79 ●
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS
SUBJECT
PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344
National Building Code
Fire Code of 1977
(Repealed by RA9514)
Fire Code of 2008
Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law
OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING
DISTANCE TO EXITS
WITHOUT Sprinkle
System
45 m (Max.) 46 m (Max.) 46 m (Max.) 45 m (Max.) 45 m (Max.) 45 m (Max.) 45 m (Max.)
WITH Sprinkle System 60 m (Max.) 61 m (Max.) 61 m (Max.) 60m (Max.) 60 m (Max.) 60 m (Max.) 60 m (Max.)
Min. exit door width 900 mm 710 mm 900 mm 800 mm 800 mm 800 mm
Min. exit door height 2.00 m 2.00 m 2.00 m 2.00 m 2.00 m 2.00 m
Min. corridor width 1.10 m 1.12 mm 1.10 m 1.20 m 1.20 m 1.20 m
Max. slope of
passageway
1:8 1:8 1:8 1:8
Dead ends Max. of 6.00 m Max. of 6.00 m Max. of 12.00 m Max. of 12.00 m Max. of 12.00 m 3.50 m
Mezzanine Floors
>185.00 sqm / >18.00m
in any dimension
2 stairways
EXIT DETAILS
Means of Egress
STANDS
@+0.50m AGL, 2 Exits,
Open @ Both Ends
>50 persons
OPEN AIR STANDS
2 Exits, >300 persons
BOILER ROOMS
2 Exits
STAGE
1 Exit, 900mm (W)
1 Exit Stair, 750mm (W)
Dressing Rooms
2 Exits, 750mm
2
(Balcony, mezzanine, storey)
3 (>500 to 1000)
4 (>1000)
THRESHOLDS
130mm
(Max. Height)
1/2 Slope >6mm
Dwellings with more than 2
Rooms:
2 (1 of which is a door or
stairway)
Dwellings with more than 2 Rooms:
2 (1 of which is a door or stairway)
Outside Window
1 / sleeping room
56cm (Least Dimension)
0.45 sqm (Area)
1.22cm (Above Floor)
Except if Room has 2
doors
1 / sleeping room
56cm (Least Dimension)
0.45 sqm (Area)
1.22cm (Above Floor)
Except if Room has 2 doors
Width of Exit /
Means of Egress
710 mm (Min.)
1220 mm (Max.)
90cm (Min.) – Sleeping Room to Outside
60cm (Min.) – Interior Door
Illumination of Signs 10.7 lux @ FL 0.005 lumens / sqcm 0.005 lumens / sqcm
OCCUPANT LOAD
ASSEMBLY
Auditoriums,
Theaters,
Churches,
Dance Floors,
0.65 sqm / person 0.65 sqm / person 0.65 sqm / person
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 80 ●
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS
SUBJECT
PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344
National Building Code
Fire Code of 1977
(Repealed by RA9514)
Fire Code of 2008
Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law
OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING
Dining Room.,
Drinking Est.,
Exhibit Rm.,
Gymnasia
1.40 sqm / person 1.40 sqm / person
Reviewing Stands,
Stadia, Waiting
Spaces
0.65 sqm / person 0.28 sqm / person 0.28 sqm / person
EDUCATIONAL
Classrooms 1.80 sqm / person 1.80 sqm / person 1.90 sqm / person
Conference Rooms,
Exhibit Rm., Gym
1.40 sqm / person
Shops, Labs 4.60 sqm / person 4.60 sqm / person 4.60 sqm / person
Dry Nurseries W/
Sleeping
3.30 sqm / person
INSTITUTIONAL
Hospitals, Sanitaria 8.40 sqm / person
Nursing Homes,
Children’s Homes,
Home for the Aged
7.40 sqm / person
Nurseries for Children
3.25 sqm / person
Sleeping Area 11.00 sqm / person 11.10 sqm / person 11.10 sqm / person
Treatment Area 22.00 sqm / person 22.30 sqm / person 22.30 sqm / person
RESIDENTIAL 28.00 sqm / person 18.00 sqm / person
MERCANTILE
Basement
(Covered Walls)
2.80 sqm / person
4.30 sqm / person
2.80 sqm / person
Ground Floor
(Street Floor With
Direct Access, Sales
Floor)
2.80 sqm / person 2.80 sqm / person
Upper Floors 5.60 sqm / person 5.60 sqm / person
Offices, Storage,
Shipping
9.30 sqm / person 5.60 sqm / person 9.30 sqm / person
Split Level 3.70 sqm / person
Parking Garages 18.60 sqm / person
BUSINESS 9.30 sqm / person
INDUSTRIAL
Warehouses, 28.00 sqm / person
9.30 sqm / person 9.30 sqm / person
Mechanical
Equipment Room
28.00 sqm / person
Aircraft Hangars 48.50 sqm / person
Garages 9.30 sqm / person
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 81 ●
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS
SUBJECT
PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344
National Building Code
Fire Code of 1977
(Repealed by RA9514)
Fire Code of 2008
Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law
OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING
DOORS
TYPE WIDTH HEIGHT WIDTH HEIGHT WIDTH HEIGHT WIDTH HEIGHT
Main Door 900mm 2000mm 915mm 2000mm 800mm 2000mm 800mm 2000mm 800mm
Service Door 700mm 2000mm 700mm 2000mm
Bedroom Door 700mm 2000mm 700mm 2000mm
Bathroom Door 600mm 1800mm 600mm 1800mm
Mezzanine Door 1800mm 1800mm
Pressure Force
4.0kg / 1.0kg
(Closing)
Pull Handles 1.06m above floor
Kick Plates 0.30m to 0.40m
WINDOWS
Habitable Rooms 10% of Floor Area 10% of Floor Area
Bathrooms 1/20 or 5% of Floor Area 1/20 or 5% of Floor Area
STAIRWAYS
OCCUPANT LOAD Class A Class B NEW EX-FIRE
10-below 750 mm (Min.) <2000
Persons
1120mm
>2000
Persons
1420mm
915 mm 600 mm 600 mm
10-50 900 mm (Min.)
50 above 1100mm (Min.)
Riser
200 mm (Max.)
Entrance
100mm (2 steps)
The height of every riser
and the width of every
tread shall be so
proportioned that the sum
of 2 risers and 1 tread,
exclusive of its nosing
projections is not less than
60.00 cm nor more than
63.50 cm
180 mm
(Max)
100 mm
(Min)
205 mm 250mm (Max.)
Tread
250 mm (Min.)
Entrance
300mm (2 steps)
280 mm 230 mm 200mm (Min.)
Headroom 2000 mm 2000 mm 2000 mm 2000 mm
Height Between Landings 3.60 m (Max.) 2.75m 3.70m 3660mm 3.60 m
Dimension of Landings in
the direction of travel
Equal to the width of the
stairway
1.20m (Max. – Straight
Run)
1.12 m 600 mm Equal to the width of the stairway
Maximum Variation in
Height of Risers and
Width of Run
5mm 5mm
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 82 ●
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS
SUBJECT
PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344
National Building Code
Fire Code of 1977
(Repealed by RA9514)
Fire Code of 2008
Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law
OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING
FIRE EXIT STAIRS
EX EX-SB
Width (Min.) 55.9 cm 45.7 cm 60cm
Landing (Hor. Dim.) 55.9 cm 45.7 cm 60 cm
Rise (Max.) 22.9cm 30.5cm 23 cm
Tread (Min.) (ex. Nosing) 22.9 cm 15.25 cm 23 cm
Nosing Projection (Min.) 2.5cm NR
Tread Construction
Solid,
13mm Ø
perforation
Flat Metal
Bars
Solid, 13mm Ø perforation
Max. Height Between
Landings
3.66m NR 3.66 m
Headroom (Min.) 2.13m 1.98m 2.00 m
Access to Escape
61 cm X1.98 m
(Door or casement
windows)
76.20cm X 91.44 cm
(double hung windows)
61 cm X1.98 m
(Door or casement windows)
76.20cm X 91.44 cm
(double hung windows)
Level of Access Opening
Not over 30.50 cm above
floor; steps if higher
Not over 30.50 cm above
floor; steps if higher
Discharge to Ground
Swinging
stair
section
Swinging
stair
section or
Ladder
Swinging stair section
Capacity
45 persons
/ unit
(Door)
20 persons
/ unit
(Window)
38 persons
/ unit
(Winders or
Ladders
from
Balcony)
5 persons /
unit
(Window)
45 persons / unit
(Door)
20 persons / unit
(Window)
GUARD AND HANDRAILS
Handrails (Height)
800-900 mm
from the nosing
760-865 mm
above the surface of
thread
760-865 mm
above the surface of
thread
800mm (Min.)
1200 mm (Max.)
above the surface of thread
700-900 mm
from the floor
Guards (Height)
106cm
91cm (Interior Balconies &
Mezzanines)
106cm
91cm (Interior Balconies &
Mezzanines)
Clearance from Wall 50mm 38mm 38mm 38mm 50mm
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 83 ●
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS
SUBJECT
PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344
National Building Code
Fire Code of 1977
(Repealed by RA9514)
Fire Code of 2008
Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law
OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING
Clearance from Ledges 40mm
Intermediate Handrails 223cm width,
Vertical Balusters
(Spacing)
15.25cm 15.25cm
WIDTH OF RUN / THREAD DEPTH
Winding and Circular
Stairs
150mm (narrow edge)
200mm @300mm from
narrow edge
150mm (narrow edge)
280mm @305mm from
narrow edge
150mm (narrow edge)
200mm @300mm from narrow edge
Curved Stairs
280mm @305mm from side
Smallest Radius is not less
than Stair Width
Spiral Stairs 280mm
RAMPS
Class A Class B
Wdth 122cm 76-122cm 1120mm 150mm / 6in 1.20 m
Length
6.00m (Max.)
If longer, provide
1.50m (Min.) landings
Slope 1:8 (Max) 8-10% 10-17% 1:12 300mm 1:12 (Max.)
Cross Slope 1:48 300mm
Max. Rise for a single Run No Limit 3.66m 760mm
Capacity - Down 60 45
Capacity - Up 45 45
FIREWALLS
Thickness 150 mm / 6in
Vertical Extension 400 mm 300 mm
Horizontal Extension 600 mm 300 mm
SETBACKS
Low Density Residential
(R-1)
4.50 m Front
2.00 m Side
2.00 m Rear
As per PD1096 (NBCP)
Medium Density
Residential
(R-2)
Basic / Maximum
3.00 m / 8.00 m Front
2.00 m Side
2.00 m Rear
High Density Residential
(R-3)
Basic / Maximum
3.00 m / 8.00 m Front
2.00 m Side
2.00 m Rear
1.50 m Front
1.50 m Side
2.00 m Rear
1.50 m Front
1.50 m Side
2.00 m Rear
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 84 ●
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS
SUBJECT
PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344
National Building Code
Fire Code of 1977
(Repealed by RA9514)
Fire Code of 2008
Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law
OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING
Subdivision 3.0m (Depth) x 5.0m (Length) from Main Public Road
DISTANCE BETWEEN BUILDINGS / CLEARANCE BETWEEN ROOF EAVES
1 ot 2 storeys 4.0m / 1.50m
3 to 4 storeys 6.0m / 2.0m
More Than 4 Storey 10.0m / 6.0m
Blank Walls /
No Openings
2.0m / 1.0m
SIDEWALKS & ARCADES
Min. of width of sidewalk
1/6 of R.O.W
0.60m to 1.00m
0.60m to 1.00m 0.60m to 1.20m 0.50m to 1.20m 0.50m to 1.20m 1.20 m
Planting Strip
0.20m to 1.20m
800 mm for sidewalks
 2.00 m in width
0.20m to 1.20m 0.40m to 1.30m 0.40m to 1.30m 0.40m to 1.30m
DRIVEWAYS, ENTRANCES & EXITS
Slope of entryway 1:3 or 1:4 1:3 or 1:4
Max. slope of ramps
1:8 (Exit Coutrts)
1:10 (Exit Passageway)
1:12 (Max.)
1:48 (Max. Cross Slope)
15% 15%
1:12
Max. length 6.00 m
w/o landing
Minimum Width of Ramps 1120 mm
Maximum Rise for a
single Ramp Run
760 mm
ISAIAH 41:9-10
NEW KING JAMES VERSION (NKJV)
You whom I have taken from the ends of the earth, And called from its farthest regions, And said to you,
‘You are My servant, I have chosen you and have not cast you away: Fear not, for I am with you;
Be not dismayed, for I am your God
I will strengthen you, Yes, I will help you,
I will uphold you with My righteous right hand.’
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 85 ●
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS
SUBJECT
PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344
National Building Code
Fire Code of 1977
(Repealed by RA9514)
Fire Code of 2008
Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law
OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING
PARKING REQUIREMENTS
Size of Parking Slot
2.50 x 5.00 m
(Perpendicular & Diagonal)
2.15 x 6.00 (Parallel)
3.60 x 12.00 m
(Standard Truck)
3.60 x 18.00 m
(Articulated Truck)
3.00 x 9.00 m
(Jeepney / Shuttle)
2.50 x 5.00 m
(Perpendicular & Diagonal)
2.00 x 6.00 m
(Parallel)
2.50 x 5.00 m
(Perpendicular & Diagonal)
2.15 x 6.00 m
(Parallel)
3.70 x 5.00 m
Multi-Family Dwelling &
Condominiums
1 / 8 living units
Off-Site Parking 200m 100m away
Low-income single
detached living units
Lot Size = 100 sq. m
Pooled Parking
1 slot / 10 units
Pooled Parking
1 slot / 10 units
Pooled Parking
1 slot / 10 units
Pooled Parking
1 slot / 10 units
50 sq. m below
50-100 sq. m
100 sq. m above
1 slot / 8 units
1 slot / 4 units
1 slot / 1 unit
1 slot / 8 units
1 slot / 4 units
1 slot / 1 unit
1 slot / 20 units 1 slot / 20 units
AISLES
WIDTH >60 Seats ≤ 60 Seats
Serving 1 Side 800mm 915mm 760mm
Serving Both Sides 1.00m 1220mm
Side Aisles 1.10m
Dead End Aisle 6.1m (Length)
Exit Doors
1 pair / 5 rows
1.70m Width
Distance between seats
back to back
1.00m
Slope 1:8 (12.5%) 12.5% (Max.)
SEATS
SEAT SPACING
STANDARD
Back-to-Back
840 mm 830 mm
CONTINENTAL
Unoccupied
≤ 18 Seats 450 mm
≤ 35 Seats 500 mm
≤ 45 Seats 525 mm
≥ 46 Sets 550 mm
Width
450 mm (Min.)
480 mm (Max.)
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 86 ●
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS
SUBJECT
PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344
National Building Code
Fire Code of 1977
(Repealed by RA9514)
Fire Code of 2008
Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law
OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING
ROW SPACING
Without Back Rest 600mm
830mm (Max.)
680mm (Min.)
With Backrest 750mm
Chair Seating 850mm
Back to Front 300mm 300mm
RISE Between Rows 400mm
Seats Between WALL &
AISLE
7 Seats 7 Seats
Seats Between AISLES
14 Seats
May be increased to 30 if
doors are provided along
each side
14 Seats
May be increased to 30 if
doors are provided along
each side
SPACING BETWEEN SEAT & AISLE
Open Air without backrest 15 (Max.)
Within Buildings
Without Backrest
6 Seats
Open Air with backrest 6 Seats
WATER REQUIREMENT
Average Daily Demand
(ADD)
150 Liters / Capita / Day (LCPD) 150 Liters / Capita / Day (LCPD)
Water Tank Capacity 20% ADD + Fire Reserve
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENT
Street Lighting
Per Pole if 50 m Distance
@ every other Pole if <50m Distance
Per Pole if 50 m Distance
@ every other Pole if <50m Distance
SEWAGE DISPOSAL
Septic Tank
Individual as per PD856
(Sanitation Code of the Philippines)
Communal or Individual
as per PD856
(Sanitation Code of the Philippines)
DRAINAGE SYSTEM
Minimum Diameter of
Drainage Pipe
30cm 300mm
Location Underground Underground
Minimum Drainage
System
Reinforced Concrete Pipes (RCP) Concrete lined canal with load bearing cover
GARBAGE DISPOSAL SYSTEM
Type Independently or LGU Garbage Collection
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 87 ●
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS
VERNACULAR TERMS
VERNACULAR ENGLISH
Bahada Slope
Hinang Solder
Biento Spacing
Biento Spacing/Gap
Hagdan Stair
Estaka Stake
Bodega, Storeroom
Hardinera Stringer (Open)
Latero Tinsmith
Letrina Or Comun, Toilet
Tahilan Top Chord
Baytang Tread
Pergola Trellis
Kilo Truss
Monyeka Varnish
Entresuelo, Vault
Pilarete Vertical Stud
Planchuelo W.I Strap
Asolejo, Asolehos Wainscoting Tile
Bagad Wall Post
Pitsa Washer
Chapa Washer (Iron)
Aljibe, Water Cistern
Inodoro Water Closet
Pasamano Window Sill
Poleya Wiring Knob
Haspe Wood Grain
Tabla Wood Plank
Plantsuela Wrought Iron Strap
VERNACULAR TERMS
VERNACULAR ENGLISH
Bolada Overhung, Projection
De Bandeha Panel Door
Dispensa, Pantry
Dingding Partition
Plantilya Pattern, Sched
Piketa Pick Work
Hiero Liso Plain G.I Sheet
Palitada Plaster/Stucco
Kusturada Plastered Course
Tapon Plug
Hulog Plumb Bob, Plumbline
Poste / Haligi Post
Reostra Purlin
Masilya Putty
Media Cana Quarter Round
Prases Queen Post
Vaciad, Basiador Rabbet
Kilo Rafter
Andamio Ramp
Kabilya Reinforcing Bars
Caballet, Kaballete Ridge Roll
Takip Silipan Riser
Rimatse Rivets
Lastillas Sand And Gravel
Plancha, Andamiyo Scaffolding
Batak Scrapped Filler
Rebokada Scratch Coat
Tuerka Screw Nut
Roskas Screw Thread
Poso Negro Septic Vault
Dutcha Shower
Ducha Showerhead
Pendulon Siding (Ext)
Guililan, Sepo Sill
Krokis Sketch Plan
VERNACULAR TERMS
VERNACULAR ENGLISH
Guililian, Sepo, Kuling Girder
Sepo (Kapatas) Girt
Canal Groove
Alulod, Kanal Gutter
Caida Hall
Gabay Handrail
Quatro Aguas Hip Roof
Pabalagbag,
Trabe Anzo
Horizontal Stud
Quadra, Horse Stable
Pulgada Inches
Hiero Iron
Pendulum, Tabike King Post
Cocina, Kitchen
Prigadero Kitchen Sink
Piyon Laborer
Mesa, Mesita Landing
Lababo Lavatory
Asinta Laying Of Chb
Sibe Lean-To Roof
Sala, Living Room
Dulang Low Table
Pierno Pasante Machine Bolt
Kanteria lastilyas Mansory
Lastilyas Mansory Fill
Kantero Mason
Suban Metal Work, Temper
Kanto Mesa Miter Joint
Paupo Mortar
Kustura Mortar Joint
Muldura Moulding
Punsol Neil Setter
Estanyo Nicolite / Soldering Bar
Truerka Nut
Azotea, Open Terrace
VERNACULAR TERMS
VERNACULAR ENGLISH
Kontratista Constructor
Kanto Corner
Hiero Kanalado Corrugated G.I. Sheet
Patio, Courtyard
Escondro Crushed Stone
Pie De Gallo Diagonal Brace
Comedor, Dining Room
Bangguerahan Dish Rack
Batidora Door Fillet Or Astragal
Sumbrero Door / Window Head
Hamba Door / Window Jamb
Abang Dowel
Tubo De Banada Downspout
Sepillado Dressed Lumber
Escombro Earth Fill
Sibe, Alero Eave
Tabike Exterior Siding
Senepa Fascia Board
Piye Feet
Tambak Fill
Batidura Fillet
Soleras Floor Joist
Guililan Floor Sill
Dotal Floorboards
Suelo Flooring
Alahado Flush
Fundacion Footing
Zaguan, For Caroza
Kapatas,
Maestro De Obra
Foreman
Balangkas Frame Work
Balangkas Framework
Tubo Galbanisado G.I. Pipe
Lingueta G.I. Sheet Strap
Dos Aguas Gable Roof
VERNACULAR TERMS
VERNACULAR ENGLISH
Kalinya Aligned
Asintada Alignment
Uno-Sin-Otra Alternate
Unosinotra Alternate/Staggered
Liyabe Anchor
Caida Ante-Sala From Stairs
Batidura Astragal
Balcon Balcony
Barandillas Baluster
Trankilya Barrel Bolt
Rodapis Baseboard
Baño Bath
Banyera Bath Tub
Biga Beam
Cuarto, Alcoba,
Dormitorio
Bedroom
Pierno Bolt
Barakilan , Tirante Bottom Chord
Tirante Bottom Chord
Bisagra Butt Hinge
Espolon Cabinet Hinge
Okum Calikum
Media Agua Canopy, Awning
Tubo Pundido Cast Iron Pipe
Estopa Caulk Cotton
Kisame Ceiling
Kostilyahe Ceiling Joist
Landrilyo Cement Brick
Baldosa Cement Tile
Baral De Kadena Chain Bolt
Madre De Escalera Closed Stringer
Sinturon Collar Plate
Poste Column
Larga Masa Concrete Slab
Alulod- Conductor
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 88 ●
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS
16 DIVISIONS
DIVISION 1 G GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DIVISION 2 S SITE CONSTRUCTION
DIVISION 3 C CONCRETE
DIVISION 4 M MASONRY
DIVISION 5 M METALS
DIVISION 6 W WOOD AND PLASTICS
DIVISION 7 T
THERMAL AND MOISTURE
PROTECTION
DIVISION 8 D DOORS AND WINDOWS
DIVISION 9 F FINISHES
DIVISION 10 S SPECIALTIES
DIVISION 11 E EQUIPMENT
DIVISION 12 F FURNISHINGS
DIVISION 13 S SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
DIVISION 14 C CONVEYING SYSTEMS
DIVISION 15 M MECHANICAL
DIVISION 16 E ELECTRICAL
16 DIVISIONS
02450 Foundation and Load-Bearing Elements
02500 Utility Services
02600 Drainage and Containment
02700 Bases, Ballasts, Pavements and
Appurtenances
02800 Site Improvements and Amenities
02900 Planting
02950 Site Restoration and Rehabilitation
DIVISION 3 CONCRETE
03050 Basic Concrete Materials and Methods
03100 Concrete Forms and Accessories
03200 Concrete Reinforcement
03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete
03400 Precast Concrete
03500 Cementitious Decks and Underlayment
03600 Grouts
03700 Mass Concrete
03900 Concrete Restoration and Cleaning
DIVISION 4 MASONRY
04050 Basic Masonry Materials and Methods
04200 Masonry Units
04400 Stone
04500 Refractories
04600 Corrosion-Resistant Masonry
04700 Simulated Masonry
04800 Masonry Assemblies
04900 Masonry Restoration and Cleaning
DIVISION 5 METALS
05050 Basic Metal Materials and Methods
05100 Structural Metal Framing
05200 Metal Joists
05300 Metal Deck
05400 Cold-Formed Metal Framing
05500 Metal Fabrications
05600 Hydraulic Fabrications
05700 Ornamental Metal
05800 Expansion Control
05900 Metal Restoration and Cleaning
DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS
06050 Basic Wood and Plastic Materials and
Methods
06100 Rough Carpentry
16 DIVISIONS
06200 Finish Carpentry
06400 Architectural Woodwork
06500 Structural Plastics
06600 Plastic Fabrications
06900 Wood and Plastic Restoration and
Cleaning
DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE
PROTECTION
07050 Basic Thermal and Moisture Protection
Materials and Methods
07100 Damproofing and Waterproofing
07200 Thermal Protection
07300 Shingles, Roof Tiles, and Roof
Coverings
07400 Roofing and Siding Panels
07500 Membrane Roofing
07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal
07700 Roof Specialties and Accessories
07800 Fire and Smoke Protection
07900 Joint Sealers
DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS
08050 Basic Door and Window Materials and
Methods
08100 Metal Doors and Frames
08200 Wood and Plastic Doors
08300 Specialty Doors
08400 Entrances and Storefronts
08500 Windows
08600 Skylights
08700 Hardware
08800 Glazing
08900 Glazed Curtain Wall
DIVISION 9 FINISHES
09050 Basic Finish Materials and Methods
09100 Metal Support Assemblies
09200 Plaster and Gypsum Board
09300 Tile
09400 Terrazzo
09500 Ceilings
09600 Flooring
09700 Wall Finishes
09800 Acoustical Treatment
09900 Paints and Coatings
16 DIVISIONS
DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES
10100 Visual Display Boards
10150 Compartments and Cubicles
10200 Louvers and Vents
10240 Grilles and Screens
10250 Service Walls
10260 Wall and Corner Guards
10270 Access Flooring
10290 Pest Control
10300 Fireplaces and Stoves
10340 Manufactured Exterior Specialties
10350 Flagpoles
10400 Identification Devices
10450 Pedestrian Control Devices
10500 Lockers
10520 Fire Protection Specialties
10530 Protective Covers
10550 Postal Specialties
10600 Partitions
10670 Storage Shelving
10700 Exterior Protection
10750 Telephone Specialties
10800 Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Specialties
10880 Scales
10900 Wardrobe and Closet Specialties
DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT
11010 Maintenance Equipment
11020 Security and Vault Equipment
11030 Teller and Service Equipment
11040 Ecclesiastical Equipment
11050 Library Equipment
11060 Theater and Stage Equipment
11070 Instrumental Equipment
11080 Registration Equipment
11090 Checkroom Equipment
11100 Mercantile Equipment
11110 Commercial Laundry and Dry Cleaning
Equipment
11120 Vending Equipment
11130 Audio-Visual Equipment
11140 Vehicle Service Equipment
11150 Parking Control Equipment
DIVISION 1 GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS
01100 Summary
01200 Price and Payment Procedures
01300 Administrative Requirements
01400 Quality Requirements
01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls
01600 Product Requirements
01700 Execution Requirements
01800 Facility Operation
01900 Facility Decommissioning
DIVISION 2 SITE CONSTRUCTION
02050 Basic Site Materials and Methods
02100 Site Remediation
02200 Site Preparation
02300 Earthwork
02400 Tunneling, Boring and Jacking
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 89 ●
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS
CLASSIFICATION OF FIRE
Water
Dry
Powder
Foam
CO
2
Vaporizing
Wet
Chem.
CLASSIFICATION OF LUMINAIRES TYPES OF MORTAR ACCORDING TO STRENGTH
CLASS USE CLASS DESCRIPTION TYPE STRENGTH
A
Ordinary Combustible
Paper, Wood, Cloth, Trash, Rubber & Plastics
L
L
L
L
Indirect
90% to 100% of the light output is directed
towards the ceiling and upper walls of the room.
M
HIGH STRENGTH MORTAR
(2500 psi / 17,238 kPa)
B
Flammable Liquid
Oil, Grease, Gasoline, Paint, Solvents & Tar
L Semi-Indirect
60% to 90% of the light is directed upwards;
40% to 10% downwards
S
MEDIUM HIGH STRENGTH
(1800 psi / 12,411kPa)
C
Electrical Equipment
Wiring, Fuse Boxes, Circuit Breakers, Machinery &
Electrical Appliances
L
General
Diffuse (Direct-
Indirect)
provides approximately equal distribution
of light upwards and downwards
N
MEDIUM STRENGTH
(750 psi / 5,171kPa)
D
Combustible Metals
Magnesium, Titanium, Zirconium, Sodium, Lithium &
Potassium
Semi Direct
60% to 90% of light is directed downwards;
while 40% to 10% is directed upwards
O
LOW STRENGTH
Interior non-load bearing walls and partitions
K/F
Combustible Cooking
Kitchen fires involving large amounts of heated
grease
L L L Direct
90% - 100% of the light output is directed
downwards
K
VERY LOW STRENGTH
Interior non-load bearing walls permitted by NBCP
16 DIVISIONS
14800 Scaffolding
14900 Transportation
DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL
15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and
Methods
15100 Building Service Piping
15200 Process Piping
15300 Fire Protection Piping
15400 Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment
15500 Heat-Generation Equipment
15600 Refrigeration Equipment
15700 Heating, Ventilating, and Air
Conditioning Equipment
15800 Air Distribution
15900 HVAC Instrumentation and Controls
15950 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing
DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL
16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods
16100 Wiring Methods
16200 Electrical Power
16300 Transmission and Distribution
16400 Low-Voltage Distribution
16500 Lighting
16700 Communications
16800 Sound and Video
16 DIVISIONS
13190 Site-Constructed Incinerators
13200 Storage Tanks
13220 Filter Under Drains and Media
13230 Digester Covers and Appurtenances
13240 Oxygenation Systems
13260 Sludge Conditioning Systems
13280 Hazardous Material Remediation
13400 Measurement and Control
Instrumentation
13500 Recording Instrumentation
13550 Transportation Control Instrumentation
13600 Solar and Wind Energy Equipment
13700 Security Access and Surveillance
13800 Building Automation and Control
13850 Detection and Alarm
13900 Fire Suppression
DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS
14100 Dumbwaiters
14200 Elevators
14300 Escalators and Moving Walks
14400 Lifts
14500 Material Handling
14600 Hoists and Cables
14700 Turntables
16 DIVISIONS
12050 Fabrics
12100 Art
12300 Manufactured Casework
12400 Furnishings and Accessories
12500 Furniture
12600 Multiple Seating
12700 Systems Furniture
12800 Interior Plants and Planters
12900 Furnishings Restoration and Repair
DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
13010 Air-Supported Structures
13020 Building Modules
13030 Special Purpose Rooms
13080 Sound, Vibration, and Seismic Control
13090 Radiation Protection
13100 Lightning Protection
13110 Cathodic Protection
13120 Pre-Engineered Structures
13150 Swimming Pools
13160 Aquariums
13165 Aquatic Park Facilities
13170 Tubs and Pools
13175 Ice Rinks
13185 Kennels and Animal Shelters
16 DIVISIONS
11160 Loading Dock Equipment
11170 Solid Waste Handling Equipment
11190 Detention Equipment
11200 Water Supply and Treatment
Equipment
11280 Hydraulic Gates and Valves
11300 Fluid Waste Treatment and Disposal
Equipment
11400 Food Service Equipment
11450 Residential Equipment
11460 Unit Kitchens
11470 Darkroom Equipment
11480 Athletic, Recreational, and Therapeutic
Equipment
11500 Industrial and Process Equipment
11600 Laboratory Equipment
11650 Planetarium Equipment
11660 Observatory Equipment
11680 Office Equipment
11700 Medical Equipment
11780 Mortuary Equipment
11850 Navigation Equipment
11870 Agricultural Equipment
11900 Exhibit Equipment
DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 90 ●
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS
CONCRETE MIXTURE PROPORTION
CLASS PROPORTION
CEMENT
SAND GRAVEL STRENGTH
MINIMUM REQUIRED
ULTIMATE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH WATER
[US Gallons / 94lbs
(40kg) Cement]
USES
40KG
(94lbs)
50KG
(110lbs)
CYLINDER
[h=2h]
CUBE
[150mm X 150mm X
150mm]
AAA 1 : 1 : 2 Pre-Stressed and Post-Tensioned
AA 1 : 1.5 : 3 12 9.5 0.5 1 4000 2400 2800 Underwater retaining wall, shear wall and
elevator core walls
A 1 : 2 : 4 9 7 0.5 1 3500 2000 2400 5 Footings, pier, columns, girders, beams,
joists and slabs
B 1 : 2.5 : 5 7.5 6 0.5 1 3000 1600 2000 5.75 Slabs on fill and non-load bearing wall or
4” CHB
C 1 : 3 : 6 6 5 0.5 1 2500 1300 1600 6.5 Concrete plant boxes and parapet walls
D 1 : 3.5 : 7 5 4 0.5 1 2000 1000 1200 7 Plant boxes, footpaths, walkway and lean
concrete
CLASSIFICATION OF PORTLAND CEMENT
Portland Cement: hydraulic cement made by burning a mixture of clay and limestone in a rotary kiln and pulverizing the resulting clinker into a very fine powder, named for its
resemblance to a limestone quarried on the Isle of Portland, England.
TYPE I Normal A Portland cement used for general construction, having none of the distinguishing qualities of the other types.
TYPE II Moderate
A Portland cement having a reduced content of tricalcium aluminate, making it more resistant to sulfates and causing it to generate less heat of hydration: used in general
construction where resistance to moderate sulfate action is required or where heat buildup can be damaging, as in the construction of large piers and heavy retaining walls.
TYPE III High Early Strength
A very finely ground Portland cement having an increased content of tricalcium silicate, causing it to cure faster and gain strength earlier than normal Portland cement: used
when the early removal of formwork is desired, or in cold-weather construction to reduce the time required for protection from low temperatures.
TYPE IV Low Heat
A Portland cement having a reduced content of tricalcium silicate and an increased content of dicalcium silicate, causing it; to generate less heat of hydration than normal
Portland cement; used in the construction of massive concrete structures, such as gravity dams, where a large buildup in heat can be damaging.
TYPE V Sulfate Resisting
A Portland cement having a reduced content of tricalcium aluminate, lessening the need for gypsum, a sulfate normally added to cement to retard its setting time: used where
resistance to severe sulfate action is required.
Air –Entraining Portland Cement
A Type I, Type II, or Type Ill Portland cement to which a small quantity of an air entraining agent has been inter-ground during manufacture; designated by the suffix A, as in
Type IA, Type IIA, or Type IllA.
White Portland Cement
A Portland cement produced from raw materials law in iron oxide and manganese oxide, the substances that give concrete its gray color; used in precast concrete work and in
the making of terrazzo, stucco, and tile grout.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 91 ●
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS
MORTAR & PLASTER MIXTURE PROPORTION COMPUTATION FACTORS FOR CHB PLASTER
CLASS PROPORTION
CEMENT
SAND CHB
MORTAR FILL
(cu.m.)
MORTAR LAY
(cu.m.)
1 SIDE / CHB 0.0023
40 KG 50 KG 1 SIDE / SQ.M. 0.029
A 1 : 2 18 14.5 1
4”
[10x20x40]
0.0015 0.001016
REBAR WEIGHT PER METER (kg)
B 1 : 3 12 9.5 1 Ø2
/ 162 Ø2
x 0.00617
C 1 : 4 9 7 1
6”
[15X20X40]
0.0030 0.001524
Ø REBAR (mm)
D 1 : 5 7.5 6 1 # / 8 x 25.4 # x 3.125
8”
[20X20X40]
0.0045 0.002032
# REBAR
#CHB / M2
12.5 pieces (Ø x 8) / 25.4
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF NON-PRE-STRESSED BEAMS OR ONE-WAY SLABS
UNLESS DEFLECTIONS ARE COMPUTED (members are not supporting or attached to partitions
or other construction likely to be damaged by large deflections)
PERMISSIBLE SUMP CONSISTENCY
DESCRIPTION MAXIMUM MINIMUM DESCRIPTION SOLID ONE-WAY SLAB
BEAMS / RIBBED ONE-
WAY SLAB
Slabs, beams, thin reinforced walls & bldg. columns 150mm (6”) 75mm (3”) Simply Supported L/20 L/16
Reinforced foundation walls and footings 125mm (5”) 50mm (2”) One End Continuous L/24 L/18.5
Plain Footings, caisson, and substructure walls 100mm (4”) 25mm (1”) Both Ends Continuous L/28 L/21
Pavements and floor laid on ground 75mm (3”) 25mm (1”) Cantilever L/10 L/8
Heavy mass construction 75mm (3”) 25mm (1”) for Fy other than 415Mpa, the values shall be multiplied by (0.4 + Fy/700)
CONVERSION FACTORS
1 m2
1 m 1 ft 1 m3
1 (US) gallon 1 kg 1 lb 1 ton (RT) 1 km 1 tin
10.7639 ft2
3.2808 ft 0.3048 m 35.3147 ft3
0.003785412m3
2.205 lbs 0.4536 kg 12000 BTU 3280.8398 ft 4 gallons
1550.0031 in2
39.37 in 12.00 in 1000 L 3.785412 L 0.001 ton 0.0004536 ton 39,370.078 in 16 liters
264.1721 USG 0.13368055 ft3
64 quarts
231 in3
256 pints
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 92 ●
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS
L
M
O T
FORMULA
BOARD FOOT VOLUME (Cylinder) PYTHAGOREAN THE REM
[T(in) x W(in) x L(ft)] / 12
(multiplied by pieces)
V = πr2
h
(V = Area of Circle x Height)
c = √a2
+ b2
[T(in) x W(in) x L(in)] / 144
(multiplied by pieces)
Board foot Volume
(D – 4)2
x L
16
CURING PERIOD FOR REMOVAL OF FORMS
PARTS OF STRUCTURE IME REQUIRED
FOOTINGS
Massive Footing 1 day (24 hours)
Cantilever Footing 5 days (120 hours)
Slab Footings 5 days (120 hours)
WALLS &
PLASTERS
Massive walls,
0.30m – 2.00m high
1 day (24 hours)
Add 1 day (24 hours) per meter
Thin walls
<0.30m – 2.00m high
2 days (48 hours)
Add 1.5 days (36 hours) per meter
Cantilever walls, buttresses,
counter forts, diaphragms
Without Loads: SAME as Thin walls
COLUMNS
Ratio of Height to Least Ø
up to 4
2 days (48 hours)
Ratio of Height to Least Ø
From 4 to 15
2 days (48 hours) to 28 days (672 hours)
Add 1 day (24 hours) per meter of height
SLABS
3 to 7ft spans
5 days (120 hours)
Add ½ day (12 hours) per foot of span
Over 7ft spans
7 days (168 hours) to 28 days (672 hours)
Add 1 day (24 hours) per foot of span
BEAMS &
GIRDERS
Sides 3 days (72 hours)
Bottoms (14ft max.)
14 days (336 hours) to 28 days (672 hours)
Add 1 day (24 hours) per foot span
ARCHES
Spandrel Walls 7 days (168 hours)
Spandrel Arches 14 days (336 hours)
Main Arches 21 days (504 hours)
BALUSTRADE
COPINGS,
ETC.
Steel & Side forms
1 day (24 hours)
R.C. PILES &
R.C. POSTS
Sides 3 days (72 hours)
Bottom 14 days (336 hours)
SOH CAH TOA
Sin = Opposite / Hypotenuse
Use when no A
Cos = Adjacent / Hypotenuse
Use when no O
Tan = Opposite / Adjacent
Use when no H
Angle = Sin-1
(O/H)
O = H x sin Θ
H = O / sin Θ
Angle = Cos-1
(A/H)
A = H x cos Θ
H = A / cos Θ
Angle = Tan-1
(O/A)
O = A x tan Θ
A = O / tan Θ
TWO WAY SLAB THICKNESS (T) 2-WAY 1-WAY
T = PERI ETER / 180 W/L >0.5 W/L <0.5
T = [W(2) + L(2)] / 180 L/W <2 L/W > 2
WEIGHT OF MATERIALS
Steel 7850 kg / m3
Concrete 2400 kg / m3
Water 1000 kg / m3
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 93 ●
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS
BURNING CHARACTERISTICS OF FIBERS
The way a fabric burns depends partly on its fiber content. The Table below describes typical burning
characteristics of fibers, ranking them from the most to least hazardous.
NATURAL CELLULOSIC FIBERS
Cotton/Linen
Burn with a yellow flame, light smoke, and have glowing embers.
Cellulosic fibers do not melt or draw away from flames.
MANUFACTURED CELLULOSIC FIBERS
Can burn quickly when ignited, but they behave somewhat differently as they burn.
Rayon /
Lyocell
Burn similarly to cotton and linen, except they may shrink up and
become tighter.
Acetate
Burns with a rapid flame and melts when burning. May melt and
pull away from small flames without igniting. Melted area may
drip off clothing carrying flames with it. When flames have died
out, the hot, molten plastic residue is difficult to remove.
SYNTHETICS
May catch fire quickly or shrink from the flame initially, but ultimately, they will sputter,
flame, and melt to the skin or the flaming melt will drop to the floor.
Acrylic
Burns similarly to acetate, except that it burns with a very heavy
dense black smoke. It drips excessively.
Nylon
Polyester
Spandex
Lastol
Olefin
Burn slowly and melt when burning. May melt and pull away
from small flames without igniting. Melted area may drip off
clothing carrying flames with it but not to the extent of acetate
and acrylic.
PROTEIN FIBERS
Difficult to ignite. They may self-extinguish, but this varies depending on the closeness of
the weave or knit (fabric density) and other finish treatments.
Wool
Silk
Burn slowly and are difficult to ignite. May self extinguish
FLAME RESISTANT FABRICS
Difficult to ignite; burn slowly and go out when the source of the flame is removed.
Modacrylic
Saran
Burn very slowly with melting. May melt and pull away from
small flames without igniting. Self extinguishes.
Aramid
Novoloid
Vinyon
Char but do not burn
EARTHQUAKE MAGNITUDES
MODIFIED MERCALLI SCALE RICHTER SCALE
I Felt by almost no one.
2.5
Generally not felt, but
recorded on seismometers.
II Felt by very few people.
III
Tremor noticed by many,
but they often do not realize
it is an earthquake.
3.5 Felt by many people.
IV
Felt indoors by many. Feels
like a truck has struck the
building.
V
Felt by nearly everyone;
many people awakened.
Swaying trees and poles
may be observed.
VI
Felt by all; many people run
outdoors. Furniture moved;
slight damage occurs.
4.5
Some local damage may
occur.
VII
Everyone run outdoors.
Poorly built structures
considerably damaged;
slight damage elsewhere.
VIII
Specially designed
structures damaged slightly,
others collapse.
6.0 A destructive earthquake.
IX
All buildings considerably
damaged, many shift off
foundation. Noticeable
cracks in ground.
X
Many structures destroyed.
Ground is badly cracked.
7.0 A major earthquake.
XI
Almost all structure fall.
Bridges wrecked. Very wide
cracks in ground.
8.0
AND
UP
Great earthquakes.
XII
Total Destruction, waves
seen on ground.
The Modified Mercalli Scale is
somewhat subjective, because the
apparent intensity of an earthquake
depends on how far away from its center
the observer is located. Rating intensities
from I to XII, it describes and rates
earthquakes in terms of human reactions
and observations.
The Richter Scale measures the
motion of the ground 100 km (60 mi) from
the earthquake’s epicenter, or the location
on the earth’s surface directly above where
the earthquake occurred. The rating scale
is logarithmic; each increase of 1 on the
scale represents a tenfold increase in the
motion of the ground.
Fabrics that are a
blend of two or more
fibers do not burn in the
same way as either fiber.
Sometimes, blends are more
dangerous than either fiber. For
example, fabrics of 50 percent
cotton and 50 percent polyester
tend to burn longer than a
similar fabric of either cotton or
polyester.
The way a fabric is
made (knit, weave,
lace, etc.) affects
how it burns.
 Heavy close structures ignite
with difficulty and burn more
slowly than light, thin, or
open fabrics.
 In general, summer weight
clothing is more likely to
catch fire than winter weight
fabrics. However, heavy
weight fabrics burn longer
when ignited, because there
is more flammable material
present.
 Fabrics with more of the fiber
surface area exposed to air
have more oxygen available
to support burning and
therefore burn more easily.
Thus, thin, gauzy fabrics,
lace, or brushed fabrics can
be very flammable.
 Fabrics with a napped or
brushed surface of fine fibers
can catch fire easily because
of the greater amount of fiber
surface exposed to oxygen
in the air.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 94 ●
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS
BRANDS OF BUILDING MATERIALS (PHILIPPINES)
MECHANICAL
(AC)
ELECTRICAL PLUMBING ROOFING
FLOORING
(LAMINATED)
WATER
PROOFING
GLASS INSULATION PANEL
 ALENALREE
 CARRIER
 CONDURA
 COOLMASTER
 DAIKIN
 FEDDERS
 FUJITSU
 GREE
 HONEYWELL
 IDEC
 IWATA
 KELVINATOR
 KOLIN
 KOPPEL
 LG COLLINS
 MC QUAY
 MITSUBISHI
 MIDEA
 NATIONAL
 SAMSUNG
 SANYO
 SHARP
 SUPER COOL
 SUPREME
 TRANE
 UNI-AIR
 WHIRLPOOL
 ATLANTA (uPVC
Moulding)
 CHORUS LUX
 CLIPSAL (Lights)
 COLUMBIA
(Wires)
 DURAFLEX
 GARTIM (Lights)
 LUXPIA (Lights)
 MOLDFLEX
(uPVC Conduits)
 PHELPS DODGE
(Wires)
 PHILFLEX (Wires)
 ROYU (Elec.
Devices)
 ALASCO
 ALFAIDRO (Pipes
& Fittings
 ANESCO (Fiber
Glass)
 ATLANTA (Pipes &
Fittings)
 BLUE MAGIC
(Water Tanks)
 CREATIVE
(Fixtures)
 ECOSAN (Pipes &
Fittings)
 EMERALD
 FALCON (Fixtures)
 GEBERIT
 LUCKY (Pipes &
Fittings)
 NELTEX
 POLYMUTAN
 POWEREE
 RNW
 RNW PACIFIC
(Pipes)
 SANIMOLD
(Pipes)
 SUPER TANK
 WEIDA (Septic
Tanks; Storage
Tanks)
 APO
 BAYER
MAKROLON
 COLENT(Polyc)
 COLORSTEEL –
MVP
 DELOON
 DN STEEL
 ETERTON
 GI SHEETS
 GOOD LIFE
 HEAT SHIELD
 KANOPY
 K-PLAST
 MEGA
 METALPLAS
 ONDULINE
 PLEXIGLASS
 POLYLITE
 RIVIERA
 TILE STAR
 WHISTLER
 XANLITE (Polyc)
 HORNITEX
 INCRETE
 KENT
 KRONOTEX
 MGS
 MILAN
 MULTI-LINE
(Bamboo Flooring)
 MULTIRICH
 PRIMAFLOOR
 PUYAT
 STEIGER
 ZETA
 ABC
 EQUA SUPREME
 DR. SEAL
 A-PLUS
 CASTLE
 DESTINY
 DUROTECH
 NOVSEAL
 MORTABOND
 BESSER
 ARTES MEYER
 CO BAN KIAT
HARDWARE
 CORSINI (Glass
Rock Accent and
Decorative Wall
Tiles)
 EPCO (Glass
Façade)
 JARO GLASS
 KENNETH &
MOCK
 LE GRAND
 LELUX
ELECTRONICS
(Glass Break
Alarm)
 LEXTON
(Bathroom Glass
Shelf)
 TOTO (Bathroom
Glass Shelf)
 BETAFOAM
 EXCEL COIL
COATING
CORPORATION
 MACRO
INDUSTRIAL
 PHILIPPINE
INSULATION
 PRIME PRODUCT
CONCEPTS
SPEACIALISTS
 THERMAC
 WAH PHIL
 WRIGHT
 EASTERN WIRE
 LATIMCO
 MATIMCO
 MULTI-LINE
 PUYAT STEEL
 ROOFSCAPE
ELEVATORS/LIFT
& ESCALATORS
 OTIS
 MITSUBISHI
 SCHINDLER
 FUJI
 GOLDSTAR
 HYUNDAI
 WESTINGHOUSE
 HITACHI
BOARDS DOORS & WINDOWS ADHESIVE CEMENT TILES HAND TOOLS TANKS
 BORAL PERFORATED
 RICHMOND
 ACCENDO
 JARO
 MIGHTY DOOR
 POLY DOOR
 ABC GYPSUM PUTTY
 BETONIT
 COWPROY
 FIBER-23
 POWERBOND Floor
Adhesive (Puyat Steel)
 TOTAL COAT
 LAFARGE
 REPUBLIC
 RIZAL
 VIBRO
 APO (Vinyl Tiles)
 EURO TILES
 J.K. (China)
 LVP (China)
 MARIWASA
 XIONGDI GRANITE
 ZIRCONIO (Spain)
 C-MART TOOLS
 DAIKEN
 LOTUS
 MASCOT
 STANLEY
 BESTANK
 FIRSTANK
 SUPERTANK
 WEIDA
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 95 ●
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS
PAINTS & STAINS
BRANDS BOYSEN DAVIES DUTCHBOY JOTUN NIPPON SPHERO
 ALTAMIRA (Min. Paint)
 A-PLUS
 BOSNY
 BOYSEN
 BRONCO
 DAVIES
 DECREA (Stone Coating)
 DESTINY
 DR.SEAL (Putty Filler)
 DUTCH BOY
 DYNATRON (Rubberized)
 FLEXSEAL
 FLINTKOTE
 GLOBECONSU
 HUDSON (Top Coat)
 KONIG (Wood Stain)
 MANOR
 NATION
 NIKKO (Spray Paints)
 RJ
 RUST-OLEUM
 SPHERO
 TITAN (Elastomeric)
 UNIVERSAL
 WIN
 ZAR (Wood Stain)
 ZYNOLITE (Spray)
 ACQUA EPOXY
 ACRYTEX
 AQUASEAL
 CHALK CLOCKER
 COOL SHADES
 DECORE
 DURAFILL
 ECO PRIMER
 ELASTI-KOTE
 HEALTHY HOME
 HUDSON
 KNOXOUT
 MARMORINO
 MATTE SHIELD
 NATION DREAMCOAT
 NATION DURA-ROOF
 PERMACOAT
 PERMAPLAST
 PERMATEX
 PLEXIBOND
 PRIMEGUARD
 ROOFGARD
 SKIMCOAT
 TILEWORKS
 TITAN SUPERFLEX
 VIRTUOSO SILK TOUCH
 WALLGUARD
 XYLADECOR
 ACREEX
 AQUA GLOSS-IT
 BIO-FRESH
 CLEAN AIR
 DA VINCI
 ELASTOGEL
 EPOXY ENAMEL
 FUSION
 GLOSS-IT
 KERAMIFLOOR
 LIQUID TILE
 MEGACRYL
 MONDO
 MORTAFLEX
 OIL WOODSTAIN
 PONDO
 POWERFLOOR
 ROOFSHIELD
 STAY CLEAN
 SUN & RAIN
 CLASSIC
 GLOSS MASTA
 NALCRETE
 ROOFMASTER
 TEX-A-CRETE
 VERSATEX
 CITO PRIMER 09
 FUNGICIDAL WASH
 GARDEX
 JOTAPLAST
 JOTAROOF
 JOTASEALER 03
 JOTASHIELD
 JOTASHIELD PRIMER
 MAJESTIC
 STRAX EASY CLEAN
 ULTRA PRIMER
 WOODSHIELD
 ACRYLIC 5170
 ADVANCE
 EXPRESSKOTE
 FLEXISEAL
 INSULCOAT
 MOMENTO
 ODOURLITE
 PROTECTIVE
 Q-SHIELD
 VINILEX
 WEATHERBOND
 WEATHERBOND FLEX
 CANADIAN
 HYPER TONE
 MANOR
 ROOF TUFF
 SHERTEX
 SPHEREFLEX
 SPHERETITE
 TUFF SEAL
 VTEX
PAINT FINISHES
TYPE USE DESCRIPTION
LATEX for concrete
a water-base paint (where the solvent is water) used for painting concrete
and masonry surfaces
ACRYLIC LATEX for timber &concrete
Often advertised as 100% acrylic latex, a water-based paint, and is
generally considered the highest quality latex paint.
ENAMEL for timber
Paints which use varnish as a vehicle. They have the ability of leveling
brush marks, are more resistant to washing and rough usage, and have a
harder and tougher film. They can have either a glossy, semi glossy or
matt finish.
RED OXIDE
for steel
to prevent rust
protective paints for ferrous metal and are of two types: -
Priming Paint, e.g. red lead, litharge, lead chromate; -
Finish Paints, e.g., lead sulfate and zinc dust.
PAINT ROOF ROOF EFFECTIVE WIDTH ROOF ACCESSORIES
TYPE OF WALL
FINISH
SPREAD RATE
PER GALLON
ROOFING
GI Sheet
STANDARD SIZE
SIDE LAP
(Corrugations)
EFFECTIVE WIDTH ACCESSORY
EFECTIVE
LENGTH
SPREAD RATE 25m2 to 40m2 Plain GI Sheet 0.90 x 2.40 2 1/2 0.60 Gutter 2.35
Coarse to Rough (Wooden
Trowel Finish)
30 m2 Corrugated GI Sheet 0.80 x 1.50 to 3.60 1 1/2 0.70 Flashing 2.30
Fine to Coarse (Paper
Finish)
35 m2 GI Sheet Gauge 14 to 30 END LAP 0.25 to 0.30mm Ridge Roll 2.20
Smooth to Fine (Putty
Finish)
40 m2 Roofing Gauge 26 Valley Roll 2.30
Gutters &Valley Rolls Gauge 24 Hipped Roll 2.20
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 96 ●
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS
ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS
CONCRETE HARDENERS Applied on concrete surface to increase hardiness and toughness.
TWO TYPES OF CONCRETE HARDENERS
CHEMICAL
HARDENERS
liquids containing silicofluorides or fluosilicates and a wetting agent
which reduces the surface tension of the liquid and allows it to
penetrate the pores of the concrete more easily.
FINE METALLIC
AGGREGATE
are specially processed and graded iron particles which are dry-
mixed with Portland cement, spread evenly over the surface of
freshly floated concrete, and worked into the surface by floating.
WATER REDUCING
ADMIXTURES
Material used to reduce the amount of water necessary to produce a concrete of given
consistency or to increase the slump for a given water content.
DAMPROOFERS
Materials used to reduce or stop the penetration of moisture through the concrete.
Reduces permeability.
BONDING AGENTS
PASTE SLURRY
Often applied to such an old surface immediately prior to pouring new concrete to
increase the amount of paste.
TWO TYPES OF BONDING AGENTS
METALLIC
AGGREGATE
Iron particle are larger, but with same materials as the permeability
reducer. Bonding takes place through the oxidation and
subsequent expansion of the iron particles.
SYNTHETIC
LATEX
EMULSION
Consists of highly polymerized synthetic liquid resin dispersed in
water.
SET-INHIBITING AGENTS
Prevent the cement paste from bonding to the surface aggregate but will not interfere
with the set throughout the remainder of the pour.
POZZOLANIC ADMIXTURES
Materials sometimes used in structures where it s desirable to avoid high temperature or
in structures exposed to seawater or water containing sulfates. Pozzolans may be added
to concrete mixes-rather than substituting for part of the cement to improve workability,
impermeability, and resistance to chemical attack.
CONCRETE PRODUCTS
made of lightweight and heavyweight materials for use in exterior and interior load-
bearing walls, firewalls, curtain and panel walls, partitions etc.
CONCRETE BLOCK
HOLLOW LOAD-BEARING
CONCRETE BLOCK
an 8” x 8” x 16” will approximately weigh 40 to 50 lb. Made with heavyweight aggregate
and 25 to 35 lb. when made with lightweight aggregate.
SOLID LOAD BEARING
BLOCK
Defines as one having a core area of not more than 25% of the gross cross-
sectional area.
HOLLOW; NON-LOAD
BEARING CONCRETE
BLOCK
One in which the core area exceeds 25% of the cross-sectional area.
ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete & Concrete Works
PORTLAND CEMENT
Made from materials which must contain the proper proportions of lime, silica, alumina
and iron components.
SPECIAL CEMENTS
WHITE PORTLAND CEMENT same materials as normal Portland except in color
MASONRY CEMENT
Designed to produce better mortar than that made with normal Portland cement or with a
lime-cement combination.
AIR-ENTRAINING
PORTLAND CEMENT
Small amounts of this is added to the clinker and ground with it to produce air-entraining
cements, effective use for resistance to severe frost.
OIL WELL CEMENT Special Portland cement used for sealing oil wells.
WATERPROOFED
PORTLAND CEMENT
Normally produced by adding a small amount of stearate, usually calcium or aluminum to
the cement clinker during the final grinding.
TYPES OF AGGREGATES USED IN CONCRETE
CONCRETE
Artificial stone made by binding together particles of some inert material with a paste
made of cement and water. These inert materials are the aggregate.
AGGREGATE
Sand, gravel crushed stone, cinder, crushed furnace slag, burned clay, expanded
vermiculite, and perlite.
SAND Found in riverbeds, free of salt and must be washed.
FINE AGGREGATE Smaller than ¼” diameter stones.
COURSE AGGREGATE Bigger than ¼” diameter stones.
CONTROL OF CONCRETE MIXES:
SLUMP TEST
When freshly mixed concrete is checked to ensure that the specified slump is being
attained consistently. A standard slump cone is 12 inches high (0.30) and 8 inches (0.20)
in diameter at the bottom and 4 inches (0.10) on top which is open on both ends.
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH
TEST
Common quality-control test of concrete, based on 7 and 28 day curing periods.
CONCRETE ADDITIVES
Materials often added to the concrete or applied to the surface of freshly placed concrete
to produce some special result.
ACCELERATORS
An admixture which is used to speed up the initial set of concrete. Such a material may
be added to the mix to increase the rate of early-strength development for several
reasons.
RETARDERS to delay or extend the setting time of the cement paste in concrete.
AIR-ENTRAINING AGENTS
Air-entrained concrete contains microscopic bubbles of air formed with the aid of a group
of chemical called surface active agents, materials that have the property of reducing the
surface tension of water intended for use when better resistance to frost action is
concerned.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 97 ●
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS
ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS
FURRING TILE
Used on the inside of exterior walls to provide air spaces for insulation to prevent the
passage of moisture and to provide a suitable plastering surface. Classified as non-load
bearing.
FIREPROOFING TILE
Structural steel must be insulated in fireproof construction. One method of doing this is to
cover it with fire-proofing tile.
FLOOR TILE
Manufactured in both load-bearing and non-load bearing grades in standard thickness
raging from 3 to 12 inches in standard length and widths of 12 inches.
STRUCTURAL CLAY FACING
TILE
Unglazed tile and may have either a smooth or a rough textured finish. They are
designed to used as exposed facing material on either exterior or interior walls and
partitions.
STRUCTURAL GLAZED
FACING TILE
Produced from high-grade light burning clay which is suitable for the application of
ceramic or salt glaze.
TERRA COTTA
Means “fired earth” is a clay product which has been used for architectural decorative
purposes, since ancient Greece and Rome. Modern terracotta is machine-extruded and
molded or pressed. The machine-made product is usually referred to as ceramic veneer,
and is a unit with flat face and flat or ribbed back.
TWO TYPES OF CERAMIC VENEER
ADHESION TYPE
Held to the wall by the bond of the mortar to the ceramic veneer back and to the backing
wall.
ANCHOR TYPE Are held y mortar and by wire tiles between the terracotta and the wall behind.
Building Stones, Gypsum And Lime
BUILDING STONES Stones usually blocks or pieces of the basic material rock.
THREE GENERAL
CATEGORIES
IGNEOUS Formed as a result of the cooling of molten matter.
SEDIMENTARY
Formed by the action of water either by depositing materials at the
bottom of a water body or depositing them on the earth’s surface.
METAMORPHIC
Rocks changed from their original structure by the action of
extreme pressure, heat, or various combinations of these factors.
CLASSIFIED
ACCORDING TO FORM
RUBBLE
includes rough fieldstone which may merely have been broken into
suitable sizes, or it may include irregular pieces of stone that have
been roughly cut to size, usually used for and filling material.
(escombro and lastillas)
DIMENSION
(CUT STONE)
Consists of pieces that have been cut or finished according to a set
or drawing. (for facing walls)
FLAGSTONE
(FLAT SLABS)
Consists of thin pieces (1/2 in. and up which may or may not have
had their face dimensions cut to some particular size. (for walks
and floors)
CRUSHED
ROCK
Consisting of pieces varying I size from 3/8 to 6 in. and is used to a
large extent in concreting.
ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS
CONCRETE BUILDING TILE
COMMON SIZES
CONCRETE BRICK 4” x 8” x 16” for non-load bearing partitions
6” x 8” x 16” for load bearing walls
QUALITY
HAND MADE backyard industry
MACHINE MADE commonly sold
STEAM CURED
Manufactured by big and nationally known factories for load
bearing walls. Usually specified for government and multi-
storey buildings.
CELLULAR CONCRETE
BLOCKS
Lightweight block which is outstanding in thermal and sound insulation qualities. Basic
ingredients are cement-made from silica-rich sand and lime-water, and aluminum
powder.
Ceramics And Clay Products
BRICK Basic ingredient in clay.
THREE PRINCIPAL FORMS
SURFACE CLAY Found near the surface of the earth
SHALE Clay which have been subjected to high pressure until they have become relatively hard.
FIRE CLAY Found at deeper levels and usually have more uniform physical and chemical qualities.
TWO CLASSES OF CLAY
CALCAREOUS
CLAYS
Contains about 15 percent calcium carbonate and burn to a
yellowish color.
NON-CALCAREOUS
CLAYS
Composed of silicate of alumina, with feldspar and iron oxide.
These clays burn buff, red or salmon depending on the iron
oxide content which vary from 2 to 10 percent.
STANDARD BRICK SIZE 2 ¼ x 3 ¾ x 8 inches
STRUCTURAL CLAY TILES
Are hollow units as opposed to brick which is sold. Tiles are made from the same
material as brick, but all clay tiles are formed by extrusion in the stiff-mud process.
TYPES OF TILES
LOAD BEARING
WALL TILE
used for bearing walls of light buildings, the height usually
restricted to four stories. Structural load bearing wall tile are
made in 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 in thickness.
PARTITION TILE non-load bearing
BACK-UP TILE
Intended for use in both bearing and non-bearing walls which will be faced with brick or
facing tile.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 98 ●
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS
ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS
AS CORNICES
Specially cut stones which are built into and project from a masonry
wall near the top to provide the appearance of a cave.
AS LINTELS Stones which bridge the top of door and window openings.
AS STONE
STEPS
Made to fit over an inclined concrete slab or to cap steps cast in
concrete.
AS AN ARCH
STONE
Cut to form some particular type of arch over a door or window
opening.
AS STONE
FLOORING
Walks and patios, made by covering a base of stone concrete, brick or
tile with flagstones, trimmed flagstone, trimmed rectangular and
square.
GYPSUM
A soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from which gypsum plaster is
made (by heating); colorless when pure used as a retarder in Portland cement.
Wood And Wood Products
WOOD
a traditional building material, it is easily worked, has durability and beauty. It has great
ability to absorb shocks from sudden load. In addition, wood has freedom from rust and
corrosion, is comparatively light in weight, and is adaptable to countless variety of
purposes.
CLASSIFICATION OF TREES
HARDWOODS ‘Deciduous’ trees that have broad leaves which are normally shed in the winter time.
SOFTWOODS ‘Conifers’ trees that have needles rather than leaves and that bear their seeds in cones.
MOISTURE CONTENT OF WOOD
Expressed as a percentage of the oven-dry weight and can be determined by the oven-dry method or by an electric-moisture
meter method.
THREE CATEGORIES OF LUMBER
YARD LUMBER
used for ordinary light construction and finishing work and consists of 1 and 2 inches
material manufactured into common boards, shiplap, shelving dimension lumber, center
match, flooring, roof plank, siding, v-joint, trim and molding of all kinds. These are usually
found in retail lumberyards.
SHOP LUMBER
Usually left in 1 and 2 inches rough thickness often containing knots or defects not
ordinarily permissible in other categories. It is intended for use in shops or mills making
sash, doors and cabinets where it will be cut into relatively short pieces and the defective
material discarded.
STRUCTURAL LUMBER
In intended for use in heavy construction for load-bearing purposes and is cut into
timbers of large size than yard lumber, 3 inches or more thick and 4 inches or more wide.
It is made from the heartwood of the log.
FINISHES OF WOOD
S1S surfacing or planning of one side
ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS
BUILDING STONE
ARGILITE
One formed dfrom clay, commonly dark-blue with faint shades of green, used for floor
tile, stair treads, coping stones, interior wall base, interior window stools of exterior
window sills.
GRANITE
Igneous origin and composed of quartz, feldspar, hornblende and mica. Its generally
very hard, strong durable and capable of taking a high polish.
LIMESTONE
A sedimentary rock which is either oolitic, or calcite cemented calcareous stone formed
of shells fragments, particularly non-crystalline in nature, it has no cleavage lines and
uniform in structure and composition.
TRAVERTINE
A sedimentary rock composed mainly of calcium carbonate. It has been formed at the
earth’s surface through the evaporation of water from hot springs.
MARBLE
Metamorphic rock, one that has been changed from its original structure in this case,
limestone and dolomite have been recrystallized to form marble.
SERPENTINE
Igneous rock with the mineral serpentine. The mineral is olive green to greenish black,
but impurities may give the rock other colors.
SANDSTONE
A class of rock composed of cemented silica grains. Colors include gray, buff, light brown
and red.
SLATE ROCK
Formed by metamorphosis of clays and shales deposited in layers. A unique
characteristic of the rock is the relative ease with which it may be separated into thin
tough sheets, called slates, ¼” or more thick.
STONE CONSTRUCTION
PANELING
Consists of using slabs of stone cut to dimension and thickness to cover backup walls
and provide a finished exterior.
ASHLAR
Work requires the use of cut stone and includes broken ashlars, irregular coursed
ashlars, and regular coursed ashlars.
RUBBLEWORK
Used as random when no attempt is made to produce either horizontal or vertical course
lines. Small spaces are filled with spalls, small stones and used as course rubble work,
horizontal course lines are maintained but no vertical course lines used.
TRIM
Involves use of stones cut for a specific purpose and include Quoin – stones laid at the
intersection of two walls.
AS JAMBS Stones which form the sides of window and door openings.
AS SILLS stones which form the bottom of window and door openings
AS BELTS
special stone courses which are built into a wall for a particular
purpose. One reason is to provide architectural relief to a large wall of
one material or to provide a break I the vertical plane of the wall,
another reason is to hide a change in the wall thickness.
AS COPINGS
one which is cut fit on the top of a masonry wall. It prevents the
passage of water into the wall, sheds water to either inside or outside,
and gives a finished appearance to the wall.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 99 ●
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS
ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS
PLYWOOD
Made by bonding together thin layers of wood in a way that the grain of each layer is at
right angles to the grain of each adjacent layer.
VENEER each layer of plywood
ROTARY
CUTTING
a method of cutting wood veneer in which a log is fixed in a lathe
and rotated against a knife so that the veneer is peeled from the log
in a continuous sheet.
HARDBOARD Made from processed wood chips.
THREE GRADES OF BOARD
STANDARD flexible to be quite easily bent
TEMPERED
HARDBOARD
Made by impregnated standard board with a tempering compound
of oils and resin and baking it to polymerize the tempering material.
LOW-DENSITY
HARDBOARD
Not as strong and durable as standard hardboard.
INSULATING FIBERBOARD
Made from three types of fiber – wood, sugar cane, and asbestos, and binder, formed
into a board.
CHIPBOARD
A large class of building board made from wood and particles and a binder, often faced
with veneer.
PARTICLE BOARD Hardboard made from relatively small particles.
GYPSUM BOARD A wall board having a gypsum core.
STRAW BOARD
Hardboard made of compressed wheat straw, processed at 350 to 400 degree
Fahrenheit and covered with a tough craft paper.
ASBESTOS-CEMENT BOARD
A dense, rigid board containing a high proportion of asbestos fibers bonded with Portland
cement, resistant to fire, flame, and weathering, has low resistance to heat flow.
CORKBOARD
From the outer bark of the cork oak tree, cork granules is mixed with synthetic resin,
compressed and formed into sheet from 1 to 6 inches thick and baked under pressure
into rigid boards.
PAPERBOARD
Made into two different types: a paper pulp pressed into boards 3/16, or ¼ in. thick, 4 ft.
wide, and 6, 7 or 8 ft. long. Usually one surface is primed for easier finishing. The other is
a layer of stiff paper folded into corrugated from and faced on both sides with a thick
paper backing, cemented to the core.
MINERAL FIBERGROUND
Thick mats of mineral fibers, usually glass or rock wool are covered with a backing of stiff
paper on one or both sides to form rigid boards, ranging in thickness from ½ to 2 in. The
usual board size is 24 x 48 inches.
PLASTIC FOAMBOARDS
Polystyrene and polyurethane plastics are formed by a patented process to about 40
times their original volume. Used for perimeter insulation for concrete floor slabs, for wall
and roof deck insulation, and for roof decks when properly supported.
BUILDING PAPERS
In building construction, paper is used for sheathing, roofing and insulation, in making asphalt shingles, laminated and
ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS
S2S two sides planed
S4S four sides planed
ROUGH as sawn and not planed
WOOD GRAIN
EDGE GRAIN Annual rings run approximately at right angle to the face.
FLAT GRAIN When the annual rings run more or less parallel to the surface.
ANGLE GRAIN When the annual rings are at about 45 degrees to the face.
SEASONING OF LUMBER
AIR-DRYING
Lumber is strip-piled at a slope on a solid foundation. This allows air to circulate around
every piece while the sloping allows water to run off quickly.
KILN-DRYING
More expensive lumber which is required for more refined uses so as wood will not
move, such as furniture. Flooring and general interior use.
PRESSURE TREATED
LUMBER
When lumber is subjected to pressure and injected with chemicals or salts to insure it
from rots.
SPECIFICATION WHEN BUYING LUMBER
Indicate no. of pieces, thickness, width, length, total bd. Ft. kind of lumber and finish.
Example: 6-2” x 8” x 14’-0” = 112 bd. Ft. tanguile S4S
GLUE LAMINATED TIMBER
term used to describe a wooden member built up of several layers of wood whose grain directions are all substantially
parallel, and held together with glue as fastening commonly used for beams, girders, posts, columns, arches, arches,
bowstring truss chords, usually softwoods are commonly used because of their low cost, lightness and strength.
GLUE USED IN LAMINATING
CASEIN GLUE Satisfactory for use in dry locations not exposed to rain or water.
UREA-FORMALDEHYDE-
RESIN
Cheap and well cure at from 70 degrees Fahrenheit up. Will withstand soaking in cool
water.
PHENOL-FORMALDEHYDE-
RESIN GLUES
Not usually recommended because of the high temperature needed to cure them. Useful
for combining timber and plywood and are very water-resistant.
RESORCINOL-PHENOL-
FORMALDEHYDE
Resin glues are expensive but have excellent qualities of durability and water resistance.
Recycled Waste Products, Building Boards And Papers
BUILDING BOARDS
a group of sheets of building materials often faced with paper or vinyl, suitable for use as
a finished surface on walls, ceiling, etc.
KINDS OF BUILDING BOARDS
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 100 ●
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS
ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS
PITCH
A solid or semi-solid residue produced from partial evaporation or fractional distillation of
tar.
COAL-TAR PITCH Most common material of this kind of pitch.
ASPHALTS
Dark brown or black solids or semi-solids which are found in the natural state and are
also produced by the refining of petroleum.
LIQUID PAVING ASPHALTS Liquid asphalts used for paving are cutbacks.
ASPHALT PAVING CEMENTS Used as binders for more expensive asphalt pavements.
Ferrous And Non-Ferrous Materials
FERROUS metal in which iron is the principal element
NON-FERROUS Containing no, or very little iron.
FERROUS METAL
STEEL
A malleable alloy of iron and carbon produced by smelting and refining pig iron and/or
scrap steel, graded according to the carbon content.
PIG IRON
Used to make cast iron which is high in compressive strength but low in tensile strength,
and has little use for construction.
WROUGHT IRON
Produced when pig iron is melted in such a way as to remove nearly all of the carbon and
other impurities.
ALLOY STEELS
Made by containing other elements with the molten steel. Nickel, chromium copper and
manganese are used.
NICKEL STEEL
Stronger than carbon steel and is used to make structural members for building
chromium steel is very hard and corrosion-resistant.
STAINLESS STEELS
Made with chromium or a combination of nickel and chromium used in buildings for
exterior wall panels, frames for doors, expansion joints, flashings, copings, fascia and
gravel stops.
COPPER
Bearing steel has high resistance to corrosion and is used for making sheet steel and
metal lath.
MANGANESE STEEL
Offers great resistance to abrasion and finds important use in the cutting edges of heavy
digging tools.
WEATHERING STEEL
Recently developed grade of steel. It forms its protection against atmospheric corrosion
and thus requires no painting.
NON-FERROUS METAL
ALUMINUM
A lustrous, silver-white nonmagnetic, lightweight metal which is very malleable; has good
thermal and electrical conductivity; a good reflector of both heat and light.
ALUMINUM FOIL Used as a vapor barrier on walls and ceilings and as reflective insulation.
COPPER
a lustrous reddish metal, highly ductile and malleable; has high tensile strength; is an
excellent electrical and thermal conductor; is available in a wide variety of shapes; widely
ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS
corrugated building products, and concrete form materials, as a moisture and vapor barrier; as cushioning material; as
wallpaper; as an envelope or sheath for other materials; and as a fireproofing material.
TYPE OF WOOD PULP
MECHANICAL PULP
Or ground wood, is produced by grinding blocks of wood against a revolving abrasive
stone or by grinding steamed wood chips in a grinding mill.
CHEMICAL PULP
Produced by digesting wood chips in various chemicals to free the cellulose fibers from
the liquid binding.
SEMI-CHEMICAL PULP
Wood chips are first subjected to a mild chemical treatment and then mechanically
disintegrated in rotating disk refiners.
TYPES OF PAPER
SHEATHING PAPER used to provide an airtight barrier over walls, floors, etc.
ROOFING PAPER
ROOFING
FELTS
used in making a built-up roof and are usually produced in 36 in.
wide rolls, in various weights from 3 to 20 lb/square.
ROLLED
ROOFING
A heavy, mineral surfaced paper used as a final roof covering,
made 18 and 36 in. wide, in various weights from 45 to 120
lb/square.
INSULATING PAPER
Used to secure bulk and entrapped air with as much strength as possible. Insulating
papers are made from both wood-fiber insulating paper and asbestos fibers.
CUSHIONING PAPER
Similar to wood-fiber insulating paper, but less attention is paid to strength. Its chief use
is for cushioning under linoleum, carpets, or slate roofing.
VAPOR BARRIER PAPER Intended to prevent the passage of moisture vapor through walls, ceilings and floors.
LAMINATING PAPER
A special, high strength kraft paper made for use in the production of plastic laminates.
The thin, strong paper is impregnated with liquid plastic resin and several sheet are
laminated together under heat and pressure to form the base for the plastic sheet.
CONCRETE FORM PAPER
Made from strong kraft paper in the form of a spiral tube and boxlike from made from
corrugated container paper.
WALLPAPER Paper from which decorative wallpaper is made.
ENVELOPE PAPER
Used as an outer covering or envelope for a number of building materials. One of these
is gypsum board, composed of a layer of calcined gypsum covered in both sides by a
sheet of craft paper.
FIRE PROOFING PAPER
Made from asbestos fibers, since this is an incombustible material. This material maybe
in the form of matted paper, similar to asbestos insulating or roofing paper, or it may be in
the form of a cloth woven from thread spun from asbestosfibers.
Bituminous Marterials
BITUMEN
A generic name applied to a semisolid mixture of complex hydrocarbons, derived from
coal or petroleum, as a coal-tar pitch or asphalt.
TAR
The resulting condensate when destructive distillation is carried out on such materials as
wood coal, shale, peat or bone.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 101 ●
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS
ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS
dials.
GLASS PRODUCTS
GLASS BLOCKS
Comparable in many ways to unit masonry but have the added feature of transmitting
light.
SOLID GLASS BRICK
Also made to admit light into a building, because of its solid construction, it offers greater
protection against vandalism than conventional window glass or glass blocks. The ability
of the brick is to allow undistorted passage of light.
Plastics And Related Products
PLASTICS
a large group of synthetic materials which are made from a number of common
substances such as coal, salt, oil, natural gas, cotton, wood and water. From these,
relatively simple chemicals known as monomers, which are capable of reacting with one
another are produced. These are then built up into chainlike molecules of high molecular
weight called polymers.
TWO GENERAL CLASSIFICATION
THERMOPLASTICS
Become soft when heated and hard when cooled, regardless of the number of times the
process is repeated. Include in the thermoplastics are acrylic cellulosis, polyethylene,
polyvinyl chloride (PVC) polysterene, polyallomers polycarbonates, polyimide,
polypropylene, polysulfone, phenylene oxide, nylons, methyl pertenes, ionomer,
fluoroplastics, acetal and acryonitrile butadieniene styrene (ABS).
THERMOSETTING PLASTICS
Set into a permanent shape when heat and pressure are applied to them during the
forming stage. Thermosetting group includes phenolics, aminos (urea and melamine)
epoxies, polyesters, polyurethane, alkyd silicones and diallyl phthalate (DAP).
PRODUCTION
Plastics products are formed by a number of methods which include:
INJECTION MOLDING
PROCESS
Measured amount of powder or granules is heated and when flowing forced through the
nozzle of the barrel into a shaped cavity, where it cools of solidities.
BLOW-MOLDING PROCESS
An extruder extrudes a hollow tube which is captured between the two halves of a hollow.
As the mold closes, air is blown into the tube and expands it to fit inside surface of the
mold.
ROTATIONAL MOLDING
Used to form hollow units with complex shapes and heavy walls, a premeasured amount
of powder or liquid resin is placed at the bottom half of a cold mold which is then closed.
EXPANDABLE BEAD
MOLDING
A process used to produce light weight products of polysterene foam, small granules of
polystyrene with a small amount of an expanding agent are placed in a rolling drum and
steam heated.
COMPRESSION MOLDING
A measured quantity of powder in a heated mold, which is then closed. Heat and
pressure are applied to the powder which melts and flows to all parts of the mold.
TRANSFER MOLDING
Similar to compression molding except that the powder is heated and liquefied outside
the mold and injected into the mold under heat and pressure, where the forming and
setting takes place.
ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS
used for downspout, electrical conductors, flashings, gutter, roofing, etc.
LEAD
A soft, malleable, heavy metal; has low melting point and a high coefficient of thermal
expansion. Very easy to cut and work, enabling it to be fitted over uneven surfaces. Used
for roofing, flashing and spandrel wall panels.
TIN
A lustrous white, soft and malleable metal having a low melting point; relatively
unaffected by exposure to air; used for making alloys and solder and in coating sheet
metal.
Glass And Glazing
GLASS
A hard, brittle inorganic substance, ordinarily transparent or translucent; produced by
melting a mixture of silica, a flux and a stabilizer.
TYPES OF GLASS
REFLECTIVE GLASS
Used to control glare and reduce solar heat. It the product of a glass-coating process
which is carried out in a large, rectangular vacuum chamber. Manufactured in two types,
silver and gold, the glass can be specified in any one of three nominal light transmittance
of 8, 14, or 20 %.
ROLLED AND ROUGH CAST
GLASS
Used where clear vision is not required, such as by factory roofs and walls, windows for
halls and staircases, skylights, and partitions in offices. Cast glass diffuses light, and
because of its low reflecting and absorption index, transmits 90 to 93 percent of light rays
striking it.
CATHEDRAL AND FIGURED
GLASS
Manufacturing is similar to rolled and rough-cast glasses. However, they contain a
pattern or texture impressed usually on one surface by a patterned roller.
WIRED GLASS Simply a rolled glass into which wire mesh is inserted during the process of manufacture.
HEAT –ABSORBING PLATE
GLASS
Made by adding ingredients to the mix used in making regular slate glass so that the
finished product is pale bluish-green or gray.
TEMPERED PLATE GLASS
Three to five times as strong as regular plate of the same thickness – and area in
resisting compressive forces and fracture due to strain or thermal shock.
VITREOUS COLORED PLATE
Polished plate glass can be heat-strengthened and coated on one side with vitreous color
which is fire-fused to the surface.
LAMINATED SAFETY GLASS
(BULLET PROOFING)
Widely used in the automotive industry and transportation, but now finding some uses in
the building industry, like glass that can withstand firearm attack and explosions.
INSULATING GLASS
Consists of two sheets of plate or sheet glass, separated by an air space, and joined
around the edges to produce a hermitically sealed unit.
CLASSIFICATION OF SHEET GLASS
WINDOW GLASS
Used for glazing windows doors and storm sash in residential buildings where good light
and vision are required at moderate cost.
HEAVY SHEET GLASS
Used for glazing windows and doors where greater strength is required but where slight
distortion is not objectionable.
PICTURE GLASS Used for covering pictures, photographs, maps, charts projector slides and instrument
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 102 ●
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS
ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS
GRANULAR
INSULATION
made from expanded minerals such as perlite and vermaculite or
from ground vegetable matter such as granulated coork.
FIBROUS
LOOSE FILL
used to insulate walls of buildings that have been built without
insulation.
GRANULES
are graded into four sizes, 1, (3/8 in. to no. 16 sieve) and sizes 2
(no. 4 to no. 30 sieve) used as loose-fill insulation for sidewalls and
ceilings over suspended ceilings, between wood sleepers over a
concrete floor slab, as fill for the cores of concrete blocks, and sizes
3 (no. 8 to no. 100 sieve) size 4 (no. 16 to 100 sieve).
BLANKET INSULATION
made from some fibrous materials such as mineral wool, wood fiber, cotton fiber, or
animal hair, manufactured in the form of a mat, 16, 20 or 24 in. width, in 8 ft. lengths or
put up in rolls of from 40 to 100 linear feet, with controlled thickness of 1, ½, 2, 3 and 4
inches.
BATTS
similar to blankets but they are restricted to 48 inches in long or less they are always
covered with paper, and made especially for installation between stud spacings.
STRUCTURAL INSULATION
BOARD
Made from organic fiber-wood, cane, straw or cork. The wood and cane raw material is
first pulped, after which it is treated with water proofing chemicals.
STRAWBOARD
made from carefully selected straw, fused under heat and pressure
into a panel 2 inches thick and 4 ft. wide.
CORKBOARD
made from granulated cork mixed with resin and pressed into
sheets of several thickness, depending on the use to which they will
be put.
BLOCK or RIGID SLAB
INSULATION
Type of insulation is so called because the units are relatively stiff and inelastic. In most
cases inorganic materials are used in their manufactures.
REFLECTIVE INSULATION
Made from such materials as aluminum or copper foil or sheet metal, with bright surfaces
that reflect heat rather than absorbing it.
FOAMED-IN-PLACE
INSULATION
This is polyurethane product made by combining a polyisocyanate and a polyester resin.
SPRAYED-ON-INSULATIONS
Materials used are polyurethane foam asbestos fiber mixed with inorganic binders,
vermiculite aggregate with a binder such as Portland cement or gypsum and perlite
aggregate using gypsum as binders.
CORRUGATED INSULATION
Usually made from paper foamed into shapes that produce enclosed air pockets. One
type is produced by shaping heavy paper into a series of small regular semicircular
corrugations and covering a both sides with a sheet of flat paper to give strength and
produce the air pockets.
Building Protection
WATERPROOFING a method of protecting surfaces against the destructive effects of water
DAMP-PROOFING
Protection from the outside is provided by water repellent materials which turn water
aside and force it to return to the earth.
SOIL POISONING It is important to poison the soil against anay in order to stop the anay from infesting the
ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS
FOAMED PLASTICS
Are made by expanding agent with either granules or powder and then heating. Heat
melts the plastic and causes the formation of a gas which expands the molten material
into foamed structure.
THERMOSET FOAM
Made by mixing the appropriate resin with a curing agent and an expanding agent and
then heating them in a mold.
EXTRUSION FORMING
Used for mass-produced materials which have a constant cross section, and it is done in
two ways by forcing of semi-liquid plastic through a die of the proper size and shape in a
manner similar to that used for forming brick by extrusion.
THERMOFORMING PROCESS
Sheet plastic is heated until soft and then forced by air pressure against a cold and
hardens in shape.
LAMINATING PROCESS
Consists of impregnating sheets of paper, glass fiber, or cloth with a thermosetting liquid
resin and then applying heat and pressure to a number of sheets to form a laminated
product.
CASTING
A simple process in which liquid plastics, with their appropriate curing agent, are poured
into molds and set, with or without heat.
CALENDARING PROCESS
Plastic is fed to revolving rollers which turn out a thin sheet or film the thickness of the
product is determined by the roller spacing, and the surface of the sheet may be smooth
or matted, depending on the roller surface.
PLASTIC LAMINATES
Consists of three or more layers of material bonded or laminated together with plastic
adhesive under high pressure.
Adhesives And Sealants
COHESIVENESS The ability of particles of a material to cling tightly to one another.
ADHESIVENESS The ability of a material to fix itself and cling to an entirely different material.
SEALERS
Products which are used to seal the surface of various materials against the penetration
of water or other liquids or in some cases to prevent the escape of water through the
surface.
Insulating Materials
THREE WAYS OF HEAT TRANSFER
CONDUCTION
the inside of a concrete wall which has one side exposed to outside winter temperatures
feels cold to the touch. Heat is being conducted from the side of higher temperature to
that lower temperature.
RADIATION From this point, it is transferred to the outside air by radiation.
CONVECTION
When air is heated, it expands and begins to circulate, during the circulation it comes in
contact with cooler surface; some of its heat is given up to them. It is therefore important
to try to prevent air currents from being set up in the walls and ceiling of our buildings.
KINDS OF THERMAL INSULATION
LOOSE FILL FIBROUS TYPE
Made from mineral woolrock wool, glass wool, or slag wool – or
vegetable fiber – usually wood fiber.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 103 ●
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS
ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS
exudation of the lac insect of India and Southeast Asia, deposited on the branches of the
tree.
LACQUERS
A new product made from synthetic materials to take the place of varnish for clear
finishes. The ingredients are dissolved in a mixture of volatile solvents which evaporate,
leaving a film to form the protective coating. When another class of material, “pigments”
are added to clear lacquer, the result is lacquer enamel, available in wide range of colors.
STAINS
Materials used to apply color to wood surfaces. They are intended to impart color without
concealing or obscuring the grain and not to provide a protective coating.
FILLERS
Finishing materials which are used on wood surfaces, particularly those with open grain,
to fill the pores and provide a perfect smooth, uniform surface for varnish or lacquer. It is
also used to impart color to the wood pores and so emphasize the grain.
SEALERS
to seal the surface of the wood and prevent the absorption of succeeding finish coats. It
may be applied to bare wood in essentially the same way as paste filler but has much
less filling capacity.
SILICONE WATER
REPELLANT
Used on all non-painted concrete, synthetic finishes, rubble, brick, and wash-out finishes
as a protection from absorption of water and prevent moss, alkali, fungi to destroy the
surface.
Hardware
HARDWARE Metal products used in construction, such as bolts, hinges, locks, tools. Etc.
CLASSIFICATION OF HARDWARE
FINISHING HARDWARE
hardware such as hinges, catches, etc. that has a finished appearance as well as
function, especially that used with doors, windows, and cabinets, maybe considered part
of the decorative treatment of a room or building.
ROUGH HARDWARE
In building construction, hardware meant to be concealed, such as bolts, nails, screws,
spikes, rods, and other metal fittings.
TYPES OF DOORS
FLUSH
A smooth surface door having faces which are plane conceal its rails and stiles or other
structure when used inside, it is of hollow core when used for exterior, it is of solid core.
PANEL DOOR
A door having stiles, rail and sometimes muntins, which form one or more frames around
recessed thinner panels.
OVERHEAD SWING-UP
DOOR
A rigid overhead door which opens as an entire unit.
OVERHEAD ROLL-UP
GARAGE DOOR
A door which, when open, assumes a horizontal position above the door opening, made
of several leaves.
ROLL-UP DOOR
A door made up of small horizontal interlocking metal slats which are guided in a track;
the configuration coils about an overhead drum which is housed at the head of the
opening, either manual or motor-driven.
ACCORDION DOOR A hinge door consisting of a system of panels which are hung from an overhead track.
ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS
main posts, walls and flooring.
WOOD PRESERVATIVE
A chemical liquid painted and applied to lumber to preserve it for years. It protects wood
against powder post beatles (buk-bok), powder post termite (unos), decay causing fungi
such as sap stain and dry rot.
FIRE- PROOFING
A clear liquid applied easily on wood, plywood, lumber and other board that retains the
natural beauty, gives added strength and protects materials against fire, weather, decay,
insects and warping.
RATPROOFING
A method of protecting rooms against the intrusion of rats and other small destructive
animals from gnawing the wooden parts of the house, habitating on ceilings and floors of
houses and buildings.
RUSTPROOFING
A method of protecting the ferrous materials like steel, iron from rusting or
corrosion.
THOROSEAL
A cement-based, heavy-duty, easy to apply, water proof sealant and coating. Thoroseal
is ideal for basement walls.
VAPOR BARRIERS
Are materials which effectively retard or stop the flow of water vapor and normally are
produced in sheets or thin layers.
Paints And Protective Coatings
PAINT
a mixture consisting of vehicles or binders, with or without coloring pigments, adjusted
and diluted with correct amounts and types of additives and thinners, which when applied
on a surface, forms an adherent continuous film which provides protection, decoration,
sanitation, identification and other functional properties.
COMPONENTS OF AN OIL BASE PAINT
BODY
that solid, finely ground material which gives a paint the powder to hide,
as well as color a surface.
VEHICLE
a nonvolatile fluid in which the solid body material is suspended. The
vehicle should consist of from 85 to 90 percent drying oil and the
remainder thinner and drier.
PIGMENT material which give the paint its color
THINNERS
are volatile solvents, materials which have a natural affinity for the
vehicle in the paint. They cause the paint to flow better. Most common
thinner is turpentine.
DRIERS
organic salts of various metals such as iron, zinc, cobalt, lead
manganese, and calcium, which are added to the paint to accelerate the
oxidation and hardening of the vehicle.
VARNISHES
a group pf more-or-less transparent liquids which are used to provide a protective surface
coating, at the same time they allow the original surface to show but add a lustrous and
glossy finish to it.
ENAMELS When pigment is added to a varnish, the result is enamel.
SHELLAC The only liquid protective coating containing a resin of animal origin. The resin is an
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 104 ●
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS
ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS
FLUSH BOLT A door bolt so designed that when applied it is flush with the face or edge of the door.
CHAIN DOOR FASTENER
A device attached to a door and its jamb limits the door opening to the length of the
chain.
LOCKSET
a complete lock system including the basic locking mechanism & all the accessories,
such as knobs, escutcheons, plates, etc.
LATCH
A simple fastening device having a latch bolt, but not a dead bolt containing no provisions
for locking with a key, usually can be open from both sides.
LIFT LATCH
A type of door latch which fastens a door by means of a pivoted bar that engages a hook
on the door jamb, a lever which lifts the pivoted bar used to unfasten the door.
BUTTON A small rejecting member used to fasten the frame of a door or window.
KNOB A handle, more or less spherical usually for operating a lock.
ESCUTCHEON A protective plate surrounding the keyhole of a door switch or a light switch.
PLATES a thin flat sheet of material
STRIKES
A metal plate or box which is et in a door jamb & is either placed or recessed to receive
the bolt or latch of a lock, fixed on a door.
LIP STRIKE
The projection from the side of a strike plate which the bolt of a lock strikes first, when a
door is closed; projects out from the side of the strike plate to protect the frame.
HASP
A fastening device consisting of a loop or staple and a slotted hinge plate normally
secured with a padlock.
KEY-PADLOCK A device which fastens in position maybe operated by a key.
HASP LOCK A kind of hasp that has a built-in locking device which can be opened only with a key.
FRICTION CATCH Any catch which when it engages a strike, is held in the engaged position by friction.
MAGNETIC CATCH A door catch flat that uses a magnet to hold the door in a closed position.
BULLET CATCH
A fastener which holds a door in place by means of a projecting spring actuated steel hall
which is depressed when the door is closed.
HOSPITAL ARM PULL
A handle for opening a hospital door without the use of hands, by hooking an arm over
the handle.
PANIC EXIT DEVICE
Fire exit bolt a door locking device used on exit doors; the door latch releases when a
bar, across the inside of the door is pushed.
EYE BOLT A bolt having its head in the form of a loop or eye.
CONCRETE INSERT
A plastic, wood fiber or metal usually leads plug either built in a wall or ceiling or inserted
by drilling, used as an anchor or support to hold attached load.
HOOK BOLT A bolt having one end in the form of a hook.
DOOR STOPPER To prevent the door with its lockset from harming the wall or tiles.
ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS
BI-FOLD DOOR
One of two or more doors which are hinged together so that they can open and fold in a
confined space.
REVOLVING DOOR
An exterior door consisting of four leaves which pivot about a common vertical axis within
a cylindrically shape vestibule, prevents the direct passage of air through the vestibule,
thereby eliminating drafts from outside.
SLIDING DOOR A door mounted on track which slides I a horizontal direction usually parallel to one wall.
BY-PASSING SLIDING DOOR
A sliding door which slides to cover a fixed door of the same width or another sliding
door.
SLIDING POCKET DOOR A door which slides inside a hollow of the wall.
DUTCH DOOR
A hinge door which is divided into two. The upper part can be opened while the lower
portion is closed.
EXAMPLE OF FINISHING HARDWARE:
HINGE
a movable joint used to attach support and turn a door about a pivot, consists of two
plates joined together by a pin which the door and connect it to its frame, enabling it to
swing open or closed.
TYPES OF HINGES
BUTT HINGE
Consists of two rectangular metal plates which are joined with a pin. In large hinge, the
pin is removable, in small hinges, it is fixed.
FAST PIN HINGE A hinge I which the pin is fastened permanently in place.
FULL SURFACE HINGE A hinge designed for attachment on the surface of the door and jamb without mortising.
LOOSE JOINT HINGE
A door hinge having two knuckles, one of which has vertical pin that fits in a
corresponding hole in the other, by lifting the door up, off the vertical pin, the door maybe
removed with unscrewing the hinge.
LOOSE PIN HINGE A hinge having a removable pin which permits its two parts to be separated.
PAUMELLE HINGE A type of door hinge having a single joint of the pivot type, usually of modern design.
OLIVE KNUCKLE HINGE A paumelle hinge with knuckles forming an oval shape.
SPRING HINGE
A hinge containing one or more springs, when a door is opened, the hinge returns it to
the open position automatically, may act in one direction only, or in both directions.
VERTICAL SPRING PIVOT
HINGE
A spring hinge for a door which is mortised into the heel of the door, the door is fastened
to the floor and door head with pivots.
EXAMPLE OF ROUGH HARDWARE
CW Common wire nails with head and for strength; box nail also used for strength.
FIN Finishing nail without head; casing nail also without head.
SCREWS Classified by gauge (diameter), length, head-type, and metallic make-up.
BOLTS
Have threaded shafts that receive nuts. To use them, a hole is drilled, pushing the bolt
through and adding a nut.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 105 ●
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS
WITH MACHINE ROOM
Geared
 Have a gearboxthat is attached to the motor, which
drives the wheel that moves the ropes
 Capable of travel speeds up to 500 ft / minute
 Max. Travel Distance : 250 ft (approx)
 Medium initial cost, ongoing intial cost, and energy
consumption
Gear-Less
 Have the wheel attached to themotor
 Capable of travel speeds up to 2000 ft / minute
 Max. Travel Distance : 2000 ft (approx)
 High initial cost
 Medium ongoing maintenance costs
 More energy efficient than geared traction elevators
MACHINE-ROOM-LESS (MRL)
 Do not have a dedicated machine room above the elevatorshaft
 The machine sits in the override space and is accessed from the top of the
elevator cab
 Control Boxes are located in a control room that is adjacent to the elevator
shaft on the highest landing and within 150 ft of the machine
 Capable of travel speeds up to 500 ft / minute
 Max. Travel Distance : 250 ft (approx)
 Medium initial cost and ongoing intialcost
 Low energy consumption compared to geared elevators
 Most popular choice for mid-rise buildings
 Energy efficient
 Requires less space
 Operation reliability are on par with gear-less traction elevators
HISTORY
Elisha Graves Otis Elevator Safety Brake (1853)
E.V. Haughwout Building
Installed the First Passenger Elevator
(23 March 1857)
Frost and Strutt
Counterbalance-type, Traction-Method Elevator
called the “Taagle” (1853)
Felix Leon Edoux Hydraulic Elevator (1867)
Siemens Electric Power Elevator (1880)
Wegster DC Motor
Norton Otis First direct-connected geared electric elevator
Mitsubishi Electric Corp. Leader in the elevator industry
ELEVATORS
Elevators are devices that move people and goods vertically within a dedicated
shaft that connects the floors of a building. They became commonplace in the
1850s as steel and iron structural frames allowed taller construction; however it
was Elisha Otis's safety mechanism that prevented the car from falling that
made elevators popular. In almost all modern multi-floor buildings, elevators are
required to provide universal access.
There are three main types of elevators commonly used: traction with a machine
room, machine-room-less traction, and hydraulic; however, there are
variations on each type.
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
Hydraulic elevators are supported by a piston at the bottom of the elevator that
pushes the elevator up as an electric motor forces oil or another hydraulic fluid
into the piston. The elevator descends as a valve releases the fluid from the
piston. They are used for low-rise applications of 2-8 stories and
travel at a maximum speed of 200 feet per minute. The machine room for
hydraulic elevators is located at the lowest level adjacent to the elevator shaft.
 Low initial cost
 Ongoing maintenance cost are lower compared to other types
 Uses more energy than other types
 Major Drawback: Hdraulic fluin can sometimes leak and cause aserious
environmental hazard
Conventional
 Have a sheave that extends below the floor of thepit,
which accepts the retracting piston as the elevator
descends
 Max. Travel Distance : 60ft (approx)
Hole-Less
 Have a piston on either side of the cab fixed atthe
base of the pit
 Telescoping pistons: 50ft TD
 Non-Telecoping: 20ft TD
Roped
 Use a combination of ropes and a piston
 Max. Travel Distance : 60ft (approx)
TRACTION ELEVATORS
Traction elevators are lifted by ropes, which pass over a wheel attached to an
electric motor above the elevator shaft. They are used for mid and high-rise
applications and have much higher travel speeds than hydraulic elevators. A
counter weight makes the elevators more efficient by offsetting the weight of the
car and occupants so that the motor doesn't have to move as much weight.
 Have height restrictions governed by the length and weight of cables orropes
 New materials that are stronger and lighter, such as carbon fiber, willallow
traction elevators to achieve new heights.
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS & EQUIPMENT
REFRIGERANTS
R-12 Di-chloro-di-fluoro-methane
R-22 Di-chloro-mono-fluoro-methane
R-114 Di-chloro-tetra-fluoro-methane
R-11 Tri-chloro-monofluoro-methane
DESIGN DETAILS
Air Handling Unit (AHU) 5% of GFA / floor
Refrigeration Equipment
Room
 Located at Basement Floor (Chillers & Pumps)
 3.96 m – 5.488 m high
 1.35% ofGFA
Cooling Tower 4% of Building GFA
AIR CONDITIONING STANDARDS / AIR CHANGES
Cooling And
De-Humidifying
SUMMER COOLING
Temperatures of 68° to 74° F and 50%
relative humidity are a frequent design average
Heating And
Humidifying
WINTER COOLING
Temperatures 70° to 75° F and relative
humidity of 30% to 35 % are found most
satisfactory
Air Motion
Air Velocity should average 4.57m to
7.60m per minute measured 36” above
the floor
Air Supply
NON-SMOKING ROOMS
5ft3
to 7.5ft3
of air / minute / person
SMOKING ROOMS
25ft3
to 40ft3
of air / minute / person
ASHRAE Recommendations
15ft3
to 20ft3
of air / minute / person
0.42m3
to 0.57m3
of air / minute / person
For MOST applications
ASHRAE (American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-
Conditioning Engineers) is an organization devoted to the advancement of
indoor-environment-control technology in the heating, ventilation, and air
conditioning (HVAC) industry.
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 106 ●
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS
PRE-STRESSING TENDONS AND DUCTS
 center-to-center spacing of pretensioning tendons at each end of amember
shall not be less than 5db for wire, nor 4db forstrands
MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER FOR CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
(NONPRESTRESSED)
 concrete cast against and permanently exposed to earth –75mm
 concrete exposed to earth or weather:
 20mm through 36mm diameter bar – 50mm
 16mm diameter bar and smaller – 40mm
 concrete not exposed to weather or in contact with ground:
 slabs, walls, joists:
 45 to 60mm diameter bars – 40mm
 36mm diameter bar and smaller – 20mm
 beams, columns:
 primary reinforcement, ties, stirrups, spirals – 40mm
 shells, folded plate members:
 20mm diameter bar and larger – 20mm
 16mm diameter bar and smaller – 12mm
MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER FOR PRECAST CONCRETE
 concrete exposed to earth or weather:
 wall panels:
 45mm and 60mm diameter bars –40mm
 36mm diameter bar and smaller – 20mm
 other members:
 45mm and 60mm diameter bars – 50mm
 20mm through 36mm diameter bar – 40mm
 16mm diameter bar and smaller – 30mm
 concrete not exposed to earth or in contact with ground:
 slabs, walls, joists:
 45mm and 60mm diameter bars –30mm
 36mm diameter bar and smaller – 15mm
 beams, columns:
 primary reinforcement – db but not less than 15mm and need not
exceed 40mm
 ties, stirrups, spirals – 10mm
 shells, folded plate members:
 20mm diameter bar and larger – 15mm
 16mm diameter bar and smaller – 10mm
CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
 construction joints in floors shall be located within the middle third of spans of
slabs, beams and girders
 joints in girders shall be offset a minimum distance of 2 times the width of
intersecting beams
STANDARD HOOKS
 180-degree bend plus 4db extension, but not less than 60mm at free end ofbar
 90-degree bend plus 12db extension at free end ofbar
 for stirrup and tie hooks:
 16mm diameter bar and smaller – 90-degree bend plus 6db extension at
free end of bar, or
 20 and 25mm diameter bar – 90-degree bend plus 12db extension atfree
end of bar, or
 25mm diameter bar and smaller – 135-degree bend plus 6db extension at
free end of bar
MINIMUM BEND DIAMETERS
 bar size of 16mm and smaller (for stirrups and ties) – 4db (insidediameter)
 bar size of 10mm through 25mm – 6db
 bar size of 28, 32 and 36mm – 8db
SPACING LIMITS FOR REINFORCEMENT
 the minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in a layer shall be db butnot
less than 25mm
 the minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in 2 or more layers shall not
be less than 25mm between layers
 in spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance
between longitudinal bars shall not be less than 1.5db or less than40mm
 in walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primary flexural
reinforcement shall not be spaced farther apart than 3 times the wall orslab
thickness, nor farther than 450mm
BUNDLED BARS
 shall be limited to 4 bars in 1 bundle
 shall be enclosed within stirrups or ties
 bars larger than 36mm diameter shall not be bundled inbeams
 individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members
shall terminate at different points with at least 40db stagger
 where spacing limitations and minimum concrete cover are based onbar
diameter db, a unit of bundled bars shall be treated as a single bar of a
diameter derived from the equivalent total area
 minimum concrete cover shall be equal to the equivalent diameter of the
bundle, but need not be greater than 50mm
CONCRETE
COARSE AGGREGATES (Not larger than)
 1/5 of the Narrowest dimension between side forms
 1/3 the depth of slabs
 ¾ the minimu clear spacing between individual reinforcing bars or wires,
bundles of bars, or prestressing tendons or ducts
CURING
 Type I, II, IV, V – maintained above 10°Cand in a moist condition for at least
the first 7 days afterplacement
 High-early strength concrete (Type III) – maintained above 10°Cand in a
moist condition for at least the first 3 daysafter placement
CONDUITS AND PIPES EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE
 they (including their fittings) shall not displace more than 4% of the area of
cross section when embedded within a column
 they shall not be larger in outside dimension than 1/3 the overall thickness of
slab, wall or beam in which they are embedded
 they shall be spaced not closer than 3 diameters or widths oncenter
 conduits, pipes and sleeves may be considered as replacing structurally in
compression the displaced concrete, provided:
 they are of uncoated or galvanized iron or steel not thinner than
standard Schedule 40 steel pipe
 they have a nominal inside diameter not over 50mm and are spaced not
less than 3 diameters on centers
 concrete cover shall not be less than 40mm for concrete exposed to earth or
weather, or less than 20mm for concrete not exposed to weather or in contact
with ground
 reinforcement with an area not less than 0.002 times the area of concrete
section shall be provided normal to the piping
 they (including their fittings) shall not displace more than 4% of the area of
cross section when embedded within a column
 they shall not be larger in outside dimension than 1/3 the overall thickness of
slab, wall or beam in which they are embedded
 they shall be spaced not closer than 3 diameters or widths oncenter
 conduits, pipes and sleeves may be considered as replacing structurally in
compression the displaced concrete, provided:
 they are of uncoated or galvanized iron or steel not thinner than standard
Schedule 40 steel pipe
 they have a nominal inside diameter not over 50mm and are spaced not less
than 3 diameters on centers
 concrete cover shall not be less than 40mm for concrete exposed to earth or
weather, or less than 20mm for concrete not exposed to weather or in contact
with ground
 reinforcement with an area not less than 0.002 times the area of concrete
section shall be provided normal to the piping
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 107 ●
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS
STRENGTH-REDUCTION FACTOR
 flexure without axial load, 0.90
 axial tension and axial tension with flexure, 0.90
 axial compression and axial compression with flexure:
 spiral reinforced, 0.75
 tie reinforce, 0.70
 shear and torsion, 0.85
 bearing on concrete, 0.70
 post-tensioned anchorage zones, 0.85
DISTANCE BETWEEN LATERAL SUPPORTS OF FLEXURAL MEMBERS
 spacing of lateral supports for a beam shall not exceed 50 times the leastwidth
b of compression flange or face
LIMITS FOR REINFORCEMENT OF COMPRESSION MEMBERS
 minimum number of longitudinal bars in compression members shall be 3 for
bars within triangular ties, 4 for bars within rectangular or circular ties, and 6 for
bars enclosed by spirals
SPACING LIMITS FOR SHEAR REINFORCEMENT
 shall not exceed d/2 in non-prestressed members and 3/4h in prestressed
members or 600mm
WALLS
 minimum ratio of vertical reinforcement area to gross concrete area shallbe:
 0.0012 – deformed bars not larger than 16mm diameter witha
specified yield strength not less than 420Mpa, or
 0.0015 – for other deformed bars, or
 0.0012 – for welded wire fabric (plain or deformed)
 minimum ratio of horizontal reinforcement area to gross concrete area shallbe:
 0.0020 – deformed bars not larger than 16mm diameter witha
specified yield strength not less than 420 Mpa, or
 0.0025 – for other deformed bars, or
 0.0020 – for welded wire fabric (palin or deformed)
 in addition to the minimum reinforcement required, not less than 2-16mm
diameter bars shall be provided around all window and door openings. Such
bars shall be extended to develop the bar beyond the corners of the openings
but not less than 600mm
TRANSVERSE REINFORCEMENT (HOOPS)
 the first hoop shall be located not more than 50mm from the face ofa
supporting member
 maximum spacing of the hoops shall not exceed:
 d/4
 8 times the diameter of the smallest longitudinal bar
 24 times the diameter of the hoop bars
 300mm
 where hoops are not required, stirrups shall be placed at no more than d/2
throughout the length of the member
SHRINKAGE AND TEMPERATURE REINFORCEMENT
 shrinkage and temperature reinforcement shall be spaced not farther apartthan
5 times the slab thickness, or 450mm
 spacing of prestressed tendons shall not exceed 1.80m
T-BEAM CONSTRUCTION
 the flange and web shall be built integrally or otherwise effectively bonded
together
 width of slab effective as a T-beam flange on each side of the web shall not
exceed:
 ¼ the span length of the beam,
 8 times the slab thickness, or
 ½ the clear distance to the next web
 for beams with a slab on one side only, the effective overhanging flange width
shall not exceed:
 1/12 the span length of the beam,
 6 times the slab thickness, or
 ½ the clear distance to the next web
 transverse reinforcement shall be spaced not farther apart than 5 times the slab
thickness, nor 450mm
JOIST CONSTRUCTION
 ribs shall not be less than 100mm in width and shall have a depth of not more
than 3½ times the minimum width of rib
 clear spacing between ribs shall not exceed 750mm
 slab thickness over permanent fillers shall not be less than 1/12 the clear
distance between ribs nor less than 40mm
 when removable forms or fillers are used, slab thickness shall not be les than
1/12 the clear distance between ribs, or less than 50mm
 where conduits or pipes are embedded within the slab, slab thickness shall be
at least 25mm greater than the total overall depth of the conduits or pipes at
any point
REQUIRED STRENGTH
 dead load and live load
 U = 1.4D + 1.7L
 dead load, live load and wind load
 U = 0.75 (1.4D + 1.7L + 1.7W)
 U = 0.9D + 1.3W
 dead load, live load and earthquake load
 U = 1.3D + 1.1L + 1.1E
 U = 0.99D + 1.1E
NON-BEARING WALLS
 thickness shall not be less than 100mm, or not less than 1/30 the least distance
between members that provide lateral support
CONCRETE
MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE
 concrete cast against and permanently exposed to earth –75mm
 concrete exposed to earth or weather:
 wall panels, slabs, joists – 25mm
 other members – 40mm
 concrete not exposed to earth or in contact with ground:
 slabs, walls, joists – 20mm
 beams, columns:
 primary reinforcement – 40mm
 ties, stirrups, spirals – 25mm
 shells, folded plate members:
 16mm diameter bar and smaller – 10mm
 other reinforcement – db but not less than 20mm
OFFSET BARS
 slope of inclined portion of an offset bar with axis of column shall not exceed 1
in 6
 portions of bar above and below an offset shall be parallel to axis ofcolumn
 lateral ties or spirals, if used, shall be placed not more than 150mm from points
of bend
 offset bars shall be bent before placement in the forms
 where a column face is offset 75mm or greater, longitudinal bars shall not be
offset bent. Separate dowels, lap sliced with the longitudinal bars adjacent to
the offset column faces, shall be provided
SPIRALS
 for cast-in-place construction, size of spirals shall not be less than 10mm
diameter
 clear spacing between spirals shall not exceed 75mm or be less than25mm
 anchorage of spiral reinforcement shall be provided by 1½ extra turns of spiral
bar or wire at each end of a spiral unit
 spiral reinforcement shall be lap spliced by 48db but not less than 300mm or
welded
 in columns with capitals, spirals shall extend to a level at which the diameter or
width of capital is 2 times that of the column
 plain bars shall conform to one of the following specifications:
 ASTM A 615M
 ASTM A 616M
 ASTM A 617M
 plain wire shall conform to: ASTM A 82 – Steel Wire, Plain
MINIMUM FOOTING DEPTH
 depth of footing above bottom reinforcement shall not be less than 150mm for
footings on soil, or not less than 300mm for footings onpiles
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 108 ●
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS
Plug and Slot Welds
 diameter of the hole for a plug weld shall not be less than the thickness of the
part containing it plus 8mm, nor greater than the minimum diameter plus3mm
or 2¼ times the thickness of the weld
 minimum spacing of lines of slot welds in a direction transverse to their length
shall be 4 times the width of the slot
 minimum center-to-center spacing in a longitudinal direction shall be 2 times the
length of the slot
 length of the slot shall not exceed 10 times the thickness of theweld
 width of the slot shall not be less than the thickness of the part containing it plus
8mm, nor shall it be larger than 2¼ times the thickness of the weld
 thickness of plug or slot welds in material 16mm or less thick = thickness of the
material
 thickness of plug or slot welds in material over 16mm thick = ½ the thickness of
the material but not less than 16mm
Therefore I tell you, whatever you ask in prayer,
believe that you have received it, and it will be
yours."
-Mark 11:24
WELDS
 weld access holes shall have a length from the toe of the weld preparation not
less than 1½ times the thickness of the material in which the hole ismade
Groove Welds
 effective area = effective length of the weld x effective throatthickness
 effective length = width of the part joined
 effective throat thickness of a complete-penetration groove weld = thickness of
the thinner part joined
 minimum effective throat thickness of partial-penetration groove welds =
 3mm (thicker part joined to 6mm inclusive)
 5mm (thicker part joined over 6 to 12mm)
 6mm (thicker part joined over 12 to20mm)
 8mm (thicker part joined over 20 to38mm)
 10mm (thicker part joined over 38 to 57mm)
 12mm (thicker part joined over 57 to 150mm)
 16mm (thicker part joined over 150mm)
 effective throat thickness of a flare groove weld =
 flare bevel groove, 5/16R
 flare V-groove, ½R
Fillet Welds
 effective area of fillet welds = effective length x effective throatthickness
 effective throat thickness of a fillet weld = shortest distance from the root of the
joint to the face of the diagrammatic weld
 minimum size of fillet welds =
 3mm (thicker part joined to 6mm inclusive)
 5mm (thicker part joined over 6 to 12mm)
 6mm (thicker part joined over 12 to 20mm)
 8mm (thicker part joined over 20mm)
 maximum size of fillet welds along edges =
 not greater than the thickness of the material (material less than 6mm
thick)
 not greater than the thickness of the material minus 1.6mm(material
6mm or more in thickness)
 minimum effective length of a fillet weld designed on the basis of strength shall
not be less than 4 times its nominal size
 if greater than 4 times its nominal size, the size of the weld should notexceed
¼ its effective length
 effective length of any segment of intermittent fillet welding shall not beless
than 4 times the weld size, with a minimum of 38mm
 in lap joints, minimum lap shall be 5 times the thickness of the thinner part
joined, but not less than 25mm
 slide or end fillet welds terminating at ends or sides, respectively, of parts or
members shall, wherever practicable, be returned continuously around the
corners for a distance not less than 2 times the nominal size of theweld
STRUCTURAL STEEL
LIMITING SLENDERNESS RATIOS
 for members whose design is based on compressive force, the slenderness
ratio preferably should not exceed 200
 for members whose designed is based on tensile force, the slenderness ratio
preferably should not exceed 300
ALLOWABLE STRESSES
 for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area,0.60Fy
 for tension in structural steel based on effective net area,0.50Fu
 for tension on pin-connected members based on net area, 0.45Fy
 for tension on eyebars on the body area, 0.60Fy
 for flexural members with compact sections, Fb = 0.66Fy
 for flexural members with non-compact sections, Fb = 0.60Fy
PIN-CONNECTED MEMBERS
 minimum net area beyond the pinhole, parallel to the axis of the member,shall
not be less than 2/3 of the net area across the pinhole
 width of the body of an eyebar shall not exceed 8 times itsthickness
 pin diameter shall not be less than 7/8 times the eyebar width
 pinhole diameter shall be no more than 0.8mm greater than the pindiameter
SHEAR CONNECTORS
 shear connectors shall have at least 25mm of lateral concrete cover
 diameter of studs shall not be greater than 2½ times the thickness of the flange
to which they are welded
 minimum center-to-center spacing of stud connectors shall be 6 diameters
along the longitudinal axis and 4 diameters transverse to the longitudinal axis
maximum center-to-center spacing of stud connectors shall not exceed 8times
the total slab thickness
FASTENERS
 distance between centers of standard, oversized or slotted fastener holes shall
not be less than 2 2/3 times the nominal diameter of thefastener
 maximum distance from the center of any rivet or bolt to the nearest edge of
parts in contact shall be 12 times the thickness of the connected part, but shall
not exceed 150mm
CAMBER
 trusses of 24.4m or greater span generally shall be cambered forapproximately
the dead-load deflection
 crane girders of 22.9m or greater span generally shall be camberedfor
approximately the dead-load deflection plus ½ the live-loaddeflection
● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 109 ●
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS
UNITS OF MEASUREMENT
SOUND
Wavelength
The distance measured in the direction of
propagation of wave from any one point to the
next point of corresponding response
Amplitude
The maximum deviation of a wave or alternating
current from it’s average value
Frequency The number of cycles per unit time of wave
Hertz (Hz) The Si Unit of frequency (cycle / s)
Pitch
The predominant frequency of a sound as
perceived by the human ear
Octave The interval between two frequencies (2:1)
Doppler Effect
An apparent shift in freauency occurring when
an acoustic source and listener are in motion
relative to each other, the frequency increasing
when the source and listener approach each
other and decreasing when they move apart.
Phon
A unit for measuring the apparent loudness of a
sound, equal in number to the decibels of a
1000 Hz reference sound judges by a group of
listeners to be equal in loudness to the given
sound
Sone
A unit for measuring the apparent loudness of a
sound, judged by a group of listeners to be
equal to the loudness of a 1000 Hz reference
sound having an intensity of 40 decibels
Decibel
A unit for expressing the relative pressure or
intensity of sounds on a uniform scale from 0
(threshold of hearing) to about 130 (threshold of
pain)
Speed of Sound
(per second)
Norm Dry Air Air Water Wood Steel
322m 344m 0.3km 1.4km 3.6km 5.5km
Sabin
A unit of sound absorption equal to 1 ft2
(0.90m2) of a perfectly absorptive surface
Metric Sabin
(Absorption Unit)
A unit of sound absorption equal to 1m2 of a
perfectly absorptive surface
Phase
A particular point or stage in a periodic cycle or
process.
UNITS OF MEASUREMENT
LIGHT
Luminous Intensity
The luminous flux emitted per unit solid angle
by a light source, expressed in candelas.
Candlepower Luminous intensity expressed in candelas
Candle
A unit of luminous intensity used prior to
1948, equal to the luminous intensity of a wax
candle of standard specifications.
Candela (Cd)
The basic SI unit of luminous intensity, equal
to the luminous; intensity of a source that
emitsmonochromaticatic radiation of frequency
540 x 1012 hertz and that has a radiant
intensity of 1/683 watt per steradian. Also
called standard candle
Luminous Flux
The rate of flow of visible light per unit time
expressed in lumen
Lumen (lm)
The SI Unit of luminous flux, equal to the light
emitted in a solid angle of one steradian by a
uniform point
Cosine Law
(Lambert’s Law)
The law that the illumination produced on a
surface by a point source is proportional to the
cosine of the angle of incidence
Illumination
(Illuminance)
The intensity of light falling at any given place
on a lighted surface equal to the luminous flux
incident per unit area and expressed in lumens
per unit of area
Lux SI Unit of illumination (lumen / m2)
Foot-Candle
A Unit of illumination that is everywhere one
foot from a uniform point source of one candela
(lumen / ft2)
Lambert (L)
A unit of luminance or brightness
(0.32Cd / cm2)
Foot-Lambert (fL)
A unit of luminance or brightness
(0.32Cd / ft2)
Angstrom (A)
A unit of length equal to one ten-billionth of a
meter, used esp. to express the wavelengths of
radiation.
Nanometer (nm)
A unit of length equal to one billionth of a
meter, used esp. to express wavelengths of
light in or near the visible spectrum
IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING BY COLOR AND TAG
MATERIAL PIPED COLOR PIPE ID
Air (Low Pressure) GREEN L.P. Air
Argon (Low Pressure) GREEN L.P. Argon
Helium (Low Pressure) GREEN L.P. Helium
Nitrogen(Low Pressure) GREEN L.P.-Nitrogen
Water (Cold) GREEN Cold Water
Water (Distilled) GREEN Distilled Water
Water (Low-Pressure) (Excl. Of fire Service) GREEN L.P. Water
Water (Treated) GREEN Treated Water
Oil and Water (For hydraulic system) GREEN Oil and Water
Acetylene ORANGE Acetylene
Blast Furnace Glass ORANGE B.F.Gas
Gasoline ORANGE Gasoline
Grease ORANGE Grease
Hydrogen ORANGE Hydrogen
Oxygen ORANGE Oxygen
Oil ORANGE Oil
Tar ORANGE Tar
Producer Gas ORANGE Producer Gas
Liquid Petroleum Gas ORANGE L. P. Gas
Vacuum (High) ORANGE High Vacuum
Oil and Water (For hydraulic system) ORANGE Oil and Water
Carbon Dioxide RED Carbon Dioxide
Water (Fire Service) RED Fire Service Water
Acid YELLOW Acid
Air (High pressure) YELLOW H.P. Air
Ammonia YELLOW Ammonia
Steam (High Pressure) YELLOW H.P.Steam
Steam (Low Pressure) YELLOW L.P. Steam
Water (Boiler Feed) YELLOW Boiler Feed Water
Water (Hot) YELLOW Hot Water
Water (High Pressure) (Excl. of Fire service) YELLOW H.P. Water

More Related Content

PDF
Mumbai High Rise Buildings Case studies of Kohinoor Square, Aquaria Grande, K...
PPT
History of arch...
PDF
THEORY OF STRUCTURES-I [B. ARCH.]
PDF
Site Planning- Principles and Considerations
PPTX
Indian aesthetics 1
PDF
Soil Analysis Presentation
PPT
Theory of architecture-1
PPTX
W11-Module 11 Social, Political, Economic and Cultural Issues in Philippine H...
Mumbai High Rise Buildings Case studies of Kohinoor Square, Aquaria Grande, K...
History of arch...
THEORY OF STRUCTURES-I [B. ARCH.]
Site Planning- Principles and Considerations
Indian aesthetics 1
Soil Analysis Presentation
Theory of architecture-1
W11-Module 11 Social, Political, Economic and Cultural Issues in Philippine H...

What's hot (20)

PDF
How to Develop Architectural concepts
PPT
Arch System
PDF
Shell structure
PPTX
Louis Sullivan
PPTX
GREEN BUILDING STRATEGIES & PROJECT MANAGEMENT PRACTICES FOR A SUSTAINABLE FU...
PPTX
Islamic architetcure
PPTX
Arches and minarets
PPTX
Basic structure
PDF
Tabung Haji - Architecture Culture & History 2
PDF
Lecture 3 rock & cave churchs of Tigray
PDF
Architecture sustainable-building-design
PPT
Site Planning
PDF
CONSTRUCTION OF DOMES
PPTX
Vertical Circulation and Services of Highrise
PDF
LIFT SLAB .pdf
PPTX
THE EDGE BUILDING PPT.pptx
PPTX
Louis sullivan
PPTX
Neoclassical Architecture
PDF
Islamic Architecture Aesthetics
How to Develop Architectural concepts
Arch System
Shell structure
Louis Sullivan
GREEN BUILDING STRATEGIES & PROJECT MANAGEMENT PRACTICES FOR A SUSTAINABLE FU...
Islamic architetcure
Arches and minarets
Basic structure
Tabung Haji - Architecture Culture & History 2
Lecture 3 rock & cave churchs of Tigray
Architecture sustainable-building-design
Site Planning
CONSTRUCTION OF DOMES
Vertical Circulation and Services of Highrise
LIFT SLAB .pdf
THE EDGE BUILDING PPT.pptx
Louis sullivan
Neoclassical Architecture
Islamic Architecture Aesthetics
Ad

Similar to pdfcoffee.com_imhotep-tables-2019-pdf-free.pdf (20)

DOCX
Timeline of architecture
DOCX
Architecture in Prehistoric Times.docx
PDF
Architectural Design - InfoBarrel
PPTX
evolution of building design.pptx
PPTX
Modern architecture
PPTX
Architecture and Industrial revolution
PPTX
CONTINUATION FOR ARCHITECTURE.pptx
PPTX
ARCHITECTURE.pptx
PDF
Lecture 1 introduction
PDF
"Breaking Ground: The Dawn of Early Modernism"
PDF
PDF
Architecture of the 19 th century.pdf
PPTX
The 19 th century architecture
PDF
Renaissance to Industrial revolution short notes
PPTX
Architecture lesson 3.pptx
PPT
The History of Architecture introduction
PDF
20TH CENTURY AND MODERNISM.pdf
PPTX
MODULE 1 AR 17 56 HOA IV.pptx
PPTX
19th & early 20thcentury architecture
PPT
HISTORY OF ARCHETICTURE.ppt
Timeline of architecture
Architecture in Prehistoric Times.docx
Architectural Design - InfoBarrel
evolution of building design.pptx
Modern architecture
Architecture and Industrial revolution
CONTINUATION FOR ARCHITECTURE.pptx
ARCHITECTURE.pptx
Lecture 1 introduction
"Breaking Ground: The Dawn of Early Modernism"
Architecture of the 19 th century.pdf
The 19 th century architecture
Renaissance to Industrial revolution short notes
Architecture lesson 3.pptx
The History of Architecture introduction
20TH CENTURY AND MODERNISM.pdf
MODULE 1 AR 17 56 HOA IV.pptx
19th & early 20thcentury architecture
HISTORY OF ARCHETICTURE.ppt
Ad

More from josephiigo (20)

DOC
GLOSSARY OF TERMS34[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[.doc
PDF
RA 9514 (BVBVBVBVBVBVBVBVBBVBVBVBBVB)].pdf
PDF
SPP 206.pdfDDDDDFDFDFDFDFDFDFDFDFDDFDDFDDF
PDF
SPP 208JNJKHJKHJKHJKHKJHKJHKJHKHHJJHJHKJHpdf
PDF
HUHKHKHKJHKHKJHKJHKJHKJHKHKJHKJHKJHKHKJHKJHKJ
PDF
UAP Doc. 301BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB.pdf
PDF
TOA 2 (Elements - PrinciplFGFGGFGFGGFGGGGes).pdf
PDF
454546546557575757678799797979798989989898989
PDF
545454656566888787977979779799078787877878
PDF
232323323232223232242334424242322242422.pdf
PDF
PLANNING Bonus ModuleSSSSSSSS(Agencies).pdf
PDF
HOA MODULE 4 P2WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW.pdf
PDF
HOA MODULE 4 P1UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU.pdf
PPT
Building Utilities BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB.ppt
PPT
CTAD 3 - Distortionggggggggggggggggggggggggggggg.ppt
PPT
Design Refresherllljjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjj.ppt
PPT
CTAD 1 - Manipulationcccccccccccccccccccccccc.ppt
PPT
ADPM 4 - Abstraction Applied to Architecture (Form).ppt
PPT
ADPM 2 - Abstraction Applied to Architecture 1.ppt
PPT
ADPM 2 - Abstraction Applied to Architecture (Design).ppt
GLOSSARY OF TERMS34[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[.doc
RA 9514 (BVBVBVBVBVBVBVBVBBVBVBVBBVB)].pdf
SPP 206.pdfDDDDDFDFDFDFDFDFDFDFDFDDFDDFDDF
SPP 208JNJKHJKHJKHJKHKJHKJHKJHKHHJJHJHKJHpdf
HUHKHKHKJHKHKJHKJHKJHKJHKHKJHKJHKJHKHKJHKJHKJ
UAP Doc. 301BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB.pdf
TOA 2 (Elements - PrinciplFGFGGFGFGGFGGGGes).pdf
454546546557575757678799797979798989989898989
545454656566888787977979779799078787877878
232323323232223232242334424242322242422.pdf
PLANNING Bonus ModuleSSSSSSSS(Agencies).pdf
HOA MODULE 4 P2WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW.pdf
HOA MODULE 4 P1UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU.pdf
Building Utilities BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB.ppt
CTAD 3 - Distortionggggggggggggggggggggggggggggg.ppt
Design Refresherllljjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjj.ppt
CTAD 1 - Manipulationcccccccccccccccccccccccc.ppt
ADPM 4 - Abstraction Applied to Architecture (Form).ppt
ADPM 2 - Abstraction Applied to Architecture 1.ppt
ADPM 2 - Abstraction Applied to Architecture (Design).ppt

Recently uploaded (20)

PPTX
Final Presentation General Medicine 03-08-2024.pptx
PDF
2.FourierTransform-ShortQuestionswithAnswers.pdf
PDF
Microbial disease of the cardiovascular and lymphatic systems
PPTX
Lesson notes of climatology university.
PDF
ANTIBIOTICS.pptx.pdf………………… xxxxxxxxxxxxx
PPTX
PPT- ENG7_QUARTER1_LESSON1_WEEK1. IMAGERY -DESCRIPTIONS pptx.pptx
PPTX
Pharmacology of Heart Failure /Pharmacotherapy of CHF
PDF
O7-L3 Supply Chain Operations - ICLT Program
PDF
Abdominal Access Techniques with Prof. Dr. R K Mishra
PPTX
Institutional Correction lecture only . . .
PDF
VCE English Exam - Section C Student Revision Booklet
PPTX
1st Inaugural Professorial Lecture held on 19th February 2020 (Governance and...
PDF
A GUIDE TO GENETICS FOR UNDERGRADUATE MEDICAL STUDENTS
PDF
GENETICS IN BIOLOGY IN SECONDARY LEVEL FORM 3
PDF
102 student loan defaulters named and shamed – Is someone you know on the list?
PPTX
IMMUNITY IMMUNITY refers to protection against infection, and the immune syst...
PDF
Complications of Minimal Access Surgery at WLH
PPTX
Cell Structure & Organelles in detailed.
PDF
A systematic review of self-coping strategies used by university students to ...
PDF
Computing-Curriculum for Schools in Ghana
Final Presentation General Medicine 03-08-2024.pptx
2.FourierTransform-ShortQuestionswithAnswers.pdf
Microbial disease of the cardiovascular and lymphatic systems
Lesson notes of climatology university.
ANTIBIOTICS.pptx.pdf………………… xxxxxxxxxxxxx
PPT- ENG7_QUARTER1_LESSON1_WEEK1. IMAGERY -DESCRIPTIONS pptx.pptx
Pharmacology of Heart Failure /Pharmacotherapy of CHF
O7-L3 Supply Chain Operations - ICLT Program
Abdominal Access Techniques with Prof. Dr. R K Mishra
Institutional Correction lecture only . . .
VCE English Exam - Section C Student Revision Booklet
1st Inaugural Professorial Lecture held on 19th February 2020 (Governance and...
A GUIDE TO GENETICS FOR UNDERGRADUATE MEDICAL STUDENTS
GENETICS IN BIOLOGY IN SECONDARY LEVEL FORM 3
102 student loan defaulters named and shamed – Is someone you know on the list?
IMMUNITY IMMUNITY refers to protection against infection, and the immune syst...
Complications of Minimal Access Surgery at WLH
Cell Structure & Organelles in detailed.
A systematic review of self-coping strategies used by university students to ...
Computing-Curriculum for Schools in Ghana

pdfcoffee.com_imhotep-tables-2019-pdf-free.pdf

  • 1. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 1 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE (Timeline) ARCHITECTURE DATES DESCRIPTION PREHISTORIC Before recorded history, humans constructed earthen mounds, stone circles, megaliths, and structures that often puzzle modern-day archaeologists. Prehistoric architecture includes monumental structures such as Stonehenge, cliff dwellings in the Americas, and thatch and mud structures lost to time. ANCIENT EGYPT 3,050 BC to 900 BC In ancient Egypt, powerful rulers constructed monumental pyramids, temples, and shrines. Far from primitive, enormous structures such as the Pyramids of Giza were feats of engineering capable of reaching great heights. MESOPOTAMIA West Asiatic Architecture flourished & developed in the Twin Rivers “Tigris & Euphrates also known as “Mesopotamia” it refers to Persia, Assyria & Babylon. CLASSICAL (Greek & Roman) 850 BC to 476 AD From the rise of ancient Greece until the fall of the Roman empire, great buildings were constructed according to precise rules. The Classical Orders, which defined column styles and entablature designs, continue to influence building design in modern times. BYZANTINE 527 to 565 AD After Constantine moved the capital of the Roman empire to Byzantium (now called Istanbul) in 330 AD, Roman architecture evolved into a graceful, classically-inspired style that used brick instead of stone, domed roofs, elaborate mosaics, and classical forms. ROMANESQUE 800 to 1200 AD As Rome spread across Europe, heavier, stocky Romanesque architecture with rounded arches emerged. Churches and castles of the early Medieval period were constructed with thick walls and heavy piers. GOTHIC 1100 to 1450 AD Pointed arches, ribbed vaulting, flying buttresses, and other innovations led to taller, more graceful architecture. Gothic ideas gave rise to magnificent cathedrals like Chartres and Notre Dame. RENAISSANCE 1400 to 1600 AD A return to classical ideas ushered an "age of awakening" in Italy, France, and England. Andrea Palladio and other builders looked the classical orders of ancient Greece and Rome. Long after the Renaissance era ended, architects in the Western world found inspiration in the beautifully proportioned architecture of the period. BAROQUE 1600 to 1830 AD In Italy, the Baroque style is reflected in opulent and dramatic churches with irregular shapes and extravagant ornamentation. In France, the highly ornamented Baroque style combines with Classical restraint. Russian aristocrats were impressed by Versailles in France, and incorporated Baroque ideas in the building of St. Petersburg. Elements of the elaborate Baroque style are found throughout Europe. ROCOCO 1650 to 1790 AD During the last phase of the Baroque period, builders constructed graceful white buildings with sweeping curves. These Rococo buildings are elegantly decorated with scrolls, vines, shell-shapes, and delicate geometric patterns. NEOCLASSICISM 1730 to 1925 AD A keen interest in ideas of Renaissance architect Andrea Palladio inspired a return of classical shapes in Europe, Great Britain and the United States. These buildings were proportioned according to the classical orders with details borrowed from ancient Greece and Rome. ART NOUVEAU 1890 to 1914 AD Known as the New Style, Art Nouveau was first expressed in fabrics and graphic design. The style spread to architecture and furniture in the 1890s. Art Nouveau buildings often have asymmetrical shapes, arches and decorative surfaces with curved, plant-like designs. BEAUX ARTS 1895 to 1925 AD Also known as Beaux Arts Classicism, Academic Classicism, or Classical Revival, Beaux Arts architecture is characterized by order, symmetry, formal design, grandiosity, and elaborate ornamentation. NEO-GOTHIC 1905 to 1930 AD In the early twentieth century, Gothic ideas were applied to modern buildings. Gargoyles, arched windows, and other medieval details ornamented soaring skyscrapers. ART DECO 1925 to 1937 AD Zigzag patterns and vertical lines create dramatic effect on jazz-age, Art Deco buildings. Interestingly, many Art Deco motifs were inspired by the architecture of ancient Egypt. MODERNIST STYLE 1900 to Present. The 20th and 21st centuries have seen dramatic changes and astonishing diversity. Modern-day trends include Art Moderne and the Bauhaus School coined by Walter Gropius, Deconstructivism, Formalism, Modernism, and Structuralism. POSTMODERNISM 1972 to Present. A reaction against the Modernist approaches gave rise to new buildings that re-invented historical details and familiar motifs. Look closely at these architectural movements and you are likely to find ideas that date back to classical and ancient times.
  • 2. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 2 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE MOVEMENTS IN ARCHITECTURE MOVEMENT DESCRIPTION ARCHITECTS Chicago School of Architecture (1880-1910) The groundbreaking Chicago school of architecture was founded by William Le Baron Jenney (1832- 1907), along with a number of other innovative American architects. A centre of high-rise development rather than a school per se, it had no unified set of principles, and buildings created by the members of the school employed many different designs, construction techniques and materials. Some key characteristics of Chicago architecture during this period included:  new foundation techniques pioneered by Dankmar Adler; metal skeleton frames - first used in Jenney's Home Insurance Building (1884);  the use of steel and iron, first highlighted by the French architect Viollet-le-Duc, and usedby Louis Sullivan and others. Famous Chicago School Firms of Architects • William Holabird (1854-1923) and Martin Roche (1853-1927) Buildings designed by Holabird & Roche included: - Marquette Building, Chicago (1895) - Gage Group Buildings at S. Michigan Avenue, Chicago (1899) - Chicago Building (Chicago Savings Bank Building) (1904-5) - Brooks Building, Chicago (1909-10) • Daniel Hudson Burnham (1846-1912) and John Wellborn Root (1850-91) Buildings designed by Burnham & Root, or Burnham and Co, included: - Fisher Building, Chicago (1895-6) - Flatiron Building, New York (1901-3) - Heyworth Building, Chicago (1904) • Dankmar Adler (1844-1900) and Louis Sullivan (1856-1924) Buildings designed by firm Adler and Sullivan, included: - Chicago Stock Exchange Building (1893-94) - Prudential Building (Guaranty Building) Buffalo (1894) Art Nouveau Architecture (1890-1920) A decorative style of architecture characterized by flowing lines, and abstract floral motifs, which was closely associated with the Arts and Crafts movement championed by William Morris (1834-96). Known in Germany as Jugendstil - it was applied to both the exterior and interior design of buildings. Interiors were often lavishly decorated with various types of applied art - including stained glass and ceramics. Famous Art Nouveau Architects • Antoni Gaudi (1852-1926) Designer of the Casa Mila (La Pedrera) (1906-10) in Barcelona. • Victor Horta (1861-1947) Designed Hotel Tassel (1892-3), and Maison du Peuple (1896-9) in Brussels. • Hector Guimard (1867-1942) Famous for his entrances to the Paris Metro. • Joseph Maria Olbrich (1867-1908) Founder of the Vienna Seccession, designer of its headquarters. • Charles Rennie Mackintosh (1868-1928) Designer of the Glasgow School of Art (1907). • Giuseppe Brega (1877-1960) Stile Liberty architect of Villa Ruggeri, Pesaro (1902). Revivalist Architecture (1900-2000) Ever since Italian Renaissance architects revived the proportions and orders of Roman architecture, designers have turned to the past for inspiration. Such revivalism reached its apogee in 19th century architecture, in numerous Romanesque (1000-1150), Gothic (1150-1300) and Beaux-Arts structures in both Europe and the United States, but the process continued into the 20th century. Famous 20th Century Revivalist Buildings • "Gothic" Sagrada Familia (1883-1926) by Antoni Guadi. • "Classical" AEG Turbine Factory, Berlin (1909) by Peter Behrens. • "Classical" Pennsylvania Railway Station (1910) by McKim, Meade & White. • "Classical" Lincoln Memorial, Washington DC (1922) by Henry Bacon. • "Medieval" Stockholm City Hall (1923) by Ragnar Ostberg. • "Romanesque" Stuttgart Train Station (1928) by Paul Bonatz. • "Ziggurat" 55 Broadway, London (1929) by Charles Holden. • "Classical"/"Mughal" Viceroy's Palace, India (1930) by Edwin Lutyens. • "Roman" Milan Train Station (1931) by Ulisse Stacchini. • "Classical" City University, Rome (1935) by Marcello Piacentini. • "Classical" German Pavilion, World Exhibition, Paris (1937) by AlbertSpeer. • "Greek"/"Moorish" San Simeon Hearst Castle (1939) by Julia Morgan. • "Egyptian" Louvre Pyramid (1998) by I.M.Pei. • James Renwick (1818-95) - Neo-Gothic architect. • Henry Hobson Richardson (1838-86) - Neo-Romanesque designer.
  • 3. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 3 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE MOVEMENTS IN ARCHITECTURE MOVEMENT DESCRIPTION ARCHITECTS New York School of Skyscraper Architecture (1900-30) Steel-frame high-rise architecture was pioneered in the 19th century by American architects in New York and Chicago: two cities which were experiencing rapid development but whose available space was limited. With the fall in the price of steel - a major construction material for high-rise structures - building upwards suddenly became much more economically attractive. During the first three decades of the 20th century, New York took the lead with a number of cutting-edge skyscrapers. Famous New York Skyscrapers - Park Row Building NYC, (1899–1901) by Robert Henderson Robertson. - Flat-iron Building NYC, (1902) by Daniel H. Burnham &Company. - Philadelphia City Hall (1908) by John McArthur, ThomasU.Walter. - Singer Building NYC, (1908) by Ernest Flagg. - Metropolitan Tower NYC, (1909) by Napoleon Le Brun & Sons. - Woolworth Building NYC, (1913) by Cass Gilbert. - Empire State Building NYC, (1929) by Shreve, Lamb & Harmon. - Daily News Building NYC, (1929) by Howells & Hood. - Chanin Building NYC, (1929) by Sloan & Robertson. - Lincoln Building NYC, (1930) by J.E. Carpenter & Associates. - Bank of Manhattan Trust Building NYC, (1930) by Craig Severance. - Chrysler Building NYC, (1931) by William Van Alen. - Rockefeller Center NYC, (1940) by Hofmeister, Hood, Godley, Fouilhoux. Early Modernist Architecture (1900-30) "Modernist architecture", the first real example of 20th century architecture, was designed for "modern man". It was relatively, if not wholly, devoid of historical associations, and made full use of the latest building techniques and materials, including iron, steel, glass and concrete. Functionality was a key aspect of the modernist style. The format was later fully realized in the United States: see, for instance, Henry Ford's assembly plant at Rouge River, south of Detroit - then the largest manufacturing plant in the world. Famous Early Modernist Architects • Frank Lloyd Wright (1867-1959) Designed Robie House, Chicago (1910); Fallingwater, Bear Run, PA (1937). • Peter Behrens (1868-1940) Built the AEG Turbine Factory, Berlin (1909). • Adolf Loos (1870-1933) Designed Steiner House, Vienna (1910); Moller House, Vienna (1928). • Eliel Saarinen (1873-1950) Designed Helsinki Train Station (1904-14). • Walter Gropius (1883-1969) Designed Fagus Factory, Alfeld-an-der-Leine (1911). • Le Corbusier (1887-1965) (Charles-Edouard Jeanneret) Designed Villa Savoye (1931); Unite d'Habitation, Marseille(1952). Expressionist Architecture (1910-25) This architectural style emerged in Germany and the Low Countries. Expressionist architects rebelled against the functionalist industrial-style structures of modernist architecture, preferring more sinuous or highly articulated forms. These included curves, spirals and non-symmetrical elements, as well as structures in which the expressive values of certain materials are emphasized. A contemporary example of expressionist architecture is the Sydney Opera House (1973), designed by Jorn Utzon (1918-2008). Famous Expressionist Architects • Rudolf Steiner (1861-1925) Famous for his Goetheanum, Dornach (1914). • Hans Poelzig (1869-1936) Designed Grosses Schauspielhaus, Berlin (1919). • Max Berg (1870-1947) Designer of the Centenary Hall, Beslau-Scheitnig (1913). • Bruno Taut (1880-1938) Designed the Glass Pavilion (1914) at the Cologne Deutsche Werkbund Exposition. • Michel de Klerk (1884-1923) Co-designed the Scheepvaarthuis, Amsterdam (1918). • Johannes Friedrich (Fritz) Hoger (1887-1949) Designed Chilehaus, Hamburg (1921-4). • Erich Mendelsohn (1887-1953) Designer of Einstein Tower, Potsdam (1924). De Stijl Avant-Garde Architecture (1917-1930) One of the European avant-garde art groups that had a significant influence on the development of modernist architecture, was the Dutch-based group known as De Stijl, founded in Leiden in 1917 by Theo van Doesburg(1883- 1931), its active members included the abstract painter Piet Mondrian (1872-1944), as well as a number of architects, designers, painters and sculptors. Influenced by Concrete art and Cubism, as well as radical left-wing politics, its main objective was to establish a compositional methodology applicable to both fine and decorative art. De Stijl designs are characterized by austere geometrical shapes, right-angles, and primary colors. Famous De Stijl Architects • Robert van’t Hoff (1887-1979) Preoccupied during his De Stijl period with Communist politics and designs for prefabricated mass housing, worked out in collaboration with the Utrecht architect P.J.C.Klaarhamer (1874-1954). • Gerrit Rietveld (1888-1964) His most famous designs included his Rietveld Schroder House, Utrecht (1924), now a UNESCO
  • 4. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 4 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE MOVEMENTS IN ARCHITECTURE MOVEMENT DESCRIPTION ARCHITECTS World Heritage Site, and his Red and Blue Chair (1917). • J.J.P. Oud (1890–1963) Highly influential, the Municipal Housing Architect for Rotterdam, JJP Oud was a key participant in the influential modernist Weissenhof Estate Exhibition (1927). Social Housing Architecture (1918-30) One response to the European post-war housing crisis in the 1920s was a series of minimal cost social housing projects developed in several major urban centers. On the Continent, these took the form of large-scale apartment blocks. Famous Examples of Social Housing • Eigen Haard Estate, Amsterdam (1920) designed by Michel de Klerk (1884-1923). • Works Housing Estate, Hoek van Holland (1924) designed by JPP Oud(1890–1963). • Britz Horseshoe Estate, Berlin (1925-33) designed by Bruno Taut(1880-1938). • Pessac Housing Estate, Bordeaux (1926) designed by Le Corbusier(1887-1965). • Bruchfeldstrasse Estate, Frankfurt am Main (1927) designed by Ernst May(1886-1970). • Weissenhofsiedlung, Stuttgart (1927) designed by Mies van der Rohe. • Siemensstadt, Berlin (1929) designed by Hans Scharoun (1893-1972) andothers. • Karl Marx Hof, Vienna (1930) designed by Karl Ehn (1884–1957). Bauhaus Design School (1919-1933) The Bauhaus design school was a hugely influential centre of inter-war modernist architecture. Its design ethos was propagated by several key members of its teaching staff who immigrated to the United States during the 1930s. Combining ideas from Russian Constructivism movement, the Dutch De Stijl group, and the American architect Frank Lloyd Wright (1867-1959), as well as an attitude to crafts modeled on the Arts & Crafts movement and the Deutscher Werkbund, Bauhaus design - with its clean lines and deliberate absence of ornamentation - eventually developed into the International Style of modern architecture, and later spread to the United States, where it was developed by Walter Gropius, Mies van der Rohe, and other European emigrants like Richard Neutra. Bauhaus Style Architects • Walter Gropius (1883-1969) Designed Bauhaus Complex, Desau (1925); MetLife Building, NYC (1963). • Laszlo Moholy-Nagy Taught the Bauhaus's vorkurs; director of New Bauhaus (1937-8), Chicago. • Hannes Meyer (1889-1954) Swiss Marxist Professor of architecture, later director, at the Bauhaus. • Ludwig Mies van der Rohe (1886-1969) Succeeded Meyer as director of the Bauhaus in1930. Art Deco Architecture (1925-1940) Art Deco was influenced by a combination of sources, including the geometrics of Cubism, the "movement" of Futurism, as well as elements of ancient art, such as Pre-Columbian and Egyptian art. Its architecture was also inspired by the ziggurat designs of Mesopotamian art. Art Deco, like Art Nouveau, embraced all types of art, but unlike its predecessor, it was purely decorative, with no theoretical or political agenda. Art Deco Buildings - Chanin Building, NYC (1927-9) by Sloan and Robertson. - McGraw-Hill Building, NYC (1929-30) by Raymond Hood. - Empire State Building, NYC (1929-31) by Shreve, Lamb and Harmon. - Chrysler Building, NYC (1930) by William van Alen(1883-1954). - Entrance Foyer, Strand Palace Hotel (1930) by OliverBernhard. - El Dorado Apartment Building, NYC (1931) by Emery Roth (1871-1948). - Entrance Plaza to Rockefeller Center, NYC (1932-9) by various. Totalitarian Architecture (1933-60) Architectural design under dictators like Adolf Hitler, Joseph Stalin and Chairman Mao was designed to awe their political subjects and impress foreign vistors. Buildings therefore had to be conceived and built on a gargantuan scale, and often incorporated elements of Greek architecture. Above all, Totalitarian architecture embodied the fantasies and megalomania of the political leader. Examples of Totalitarian Architectural Design • City University, Rome (1935) by MarcelloPiacentini. • Olympic Stadium, Berlin (1934-6) by Werner March. • New Reich Chancellery, Berlin (1938-9) by Albert Speer. • Moscow State University (1953) designed by Lev Vladimirovich Rudnev. • Great Hall of the People, Beijing (1959) by Zhang Bo. International Style of Modern Architecture (1940-70) The International Style first appeared in Germany, Holland and France, during the 1920s, before being introduced into American architecture in the 1930s, where it became the dominant fashion during the major post-war urban development phase (1955-1970). Predominantly used for "corporate office blocks" - despite the efforts of Richard Neutra, William Lescaze, Edward Durrell Stone and others, to apply it to residential buildings - it was ideal for skyscraper architecture, because of its sleek "modern" look, and use of steel and glass. The International style was championed by American designers like Philip Johnson (1906-2005) and, in particular, by the Second Chicago School of Architecture, led by the dynamic emigrant ex-Bauhaus architect Ludwig Mies van der Rohe (1886-1969). Famous International Style Buildings - Lake Shore Drive Apartments, Chicago (1948-51) by Mies van der Rohe. - The Graduate Center, Harvard University (1950) by Walter Gropius. - Seagram Building, New York (1954-58) by Mies van der Rohe and PhilipJohnson. - Inland Steel Building, Chicago (1957) by Skidmore, Owings & Merrill.
  • 5. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 5 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE MOVEMENTS IN ARCHITECTURE MOVEMENT DESCRIPTION ARCHITECTS High-Tech Architecture (1970 onwards) Rooted in the avant-garde structures of the 19th century, like the Eiffel Tower and Cystal Palace, hi-tech architecture is based on the expressive qualities of cutting-edge technologies and materials. As demonstrated by James Stirling (1926- 92) - see his glass structure of the Engineering Faculty, Leceister University (1959-63) - traditional construction methods (like brickwork) are abandoned in favour of new materials and techniques, such as steel, light metal panels, glass, and plastic derivatives. New building shapes are determined by the shape of the components used. An important exhibition which affirmed this new approach was Expo 67, held in Montreal. Hi-tech architecture is symbolized by the Pompidou Centre in Paris, designed by Renzo Piano and Richard Rogers in collaboration with engineers Ove Arup & Partners. Famous High-Tech Buildings • USA Pavilion (Expo 67, Montreal) by Buckminster Fuller. • Olympiapark, Munich (1968-72) by Gunter Behnisch and Frei Otto. • Pompidou Centre, Paris (1971-78) by Renzo Piano and Richard Rogers. • Lloyds of London (1978-86) by Richard Rogers. • Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank, Hong Kong (1979-86) by Foster &Partners. • Channel Tunnel Waterloo Terminal, London (1993) by Nicholas Grimshaw • Kansai Airport Terminal, Osaka (1994) by Renzo Piano. • Allianz Arena, Munich (2005) by Herzog & de Meuron. Deconstructivism (1980-200) An iconic style of three-dimensional postmodernist art, opposed to the ordered rationality of modern design, Deconstructivism emerged in the 1980s, notably in Los Angeles California, but also in Europe. Characterized by non- rectilinear shapes which distort the geometry of the structure, the finished appearance of deconstructivist buildings is typically unpredictable and even shocking. These unusual shapes have been facilitated by the use of design software developed from the aerospace industry. The exhibition which first introduced this new approach to the public was the Deconstructivist Architecture exhibition, curated by Philip Johnson and Mark Wigley, and held at the Museum of Modern Art, New York, in 1988. the most famous deconstructivist designer in America is probably Frank O. Gehry (b.1929); in Europe the top architects are probably Daniel Libeskind (b.1946), and the firm Coop Himmelblau, founded by Wolf Prix, Helmut Swiczinsky and Michael Holzer. Famous Examples of Deconstructivism - Walt Disney Concert Hall, Los Angeles (1988-2003) by Frank OGehry. - Guggenheim Museum, Bilbao (1991-97) by Frank O Gehry. - Multiplex Cinema, Dresden (1993-8) by Coop Himmelblau. - Nationale Nederlanden Building, Prague (1992-97) by Frank O Gehry. - UFA-Kristall Filmpalast, Dresden (1998) by Coop Himmelblau. - Seattle Central Library, Seattle (2004) by "Rem" Koolhaas. - Imperial War Museum North, Manchester (2002) by Daniel Libeskind. - Royal Ontario Museum (extension), Toronto (2007) by Daniel Libeskind. Blobitecture (1990s) A style of postmodernist architecture characterized by organic, rounded, bulging shapes, Blobitecture (aka blobism or blobismus) was first christened by William Safire in the New York Times in 2002 (although architect Greg Lynn used the term "blob architecture" in 1995) the style first appeared in the early 1990s. Developed by postmodernist artists on both sides of the Atlantic, the construction of blobitecture's non-geometric structures is heavily dependent on the use of CATID software (Computer Aided Three-dimensional Interactive Application). Famous Examples of Blobitecture • Water Pavilion (1993–1997) by Lars Spuybroek and Kas Oosterhuis. • Experience Music Project, Seattle (1999-2000) by Frank O Gehry. • Kunsthaus, Graz (2003) by Peter Cook and ColinFournier. • Bus Station at Spaarne Hospital (2003) by NIOArchitecten. • The Sage Gateshead (2004) by Norman Foster. • Philological Library, Free University, Berlin (2005) by Norman Foster. Late 20th-Century Supertall Towers Structural techniques developed by US architects like Fazlur Khan (1929-82) of Skidmore, Owings & Merrill, have led to the construction of a new generation of supertall buildings or 'towers'. These new tubular designs, which have also significantly reduced the amount of steel required in skyscrapers, have enabled architects to break free from the regular "box-like" design. With modern towers now regularly exceeding 100 storeys, the biggest limitation on upward growth remains safety and the lack of emergency evacuation procedures. Tallest Towers Built in the 20th-Century (1) Petronas Towers, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia (1998) (452m/ 1,483 feet) (2) Willis Tower, Chicago (1973) (442m/ 1,450 feet) (3) Jin Mao Tower, Shanghai (1999) (421m/ 1,380 feet) (4) One World Trade Center, NYC (1974) (destroyed) (417m/ 1,368 feet) (5) CITIC Plaza, Guangzhou (1997) (391m/ 1,283 feet) (6) Shun Hing Square, Shenzhen (1996) 384m/ 1,260 feet) (7) Empire State Building, NYC (1931) (381m/ 1,250 feet) (8) Tuntex Sky Tower, Kaohsiung, Taiwan (1997) (378m/ 1,240 feet) (9) Central Plaza Hong Kong (1992) (374m/ 1,227 feet) (10) Bank of China Tower, Hong Kong (1990) (367m/ 1,205 feet) Trust in God with all your heart, and don't lean on your own understanding. In all your ways acknowledge Him, and He will make your paths straight. -Proverbs 3:5-6
  • 6. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 6 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE ARCHITECTURAL ISMS OF THE MID 19TH CENTURY ISMS DESCRIPTION ART NOUVEAU (1890 to1910) An ornament of undulating waves, flowers and flower stalks developed in France and Belgium towards the end of the 19th century. In France (Style Nouville) was initiated by Guimmard; Belgium (Coup- De-Joulet) – Van De Velde and Horta; Spain( Modernismo) – Gaudi: Austria(Sezzession); Scotland (Fin-De-Schism) – Mackintosh); Italy(Modern Isme Or Stile Liberte); and Germany(Judgenstil) – Vande Velde,Olbrist and Endell, and America (Tiffany Style) – Louis Tiffany  Exaggerated, flowing, undulating lines  Rich ornamentation  Emphasis on the decorative and structural properties of materials, especially glass andironwork  Use of colour and gilding Asymmetrical composition BAUHAUS (1919 to 1933) Creative center of artistic experiment during the 1920’s. Gropius was its founder who would rather close shop than be dictated by the German ruler. The school existed in three German cities: Weimar from 1919 to 1925, Dessau from 1925 to 1932 and Berlin from 1932 to 1933, under three different architect-directors: Walter Gropius from 1919 to 1928, Hannes Meyer from 1928 to 1930 and Ludwig Mies van der Rohe from 1930 until 1933, when the school was closed by its own leadership under pressure from the Nazi-led government which had claimed that it was a centre of communist intellectualism. BRUTALISM (1950s to the mid-1970s) Refers to the works of Van Der Rohe which displayed the use of glass and steel; display of service systems of a building like air conditioning ducts, plumbing, pipes, etc. Brutalism is a style with an emphasis on materials, textures and construction, producing highly expressive forms Consider Brutalism as architecture in the raw, with an emphasis on materials, textures and construction, producing highly expressive forms. Seen in the work of Le Corbusier from the late 1940s with the Unite d’Habitation in Marseilles, the term Brutalism was first used in England by the architectural historian Reyner Banham in 1954.It referred to the work of Alison and Peter Smithson’s school at Hunstanton in Norfolk because of its uncompromising approach to the display of structure and services, albeit in a steel building rather than reinforced concrete. Also called New Brutalism, it encouraged the use of beton brut (raw concrete), in which patterns created by wooden shuttering are replicated through board marking, as can be seen in the work of Denys Lasdun, or where the aggregate is bush or pick-hammered, as at the Barbican Estate in London. Scale was important and the style is characterized by massive concrete shapes colliding abruptly, while service ducts and ventilation towers are overtly displayed. The best known early Brutalist architecture is the work of the Swiss architect Le Corbusier, in particular his 1952 Unité d' Habitation and the 1953 Secretariat Building (Palace of Assembly) in Chandigarh, India. Examples are typically massive in character (even when not large),fortress-like, with a predominance of exposed concrete construction, or in the case of the "brick brutalists," ruggedly combine detailed brickwork and concrete. In the Philippines, Leandro Locsin designed massive brutalist structures, including the Cultural Center of the Philippines and the Philippine International Convention Center.  Rough, unfinished surfaces  Unusual shapes  Heavy-looking materials  Massive forms  Small windows in relation to the other parts  Exposed Steel Beams CIAM or INTERNATIONAL MODERNISM (1928 to1959) The Congrès internationaux d'architecture moderne(CIAM), or International Congresses of Modern Architecture, was an organization founded in 1928 and disbanded in 1959, responsible for a series of events and congresses arranged across Europe by the most prominent architects of the time, with the objective of spreading the principles of the Modern Movement focusing in all the main domains of architecture (such as landscape, urbanism, industrial design, and many others). The International Congresses of Modern Architecture (CIAM) was founded in June 1928, at the Chateau de la Sarraz in Switzerland, by a group of 28 European architects organized by Le Corbusier, Hélène de Mandrot (owner of the castle), and Sigfried Giedion (the first secretary-general). CIAM was one of many 20th centurymanifestos meant to advance the cause of "architecture as a social art".
  • 7. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 7 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE ARCHITECTURAL ISMS OF THE MID 19TH CENTURY ISMS DESCRIPTION Russian architect Vladimir Tatlin launched the constructivist movement when he proposed the futuristic, glass-and-steel Tatlin's Tower. CONSTRUCTIVISM (1920 to 1930) During the 1920s and early 1930s, a group of avant-garde architects in Russia launched a movement to design buildings for the new socialist regime. Calling themselvesconstructivists, they believed that design began with construction. Their buildings emphasized abstract geometric shapes and functional machine parts. Constructivist architecture combined engineering and technology with political ideology. Constructivist architects tried to suggest the idea of humanity's collectivism through the harmonious arrangement of diverse structural elements. ARCHITECTS Vladimir Tatlin Konstantin Melnikov Nikolai Milyutin Aleksandr Vesnin Leonid Vesnin Viktor Vesnin El Lissitzky Vladimir Krinsky Iakov Chernikhov The most famous work of constructivist architecture was never actually built. In 1920, Russian architect Vladimir Tatlin proposed a futuristic monument to the 3rd International in the city of St. Petersburg (then known as Petergrado). The unbuilt project, called Tatlin's Tower, used spiral forms to symbolize revolution and human interaction. Inside the spirals, three glass-walled building units - a cube, a pyramid, and a cylinder - would rotate at different speeds. Soaring 400 meters (about 1,300 feet), Tatlin's Tower would have been taller than the Eiffel Tower in Paris. The cost to erect such a building would have been enormous. But, even though Tatlin's Tower wasn't built, the plan helped launch the Constructivist movement. By the late 1920s, Constructivism had spread outside the USSR. Many European architects called themselves constructivists. However, within a few years Constructivism faded from popularity and was eclipsed by the Bauhaus movement in Germany.  Glass and steel  Machine-made building parts  Technological details such as antennae, signs, and projection screens  Abstract geometric shapes  A sense of movement DECONSTRUCTIVISM (1980) Deconstructivism, or Deconstruction, is an approach to building design that attempts to view architecture in bits and pieces. The basic elements of architecture are dismantled. Deconstructivist buildings may seem to have no visual logic. They may appear to be made up of unrelated, disharmonious abstract forms. Deconstructive ideas are borrowed from the French philosopher Jacques Derrida. ARCHITECTS Peter Eisenman Daniel Libeskind Zaha Hadid Frank O. Gehry Rem Koolhaas In the summer of 1988, architect Philip Johnson was instrumental in organizing a Museum of Modern Art (MoMA) exhibit called "Deconstructivist Architecture." Johnson gathered works from seven architects (Eisenman, Gehry, Hadid, Koolhaas, Libeskind, Bernard Tschumi, and Coop Himmelblau) who "intentionally violate the cubes and right angles of modernism." Deconstructivist architects reject Postmodernist ways for an approach more akin to Russian Constructivism. "The hallmark of deconstructivist architecture is its apparent instability. Though structurally sound, the projects seem to be in states of explosion or collapse....Deconstructivist architecture, however, is not an architecture of decay or demolition. On the contrary, it gains all of its force by challenging the very values of harmony, unity, and stability, proposing instead that flaws are intrinsic to the structure." FUNCTIONALISM The principle that architects should design a building based on the purpose of that building. This statement is less self-evident than it first appears, and is a matter of confusion and controversy within the profession, particularly in regard to modern architecture. Functionalism had the strongest influence in Germany, Czechoslovakia, the USSR and the Netherlands. ARCHITECTS Alvar Aalto Erik Bryggman P.E. (Paul Ernsti) Blomstedt Hilding Ekelund Erkki Huttunen Uno Ullberg Ragnar Ypya In 1896, Chicago architect Louis Sullivan coined the phrase 'form ever follows function' to capture his belief that a building's size, massing, spatial grammar and other characteristics should be driven solely by the function of the building. The implication is that if the functional aspects are satisfied, architectural beauty would naturally and necessarily follow. Sullivan's credo is often viewed as being ironic in light of his extensive use of intricate ornament, since a common belief among functionalist architects is that ornament serves no function. The credo also does not address whose function he means. The architect of an apartment building, for instance, can easily be at cross-purposes with the owners of the building regarding how the building should look and feel, and they could both be at cross-purposes with the future tenants. Nevertheless 'form follows function' expresses a significant and enduring idea. Sullivan's protégé Frank Lloyd Wright is also cited as an exemplar of functional design. In the mid-1930s, functionalism began to be discussed as an aesthetic approach rather than a matter of design integrity. The idea of functionalism was conflated with lack of ornamentation, which is a different matter. It became a pejorative term associated with the most bald and brutal ways to cover space, like cheap commercial buildings and sheds, then finally used, for example in academic criticism of Buckminster Fuller's geodesic domes, simply as a synonym for 'gauche'. DEFUNCTIONALISM A style ignoring the classic approach to design disregarding functionalisms that have failed in many instances
  • 8. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 8 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE ARCHITECTURAL ISMS OF THE MID 19TH CENTURY ISMS DESCRIPTION ECLECTICISM (19TH & 20TH CENTURY) ARCHITECTS Daniel Burnham Alexander Jackson Davis Antonio Gaudi Richard Morris Hunt Charles Follen McKim William Mead Richard Norman Shaw Stanford White A nineteenth and twentieth-century architectural style in which a single piece of work incorporates a mixture of elements from previous historical styles to create something that is new and original. In architecture and interior design, these elements may include structural features, furniture, decorative motives, distinct historical ornament, traditional cultural motifs or styles from other countries, with the mixture usually chosen based on its suitability to the project and overall aesthetic value. The term eclecticism is used to describe the combination, in a single work, of elements from different historical styles, chiefly in architecture and, by implication, in the fine and decorative arts. The term is sometimes also loosely applied to the general stylistic variety of 19th-century architecture after Neo-classicism (c. 1820), although the revivals of styles in that period have, since the 1970s, generally been referred to as aspects of historicism. The church of the Sagrada Familia in Barcelona designed by Antonio Gaudi is a notable example of eclecticism. Elements of the style were merged with oriental motifs and forms found in the natural world, resulting in a structure that was distinctive and original.[2] Although it was designed during the peak of the eclectic period (1883–1926), it remains under construction today. EXPRESSIONISM (1910 to 1930) ARCHITECTS Adolf Behne Hermann Finsterlin Antoni Gaudí Walter Gropius - early period Hugo Häring Fritz Höger Michel de Klerk Piet Kramer Carl Krayl Erich Mendelsohn Hans Poelzig Hans Scharoun Rudolf Steiner Bruno Taut An architectural movement that developed in Europe during the first decades of the 20th century in parallel with the expressionist visual and performing arts, that especially developed and dominated in Germany. The term "Expressionist architecture" initially described the activity of the German, Dutch, Austrian, Czech and Danish avant garde from 1910 until 1930. Subsequent redefinitions extended the term backwards to 1905 and also widened it to encompass the rest of Europe. Today the meaning has broadened even further to refer to architecture of any date or location that exhibits some of the qualities of the original movement such as; distortion, fragmentation or the communication of violent or overstressed emotion. The style was characterised by an early-modernist adoption of novel materials, formal innovation, and very unusual massing, sometimes inspired by natural biomorphic forms, sometimes by the new technical possibilities offered by the mass production of brick, steel and especially glass.  Distortion of form for an emotional effect.  Subordination of realism to symbolic or stylistic expression of inner experience. An underlying effort at achieving the new, original, andvisionary.  Profusion of works on paper, and models, with discovery and representations of concepts more important than pragmatic finishedproducts.  Often hybrid solutions, irreducible to a single concept.  Themes of natural romantic phenomena, such as caves, mountains, lightning, crystal and rock formations. [ As such it is more mineral and elemental than florid and organic which characterized its close contemporary art nouveau.  Utilizes creative potential of artisan craftsmanship.  Tendency more towards the gothic than the classical. Expressionist architecture also tends more towards the Romanesque and the rococo than the classical.  Though a movement in Europe, expressionism is as eastern as western. It draws as much from Moorish, Islamic, Egyptian, and Indian art and architecture as from Roman or Greek. Conception of architecture as a work of art. FUTURISM ARCHITECTS An early-20th century form of architecture born in Italy, characterized by strong chromaticism, long dynamic lines, suggesting speed, motion, urgency and lyricism: it was a part of Futurism, an artistic movement founded by the poet Filippo Tommaso Marinetti, who produced its first manifesto, the Manifesto of Futurism in 1909. The movement attracted not only poets, musicians, and artists (such as Umberto Boccioni, Giacomo Balla, Fortunato Depero, and Enrico Prampolini) but also a number of architects. A cult of the machine age and even a glorification of war and violence were among the themes of the Futurists (several prominent futurists were killed after volunteering to fight in World War I). The latter group included the architect Antonio Sant'Elia, who, though building little, translated the futurist vision into an urban form. Tadao Ando Le Corbusier Denis Laming Oscar Niemeyer Archigram Arthur Erickson John Lautner Cesar Pelli Louis Armet Future Systems Anthony J. Lumsden William Pereira Welton Becket Michael Graves Virgilio Marchi Patricio Pouchulu Santiago Calatrava Zaha Hadid Wayne McAllister Eero Saarinen
  • 9. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 9 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE ARCHITECTURAL ISMS OF THE MID 19TH CENTURY ISMS DESCRIPTION METABOLISM ARCHITECTS Kenzo Tange Kisho Kurokawa Moshe Safdie Kiyonuri Kikotake Walter Jonas A post-war Japanese architectural movement that fused ideas about architectural megastructures with those of organic biological growth. It had its first international exposure during CIAM's 1959 meeting and its ideas were tentatively tested by students from Kenzo Tange's MIT studio. During the preparation for the 1960 Tōkyō World Design Conference a group of young architects and designers, including Kiyonori Kikutake, Kisho Kurokawa and Fumihiko Maki prepared the publication of the Metabolism manifesto. They were influenced by a wide variety of sources including Marxist theories and biological processes. Their manifesto was a series of four essays entitled: Ocean City, Space City, Towards Group Form, and Material and Man, and it also included designs for vast cities that floated on the oceans and plug-in capsule towers that could incorporate organic growth. Although the World Design Conference gave the Metabolists exposure on the international stage their ideas remained largely theoretical. Some smaller, individual buildings that employed the principles of Metabolism were built and these included Tange's Yamanashi Press and Broadcaster Centre and Kurokawa's Nakagin Capsule Tower. The greatest concentration of their work was to be found at the 1970 World Exposition in Osaka where Tange was responsible for master planning the whole site whilst Kikutake and Kurokawa designed pavilions. After the 1973 oil crisis, the Metabolists turned their attention away from Japan and toward Africa and the Middle East. MONUMENTALISM ARCHITECTS Rf Schinklel, M. Van Der T. Garnier, P. Behrens, Rohe, A. Perret. H. Polezig, Le Corbusier, Based on the notion that the form of the object should last and implicitly there are forms which have external validity. Construction, especially of buildings, on a grand scale. NATIONAL ROMANTICISM National Romantic style was a Nordic architectural style that was part of the National Romantic movement during the late 19th and early 20th centuries. It is often considered to be a form of Art Nouveau. The National Romantic style spread across Finland; the Scandinavian countries of Denmark, Norway, and Sweden; and Russia (mainly St. Petersburg). Unlike much nostalgic Gothic Revival style architecture elsewhere, National Romantic architecture expressed progressive social and political ideals, through reformed domestic architecture.[1] Designers turned to early Medieval architecture and even prehistoric precedents to construct a style appropriate to the perceived character of a people. The style can be seen as a reaction to industrialism and an expression of the same "Dream of the North" nationalism that gave impetus to renewed interest in the eddas and sagas.  Finnish National Theatre (Suomen Kansallisteatteri) (1902,  House With Owls (Дом с совами)(1907, Russia)  Stockholm Court House (Stockholms Rådhus) (1915, Finland)  Norwegian Institute of Technology(Norges tekniske Sweden)  Vålerenga Church (Vålerenga kirke) (1902, Norway) høgskole) (1910, Norway)  Röhss Museum (Röhsska konstslöjdsmuseet) (1916, Sweden)  Copenhagen City Hall (Rådhus) (1905, Denmark)  Tolstoy House (Толстовский дом)(1912, Russia)  Stockholm City Hall (Stockholms stadshus) (1923,Sweden)  National Museum of Finland (Suomen Kansallismuseo) (1905,  Tarvaspää, (1913, Finland) the house and studiobuilt for Church of the Epiphany (Uppenbarelsekyrkan) (1913, Finland) himself by Finnish painter Akseli Gallen-Kallela Sweden)  Frogner Church (Frogner kirke) (1907, Norway)  Bergen Station (Bergen stasjon) (1913,Norway) NEO-PLASTICISM ARCHITECTS Cornelis van Eesteren (1897–1981) Robert van 't Hoff (1887–1979) Frederick John Kiesler (1890-1965) J. J. P. Oud (1890–1963) Gerrit Rietveld (1888–1964) Jan Wils (1891–1972) De Stijl (/dә ˈstaɪl/; Dutch pronunciation: [dә ˈstɛil]), Dutch for "The Style", also known as neoplasticism, was a Dutch artisticmovement founded in 1917 in Amsterdam. The De Stijl consisted of artists and architects [1] In a narrower sense, the term De Stijl is used to refer to a body of work from 1917 to 1931 founded in the Netherlands. De Stijl is also the name of a journal that was published by the Dutch painter, designer, writer, and critic Theo van Doesburg(1883–1931) that served to propagate the group's theories. Next to van Doesburg, the group's principal members were the painters Piet Mondrian (1872–1944), Vilmos Huszár(1884–1960), and Bart van der Leck (1876–1958), and the architects Gerrit Rietveld (1888– 1964), Robert van 't Hoff(1887–1979), and J. J. P. Oud (1890–1963). The artistic philosophy that formed a basis for the group's work is known as neoplasticism—the new plastic art (or Nieuwe Beelding in Dutch). Proponents of De Stijl advocated pure abstraction and universality by a reduction to the essentials of form and colour; they simplified visual compositions to the vertical and horizontal directions, and used only primary colors along with black and white. Indeed, according to the Tate Gallery's online article on neoplasticism, Mondrian himself sets forth these delimitations in his essay "Neo-Plasticism in Pictorial Art". He writes, "this new plastic idea will ignore the particulars of appearance, that is to say, natural form and colour. On the contrary, it should find its expression in the abstraction of form and colour, that is to say, in the straight line and the clearly defined primary colour". The Tate article further summarizes that this art allows "only primary colours and non-colours, only squares and rectangles, only straight and horizontal or vertical line." TheGuggenheim Museum's online article on De Stijl summarizes these traits in similar terms: "It [De Stijl] was posited on the fundamental principle of the geometry of the straight line, the square, and the rectangle, combined with a strong asymmetricality; the predominant use of pure primary colors with black and white; and the relationship between positive and negative elements in an arrangement of non-objective forms and lines".
  • 10. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 10 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE ARCHITECTURAL ISMS OF THE MID 19TH CENTURY ISMS DESCRIPTION ORGANISM ARCHITECTS Frank Lloyd Wright Kendrick Bangs Kellogg Alvar Aalto Terunobu Fujimori Arthur Dyson Gustav Stickley Antoni Gaudi Rudolf Steiner Hector Guimard Paul Laffoley Hugo Häring Hundertwasser Hans Scharoun Anton Alberts John Lautner Laurie Baker Bruce Goff Claude Bragdon Eero Saarinen Douglas Cardinal Louis Sullivan Neville Gruzman Vittorio Giorgini Imre Makovecz Eric Lloyd Wright (born Javier Senosiain 1929) Bruno Zevi Eugene Pandala Toyo Ito Nari Gandhi Chen Kuen Lee Organic architecture is a philosophy of architecture which promotes harmony between human habitation and the natural world through design approaches so sympathetic and well integrated with its site, that buildings, furnishings, and surroundings become part of a unified, interrelated composition. The term organic architecture was coined by Frank Lloyd Wright (1867–1959), though never well articulated by his cryptic style of writing: "So here I stand before you preaching organic architecture: declaring organic architecture to be the modern ideal and the teaching so much needed if we are to see the whole of life, and to now serve the whole of life, holding no traditions essential to the great TRADITION. Nor cherishing any preconceived form fixing upon us either past, present or future, but instead exalting the simple laws of common sense or of super-sense if you prefer determining form by way of the nature of materials ..."[1] Organic architecture is also translated into the all inclusive nature of Frank Lloyd Wright's design process. Materials, motifs, and basic ordering principles continue to repeat themselves throughout the building as a whole. The idea of organic architecture refers not only to the buildings' literal relationship to the natural surroundings, but how the buildings' design is carefully thought about as if it were a unified organism. Geometries throughout Wright's buildings build a central mood and theme. Essentially organic architecture is also the literal design of every element of a building: From the windows, to the floors, to the individual chairs intended to fill the space. Everything relates to one another, reflecting the symbiotic ordering systems of nature. A well-known example of organic architecture is Fallingwater, the residence Frank Lloyd Wright designed for the Kaufmann family in rural Pennsylvania. Wright had many choices to locate a home on this large site, but chose to place the home directly over the waterfall and creek creating a close, yet noisy dialog with the rushing water and the steep site. The horizontal striations of stone masonry with daring cantilevers of colored beige concrete blend with native rock outcroppings and the wooded environment. Architect and planner David Pearson proposed a list of rules towards the design of organic architecture. These rules are known as the Gaia Charter for organic architecture and design. It reads: "Let the design:  Be inspired by nature and be sustainable, healthy, conserving, and diverse.  Unfold, like an organism, from the seed within.  Exist in the "continuous present" and "begin again and again".  Follow the flows and be flexible and adaptable.  Satisfy social, physical, and spiritual needs.  "Grow out of the site" and be unique.  Celebrate the spirit of youth, play and surprise.  Express the rhythm of music and the power of dance." POST-METABOLISM Interest in explaining things as the nature of the house in the city and are concerned with intricate designs on small houses and potential schemes, has a larger context of the relationships between houses with society. RADICALISM A radical shift in emphasis from buildings of the past, to designs of those which met the demands of modern life. Van de Velde and Gropius are some of its proponents. STRUCTURALISM Structuralism as a movement in architecture and urban planning evolved around the middle of the 20th century. It was a reaction to CIAM-Functionalism (Rationalism) [1] which had led to a lifeless expression of urban planning that ignored the identity of the inhabitants and urban forms. Structuralism in a general sense is a mode of thought of the 20th century, which came about in different places, at different times and in different fields. It can also be found in linguistics, anthropology, philosophy and art. At the beginning of the general article Structuralism the following explanations are noted: "Structuralism is a theoretical paradigm emphasizing that elements of culture must be understood in terms of their relationship to a larger, overarching system or structure." Alternately, as summarized by philosopher Simon Blackburn, "Structuralism is the belief that phenomena of human life are not intelligible except through their interrelations. These relations constitute a structure, and behind local variations in the surface phenomena there are constant laws of abstract culture." UTILITARIANISM Refers to low cost housing; this was set at a time when search for economic solutions for low value sites were considered. In England this refers to prefabricated units
  • 11. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 11 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE ARCHITECTURAL ISMS OF THE MID 19TH CENTURY ISMS DESCRIPTION MODERNISM Rejecting ornament and embracing minimalism, Modernism became the dominant global movement in 20th-century architecture and design. Modernism is the single most important new style or philosophy of architecture and design of the 20th century, associated with an analytical approach to the function of buildings, a strictly rational use of (often new) materials, an openness to structural innovation and the elimination of ornament. It has also been called International Modern or International Style, after an exhibition of modernist architecture in America in 1932 by Philip Johnson. Modernism also encompasses Futurism, Constructivism, De Stijl and Bauhaus. The style is characterized by:  asymmetrical compositions  use of general cubic or cylindrical shapes  flat roofs  use of reinforced concrete  metal and glass frameworks often resulting in large windows in horizontal bands  an absence of ornament or mouldings  a tendency for white or cream render, often emphasised by black and whitephotography Plans would be loosely arranged, often with open-plan interiors. Walter Gropius (1883-1969) and Le Corbusier (1887-1965) were the leaders of the movement. The latter had a profound impact in Britain, particularly after World War Two, with many public housing schemes. In Britain the term Modern Movement was used to describe the rigorous Modernist designs of the 1930s to the early 1960s. WHAT TO LOOK FOR:  Rectangular or cubist shapes  Minimal or no ornamentation  Steel and or reinforced concrete  Large windows  Open plan POST MODERNISM Postmodernism describes the colourful styles of architecture and the decorative arts that appeared in the late 20th century in reaction to Modernism. Postmodernism describes a style or styles of architecture and the decorative arts that were a reaction to Modernism and the Modern Movement and the dogmas associated with it. By the 1970s Modernism had begun to seem elitist and exclusive, despite its democratic intentions. The failure of building methods and materials (shown in the collapse of Ronan Point, a tower block in east London in 1968) and alienating housing estates was a focus for architects and critics in the early 1970s. A book published in 1966 by the American architect Robert Venturi, Complexity and Contradiction in Architecture, was a key influence on the development of Postmodernism. Venturi extolled the ambiguities, inconsistencies and idiosyncrasies of the Mannerist and Baroque architecture of Rome, but also celebrated popular culture and the ordinary architecture of the American Main Street. A later work, Learning from Las Vegas (1972), deconstructed the signs and symbols of the Las Vegas strip and divided buildings into ‘ducks’, the sculptural buildings that embodied their message within the structure, and the ‘decorated shed’, which used signs to communicate its message. In practice, it meant the rediscovery of the various meanings contained within the mainly classical architecture of the past and applying them to modern structures. The result was an architecture that embodied historical allusion and dashes of whimsy. WHAT TO LOOK FOR:  Classical motifs  Literary allusions  Bright colours  Structural variety  Variety of materials and shapes
  • 12. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 12 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE FILIPINO ARCHITECTURE (Arkitekturang Pilipino) PERIOD LOCATION DESCRIPTION PRE-HISTORIC Caves and Rock Shelter  Tabon Cave Palawan Served as shelters for the early Filipinos Lean-To  First form of man-made dwelling made from indigenous materials  Windshield or one-sided lean-t0 with or without flooring  Single pitched roof supported by rafters Banaue Rice Terraces 2000-year-old terraces that were carved into the mountains of Ifugao by the ancestors of indigenous people. Commonly referred to as the “Eight Wonder of the World” Located approximately 1500 meters (5000 ft) above sea level. Fed by an ancient irrigation system from the rainforests above the terraces CLASSICAL PERIOD SKILLS IN FORTIFICATION The architecture of the early Filipinos are also the skills that were used at the time of war and on the battlefield. Due to the creation of various thalassocratic states within the archipelago, trade began to flourish. Neighboring tribes would often wage war for territory and trade rights in certain areas, thids ultimately led to the fortification of villages and towns. Another reason for the development of these fortifications skills was that of prestige and intimidation, petty chiefs, Datus and Rajahs as they were called, often built forts and fortifications to intimidate other chiefs in their area. The Kota With the arrival of Muslim scholars from nearby Indonesia, the native Filipinos were introduced to the concept of the Kota or fort. The Muslim Filipinos of the south built strongfortresses called kota or moong to protect their communities. Usually, many of the occupants of these kotas are entire families rather than just warriors. Lords often had their own kotas to assert their right to rule, it served not only as a military installation but as a palace for the local Lord. It is said that at the height of theMaguindanao Sultanate's power, they blanketed the areas around Western Mindanao with Kotas and other fortifications to block the Spanish advance into the region. These kotas were usually made of stone and bamboo or other light materials and surrounded by trench networks. As a result, some of these kotas were burned easily of destroyed. With further Spanish campaigns in the region, the Sultanate was subdued and majority of Kotas dismantled or destroyed. Kotas were not only used by the Muslims as defense against Spaniards and other foreigners, renegades and rebels also built fortifications in defiance of other chiefs in the area.[2] During the American occupation, rebels built strongholds and the Datus, Rajahs or Sultans often built and reinforced their kotas in a desperate bid to maintain rule over their subjects and their land.[3] Many of these forts were also destroyed by American expeditions; as a result, very very few kotas still stand to this day.  Kota Selurong An outpost of the Bruneian Empire in Luzon and later became the City of Manila.  Kuta Wato / Kota Bato Literally translates to "stone fort" the first known stone fortification in the country, its ruins exist as the "Kutawato Cave Complex"  Kota Sug / Jolo The capital and seat of the Sultanate of Sulu. When it was occupied by the Spaniards in the 1870s they converted the kota into the world's smallest walled city Batanes Castles The Ivatan people of the northern islands of Batanes often built fortifications to protect themselves during times of war. They built their so-called idjangs on hills and elevated areas. These fortifications were likened to European castles because of their purpose. Usually, the only entrance to the castles would be via a rope ladder that would only be lowered for the villagers and could be kept away when invaders arrived. Igorot Forts The Igorots built forts made of stone walls that averaged several meters in width and about two to three times the width in height around 2000 BC THE CLASSICAL FILIPINO HOUSE Lawig Small House Mala-A-Walai  The Large Houses / Big House of Datu Inuc  Made of nipa, bamboo and wood A prominent structure in the Moro Settlement, typically a one-room dwelling area without a ceiling and with no permanent partitions except for mats, chests or woven cloths. The house is usually built on nine posts and has a porch linking the house proper to the kitchen. Maguindana houses have a steep roof and use the okir and other local artistic elements. Ventilation is an important concern due to the hot climate on the Cotabato plane. Torogan Lanao del Norte and Lanao del Sur  The House of the Kings / Datu House / Royal House  Elevated by 0.30m to 2.20m high above the ground with a single room structure withoutpartitions  Ancestral house for Datu and his family used for social and politicalceremonies An ornately decorated ancestral house for the datu and his extended family or the houses for the upper-class. It is the house of Maranao’s who speak the AustronesianLanguage.
  • 13. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 13 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE FILIPINO ARCHITECTURE (Arkitekturang Pilipino) PERIOD LOCATION DESCRIPTION ARCHITECTURAL CHARACTER  The windows of torogan are slits and richly framed in wood panels with okir designs located in front of thehouse.  The communal kitchen is half a meter lower than the main house is both used for cooking andeating.  The distinct high gable roof of the torogan, thin at the apex and gracefully flaring out to the eaves, sits on a huge structures enclosed by slabs of timber and lifted more than two meters above the ground by a huge trunk of a tree that was set on a rock.  The house was built to sway during earthquakes. Twenty-five post of huge tree trunks were not buried but are freestanding. Sometimes, if needed, wooden pegs were used to secure the wood members. These were all used to prevent the house from collapsing DECORATIONS  DIONGAL – apex of the roof  TINAI-A-WALAI / RAMPATAN– intricate carvings, central beams that serves as intestines of thehouse  MALONG – bright colored weaves hanging from the rafters to signify privacy  PANOLONG – A wing-like beam located at the ends of the floor. Its usual motifs or designs ar Pako Rabong or Fern, Naga or Serpent. These are chiseled and painted with bright colors Ifugao House Mountains of Cordillera  Single room of 4.00m x 6.00m rectangular plan, elevated by 1.50m – 2.00m high on four tree trunks ascolumns  Trunks are made from Amugawan Tree  Roof is covered with reed and grass resting on a brace supported by akingpost  Two doors on both sides of the house accessed by a ladder Badjao House Coast of Tawi- Tawi  Houses on stilts above shallow water with flooring made of bamboo  Each house in the community was made accessible to eachother by means of bamboo planks laid out asstreets  Interior space was enclosed by wooden walls nailed permanently for protection Nipa Hut / Bakay Kubo Lowlands all over the Philippines  Originally a one-room dwelling and evolved into more sophisticated type ofdwelling  Walls are made of nipa leaves or flattened split bamboo cut into fine strips and were woven in herringbone pattern forming tha sawali silid  Roof is covered with cogon grass, rice stalks, sugar cane leaves, split bamboo, anahaw leaves or nipa shingles PARTS OF BAHAY NA KUBO Bulwagan Reserved for ntertaining guests Silid Private room for sleeping Gilir / Paglutuan Kitchen or cooking area  Dapogan Table on top where the river stone shoe-shaped stove is located  Bangahan / Banggerahan Place for drying and storing pots and pans, drinking glasses, plates and other kitchen utensils  Batalan Unroofed area where water jars were kept Silong Space underneath the house used as storage space for the farming and fishing implements and where small animals were also kept Kamalig Separate structure used for the storage of rice SPANISH COLONIAL ERA Bahay Na Bato  Influence from the Spaniards  Stone at ground floor and wood at second floor  Improved version of the Bahay Kubo  Wooden posts of Molave and Ipil are used as supports for floors, beams and roofrafters  Yakal is used as floor joists while narra is used for floor boards  Overhanging eaves surround the house for protection of upper storey against the heatand glare of the sun and heavy rains PARTS OF BAHAY NA BATO GROUND FLOOR Zaguan Carriages and Saint’s Floats are kept Cuadra Horse stable Bodega Storage room for keeping old furniture and palay bins Entresuelo Mezzanine elevated above a meter from the ground, can only be accessed from the masters bedroom on the second floor Patio Enclosed courtyard open to the sky and adjacent to the zaguan Aljibe Cistern used for storage of collected rainwater underneath the azotea
  • 14. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 14 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE FILIPINO ARCHITECTURE (Arkitekturang Pilipino) PERIOD LOCATION DESCRIPTION SECOND FLOOR Caida Ante-Sala; immediate room from the ceremonial Sala Living room where balls and dances during fiestas and other special occasions takes place Comedor Dining room Cocina Kitchen Dispensa Room adjacent to the Cocina used as food storage Comun / Latrina Toilet adjacent to the service area Banyo / Paliguan Bathroom often built separately from the toilet Azotea Open terrace open to toilet, bath and kitchen; also used as laundry and service area Cuarto / Alcoba / Dormitorio Bedroom Balcon Overhanging balcony fronting the main street Intramuros  Intramuros is the old walled city of Manila located along the southern bank of the Pasig River. The historic city was home to centuries-old churches, schools, convents, government buildings and residences, the best collection of Spanish colonial architecture before much of it was destroyed by the bombs of World War II. Of all the buildings within the 67-acre city, only one building, the San Agustin Church, survived the war. Fort Santiago  Fort Santiago (Fuerza de Santiago) is a defense fortress established by Spanish conquistador, Miguel López de Legazpi. The fort is the citadel of the walled city of Intramuros, in Manila. The location of Fort Santiago was also once the site of the palace and kingdom of Rajah Suliman, king of Maynila of pre-Spanish era. It was destroyed by the conquistadorsupon arriving in 1570, encountering several bloody battles with the Muslims and native Tagalogs. The Spaniards destroyed the native settlements and erected Fuerza de Santiago in 1571. Paco Park  Paco Park was planned as a municipal cemetery for the well-off and established aristocratic Spanish families who resided in the old Manila, or Intramuros. The cemetery is circular in shape, with an inner circular fort that was the original cemetery with niches on the hollow walls. As the population continued to grow, a similar second outer wall was built with the thick adobe hollow walls with niches, the top of the walls made into a walkway circumnavigating the park. A Roman Catholic chapel was built inside the inner walls, dedicated to St. Pancratius. The landscape design was done by Ildefonso Santos from 1967 to 1969. Lighthouses  During the Spanish and American era many lighthouses were constructed around the Philippine Islands. The most Northeastern Lighthouse can be found in Burgos, Ilocos Norte. Churches  ANTIPOLO CHURCH Antipolo, Rizal  Began by Fr. Juan de Salazae in 1630  Bishops declared the church as the National Shrine of the Our Lady of Peace and Good Voyage or Nuestra Señora de Paz y Buen Viaje  Circular Plan covered by a huge dome with three main entrances  Gothic influence in the facade  BACLAYON CHURCH Bohol  Built by Fr. Juan de Torres and Fr. Gabriel Sanchez in 1595  Oldest church in Bohol  Oldest church mad of stone in the Philippines  Simple lines of Early Decorated Style  BARASOAIN CHURCH Bulacan  First built by Augustinian priests in 1859  Combination of Romanesque and Renaissance  Romanesque – recessed door jambs with orders and concentric arches  Renaissance – fluted flat pilasters used for relieving walls  Baroque – crowning pediment emphasized by the sweeping concave lines of the upper sidewalls  BAMBOO CHURCH Las Piñas  First constracted by Fr. Diego Cerra in 1972  First stone church built in Las Piñas city and reconstructed by Architect FrancicoMañosa  Church façade is Early Renaissance  House of the famous Bamboo Organ
  • 15. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 15 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE FILIPINO ARCHITECTURE (Arkitekturang Pilipino) PERIOD LOCATION DESCRIPTION  LOBOC CHURCH Bohol  Constructed by Fr. Juan de Torres  Contains the biggest number of murals on religious subjects done on its ceiling andwalls  Early Renaissance façade – circular windows filling the tympanum  OUR LADY OF MANAOAG Pangasinan  Firs built by the Dominicans  In 1880, the belfry demolished the church due to some cracks caused by anearthquake  Church was completed in 1932  MANILA METROPOLITAN CATHEDRAL – BASILICA (Cathedral-Basilica of the Immaculate Conception) Manila  First Church (1571) – When the church was raised to a cathedral in 1579, a new structure made from nipa, wood, and bamboo was constructed in 1581 by Domingo de Salazar, the first bishop of Manila. The new structure was consecrated on December 21, 1581, formally becoming a cathedral. The structure was destroyed by fire in 1583  Second Cathedral (1592) – The second cathedral, which was made of stone, was built in 1592. It was destroyed by an earthquake in 1600.  Third Cathedral (1614) – The new structure, consisting of three naves and seven chapels, was blessed in 1614. It was toppled by another earthquake which shook Manila in 1645.  Fourth Cathedral (1654) – The fourth cathedral was constructed from 1654 to 1671. In 1750, a media naranja ("half orange") dome was added to the crossing by the Florentine friar Juan de Uguccioni, who also introduced a transept to the structure. It was severely damaged in 1863 by a very strong earthquake that also damaged the palace of the Governor General of the Philippines. In 1880, another earthquake toppled its bell tower, rendering the cathedral towerless until1958.  Seventh Cathedral (1870) – The seventh cathedral was constructed from 1870 to 1879.  Present Cathedral (1954) – The present cathedral was constructed from 1954 to 1958 underCardinal Rufino Jiao Santos and under the supervision of the notable Filipino architect Fernando H. Ocampo.  MIAGAO CHURCH (Santo Tomas de Villanueva Parish Church) Iloilo  Declared as “National Landmark” in August 01, 1973  It is included in the UNESCO’s World Heritage List  Façade displays an example of Filipino Folk Art  The church's over-all architectural style falls under the Baroque Romanesque architectural style. Its ochre color is due to the materials used in constructing the church, adobe, egg, coral and limestone. The church's foundation is 6 meters deep and the massive stone walls at 1.5 meters thick are intensified through the use of 4 meter thick flying buttresses as protection to the Moro invaders as stipulated under Royal Decree 111 of 1573 (Law of theIndies).  Façade – the façade of Miagao church consists of an ornately decorated bas-relief in the middle of two huge watchtower belfries on each side. The bas-relief is a mixed influence of Medieval Spanish, Chinese, Muslim and local traditions and elements, a unique characteristic of the church façade. A prominent part of the façade is a coconut tree depicted as the tree of lifewhere St. Christopher holds on. St. Christopher is dressed in local and traditional clothing carrying the Child Jesus on his back. The rest of the façade features the daily life of the people of Miagao during that time including native flora (like papaya, coconut and palm tree) and fauna. Above the wooden door entrance at the center of the façade just below the image of St. Christopher is a carved image of the town's patron saint, St. Thomas of Villanueva. At each side of the door are the images of St. Henry of Bavaria on the left and Pope Pius VI. Above the images of St. Henry and Pope Pius VI is their respectivecoat-of-arms.  Belltower – The two huge unequal belltowers directly attached to the main church serve as watchtowers to defend the town against invasion of Moros. It has two different designs since it was commissioned by two different priests. On the left side is the older belfry, the tallest was the west belfry with four levels. Originally, the east belfry was constructed with only two levels. It was in 1830 when Father Francisco Perez decided to add another storey to the east belfry (3 levels) is one level shorter than the west be;fry (4 levels).  PAOAY CHURCH (San Agustin Church of Paoay) Ilocos Norte  Paoay church is the Philippines' primary example of a Spanish colonial earthquake baroque architecture dubbed by Alicia Coseteng,an interpretation of the European Baroqueadapted to the seismic condition of the country through the use of enormous buttresses on the sides and back of the building. The adaptive reuse of baroque style against earthquake is developed since many destructive earthquakesdestroyed earlier churches in the country. Javanesearchitecture reminiscent of Borobudur of Java can also be seen on the church walls and facade.  Buttresses – The most striking feature of Paoay Church is the 24 huge buttresses of about 1.67 metres (5.5 ft)thick at the sides and back of the church building. Extending from the exterior walls, it was conceived to a solution to possible destruction of the building due to earthquakes. Its stair-like buttresses (known as step buttresses) at the sides of the church is possibly for easy access of the roof.  Walls – The walls are made of large coral stones on the lower part and bricks at the upper levels. The mortar used in the church includes sand and lime with sugarcane juice boiled with mango leaves, leather and rice straw. Its walls suggest Javanesearchitecturalstyles.  Façade – The stone facade appears as massive pediment rising from the ground and is built leaning towards the front. Square pilastersand stringed cornices divide the facade vertically and horizontally respectively. Its bottom part is plain. Gothic features are also present through the use of finials while the triangular pediment shows Chinese elements and Oriental strokes.Crenellations, niches, rosettes and the Augustinian coat of arms can also be seen. Facade is made of brick on the lower level and coral stones on the upper level.  Belltower – Adjacent to the facade is a three-storey coral belltowerconstructed separately from the church building on the right side resembling a pagoda.[3][6] It was in 1793 when the cornerstone of the belltower was laid.[4] It stands at some distance from the church as a protection against earthquake.[7]It served as observational post for Filipino revolutionariesagainst the Spaniards in 1898 and by Filipino guerrillas against Japanese soldiers during World WarII.  Declarations – By virtue of Presidential Decree No. 260, Paoay Church was declared as a National Cultural Treasure by the Philippine government in 1973.The church was designated
  • 16. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 16 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE FILIPINO ARCHITECTURE (Arkitekturang Pilipino) PERIOD LOCATION DESCRIPTION as aUNESCO World Heritage Site on December 11, 1993.  QUIAPO CHURCH Quiapo  Conferre the title “Basilica Minor de Nuestro Padre Jesus Nazareno” in 1988  Baroque façade with twisted columns on both levels  SAN AGUSTIN CHURCH Manila  Designe after the High Renaissance  Characterized by the super positioned columns of the Tuscan order on the first level and the Corinthian columns on the secondlevel  Iglesi San Pablo de Manilaq  SAN SEBASTIAN CHURCH Manila  52 tons of steel were transported to Manila  “The First All-Iron Church in the World”  First pre-fabricated structure to be erected in the Philippines  SANTO DOMINGO CHURCH Quezon City  also known as National Shrine of Our Lady of the Holy Rosary of La Naval de Manila (Spanish: Santuario Nacional de Nuestra Señora del Santísimo Rosario de La Naval de Manila; Filipino: Pambansang Dambana ng Mahál na Birhen ng Santísimo Rosario ng La Naval), is the largest church in Metro Manila and one of the biggest churches in Asia.  Early Church (1587) – A small church was erected on August 6, 1587, made from light materials.In January 1, 1588, the chapel was inaugurated and it enshrined the Miraculous image of Our Lady of the Rosary from Mexico  Second Church (1592) – the church was partially destroyed by an earthquake. Because the roof has collapsed, the Dominican friars decided to build a larger church made from stronger materials. Through the direction of Father Alonzo Jiménez, the second church was made from stone. The church was inaugurated on April 9, 1592.  Third Church (Early 17TH Century) – a fire of April 30, 1603, which destroyed a third of a city, consumed both the church and the convent. Almost immediately built a third church was built, bigger and more costly. It contained a stone vault as precaution against fire and earthquake. Though made of stone, it was destroyed by another earthquake on November 30, 1645. Only the high altar remained.  Fourth Church (1862) – A fourth church of stone and hardwood was built. There were wooden arches and three naves inside the church. This time, wooden posts supported the roof and divided the church into a central nave with side aisles. The artistic interior designs were executed under the direction of Father Francisco Gainza. The church took two years to build. The structural soundness of the church made it last for 250 years. Initiated by Father Castro, A new façade flanked by two towers and patterned after London’s St. Paul’s Cathedral designed by Christopher Wren, was built for the church. The façade lasted almost a year. The church was inaugurated on June 15, 1862 with great festival. On June 3, 1863, the Philippines experienced one of the strongest earthquakes in its history. The church was ruined by an earthquake of the same intensity as that which hit Manila in 1645.  Fifth Church (1887) – A few months after the 1863 earthquake, Felix Roxas presented a plan for the church’s reconstruction, partly following the plan of the previous church and utilizing some of its salvageable parts. On August 30, 1864, the cornerstone of the present church was laid. In it was placed a lead box, containing art objects, gold coins, medals of saints and other things belonging to the “Orden de Predicadores” Construction occurred from 1864 to 1887 in the gotico fingido (neogothic) style, using Philippine building materials. The immense columns resembling spreading tree branches, were of acle, molave and ipil. The vault was of zinc or galvanized iron. The colored glass windows were ordered from Europe. These gave a beautiful light inside the church. The four retablos were made under the direction of Father Joaquín Sabater, a professor of drawing at the University of Santo Tomás. Alberoni directed the painting of the main altar. The church measured 70 by 31 by 22 metres (230 ft × 102 ft × 72 ft) at the central aisles, and 16.6 metres (54 ft) high at the lateral aisles. Its towers rose to 23.3 metres (76 ft). Although Fr. Sixto and Fr. Ristoro would supervise construction of the church, the Dominicans contracted the services of the European-trained architect Félix Roxas Sr. Roxas, adapting the seismic realities, designed a church with story of stone an upper story of wood. He worked closely with Isabelo Tampinco who decorated the interior with carving imitating the fan vault reminiscent of the English gothic; the walls and ceiling of the sacristy were similarly treated. Even the furniture in the sacristy was treated in the gothic manner. The chapel of the Nuestra Señora de Rosario had an altar with lancet arches and gothic-inspired ornamented pinnacles. Its floor was made of native molave and narra and the pulpit was of fine carving, with the images representing the different saints of the Order. A dove was attached to the sounding board of the pulpit, above which, there was an angel. The choir-loft was spacious and was protected by wrought from railing manufactured in the Philippines. Over the central doorway, on the roof was enclosed in a glass case original Virgin of the Rosary, which had been there for many centuries. The cupola above had many colored glass windows. Inside, was a balcony surrounded by iron railing. The church incurred damage over time and was repaired. In 1887, the vault and the rose windows of batikuling were restored. The main altar was almost totally renovated, and the columns repaired. The roof of the bell towers was renovated to assume a crown-like form. In 1941, the Gothic church of Santo Domingo in Intramuros was destroyed at the advent of the Second World War. On December 21, 1941 the church and the Dominican monastery beside it were hit by Japanese bombs. This was the first church to be ruined during the Pacific War. The friars, archives, the image of Our Lady of the Holy Rosary of La Naval and other movable property like ivory statues, gala vestments of the Virgin; jewelry, and sacred vessels were the only survivors of the war. The image was transferred to Santísimo Rosario Church at the University of Santo Tomás (UST) in España, Manila.  Sixth Church – Current Building (1954) – After the Second World War, the Dominicans constructed the sixth church in a new location. They built it on a portion of land they had purchased in Quezon City. The Dominicans commissioned José Ma. Zaragoza to design the building while he was still a student of architecture at UST. The new Santo Domingo church was built in the Spanish Modern style, which was unlike the Baroque churches built during Spanish period. The church employed the latest technique
  • 17. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 17 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE FILIPINO ARCHITECTURE (Arkitekturang Pilipino) PERIOD LOCATION DESCRIPTION in reinforced-concrete building. The Mission-style architecture includes Romanesque and Gothic designs that accommodate more space. Measuring 85 by 40 metres (279 ft × 131 ft) with a height of 25 metres (82 ft), there is a total floor area of 3,300 square metres (36,000 sq ft). It is the biggest church in Metro Manila and one of the biggest churches in Asia.The Santo Domingo church complex was inaugurated on October 12, 1954. The church façade has receding planes with leaves designed in corbel arches. Over the triple portals of the church is a high-relief frieze depicting the story of the La Naval. The giant bas-relief of Santo Domingo was designed by the Italian sculptor and expatriate Francesco Monti. In the nave of the church there are eight colorful murals by National Artist Carlos “Botong” Francisco depicting the life and times of Santo Domingo de Guzmán, the Spaniard who founded the Order of Preachers. Francisco’s murals are just below the equally brilliant murals of the Four Evangelists in vivid brown tones by Vicente García Llamas. Curved windows of the church frame masterful stained-glass designs by Galo Ocampo whose bases show different ecclesiastical seals. The windows depict the original 15 Stations of the Holy Rosary as well as the Battle of Lepanto and La Naval de Manila; and the martyrdoms of San Vicente Liem de la Paz and San Francisco Capillas, Dominican protomartyrs of Vietnam and China, respectively. Right behind Sto. Domingo Church’s facade are intricately carved panels and stained glass windows lie a treasure trove of the Philippines’ rich cultural heritage and the object of centuries-old devotion, the image of Our Lady of the Rosary of La Naval, the oldest Marian icon in the country.  SANTO NIÑO DE CEBU Cebu  Basilica Minore is the tile conferred on this church  Declared a National Landmark by President Marcos  Built by Fray Juan de Albarran about 400 years ago, on the site where a soldier found an image of the Sto. Nino in a settlement that the Spanish soldiers have burned down  the Convent was founded in 1565, making it the first to be built in thecountry  constructed with stones from Panay and Capiz  façade : blending of Moorish, Romanesque and NeoClassical elements; trefoils on the doorways; two levels divided into three segments and topped by pediment; retablo at the center  belltower has four-sided balustraded dome  interior : pierced screen with floral motifs, pineapple decors at the choirloft, corn cobs at thecapital  BAGUIO CHURCH Baguio City  Rising above the city skyline are the pinkish hues of the Baguio Cathedral. The cathedral is but one of religious landmarks which dot the city. There is the Bell Temple, north of the city the Maryhurst Seminary with its brilliant gardens, and Lourdes Grotto with its 252 steps to heaven.  TAMAUINI CHURCH Isabela  begun 1783-1788 by Dominican Domingo Forto and town mayor Pablo Sason; 1803-1808 – circular belltower wascompleted  pampango artisans carved the hardwood molds for the clay insets that decorate the church  ultra-baroque : unique for its extensive use of baked clay both for wall finishes andornamentation  ornamental details : serpentine reliefs, spiral curves, flowers, foliage, sunfaces, cherubs and saints  circular belltower with white limestone finish, decorated with bright red clay rosettes and festoons  ANGAT CHURCH Bulacan  begun 1756-1773 by Augustinian Gregorio Giner; completed in 1802 by Fray JoaquinCalvo  Baroque Style : coupled Corinthian and Doric columns divide façade into levels or segments, statues ringed with wreath-like ornaments flank niches, windows with bas-relief“curtains”  plain three-storey belltower with balustered top  TAAL CHURCH Batangas  1858 : Fray Marcos Anton, with the help of the architect Don Luciano Oliver, started construction; the church was completed in1878  built on top of a hill and may be reached through flagstone steps, unobstructed by otherbuildings  façade : arched windows alternate with Ionic columns at first level, Corinthian at upper level; projected cornices and mouldings; threepediments  interior is cavernous bur drab with stout piers and semi-circular apse : mathematical exactness rather thanornamentation  DRAGA CHURCH Albay  established by people who fled the eruption of Mt. Mayon form Cagsawa  the Franciscan wanted a church with the best features of Romanesque and Gothic, but it was executed by the carvers inBaroque  façade : a whole tablet without columns and cornices, only symmetrically positioned fenestrations, apertures and niches; whorls, twisted columns, foliage, medallions, statues and reliefs  BACLARAN CHURCH (National Shrine of Our Mother of Perpetual Help Redemptorist Church) Parañaque  The present Modern Romanesque church is the third to be built on the same site. It was designed by architect César Concio.[1] It took six years to build because most of the money came from small donations—the suggestion from the pulpit was 10 Philippine centavosper week—that often ran out requiring construction to stop.[1] The foundation stone was laid on January 11, 1953 and on December 1, 1958 the new church was consecrated.[1] The church opened with a mass on December 5, 1958 and has been open 24 hours ever since, never closing.  The modern, Romanesque Revival building has a full seating capacity of 2,000, but as many as 11,000 people (including standing) can fit inside during Masses.
  • 18. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 18 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE PRITZKER LAUREATES (1979 to 2000) YEAR NAME NATION 1979 JOHNSON Philip USA 1980 BARRAGAN Luis Mexico 1981 STIRLING James UK 1982 ROCHE Kevin Ireland 1983 PEI Ieoh Ming China 1984 MEIER Richard USA 1985 HOLLIEN Hans Austria 1986 BÖHM Gottfried Germany 1987 TANGE Kenzo Japan 1988 NIEMEYER Oscar Brazil BUNSHAFT Gordon USA 1989 GEHRY Frank Canada 1990 ROSSI Aldo Italy 1991 VENTURI Robert USA 1992 SIZA Alvaro Portugal 1993 MAKI Fumihiko Japan 1994 de PORTZAMPARC Christian Morocco 1995 ANDO Tadao Japan 1996 MONEO Rafael Spain 1997 FEHN Sverre Norway 1998 PIANO Renzo Italy 1999 FOSTER Norman UK 2000 KOOLHAAS Rem Netherlands PRITZKER LAUREATES (2001 to 2018) YEAR NAME NATION 2001 HERZOG Jacques Switzerland DE MEURON Pierre Switzerland 2002 MURCUTT Glenn UK 2003 UTZON Jørn Denmark 2004 HADID Zaha Iraq 2005 MAYNE Thom USA 2006 Da ROCHA Paolo Mendes Brazil 2007 ROGERS Richard Italy 2008 NOUVEL Jean France 2009 ZUMTHOR Peter Switzerland 2010 SEJIMA Kazuyo Japan NISHIZAWA Ryue Japan 2011 De MOURA Eduardo Souto Portugal 2012 SHU Wang China 2013 ITO Toyo Japan 2014 BAN Shigeru Japan 2015 OTTO Frei Germany 2016 ARAVENA Alejandro Chile 2017 ARANDA Rafael Spain PIGEM Carme Spain VILALTA Ramon Spain 2018 DOSHI Balkrishna India 2019 ISOZAKI Arata Japan The Order Of NATIONAL ARTISTS Orden ng Pambansang Alagad ng Sining YEAR NAME 1973 NAKPIL Juan F. 1976 ANTONIO Pablo S. 1990 LOCSIN Leandro V. 2006 SANTOS Ildefonso Jr. 2014 ZARAGOZA Jose Maria V. 2018 MAÑOSA Francisco T. “Bobby” LIKHA GOLD MEDAL AWARDEES NO. YEAR NAME 1 1982 MENDOZA Felipe M. 2 1987 LOCSIN Leandro V. 3 1990 FORMOSO Gabriel P. 4 1995 CANCHELA Cesar V. 5 1996 MAÑOSA Manuel T. 6 2000 LAZARO JR. Angel 7 2003 MAÑOSA Francisco T. 8 2005 MANAHAN Geronimo V. 9 2006 FLORENTINO Edilberto F. 10 2009 NUKE Norberto M. 11 2013 HONG Froilan L. 12 2014 REYES Yolanda D. 13 2017 LUIS Prosperidad C. MEDAL The laureate receives $100,000 and also a bronze medallion. The bronze medallion awarded to each Laureate of the Pritzker Architecture Prize is based on designs of Louis Sullivan, famed Chicago architect generally acknowledged as the father of the skyscraper. On one side is the name of the prize. On the reverse, three words are inscribed, “firmness, commodity and delight,” recalling Roman architect Vitruvius' fundamental principles of architecture of firmitas, utilitas, venustas. PURPOSE To honor a living architect or architects whose built work demonstrates a combination of those qualities of talent, vision, and commitment, who has produced consistent and significant contributions to humanity and the built environment through the art of architecture. The international prize, which is awarded each year to a living architect/s for significant achievement, was established by the Pritzker family of Chicago through their Hyatt Foundation in 1979. It is granted annually and is often referred to as “architecture’s Nobel” and “the profession’s highest honor.” LIKHA GOLD MEDAL AWARD The highest distinction to be bestowed upon a fellow, who has adhered to the highest standards of professional and ethical conduct, practiced in excellence and prestige the architectural profession, has rendered distinguished contribution and service to the UAP, and has performed exceptional achievements and active participation in the concern of the community, government and country.
  • 19. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 19 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE During the Spanish era there were no schools of Architecture in the Philippines. The first Filipino recorded architect was Felix Roxas y Arroyo, born circa 1820 in Manila, studied in Spain and stayed for many years in England and France. Previous to this, a Filipino could aspire to erect an architectural structure through the help of a Maestro de Obras or master builder. The first formal school for master builders was opened only during the last decade of the 19th century. On 14 September 1902, many of the graduates of this school joined the civil engineers and surveyors in the country and founded the first professional organization of architects and allied professionals ~ the Academia de Arquitectura y Aguimensura de Filipinos (AAAF). It maintained direct consultation with the American Institute of Architects (AIA). A year after, its name was changed to Academia de Inginieria, Arquitectura y Agrimensura de Filipinas (AIAAF). In 1904 it founded the first school of Architecture in the Philippines, the Escuela de Ingenieria y Arquitectura, which offered five-year courses in Architecture and Civil Engineering. In 1911, the AIAAF was dissolved when the civil engineers withdrew to form their own professional organization, but not before it has struggled for the passage of an Engineers and Architects Law. In 1921, the Philippine National Assembly Act No. 2985 passed, the first enabling law for the practice of the professions of engineering and architecture, defined the unique and separate identities of the two professions. The profession of Architecture in the Philippines was given its first separate statute on 17 June 1950 with the enactment of Republic Act 545, "An Act to Regulate the Practice of Architecture in the Philippines." From the early 1930's to late 1950's, associations of architects were founded, but only three survived until the early 1970's ~ the Association of Philippine Government Architects (APGA), League of Philippine Architects (LPA), and the Philippine Institute of Architects (PIA). In June 1973, President Ferdinand E. Marcos issued Presidential Decree 223, creating the Professional Regulation Commission (PRC) regulating all professions and accrediting only one organization to represent each profession. The newly integrated organization of architects was called the United Architects of the Philippines (UAP). All 1300 members of the three organizations automatically became members of the UAP and during its first year, 700 members officially registered for active membership. On 26 March 1975, the UAP was registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and on 12 May 1975, the PRC issued Certificate No. 001 to the UAP as the duly accredited professional organization of architects in the Philippines. The organization has been participating in the activities of local government units, in civic and in related professional fields. The UAP received many professional awards including the highly acclaimed Excellence Award given by the Government of the Republic of the Philippines and the Most Outstanding Professional Organization of the Year awarded by the PRC in 2002. The UAP has been instrumental in the passing of Republic Act 9266: The Architect's Law of 2004, effective April 26, 2004. On 22 June 2004, the PRC, through its Board of Architecture, accredited the UAP as the Integrated and Accredited Professional Organization of Architects (IAPOA). The new law granted Filipino architects more definitive rights, benefits and distinction as against other professionals in the construction industry The United Architects of the Philippines (UAP) was born on December 12, 1974 out of the noble vision of unifying the three (3) existing architectural associations at that time - the Philippine Institute of Architects (PIA), the League of Philippine Architects (LPA) and the Association of Philippine Government Architects (APGA). Through the concerted efforts of the officers and members of the three organizations, the vision officially materialized on March 26, 1975, where the UAP was registered with the Philippines' Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). On May 12, 1975, the UAP was granted Certificate No. 001, the first professional organization to be accredited by the Professional Regulation Commission (PRC). The PRC is the central agency of the Philippine Government charged with the licensing and regulation of professionals and the professions, as well as the Accredited Professional Organizations (APOs). Since its registration, UAP has received many awards, including the highly- acclaimed PRC's Most Outstanding Accredited Professional Organization. To date, it is still the first and only APO to win the award four times in the Award's eighteen- year history. These were in years 2002, 2007 and 2008 and this year 2011. The award is presented annually to recognize the achievements, services and commitments of the APO to the profession. UAP bested forty two (42) other professional organizations, through 12 stringent criteria set for the award. For its volunteer works, UAP was chosen in addressing housing problems, urban degradation, environmental conservation and promotion of volunteerism for socio- economic development; the UAP was a Regional Nominee to the "Search for Outstanding Volunteers" by the Philippine National Service Coordinating Agency (PNVSCA) in its celebration of National Volunteer Month last December 2005. PNVSCA takes the lead in advocating and recognizing the contributions of volunteers to nation-building and international cooperation. Last April 2009, in celebration of the Earth Day, the UAP, through its advocacy group "Green Architecture Movement", was awarded the 2009 Father Neri Satur Award for Environmental Heroism - the only accredited professional organization in the Philippines to receive such a prestigious environmental award. Last November 2010, UAP received its First International Award ~ in Adelaide, Australia, the EAROPH 50th Golden Jubilee Award in recognition of the organization's substantial contribution to the advancement of Planning, Development and Management of Human Settlements in the Philippines. As impressive as UAP record is, an even more important metric of our success is the large number of awards and honors earned by our members through the years. We feel privileged to have our members received these honors and recognition. UAP PRESIDENTS (Past & Present) NO. NAME YEAR CH NUKE Norberto M. 1975 1 HERRERA Jose V. 1976 2 GAITE Ruperto C. 1977-1978 3 MENDOZA Felipe M. 1979-1980 4 ARELLANO Otillo A. 1981 5 LOCSIN Leandro V. 1981-1982 6 MAÑOSA Manuel T. 1983-1984 7 CANCHELA Cesar V. 1985-1986 8 HONG Froilan L. 1987-1988 9 LAZARO Angel R. Jr. 1989 10 ALCORDO Richeto C. 1990-1991 11 MARQUEZ Jaime C. 1992-1994 12 MANGIO Nestor S. 1994 -1996 13 CUNTAPAY Emmanuel P. 1996-1998 14 REYES Yolanda D. 1998-2000 15 LUIS Prosperidad C. 2000-2002 16 SAC Robert S. 2002-2004 17 OLONAN Enrique O. 2004-2005 18 FLORENTINO Edric Marco C. 2005-2007 19 ROLDAN Medeliano T. Jr. 2007-2009 20 LING Ana M. 2009-2010 21 MENDOZA Ramon S. 2011-2012 22 ROSAL Rozanno C. 2012-2014 23 REGALA Ma. Benita O. 2014-2016 24 HISANCHA Guillermo H. 2016-2018 25 PANGANIBAN Benjamin K. Jr. 2018-Present HISTORY OF UAP
  • 20. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 20 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE FILIPINO ARCHITECTS DE CASTRO, CRESENCIANO CRUZ  Mindanao State University, Marawi City,  Paseo de Roxas  Church of Jesus Christ and the latter day Saintsprojects  Central Luzon State University buildings, Munoz, Nueva Ecija  National Science Development Board, Taguig  Atomic Research Center complex, Quezon City  Asian Development Bank (DFA), Roxas Boulevard FORMOSO. GABRIEL PAPA  Central Bank complex  Metropolitan Museum  Valley Golf Club, Victoria Valley, Antipolo, Rizal  Alabang Golf and Country Club, Alabang  Development Academy of the Philippines, Tagaytay City  Club Filipino, Greenhills  Pacific Star Building, Makati  Anerica-Lepanto Building, Paseo de Roxas  Bikko Manila Garden Hotel, Epifanio delos Santos Avenue  Manila Peninsula Hotel, Ayala Avenue  Asian Institute of Management, Paseo de Roxas  Dona Narcisa de Leon Building HERVAS, JUAN  Manila Railroad Station, Tutuban  Arranque and Herran Markets  Assumption Convent, Herran Street  Estrella del Norte, Escolta  Heacock Store Building  Paris-Manila Building HONG, FROILAN BAUTISTA  Manila Film Center, Pasay, Manila PALAFOX, FELINO JR  Rockwell Center  Hidalgo Palace  The Rizal Tower  Luna Gardens FILIPINO ARCHITECTS ARELLANO, OTILIO A.  National Bureau of Investigation, Taft Avenue CAUDAL, ALEJANDRO YELAB  Jacinto Residence, Bustos, Bulacan  Luis Santos House, Malolos  Lopa Residence, Pasay  Lerma House, New Manila, Quezon City  Tiongco House, Pandacan, Bulacan CONCIO, CESAR HOMERO  UP Diliman Palma Hall and Melchor Hall  Protestant Chapel and Fellowship Center, UP Diliman  Buildings in Silliman University  UP College of Forestry, Los Banos, Laguna  Insular Life Building, Makati  Children’s Memorial Hospital, Quezon City  Mother of Perpetual Help, Baclaran  Union Church of Manila  Ramona Apartments, Adriatico Street, Manila COSCOLLUELA, WILLIAM VARGAS  Robinson’s Commercial Complex, Pasig  Ayala Twin Towers, Makati  Alexandra (11 buildings), Pasig  One Beverly Place, Greenhills, San Juan  Wack-Wack Twin Towers  Skyland Plaza Twin Towers, Makati  Atrium, Makati  Galeria de Magallanes, Makati  Alabang 400, Muntinlupa  Quezon City Sports Club  Centro Escolar University Complex, Malolos  Magellan Hotel and Resort complex, Cebu  Shoemart City, Cebu and Quezon City DE UGUCCIONI, JUAN  Proposed repairs for Colegio de Santa Potenciana  Overseer reconstruction of Manila Cathedral FILIPINO ARCHITECTS ARELLANO, OTILIO A.  National Bureau of Investigation, Taft Avenue  Sining Kayumanggi at Mehan Gardens  Palacio del Gobernador Intramuros  Philippine School of Business  Administration, Aurora Boulevard  Rizal Commercial Banking Corporation, Buendia, Makati ARGUELLES, TOMAS FERNANDEZ  Elizalde Building on Muelle de la Industria, Manila  Heacock’s Building, Escolta ARGUELLES, CARLOS D.  Philamlife Building  Manila Hilton (now Manila Pavillion), United Nations Avenue  Holiday Inn, Roxas Boulevard  Philippine National Bank, Escolta  Urdaneta Apartments  Tuscany Apartments  Development Bank of the Philippines, Makati  Chronicle Broadcasting Network Studios, Quezon City BELLOC, VICENTE B.  Cemetery of Nagcarlan BERENGUER-TOPACIO, CHED  Interiors of hotels, restaurants, etc. BURNHAM, DANIEL HUDSON  Proposed grand plan for Manila involving a gridiron street pattern. CALMA, LORENZO LICAD  Interiors of DBP, Makati  Development Academy of the Philippines, TagaytayCity  Silahis Hotel, Roxas Boulevard  Midtown Ramada Hotel, Pedro Gil  Puerto Azul Hotel and Beach Resort, Ternate,Cavite  Benguet Center, Mandaluyong, Metro Manila  PNB, Escolta FILIPINO ARCHITECTS ANTONIO, PABLO SEBRERO  National Artist In Architecture  Far Eastern University, Philippine National Bank,Manila Railroad Company  Major Work: Ideal Theater In Rizal, Manila  FEU Building In Quezon Boulevard  Apartments In Roxas Boulevard  Ramon Roces Publications Building  White Cross Preventorium  Manila Polo Club  Capitan Luis Gonzaga Building On  Rizal Avenue, Carriedo  FEU Administration And Science Buildings  Galaxy Theater In Rizal Avenue ARANETA, LUIS MARIA GONZAGA  Times Theater, Quezon Boulevard  Manila Doctors’ Hospital, UN Avenue  Makati Medical Center, Makati  Santa Catalina College, Legarda, Manila  Botica Boie Building, Escolta, Manila ARELLANO, ARCADIO DE GUZMAN  Roman Ongpin’s Bazaar  El 82, Plaza Calderon de la Barca  Hotel de Francia  Carmelo and Bauermann Building, Azcarraga  Gota de Leche Building, S.H.Loyola  Casino Espanol, Taft Avenue ARELLANO, JUAN DE GUZMAN  Legislative Building (senate and national museum)  Post Office Building  Villamor Hall, UP Campus in Taft  Metropolitan Theater  Master plan of UP Diliman Campus  Landscaping plans for Padre Burgos Avenue, Harrison Park, North and South Port Areas, Roxas Boulevard and Malacanang.
  • 21. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 21 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE FILIPINO ARCHITECTS OCAMPO, FERNANDO HIZON  Manila Metropolitan Cathedral  Paterno Building, Sta. Cruz, Manila  Oriental Club  Cu Un Jieng Building, Escolta  Central Seminary Building, UST  Arguelles Building, Rizal Avenue  Sacred Heart Novitiate Building, Novaliches  Admiral Apartments, Roxas Boulevard  Cathedral of the Immaculate Concepcion restoration  Church of Our Lady of the Most Holy Rosary OLIVER, LUCIANO  Manila Cathedral reconstruction OLIVEROS, EDITH L.  Interiors of Admiral Hotel, Cebu Plaza Hotel, Wackwack Golf and Country Club, Philippine House in Chicago, Illinois, Philippine House, Houston, Texas  Designed parks in Alaala Park, Pagsanjan PARSONS, WILLIAM E.  Implementing Burnham’s plans for Baguio and Manila  Preparing City plans for Cebu and Zamboanga PENASALES, SERGIO VILLAR  Museo Iloilo, Iloilo City  Tinucuan Chapel, Passi  Barbaza Church, Barbaza Antique  Landscaping of UI, University Mall, Iloilo  Memorial Park, Amphitheater Green, Oton  Prepared master plans for development of town plazas of Molo, Jaro and Lapaz. RAMIREZ, EDGARDO P.  Interiors of Philippine Embassy and  Palace Hotel in Beijing China  Interiors of the Defense Department, National Bank of Abu Dhabi, Arab Monetary Fund, Amini Court, etc. FILIPINO ARCHITECTS MAÑOSA, JOSE TRONQUED  SMC Head Office, Mandaluyong  BPI Head Office, Makati MENDOZA, FELIPE MARCELO  Batasang Pambansa Buildings, Quezon City  Development Avcademy of the Philippines, Pasig  RCBC, Buendia  Philippine Commercial and Industrial Bank Building (Antonino Building), Kalaw Street  FEU Hospital, Nicanor Reyes Street, Manila  Library and Science Center, Xavier University, Cagayan de Oro  San Jose Seminary Building, Ateneo de Manila University  Assumption School Buildings, Antipolo  Mormon Temple, Green Meadows, Quezon City NAKPIL, ANGEL E. SANCHO  National Press Club Building, Magallanes Drive  PLDT Former Head Opffice, De la Rosa Street,Makati  Lopez Museum Building, Pasay  Picache Building, Quiapo  Roche Building, Pasong Tamo  Petrona Apartments,. Taft Avenue NAKPIL, JUAN FELIPE DE JESUS  Geronimo de los Reyes Building  Capitan Pepe Building  Quezon Institute Administration Building and Pavilions  Manila Jockery Club  Avenue Hotel and Theater  Quiapo Church  Gen. Vicente Lim Residence, Vito Cruz  Philippine Trust Building in Plaza Gotti  Security Bank and Trust Building  Rizal House reconstruction., Calamba Laguna  UP Administration and Library Buildings  Ever and State Theaters., Rizal Avenue FILIPINO ARCHITECTS LUNA DE SAN PEDRO, ANDRES  Legarda Elementary School  Alfonso Zobel house, Roxas Boulevard  San Vicente de Paul Chapel, San Marcelino Street  Rafael Fernandez House, Arglegui Street  Perez-Samantillo Building, Escolta  Fernandez Martinez House, San Miguel, Manila  St. Cecilia’s Hall, St. Scholastica’s College  E.A. Perkins Residence, Roxas Boulevard  Basa Residence, Lepanto Street, Manila  Evangelista Residence, Rizal Avenue Extension  Sy Cong Bieng Mausoleum, Manila  North Cemetery LUZ, ALFREDO J. DIMAYUGA  Ramon Magsaysay Building, Roxas Boulevard  Far East Bank and Trust Head Offices, Intramuros  WHO Regional Headquarters, Taft Avenue  IRRI, Los Banos  666 T.M. Kalaw  1414 Roxas Boulevard  1515 Roxas Boulevard  1010 A. Mabini  Dole Philippines, Polomolok, South Cotabato  Standard Vacuum Refining Corporation, Limay, Bataan  General Milling Corporation, Mactan, Cebu  Republic Cement Corporation, Norzagaray, Bulacan MAÑOSA, FRANCISCO TRONQUED  Tahanang Pilipino, CCP Complex  Shrine of our Lady Queen of Peace, Ortigas Avenue  Mary Immaculate Parish Church,  Moonwalk Subdivision, Las Pinas  Las Pinas Church restoration  Stations of Light Rail Transit (LRT)  Development of Quezon Memorial Circle  Development, restoration and landscaping of Corregidor Island FILIPINO ARCHITECTS HUBILLA, JOHNNY  Philippine Trade House, Bangkok  Philippine Trade Center, Toronto, Canada  Philippine House, Mainz, Germany  Philippine Pavilion, World Trade  Exposition in Leipzig Germany  Philippine Pavilion, World Trade Fair in Spokane, Washington DC LOCSIN, LEANDRO V.  National Artist in Architecture  Main Theater, CCP Complex  Folk Arts Theater, CCP Complex  Philippine Center for International Trade and Exhibitions (PHILCITE)  Philippine Convention Center, CCP Complex  Philippine Plaza Hotel  Hyatt Regency Hotel, Roxas Boulevard  Makati Stock Exchange Building  Ayala Museum, Makati Avenue  Manila Hotel renovation  Mandarin Oriental Hotel, Makati  National Arts Center, Laguna  Manila International Airport (NAIA)  Istana Nurul Iman, Palace of the Sultan ofBrunei MAÑOSA BROTHERS  Sierra Lake Resorts, Laguna  Hidden Valley Springs Resort, Laguna  Maya-maya Resort, Batangas  Makiling Conference Center, Laguna  Colegio de San Agustin, Makati  Guadalupe restoration  Andres Soriano Memorial Hospital  Bislig Bay Lumber Co. in Surigao del Sur  Sulo Restaurant  San Miguel Corporation Head Office, Mandaluyong Rizal
  • 22. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 22 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE TIMELINE OF TALLEST BUILDINGS (Philippines) NAME LOCATION YEARS AS TALLEST HEIGHT (m) FLOORS Manila Hotel Metro Manila 1912 - 1967 18 Ramon Maggsaysay Center Metro Manila 1967 - 1968 70 18 Manila Pavilion Hotel Metro Manila 1968 - 1989 90 22 Pacific Star Building Metro Manila 1989 - 1991 112.5 29 The Peak Tower Metro Manila 1991 - 1992 138 38 Pacific Plaza Condominium Metro Manila 1992 - 1994 150 44 Rufino Pacific Tower Metro Manila 1994 - 1997 162 41 Robinsons Equitable Tower Metro Manila 1997 - 1998 175 45 Horizons 101 Tower 1 Cebu City 2016 185 55 Petron Megaplaza Metro Manila 1998 - 2000 210 45 PBCom Tower Metro Manila 2000 - 2017 259 52 Grand Hyatt Manila Metro Manila 2017 - Present 318 66 TIMELINE OF TALLEST SKYSCRAPERS (World) NAME LOCATION YEARS AS TALLEST HEIGHT [m (ft)] INCREASE The buildings that were the tallest skyscrapers – but still shorter than the tallest church or cathedral Equitable Life Building New York, USA 1870 - 1884 40 (130) - Home Insurance Building Chicago, USA 1884 - 1890 42 (138) 6.15% New York World Building New York, USA 1890 - 1894 94 (308) 136.92% Manhattan Life Insurance Building New York, USA 1894 - 1895 100 (330) 7.14% Milwaukee City Hall Milwaukee, USA 1895 - 1899 108 (354) 7.27% Park Row Building New York, USA 1899 - 1901 119 (390) 10.17% Since 1901, the world's tallest building has always been a secular skyscraper. Philadelphia City Hall Philadelphia, USA 1901 - 1908 167 (548) Singer Building New York, USA 1908 - 1909 186.57 (612.1) 11.72% Metropolitan Life Tower New York, USA 1909 - 1913 213.36 (700) 14.36% Woolworth Building New York, USA 1913 - 1930 241 (791) 12.95% Bank of Manhattan Trust Building New York, USA 1930 283 (928) 17.43% Chrysler Building New York, USA 1930 - 1931 319.9 (1,050) 13.04% Empire State Building New York, USA 1931 - 1972 381 (1,250) 19.1% World Trade Center New York, USA 1972 - 1974 417 (1,368) 9.45% Sears Tower Chicago, USA 1974 - 1998 442 (1,450) 6% Petronas Towers Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia 1998 - 2003 451.9 (1,483) 2.24% Taipei 101 Taipei, Taiwan 2003 - 2010 509.2 (1,671) 12.68% Burj Khalifa Dubai, UAE 2010 - Present 828 (2,717) 62.61% FILIPINO ARCHITECTS TOLEDO, ANTONIO MANALAC  UP Padre Faura campus  College of Medicine Annex and UP Library, Manila  Leyte Capitol  Department of Agriculture and Commerce (Tourism)  Department of Finance  Philippine Normal School  Manila City Hall VILLAROSA, ROGELIO GARCIA  Edsa Shangri-la Hotel  Edsa Plaza, Mandaluyong  Tektite Towers, Pasig  Alexandra (11 building complex)  King’s Court II, Pasong Tamo  Silahis International Hotel, Roxas Boulevard  National Bookstore Super Branch,  Araneta Center Cubao  Puerto Azul clubhouse  Makati Sports Club ZARAGOSA, JOSE MARIA  Meralco Building, Pasig  Santo Domingo Church and Convent, Quezon City  Philippine Airlines building, Ayala Avenue  Philippine Banking Corporation Building, Port Area, Manila  St. John Bosco Parish Church, Pasay Road  Union Church, Makati  Pius XII Catholic Center, UN Avenue MAPUA, TOMAS BAUTISTA  Manila Central Post Office Building, Ermita, Manila  St. La Salle Hall, St. La Salle University  Librada Avelino Hall, Centro Escolar University  Philippine General Hospital Nurses Home FILIPINO ARCHITECTS ROXAS, FELIX ARROYO  Enlargement and reconstruction of the parish church in Bacoor, Cavite  Jesuit Church of Sa Ignacio, Intramuros RUANO, ROQUE  Dominican House, Baguio  Dominican College, Lingayen  “Crucero” in the Church of our Lady of Manaoag  Santa Catalina College, Pampanga  Hospital of the Sacred Heart  Santa Teresita Church, Yokohama Japan  UST Main Building SANTOS, IDELFONSO PAEZ  Batulao Village Club, Batangas  Caliraya Lake Resort, Laguna  Eternal Gardens Memorial Park, Manila  Imus Town Plaza, Imus, Cavite  Raintree Sports Club, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia  Artist’s Village, Garden for the Blind  Teodora Valencia Circle  Rehabilitation of the Japanese Garden SANTOS-VIOLA, CARLOS ANTONIO  Iglesia ni Cristo structures (chief architect)  Templo Central  Our Lady of Lourdes, Quezon City  Franciscan churches of Singalong, Mandaluyong, Tagaytay and Lipa City.  Nustra Senora de Guia, Ermita Manila SINDIONG, ANTONIO S.  Megamall, Mandaluyong  Harrison Plaza Shopping Center, Manila  Ali Mall II, Cubao  New Farmers Plaza Shopping Center, Cubao  East Pakistan Rice Research Institute, Bangladesh  Kebayoran Housing Project, Indonesia  Arabian Villas, Dubai
  • 23. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 23 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT c. 1300 BC Citadel at Tiryns, Greece Mycenaean Ancient Greek Architecture c. 550 BC Temple of Hera I, Paestum, Italy c. 530 BC Treasury of the Siphnians, Delphi 500s BC Sanctuary of Apollo, Delphi mid-400s BC Acropolis, Athens c. 400 BC Athenian Agora, Athens c. 400 BC Temple of Athena Pronaia, Delphi 300s BC Miletos, city plan, modern-day Turkey c. 200 BC Theater at Epidauros Epidauros AD 132 Temple of the Olympian Zeus, Athens Etruscan Architecture 480 BC Tomb of the Lioness, Tarquinia 200s BC Tomb of the Reliefs, Cerveteri c. 100s BC Porta Augusta, Perugia Ancient Roman Architecture late 100s BC Pont du Gard, Nimes, France late 100s BC Temple of Portunus, Rome 13 BC Ara Pacis, Rome AD 72–80 Colosseum, Rome AD 79 Pompeii, city plan AD 81 Arch of Titus, Rome AD 100s Timgad, Algeria AD 113 Basilica Ulpia, Rome AD 113 Column of Trajan, Rome c. AD 125 Hadrian’s Villa, Tivoli AD 118–125 Pantheon, Rome AD 200s Hadrian’s Wall, Great Britain AD 211 Baths of Caracalla, Rome AD 300s Roman Forum, Rome AD 310 Basilica of Maxentius and Constantine, Rome AD 315 Arch of Constantine, Rome (c. 80–25 BC) Vitruvius Pollio, Marcus CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT ANCIENT ARCHITECTURE (Europe, Near East, North Africa) (15,000 BC–AD 400s) Prehistoric Architecture (Paleolithic and Neolithic) c. 15,000 BC, Mammoth-bone house Mezhirich, Ukraine Paleolithic c. 6500 BC, , Catal Huyuk, village Turkey Neolithic c. 3100 BC, Skara Brae, village Orkney Islands, Scotland Neolithic c. 3100–1500 BC, Stonehenge Salisbury Plain, Wiltshire, England Neolithic c. 3000–2500 BC Newgrange, tombs, Ireland Neolithic Ancient Near Eastern Architecture (Sumerian, Mari, Babylonian, Assyrian, Persian) c. 7200 BC Ain Ghazal, Jordan Neolithic c. 7000 BC Jericho, walls of the city Neolithic c. 6500 BC Catal Huyuk, Turkey Neolithic c. 2100 BC Nanna Ziggurat, Ur, Iraq Sumerian 2000s BC Palace of Zimrilim, Syria Mari late 900s BC–AD 70 Temple of Solomon, Jerusalem Jewish c. 720 BC Citadel of Sargon II, modern-day Khorsabad, Iraq Assyrian c. 575 BC Ishtar Gate and throne room Neo-Babylonian c. 518–460 BC Palace of Darius at Persepolis, Iran Persian Ancient Egyptian Architecture c. 2665 BC King Djoser’s funerary complex, Saqqara c. 2589–2503 BC Pyramids of Giza, Egypt c. 2100 BC Model from Tomb of Meketra, Thebes 1473–1458 BC Temple of Queen Hatshepsut, Deir el-Bahri c. 1295–1186 BC Great Temple of Amun, Karnak Karnak c. 1279 BC Temple of Amun, Mut and Khonsu, Luxor c. 1279 BC Temple of Rameses II and Temple of Nefertari, Abu Simbel Ancient Aegean Architecture (Minoan and Mycenaean) c. 1900–1400 BC Palace at Knossos, Crete (Minoan) c. 1600–1200 BC Citadel at Mycenae, Greece Mycenaean
  • 24. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 24 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT c. 1053 Byodo-in, Uji, Kyoto Prefecture, Heian Period early 1600s Katsura Palace, Kyoto, by Kobori Enshu 1600s Himeji Castle, Hyogo, near Osaka, Momoyama Period 1964 Yoyogi Gymnasium, Tokyo (Olympics) Tange, Kenzo (1913–2005) 1976 Azuma House Osaka Ando, Tadao (1941– ) 1988 Church on the Water, Tomamu 1989 Church of the Light, Ibaraki-shi, Osaka 1984 Silver Hut, Tokyo Ito, Toyo (1941– Southeast Asian Architecture (Myanmar [Burma], Malaysia, Singapore, Indonesia, Thailand, Taiwan, Laos, Cambodia, Vietnam, etc.). See Indian Architecture 1100s Angkor(begun) Cambodia, PRE-COLUMBIAN ARCHITECTURE OF THE AMERICAS (900s BC–AD 1500s) Mesoamerican Architecture (Aztec, Inca, Maya, Olmec, Teotihuacan, Zapotec) c. 900–600 BC La Venta, Great Pyramid and Ballcourt, Mexico (Olmec) c. 500 BC Teotihuacan, ceremonial center, Mexico AD 400s–700s Tikal ceremonial center, Guatemala (Maya) 800s–1200s Chichen Itza, Yucatan, Mexico (Maya) 1200s–1500s Tenochtitlan, Great Pyramid, Mexico City (Aztec) 1450–1530 Machu Picchu, Peru Native American Architecture (North and South America) 900s–1400s Anasazi “Great Houses,” New Mexico, Utah, Arizona, and Colorado 900s–1400s Chaco Canyon New Mexico c. 1150 Cahokia East St. Louis, Missouri 1450s Pueblos at Taos, New Mexico MEDIEVAL ARCHITECTURE (400s–1300s) Byzantine Architecture 530s by and Hagia Sophia, Istanbul Anthemius of Tralles Isidorus of Miletus, AD 546 San Vitale, Ravenna, Italy early 1000s Monastery of Hosios Loukas, near Stiris, Greece c. 1017 Cathedral of Santa Kiev, Ukraine CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT Early Semitic and Christian Architecture AD 240s House-Church, Dura-Europos, Syria AD 320s Saint Peter’s Church, Rome AD 350s Santa Costanza, Rome AD 420s Santa Sabina, Rome AD 425 Mausoleum of Galla Placidia, Ravenna ARCHITECTURE OF ASIA Indian Architecture (and Pakistan, Afghanistan, Nepal, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka) c. 2600 BC Mohenjo-Daro 200s BC Ajanta Caves, Deccan 200s–100s BC Great Stupa, Sanchi 100s BC Rock-Cut Hall of Karla c. AD 530 Vishnu Temple at Deogarh c. 1000 Kandariya Mahadeva Temple, Khajuraho, Madhya Pradesh, India c. 1000 Rajarajeshvara Temple to Shiva, Thanjavur, Tamil Nadu, India 1057–1287 Bagan, temple complex, Myanmar 1632–1648 Taj Mahal, Agra, India Mughal Empire Chinese Architecture AD 618–907 Chang’an, Capital of Tang Dynasty AD 645 Great Wild Goose Pagoda at Ci’en Temple, Xi’an, Shanxi Province, Tang Dynasty (rebuilt 700s) AD 782 Nanchan Temple, Wutaishan, Shanxi Province. Tang Dynasty 1368–1644 Forbidden City, Beijing, Ming Dynasty 1986 Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank, Hong Kong Foster, Norman (1935– ): 1980s Bank of China Hong Kong Pei, I. M. (1917– ) 1998 Jin Mao Building, Shanghai Skidmore, Owings & Merrill: Japanese Architecture early AD 100s (rebuilt 1993) Ise, Inner Shrine, Mie Prefecture, Yayoi Period 600s Horyu-ji, Main Compound, Nara Prefecture, Asuka Period
  • 25. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 25 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT 1130s Saint-Lazare Autun 1130s Cathedral of Saint- Lazare Autun, begun 1240s Castel del Monte region of Puglia Gothic Architecture c. 1130s Chartres Cathedral Chartres, France 1160s Notre Dame Paris 1211 Reims Cathedral Reims, France, begun 1240s Sainte-Chapelle Paris, France 1240s Cologne Cathedral Cologne, Germany 1250s Amiens Cathedral Amiens, France 1300s Milan Cathedral Milan, Italy PRE-MODERN ARCHITECTURE IN EUROPE (1400s–1700s) Renaissance Architecture 1290s Florence Cathedral, Italy, begun 1290s, Palazzo della Signoria Florence, 1290s 1505 Saint Peter’s Church, Rome, begun 1520s begun Fontainebleau, France, 1530s–2000s Louvre, Paris 1559 Escorial, Madrid, begun 1420s Florence Cathedral Dome Italy Brunelleschi, Filippo (c. 1377– 1446): 1420s, Ospedale degli Innocenti (Foundling Hospital), Florence; 1420s, San Lorenzo, Florence;, 1430s Santo Spirito, Florence; 1430s, Pazzi Chapel, Florence 1440s Medici Palace Florence Michelozzo di Bartolomeo (1391– c. 1472) 1450s, Tempio Malatestiano, Rimini; Alberti, Leon Battista (1404– 1472): 1470, Sant’Andrea, Mantua 1480s, Villa Medici at Poggio a Caiano, outside Florence; Sangallo, Giuliano da (c. 1443–1516): 1485, Santa Maria delle Carceri, Prato, Italy 1501, Tempietto; Bramante, Donato (1444–1514): CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT Sophia, 1063 Cathedral of San Marco, Venice, Italy Islamic Architecture (Moorish, Mughal, Ottoman, Seljuk) 692 begun Dome of the Rock, Jerusalem, 740s, begun Mshatta Palace Jordan, 785 Great Mosque, Cordoba, Spain 847 Great Mosque, Samarra 1350s Alhambra, Granada, Spain 1570s Sinan, Selimiye Mosque, Edirne, Turkey 1632–1648 Taj Mahal, Agra, India Mughal Empire 1980s King Faisal Mosque, Islamabad, Pakistan 1986–1993 King Hassan II Mosque, Casablanca, Morocco 1550s Suleyman Mosque, Istanbul Sinan, Mimar Koca Agha (1489–1588) Early Medieval Architecture (Carolingian and Ottonian) 529 Monastery of Montecassino, Italy late 600s Santa Maria de Quintanilla de las Vinas, Burgos, Spain 792–805 Palace Complex of Charlemagne, Aachen, Germany Carolingian 799 Abbey Church of St. Riquier, Monastery of Centula France Carolingian, dedicated c. 817 Saint Gall Monastery Carolingian 961 Church of Saint Cyriakus, Gernrode, Germany Ottonian, begun 1001–1032 Church of Saint Michael, Hildesheim, Germany Ottonian Romanesque Architecture; see also Castle 1030s Krak des Chevaliers Krak des Chevaliers 1060s Pisa Cathedral Complex Italy c. 1060s Saint-Etienne, Caen Normandy, France c. 1075–1100s Durham Castle and Cathedral England 1078 Tower of London London, begun 1078–1122 Cathedral of Saint James Santiago de Compostela, Spain 1080 Sant’Ambrogio Milan
  • 26. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 26 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT Pieter Post), 1650s, Santa Maria della Pace, Rome Cortona, Pietro da (1596–1669): 1650s, Sant’Andrea al Quirinale, Rome Bernini, Gian Lorenzo (1598– 1680): 1630s–1665, San Carlo alle Quattro Fontane, Rome: Borromini, Francesco (1599– 1667): 1640s, Sant’Ivo alla Sapienza, Rome 1660s, Twin Churches at Piazza del Popolo Rome Rainaldi, Carlo (1611–1691): 1675–1710, St. Paul’s Cathedral, London Wren, Christopher (1632–1723): 1705, Blenheim Palace, Woodstock, England Vanbrugh, John (1664–1726): Rococo Architecture 1696, Schonbrunn Palace, Vienna Fischer von Erlach, Johann Bernhard (1656–1723): 1702–1736, Benedictine Monastery Church, Melk, Austria Prandtauer, Jakob (1660–1726): 1732, Salon de la Princesse, Hotel de Soubise, Paris Boffrand, Germain (1667–1754): 1720s, Hospicio de San Fernando, Madrid Ribera, Pedro de (c. 1681–1742): 1719–1744, Residenz, Wurzburg, Bavaria, Germany; Neumann, Johann Balthasar (1687– 1753): 1743, Vierzehnheiligen, Staffelstein, Germany 1730s, Amalienburg Pavilion, Munich Cuvillies, Francois (1695–1768): 1749–1754, Church of Saint Andrew, Kiev; Rastrelli, Francesco Bartolomeo (1700– 1771): 1752–1756, Catherine Palace, Tsarskoye Selo, outside St. Petersburg; 1754–1762, Winter Palace, St. Petersburg Neo-Classical Architecture; also see below under Architecture of the United States 1722–1726, Saint Martin-in-the- Fields, London; Gibbs, James (1682–1754): 1739–1749, Radcliffe Camera, Oxford 1720s, Chiswick House, West London Boyle, Richard (Lord Burlington) CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT 1505–1513, Saint Peter’s Church, Rome Serlio, Sebastiano (1475–1554) 1520s, facade, San Lorenzo, Florence; Michelangelo Buonarroti (1475– 1564): 1530s–1540s, Capitoline Hill, Rome; 1530s–1560s, Saint Peter’s Church, Rome 1510s Villa Madama, Rome Raphael Sanzio (1483–1520): 1530s, Farnese Palace, Rome Sangallo, Antonio da the Younger (1484– 1546): 1520s, Library, Venice Sansovino, Jacopo (1486–1570): 1560s, Villa Rotunda; Vicenza, Italy; Palladio, Andrea (1508–1580): 1560s–1570s, San Giorgio Maggiore, Venice, 1580–1585, Teatro Olimpico (with Vincenzo Scamozzi), Vicenza Mannerism 1520s, Laurentian Stairs, Florence; Michelangelo Buonarroti (1475–1564) 1520s, New Sacristy, San Lorenzo, Florence 1534, Palazzo Massimo alle Colonne, Rome Peruzzi, Baldassare (1481–1537) 1520s, Palazzo del Te, Mantua Romano, Giulio (c. 1499–1546): Tudor Style early 1500s Arden House, Stratford-Upon-Avon 1515–1521 Hampton Court Palace, London Baroque Architecture 1505–1650s Saint Peter’s Church, Rome 1620s–1650s Piazza Navona papal enclave, Rome, 1660s Versailles Palace, Versailles, France Francois Mansart (1598–1666), Louis Le Vau (1612–1670), and Jules Hardouin- Mansart, 1620s, Banqueting House, Whitehall Palace, London Jones, Inigo (1573–1652): 1633 The Mauritshuis, The Hague; Campen, Jacob van (1595–1657): (with 1648–1655, Town Hall, Amsterdam
  • 27. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 27 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT 1947): 1896, Secession House, Vienna Olbrich, Joseph Maria (1867–1908): 1899–1905, Paris Metropolitan stations Guimard, Hector (1867–1942): 1904, Purkersdorf Sanatorium, Vienna; Hoffmann, Josef (1870–1956): 1904–1911, Stoclet Palace, Brussels Arts and Crafts; also see below under Architecture of the United States 1893–1895, Glasgow Herald Building, Glasgow, Scotland; Mackintosh, Charles Rennie (1868–1928): 1897–1909, Glasgow School of Art, Glasgow, Scotland; 1902–1904, Hill House, Helensburgh, Scotland EARLY-20th-CENTURY ARCHITECTURE IN EUROPE, ASIA, AND SOUTH AMERICA Expressionism; also see below under Architecture of the United States 1912, Falkenberg Housing Estate, Berlin; Taut, Bruno (1880– 1938): 1914, Glass Pavilion, Cologne Werkbund Exhibition 1917, Einstein Tower, Potsdam Mendelsohn, Erich (1887–1953): 1950s, Notre Dame du Haut, Ronchamp Corbusier, Le (1887–1965): Bauhaus Architecture; see also International Style 1925, , Bauhaus Building Dessau, Germany Gropius, Walter (1883–1969): 1929, German Pavilion, Barcelona Mies van der Rohe, Ludwig (1886– 1969): Futurist Architecture; see also Constructivist Architecture 1914, Città Nuova Sant’Elia, Antonio (1888–1916): International Style; also see below under Architecture of the United States 1896–1903, Amsterdam Stock Exchange, Amsterdam Berlage, Hendrick Petrus (1856–1934): 1909, AEG Turbine Factory, Berlin Behrens, Peter (1868–1940): 1910, Steiner House, Vienna; Loos, Adolf (1870– 1933): 1926, Tristan Tzara House, Paris; 1927, Moller House, Vienna; CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT (1695–1753): 1750s, The Circus, Bath, England Wood, John the Elder (c. 1704–1754): 1755–1792, Sainte-Genevieve (Pantheon), Paris Soufflot, Jacques- Germain (1713– 1780): 1759, Kedelston Hall, Derbyshire, commissioned; Adam, Robert (1728–1792): 1760s, Syon House, Middlesex,England; 1770s, Osterley Park, Middlesex, England 1770s, Chaux city plan, France Ledoux, Claude- Nicolas (1736–1806): 1780s, funerary monument for Isaac Newton Boullee, Etienne- Louis (1728–1799): 1822, Altes Museum, Berlin Schinkel, Karl Friedrich (1781– 1841): 19th-CENTURY ARCHITECTURE IN EUROPE Gothic Revival Architecture; see also Romantic Architecture; also see below under Architecture of the United States 1749, Strawberry Hill, Twickenham, England Walpole, Horace (1717–1797): 1830–1860s, Houses of Parliament, London Barry, Charles (1795–1860): 1865, Saint Pancras Railway Station, London Scott, George Gilbert (1811–1878): 1830s, Houses of Parliament, London Pugin, Augustus Welby Northmore (1812–1852): Romantic Architecture; see also Gothic Revival Architecture; also see Architecture of the United States 1890s–1940s Cotswold Cottage; see Tudor Revival Style 1815–1832, Royal Pavilion, Brighton, England Nash, John (1752– 1835): Beaux-Arts Architecture; also see below under Architecture of the United States 1860s, Opera, Paris Garnier, Charles (1825–1898): Art Nouveau 1880s, Palau Guell, Barcelona; Gaudí, Antoni (1852–1926): 1880s, Sagrada Familia, Barcelona; 1905, Casa Mila, Barcelona 1892, Tassel House, Brussels Horta, Victor (1861–
  • 28. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 28 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT Brutalism; also see below under Post-Modernism and Beyond 1903–1904, 25 bis Rue Franklin apartments, Paris; Perret, Auguste (1874–1954): 1922–1924, Church of Notre Dame du Raincy 1946–1952, Unite d’Habitation, Marseilles Corbusier, Le (1887–1965): ARCHITECTURE OF THE UNITED STATES (1600s–1960s) Colonial Architecture (1620–1820s) 1680s Paul Revere House, Boston, Massachusetts 1683 Parson Capen House, Topsfield, Massachusetts 1700s Turner-Ingersall House, Salem, Massachusetts Georgian Style (1690–1790) Neo-Classical Architecture (1720s–1860s) 1803 United States Capitol, Washington, D.C., begun 1770s, Monticello, Charlottesville, Virginia Jefferson, Thomas (1743–1826): 1796, Old State House, Hartford, Connecticut Bulfinch, Charles (1763–1844): 1801, Bank of Pennsylvania Latrobe, Benjamin Henry (1764–1820): Gothic Revival Architecture (1760s–1840s) 1840s, Trinity Church, New York Upjohn, Richard (1802–1878): Federal Style (1783–1830) 1796, Old State House, Hartford, Connecticut; Bulfinch, Charles (1763–1844): 1798, Massachusetts State House, Boston, begun Greek Revival Style (1820–1870); see Romantic Architecture Romantic Architecture (1830s–1870s); see also Gothic Revival Architecture 1890s, Vanderbilt Mansion, Newport, Rhode Island Hunt, Richard Morris (1827–1895): Italianate Style (1840–1890s); see Romantic Architecture Second Empire Style (1855–1885); see Victorian Architecture Stick Style (1860–1890); see Victorian Architecture CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT 1928–1930, Villa Muller, Prague 1911, Fagus Shoe Factory, Alfeld an der Leine, Germany Gropius,Walter (1883–1969), and Adolf Meyer: 1915, Woodland Cemetery, Stockholm, Sweden; Asplund, Erik Gunnar (1885– 1940): 1920s, City Library, Stockholm, Sweden 1929, Villa Savoye, Poissy-sur-Seine, France; Le Corbusier (1887–1965): 1946–1952, Unite d’Habitation, Marseilles, France; 1950s, Chandigarh, India, city layout 1935, Viipuir Library, Vyborg, Finland; Aalto, Alvar (1898– 1976): 1938–1939, Villa Mairea, Noormarkku, Finland 1953, UNESCO World Headquarters, Paris Breuer, Marcel (1902–1981): 1949, Hiroshima Peace Memorial Park and Museum; Tange, Kenzo (1913–2005): 1964 (Olympics) National Gymnasium Complex, Yoyogi Park, Tokyo 1960s, Palace of the National Congress and Cathedral Brasilia Niemeyer, Oscar (1907– ): Constructivist Architecture; see also Futurist Architecture 1926–1928, Zuev Worker’s Club, Moscow Golosov, Ilya (1883– 1945): 1919, design for “Tatlin’s Tower” (never built) Tatlin, Vladimir (1885–1953): 1925, Soviet Pavilion, World’s Exposition, Paris; Melnikov, Konstantin Stepanovich (1890– 1974): 1927–1929, Architect’s House, Moscow; 1927–1929, Kauchuk Factory Club, Moscow; 1927–1929, Rusakov Worker’s Club, Moscow 1928–1932, Narkomfin Building, Moscow Ginsburg, Moisei (1892–1946): Rationalism (and Neo-Rationalism) 1924, Schroeder House, Utrecht, Netherlands Rietveld, Gerrit (1888–1964): 1932–1936, Casa di Fascio, Como, Italy Terragni, Giuseppe (1904–1943): 1980s, New Town Hall, Borgoricco, Italy Rossi, Aldo (1931– 1997):
  • 29. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 29 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT Tudor Style (1890–1940) Colonial Revival (1890s–2000s); see Colonial Architecture Prairie Style (1900–1920s) 1906–1909, Frederick C. Robie House, Chicago Wright, Frank Lloyd (1867–1959) and Marion Mahony Griffin (1871–1961): Expressionism (and Blobitecture) (1910s–1950s) 1947–1949, Baker House, MIT, Boston; Aalto, Alvar (1898– 1976): 1959, Opera House, Essen, Germany 1947, Ledbetter House, Norman, Oklahoma; Goff, Bruce (1904– 1982): 1950s, Bavinger House, Norman, Oklahoma 1940s–1950s, Solomon Guggenheim Museum New York Wright, Frank Lloyd (1867–1959): 1956–1962, Trans World Airport (TWA) Terminal, New York Saarinen, Eero (1910–1961): Art Deco (1920s–1930s) 1924 Chicago Tribune Tower Chicago Hood, Raymond (1881–1934) and John Mead Howells (1868–1959): 1929, New York Daily News Building, New York; Hood, Raymond (1881–1934): 1930s, Radio City Music Hall, Rockefeller Center, New York 1930, Chrysler Building, New York Alen, William Van (1883–1954): 1931, Empire State Building, New York Shreve, Lamb and Harmon: International Style (and Modernism) (1920s–1960s) 1942, First Christian Church, Columbus, Indiana Saarinen, Eliel (1873–1950): 1937, Architect’s House, Lincoln, Massachusetts Gropius,Walter (1883–1969): 1931, Philadelphia Savings Fund Society Building (PSFS), Philadelphia Howe, George (1886–1955) and William Lescaze (1896–1969): 1938, Breuer House I, Lincoln, Massachusetts; Breuer, Marcel (1902–1981): 1945, Geller House, Lawrence, Long CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT Victorian Architecture (1860–1900) 1880s, Stoughton House, Cambridge, Massachusetts Richardson, Henry Hobson (1838– 1886): Eastlake Style (1870–1890); see Victorian Architecture Richardsonian Romanesque (1870s–1900) 1870s, Trinity Church, Boston; Richardson, Henry Hobson (1838– 1886): 1885–1887, Marshall Field Warehouse, Chicago Shingle Style (1870s–1900); see Victorian Architecture Queen Anne Style (1870s–1910); see Victorian Architecture Mission Style (1890–1915); see Arts and Crafts Beaux-Arts Architecture (1890s–1920s) 1890s, Biltmore Estate, Asheville, North Carolina; Hunt, Richard Morris (1827–1895): 1890s, Vanderbilt Mansion, “The Breakers,” Newport, Rhode Island; 1893, World’s Columbian Exposition, Chicago; 1895, Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York 1887–1895, Boston Public Library; McKim, Charles Follen (1847–1909), William Rutherford Mead (1846–1928), and Stanford White (1853–1906): 1895–1903, Rhode Island State Capitol,; Providence 1906, Morgan Library, New York; 1910, Pennsylvania Station, New York 1897–1911, New York Public Library, New York Carrere, John (1858– 1911) and Thomas Hastings (1860– 1929): 1903, Grand Central Station, New York Wetmore, Charles (1866–1941) and Whitney Warren (1864–1943): Arts and Crafts (Bungalow, Craftsman) (1890s–1930s) 1908, Gamble House, Pasadena, California Greene, Charles Sumner (1868–1957) and Henry Mather Greene (1870–1954):
  • 30. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 30 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT 1978, Piazza d’Italia, New Orleans Moore, Charles Willard (1925–1993): 1960s, Vanna Venturi House, Chestnut Hill, Pennsylvania Venturi, Robert (1925– ) and Denise Scott Brown (1931– ) 1963, Guild House Philadelphia; 1991, Seattle Art Museum, Seattle 1977–1984, World Trade Center Financial Center, New York; Pelli, Cesar (1926– ): 1986–1988, Wells Fargo Center, Minneapolis; 1990, Bank of America Corporate Headquarters, Charlotte, North Carolina; 1998, Petronas Twin Towers, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia 1980s, New Town Hall, Borgoricco, Italy Rossi, Aldo (1931– 1997): 1982, Portland Public Service Building, Portland, Oregon; Graves, Michael (1934– ): 1990s, Dolphin Resort, Orlando, Florida 1967, Habitat ’67, Safdie, Moshe (1938– ): 1967 World Exposition, Montreal Brutalism (1960s–1980s) 1961–1967, National Center for Atmospheric Research, Boulder, Colorado; Pei, I. M. (1917– ): 1974–1978, East Wing of the National Gallery of Art, Washington, D.C. 1974, Hirshhorn Museum, Washington, D.C. Bunshaft, Gordon (1909–1990): 1989, Church of the Light, Ibaraki-shi, Osaka Ando, Tadao (1941): Neo-Rationalism (1980s–1990s): See Rationalism 1995, Barcelona Museum of Contemporary Art; Meier, Richard (1934– ): 1997, Getty Center, Los Angeles 1999–2003, Kyobo Tower, Seoul, South Korea; Botta, Mario (1943–) 2003–2006, Church of Santo Volto, Turin Deconstructivism (1980s–2000s) 1991–2003, Walt Disney Concert Hall, Los Angeles; Gehry, Frank (1929) 1993–1997, Guggenheim Museum, Bilbao, Spain 1989, Wexner Center for the Arts, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio Eisenman, Peter (1932– ): CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT Island; 1948, Breuer House II, New Canaan, Connecticut 1946, Farnsworth House, Plano, Illinois; Mies van der Rohe, Ludwig (1886– 1969): 1951, 860–880 Lake Shore Drive, Chicago; 1954, Seagram Building, New York with Philip Johnson, 1946, Kaufman House, Palm Springs, California Neutra, Richard (1892–1970): 1949, “Glass House,” New Canaan, Connecticut; Johnson, Philip (1906–2005): 1978–1983, AT&T Corporate Headquarters, New York 1950s, Yale University Art Gallery, New Haven, Connecticut; Kahn, Louis (1901– 1974): 1967–1972, Kimbell Art Museum, Fort Worth, Texas 1952,1960s United Nations Headquarters New York; Niemeyer, Oscar (1907– ) with Le Corbusier, 1954, Irwin Union Bank, Columbus, Indiana Saarinen, Eero (1910–1961): 1968–1974, Christian Science Center, Boston; Pei, I. M. (1917– ): 1977, Hancock Tower, Boston 1952, Lever House, New York Skidmore, Owings & Merrill (Gordon Bunshaft): Ranch Style (1930–1970s) 1946, Kaufman House, Palm Springs, California Neutra, Richard (1892–1970): Usonian House (1930s–1960s) 1937, Edgar Kaufmann House, Mill Run, Pennsylvania Wright, Frank Lloyd (1867–1959): Tudor Revival Style (1950s–1970s) POST-MODERNISM AND BEYOND (1960s–2000s) Post-Modern Architecture (1960s–1990s) 1978–1983, AT&T Headquarters, New York Johnson, Philip (1906–2005) and John Burgee: 2006, Suzhou Museum, Suzhou, China Pei, I. M. (1917– ): 1959, Sydney Opera House, Sydney, Australia Utzon, Jorn (1918– ):
  • 31. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 31 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE 1 PETER 1:6-7 NEW KING JAMES VERSION (NKJV) 6 In this you greatly rejoice, though now for a little while, if need be, you have been grieved by various trials, 7 that the genuineness of your faith, being much more precious than gold that perishes, though it is tested by fire, may be found to praise, honor, and glory at the revelation of Jesus Christ CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT 2001–2005, Casa di Musica, Porto; Koolhaus, Rem (1944– ): 2004, Seattle Central Library 1999, Alfred Lerner Hall, Columbia University, New York Tschumi, Bernard (1944– ): 1999, Jewish Museum, Berlin; Libeskind, Daniel (1946– ): 2006, Frederic C. Hamilton Addition, Denver Art Museum, Denver, Colorado 1989, Vitra Fire Station, Weil-am-Rhein, Germany Hadid, Zaha (1950– ) 1993–1998, UFA-Palast, Dresden Coop Himmelb(l)au: 2005, Walker Art Center Expansion, Minneapolis; Herzog and De Meuron Architekten: 2005, M. H. de Young Museum, San Francisco Critical Regionalism (1980s–2000s) 1934, Chapel in Tlalpan, outside Mexico City; Barragán, Luis (1902–1988): 1958, Ciudad Satelite, Mexico City with Mathias Goeritz, 1976, Azuma House, Osaka; Ando, Tadao (1941) 1988, Church on the Water, Tomamu; 1989, Church of the Light, Ibaraki-shi, Osaka; 2002, Modern Art Museum, Fort Worth, Texas 1975, Halawa House, Agami, Egypt El-Wakil, Abdul (1943– ): High-Tech Architecture (1980s–2000s) 1980s, Akasaka Prince Hotel, Tokyo; Tange, Kenzo (1913–2005): 1996, Fuji Television Building, Tokyo 1992, London Ark, London Erskine, Ralph (1914–2005): 1986, Hongkong and Shanghai Bank, Hong Kong Foster, Norman (1935– ): 1970s, Pompidou Center, Paris Piano, Renzo (1937– ) and Richard Rogers (1933– ): 2002–2003, design for World Trade Center, New York Libeskind, Daniel (1946– ): 1992, Montjuic Communications Towers, Olympic Games, Barcelona; Calatrava, Santiago (1951– ): 2001, Quadracci Pavilion, Milwaukee, CHRONOLOGY OF ARCHITECTURE DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT Milwaukee Art Museum, Wisconsin; 2001–2005, “Twisting Torso,” Malmo, Sweden; 2007, Transportation Hub, World Trade Center, (planning) New York 1969, John Hancock Center, Chicago; Skidmore, Owings & Merrill: Fazlur Khan, 1970–1973, Sears Tower, Chicago; Fazlur Khan and Bruce Graham, 2009, Burj Dubai United Arab Emirates Adrian Smith 2000, Tate Modern Art Museum renovation, London; Herzog and De Meuron Architekten: 2002–2005 Allianz Arena Munich, Germany Green Architecture (1980s–2000s) 1935–1939, Fallingwater, Bear Run, Pennsylvania Wright, Frank Lloyd (1867–1959) 1980, Thorncrown Chapel, Eureka Springs, Arkansas Jones, E. Fay (1921–2004) 1991, Tjibaou Cultural Center, Noumea, New Caledonia Piano, Renzo (1937– ) 1994, Foundation Cartier, Paris Nouvel, Jean (1945– )
  • 32. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 32 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE STRUCTURES AND MATERIALS DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT Architecture Post-and-Lintel 3100–1500 BC Stonehenge, England Prehistoric Architecture Column c. 2665 BC Funerary Complex of Djoser, Saqqara Ancient Egyptian Architecture 1295–1186 BC Great Temple of Amun, Karnak Ancient Egyptian Architecture c. 518–460 BC Palace of Darius at Persepolis, Iran Ancient Near Eastern Architecture 447–438 BC Parthenon, Acropolis, Athens Ancient Greek Architecture c. 425 BC Temple of Athena Nike, Acropolis, Athens Ancient Greek Architecture 1560s, Villa Rotonda, Vicenza Renaissance Architecture Palladio, Andrea (1508–1580): 1650s, Saint Peter’s piazza, Rome Baroque Architecture Bernini, Gian Lorenzo (1598– 1680): 1755–1792, Church of Sainte- Genevieve, Paris Neo-Classical Architecture Soufflot, Jacques- Germain (1713– 1780): 1803–1820s, United States Capitol, Washington, D.C. Neo-Classical Architecture Latrobe, Benjamin (1764–1820): Arch c. 3100 BC Skara Brae, village, Orkney Islands, Scotland Prehistoric Architecture 1250 BC Lion Gate, Mycenae, Greece Ancient Aegean Architecture late 100s BC Pont du Gard, Nimes, France Ancient Roman Architecture AD 100s Market of Trajan, Rome Ancient Roman Architecture AD 211 Baths of Caracalla, Rome Ancient Roman Architecture AD 310 Basilica of Maxentius and Constantine, Rome Ancient Roman Architecture late 600s Santa Maria de Quintanilla de las Vinas, Burgos, Spain Early Medieval Architecture 785, Great Mosque at Spain Islamic STRUCTURES AND MATERIALS DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT Brick c. 7000 BC Jericho Ancient Near Eastern Architecture c. 6500 BC Catal Huyuk, western Turkey Ancient Near Eastern Architecture c. 2600 BC Mohenjo Daro, Indus Valley Civilization Indian Architecture c. 2000 BC Ziggurats, Sumerian Ancient Near Eastern Architecture c. 575 BC Ishtar Gate, Neo-Babylonian Ancient Near Eastern Architecture AD 211 Baths of Caracalla, Rome Ancient Roman AD 425 Galla Placidia Mausoleum, Ravenna Early Christian Architecture AD 546 San Vitale, Ravenna Byzantine 1200s Great Mosque of Djenne, Mali Islamic Architecture 1450s Taos Pueblo New Mexico Native American Architecture 1420s Florence Cathedral dome Renaissance Architecture Brunelleschi, Filippo (c. 1377– 1446): 1891 Wainwright Building, St. Louis Sullivan, Louis (1856–1924): 1903 Amsterdam Stock Exchange Berlage, Hendrick Petrus (1856–1934): 1906–1909 Frederick C. Robie House, Chicago Wright, Frank Lloyd (1867–1959): 1911 Fagus Shoe Factory, Alfeld an der Leine, Germany Gropius,Walter (1883–1969) and Adolf Meyer: 1947–1949 Baker House, MIT, Boston Aalto, Alvar (1898– 1976): 1963 Guild House Philadelphia Venturi, Robert (1925– ): Stone c. 3100 BC Skara Brae, village, Orkney Islands, Scotland Prehistoric Architecture 3100–1500 BC Stonehenge, England Prehistoric
  • 33. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 33 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE STRUCTURES AND MATERIALS DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT 2000, Millennium Dome, London Rogers, Richard (1933– ): Concrete AD 118–125 Pantheon, Rome Ancient Roman Architecture 1930s, Kaufmann House, Mill Run, Pennsylvania Wright, Frank Lloyd (1867–1959): 1903, Apartment at 25 bis Rue Franklin, Paris Perret, Auguste (1874–1954): 1931, Stadio Artemia Franchi, Florence; Nervi, Pier Luigi (1891–1979): 1959, Palazzetto dello Sport, Rome 1958, Xochimilco Restaurant, Mexico City Candela, Felix (1910–1997): 1973, Sydney Opera House, Sydney Utzon, Jorn (1918– ): 2000 Millennium Dome London Rogers, Richard (1933– ) and Buro Happold: Wood AD 711 Buddhist Shrine, Horyu-ji, Japan 1125–1150 Borgund Stave Church, Sogn, Norway 1368–1644 Forbidden City Complex, Beijing Cast Iron 1779, Severn River Bridge, Coalbrookdale, England Darby, Abraham III (1750–1791): 1851, Crystal Palace, London Exhibition Paxton, Joseph (1801–1865): 1840s, Reading Room, Bibliotheque Sainte-Genevieve, Paris Labrouste, Henri (1801–1875): 1860s Opera Paris Beaux-Arts Architecture Garnier, Charles (1825–1898): 1889 Eiffel Tower Paris Eiffel, Gustav (1832– 1923): 1880s Marshall Field Warehouse, Chicago Richardson, Henry Hobson (1838– 1886): Glass 1851, Crystal Palace, London Exhibition Paxton, Joseph (1801–1865): 1938, Architect’s House, Lincoln, Gropius,Walter STRUCTURES AND MATERIALS DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT Cordoba Architecture 1884, Cathedral of Sagrada Familia, Barcelona Gaudí, Antoni (1852–1926): 1937, , Golden Gate Bridge San Francisco Strauss, Joseph (1870–1938): 1960s, St. Louis Gateway Arch, Missouri Saarinen, Eero (1910–1961): Marble mid-400s BC Acropolis, Athens Ancient Greek Architecture AD 118–125 Pantheon, Rome Ancient Roman Architecture 1200s Abbey at Montecassino, Italy Romanesque Architecture 1632–1648 Taj Mahal, Agra Indian Architecture 1888–1892, “Marble House,” Newport, Rhode Island Beaux-Arts Architecture Hunt, Richard Morris (1827–1895): Dome AD 118–125 Pantheon, Rome Ancient Roman Architecture 1505–1650s Saint Peter’s Church, Rome Renaissance Architecture 2002, Oklahoma State Capitol Oklahoma City 1420s, Florence Cathedral dome Renaissance Architecture Brunelleschi, Filippo (c. 1377– 1446): 1560s, Villa Rotonda, Vicenza Renaissance Architecture Palladio, Andrea (1508–1580): 1720s, Chiswick House, West London Neo-Classical Architecture Boyle, Richard (1695–1753): 1770s, Monticello, Charlottesville, Virginia Neo-Classical Architecture Jefferson, Thomas (1743–1826): 1803, United States Capitol, Washington, D.C. begun Neo-Classical Architecture Latrobe, Benjamin Henry (1764–1820): 1959, Palazzetto dello Sport, Rome Nervi, Pier Luigi (1891–1979): 1945, Dymaxion House, Henry Ford Museum, Dearborn, Michigan; Fuller, Richard Buckminster (1895– 1983): 1960s, Geodesic Dome, Expo ’67, Montreal
  • 34. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 34 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE 1 CORINTHIANS 1:27-29 NEW KING JAMES VERSION (NKJV) 27 But God has chosen the foolish things of the world to put to shame the wise, and God has chosen the weak things of the world to put to shame the things which are mighty; 28 and the base things of the world and the things which are despised God has chosen, and the things which are not, to bring to nothing the things that are, 29 that no flesh should glory in His presence. STRUCTURES AND MATERIALS DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT Massachusetts (1883–1969): 1949, Glass House, New Canaan, Connecticut Johnson, Philip (1906–2005): Steel 1860s–1880s, Brooklyn Bridge, New York Roebling, John Augustus (1806– 1869) and Washington Augustus Roebling (1837–1926): 1902, Flatiron Building, New York Burnham, Daniel (1846–1912): 1967, Geodesic Dome, Expo ’67, Montreal Fuller, Richard Buckminster (1895– 1983): 1990s, Guggenheim Museum, Bilbao, Spain Gehry, Frank (1929– ): Skyscraper 1891, Leiter II Building, Chicago; Jenney, William Le Baron (1832–1907): 1891, Manhattan Building, Chicago 1880s, Marshall Field Warehouse, Chicago Richardson, Henry Hobson (1838– 1886): 1891, Wainwright Building, St. Louis; Sullivan, Louis (1856–1924): 1899, Carson Pirie Scott Department Store, Chicago early 1900s, Woolworth Building, New York Gilbert, Cass (1859– 1934): 1952–1956, , Price Tower Bartlesville, Oklahoma Wright, Frank Lloyd (1867–1959): 1930, , Chrysler Building New York Alen, William van (1883–1954): 1931, Philadelphia Savings Fund Society Building, Philadelphia Howe, George (1886–1955) and William Lescaze (1896–1969): 1950s Seagram Building New York Johnson, Philip (1906–2005) and Ludwig Mies van der Rohe(1886– STRUCTURES AND MATERIALS DATE STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE ARCHITECT 1969): 1973 World Trade Center New York Yamasaki, Minoru (1912–1986): 1996, Petronas Twin Towers Pelli, Cesar (1926– ): 1986, Hongkong and Shanghai Bank, Hong Kong Foster, Norman (1935– ): 1931, Empire State Building, New York Shreve, Lamb and Harmon: 2009, Burj Dubai, United Arab Emirates Skidmore, Owings & Merrill: GREEK 4 METHODS OF WALLING SURFACE FINISHES METHOD PERIOD DESCRIPTION Cyclopean Tirynus Masonry made-up of huge stone blocks laid mortar Polygonal Mycenae Masonry constructed w/ stones having polygonal faces. Curvilinear 7TH Century Rectangular 5TH Century Block of stone cut into rectangular shapes.
  • 35. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 35 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE ARRANGEMENT OF GREEK TEMPLES INTERCOLUMNATION STYLE DIST ILLUSTRATION PYCNOSTYLE (Tight-Columned) 1.50  SYSTYLE (Close-Columned) 2.00  EUSTYLE (Well-Columned) 2.25  DIASTYLE (Broad-Columned) 3.00  ARAEOSTYLE (Light-Columned) 4.00  ROMAN CONCRETE WALLS Opus Quadratum  Made up of rectangular blocks of stone with or w/out mortar jointsbut frequently secured with dowels and cramps.  Masonry of squared stones in regular ashlarcourse Opus Incertum  Made up of small stoneslaid in a loose pattern roughly assembling the polygonal work.  Masonry formed of small rough stones set irregularly inmortar, sometimes traversed by beds of bricks or tiles Opus Recticulatum  Fine joints were in diagonal lines like the meshes of a net.  Backed by a concrete core, formed of small pyramidal stones with their points embedded in the wall, their exposed square bases, set diagonally, forming a net-like pattern Opus Testaceum  Triangular bricks (plan) specially made for facing the walls. Opus Mixtum  Consisted of bands of “tufa” introduced at intervals in the ordinary brick facing or alteration of rectangular blocks with small squared stone blocks. Formed from mix of wall surfaces Opus Sectile  Any mosaic of regularly cut material Opus Alexandinum  A form of opus sectile having geometric pattern formed with few colors such as black and white, or dark green and red Opus Vermiculatum  A mosaic of tessera arranged in waving lines resembling the form or tracks of a worm TWO WAYS OF DESCRIBING TEMPLES: (rectangular) a) According to the number of columns on the entrance front. b) By the arrangement of the exterior columns of the temple in relation to naos asbelow: 1 column Henostyle 4 columns Tetrastyle 7 columns Heptastyle 10 columns Decastyle 2 columns Distyle 5 columns Pentastyle 8 columns Octastyle 12 columns Dodecastyle 3 columns Tristyle 6 columns Hexastyle 9 columns Enneastyle
  • 36. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 36 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE EGYPTIAN STRUCTURES (simplicity, monumentality, solidity or massiveness)/ (post & lintel; columnar or trabeated) STRUCTURE DESCRIPTION Mastaba Flat top or tapered solid temple Pyramids 4 sides facing the cardinal points; Tomb of Pharaohs; built by 100 men in 100 years Rock-Cut Tombs or Rock-Hewn Tombs Tombs of Nobility; Tombs hewn out of native rock, presenting only an architectural front with dark interior chambers Mortuary Temple Built in honor of Pharaohs; Temples for offerings and worship of deceased person, usually a deified king Cult Temple Temple devoted to the worship of divinity; Built for the worship of gods Obelisks Tall, monumental, sour-sided stone shaft tapering to a pyramidal tip; Mostly covered with hieroglyphs; Originally erected as cult symbol to the sun god, Heliopolis Height is usually 9-10 times the size of the base Sphinx A mystical monster with a body of a lion and head of a man (androsphinx), head of a hawk (heirasphinx); head of a ram (criosphinx) Pylon Massive sloping towers fronted by an obelisk known as gateways STRUCTURE LOCATION ARCHITECT/BUILDER DESCRIPTION Mastaba of Thi Sakkara Thi Well preserved and has been restored. Thi held the position of Royal Architect and manager of pyramids Step Pyramid of Zoser or Djoser Saqqara Imhotep Oldest surviving masonry building structure in the world; 62m high Meidum Pyramid of Sneferu Meidum Sneferu 92m high, First ground pyramid to have above ground burial chamber; originally a 7-step pyramid Bent Pyramid of Sneferu Dahshur (First – Meydum) Sneferu 105m high; First pyramid to use limestone casting 54 degrees on the lower portion and shifts to 42 degrees halfway to make the pyramid light and prevent it from collapsing Red Pyramid of Sneferu (Shining Northern Pyramid) Dahshur Sneferu 104m high; made from reddish limestone used to build most of its core Great Pyramid at Giza (Pyramid of Khufu or Cheops) Giza Khufu Height: 146.64m (Now 137.20m); Base: 230.25m 2 times the area of St. Peter’s Basilica in Rome Pyramid of Khafra or Chephren Giza Khafra Height: 143.50m (Now 136.40m); Base: 215.50m Pyramid of Menkaure or Mykerinos Giza Menkaure Height: 65.50m (Now 61.00m); Base: 103.40m Temple of Khonsu Kharnak Rameses III (Original) Taharqo (Modifed) Ptolemy III Euergetes (Gateway) Nectanebo I (Hypostyle Hall) An example of an almost complete New Kingdom temple Peristyle Court bordered with 28 columns Taharqo added a porch of 4 rows of 5 papyrus-shaped columns in front of the temple’s pylon Temple of Luxor East Bank of the Nile River Amenhotep III (Built) / Tutankhamun & Hormheb (Completed) Rameses II (Added) The temple has been in almost continuous use as a place of worship right up to the present day. During the Christian era, the temple’s hypostyle hall was converted into a Christian church, and the remains of another Coptic church can be seen to the west. Then for thousands of years, the temple was buried beneath the streets and houses of Luxor. Eventually the mosque of Sufi Shaykh Yusuf Abu al-Hajjaj was built over it. This mosque was carefully preserved when the temple was uncovered and forms an integral part of the site today. Temple of Amon, Karnak Kharnak, Thebes Thutmosis II (Chapels) / Seti I / Ramesses II The grandest of all Egyptian temples, was not built upon one complete plan but owes its size, disposition and magnificence to the work of many Kings, built from the XIIth Dynasty to the Ptolemaic period. Great Temple of Abu-Simbel Nubia Amenemhat I / Rameses I to IV It is one of the rock- hewn temples at this place commanded by the indefatigable Rameses II. An entrance forecourt leads to the imposing façade, 36 m ( 119 ft. ) wide and 32 m (105 ft.) high formed as pylon, immediately in front of which are four rock- cut seated colossal statues of Rameses, over 20 m (65 ft.)high. Temple of Queen Hatshepsut Mt. Deir-El-Bahri West Bank of the Nile Senenmut One of the “incomparable monuments of ancient Egypt” The temple was the site of the massacre of 62 people, mostly tourists, by Islamist extremists that took place on 17 November 1997 Mammisi Temple Nectanebo II “Birth House”; Became the prototype of the Greek Doric Temples
  • 37. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 37 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE GREEK STRUCTURES [(1) simplicity & harmony, (2) purity of lines, (3) perfection of proportions, (4) refinement of details] AGEAN STRUCTURE LOCATION STYLE DESCRIPTION Palace of Minos, Knossos Heraklion, Crete Aegean Minoan Palace First Excavation, 1878, Minos Kalokairinos (West Magazines) March 1900 to 1931, Sir Arthur Evans (whole of Knossos) Lion Gate (Palace of Argamemnon) Mycenae Conglomerate Ashlar The Lion Gate is main entrance to citadel of Mycenae, located in NW wall of the fortress. Gateway: 3.10 m. high and 2.95 m. wide at base. Lintel: 4.50 m long, 1.98 m. wide and 0.80 m. thick at center. Treasury of Atreus (Tomb of Argamemnon) Panagitsa Hill, Mycenae Tholos (beehive-corbelled domed stone vault) Largest and the best preserved of the nine tholos tombs in Mycenae. The most architecturally advanced structure buit by the Mycenean Civilization It brings new concepts, such as corbelled vaults held together by a single keystone, and it was the firt structure built without using columns or any support like that. HELLENIC STRUCTURE LOCATION ARCHITECT MASTER SCULPTOR BUILDER STYLE DESCRIPTION The Parthenon 447 BC to 432 BC Athens Ictinus & Kallikrates Phidias Doric, Peripteral, Octastyle Dedicated to the goddess Athena, largest Greek Temple. The Temple of Zeus Olympus 460 BC Agrigentum Libon of Elis Rebuider: Cossutius (Roman Architect) Doric, Pseudo-Peripteral, Heptastlye 2nd largest Doric Greek temple Uses “Atlantes “, carved male figure. 104 Columns Temple of Apollo Epicurius Bassae Iktinos Doric, Ionic, Corinthian, Peripteral, Hexastyle Dedicated to Apollo Epikourios Temple of Nike Apteros Athens (Acropolis) Kallikrates Ionic, Amphi-Prostyle, Tetrastyle Dedicated to the “wingless victory“ The Erectheion 421BC to 406 BC Athens Menisicles Phidias Ionic, Apteral, Irregular Plan, No side colonnades Forms the imposing entrance to the Acropolis. Uses “caryatid porch “(South Porch) Uses “Egg & tongue “or “Egg & Dart “ornament. The Temple of Arthemis Ephesus Deinocrates Under the time of Alexander the Great. Scopas Hellenestic temple, Ionic, Dipteral, Octastyle One of the seven wonders of the world, Center of Pan – Ionic festival of the Asiatic Colonies. The Choragic Monument of Lysicrates Athens Lysicrates (choregos) Corinthian A type of monument erected to support a Tripod, as a prize for athletic exercises or musical competitions in Greek festival. The Olympion Athens Cossutius Antiochus Epiphanes Corinthian, Dipteral, Octastyle Tower of the Winds (Horologion of Andronikos Kyrrhestes) Athens Andronicus of Cyrrhus Octagonal Structure Known as the Horologium of Andronikos Cyrhestes, Clepsydra or water-clock internally, sundial externally. The Theater Of Dionysus Athens Where famous Choragic competitions took place during the Panathenaic festivals, prototype of all Greek temples. Considered to be the prototype of all Greek theaters & accommodating almost 18,000 spectators. The Theater of Epidaurus Epidaurus Polykleitus the Younger Most beautiful & preserved Greek Temple. Propylaea of Athens Athens (Acropolis) Mnesicles Pericles forms the imposing entrance to Acropolis
  • 38. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 38 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE ROMAN STRUCTURES [(1) vastness & magnificence, (2) ostentation & ornateness] TYPE STRUCTURE / EXAMPLES LOCATION DESCRIPTION ARCHITECT GENERAL FORUM Forum Romanum in the small valley between the Palatine and Capitoline Hills It was for centuries the center of Roman public life: the site of triumphal processions and elections; the venue for public speeches, criminal trials, and gladiatorial matches; and the nucleus of commercial affairs. Used as Hippodrome; Site of Triumphal Processions; venue for public speeches, criminal trials and gladiatorial matches, and the nucleus of commercial affairs Forum Boarium The site of the first gladiatorial contest at Rome RECTANGULAR TEMPLES Temple of Fortuna Virilis (Temio di Portuno) Forum Boarium, Rome An ancient building in Rome, Italy, the main temple dedicated to the god Portunus in the city. It is in the Ionic order with pronaos portico Used Pseudo – Peripteral ( half col. Attached to the naos wall, raised in a “ podium”, oriented towards the south. Roman temples were turned to all parts of the compass, their orientation governed by their relationship to other buildings, especially as many temples were often placed facing onto civic spaces such as the forum. Temple of Mars Ultor Forum of Augustus, Rome The focal point of Roman military strategy. Corinthian order. Temple of Diana Aventine Hill, Nimes 127 Ionic Columns Cherisphron Temple of Vespasian Rome, Italy Corithian Order, Hexastyle and prostyle Titus and Domitian Temple of Jupiter Spalato The most important temple in Ancient Rome, located on the Capitoline Hill. Temple of Saturn (Templum Saturni or Aedes Saturnus) Forum Romanum, Rome, Italy Tarquinis Superbus Temple of Venus Rome Ancient Rome's largest religious structure was built at the end of the Forum Romanum, near the Colosseum. Designed by Emperor Hadrian in 135 AD, this temple measured an impressive 100 meters by 145 meters. The building contained two cellae (sanctuaries) with statues of the goddesses, each located at one side of the temple. Hadrian Maison–Carrée (Square House) Nimes, France 82 feet (25 metres) long by 40 feet (12 metres) wide and is one of the most beautiful monuments built in Gaul by the Romans. It houses a collection of Roman sculpture and Classical fragments. The Maison Carrée is an elevated, rectangular, hexastyle, pseudo-peripteral Roman temple of the Corinthian order. Agrippa (Builder) CIRCULAR & POLYGONAL TEMPLES Temple of Vesta Rome, Italy The most sacred shrine & source of Roman life & power. derived from the temples of the Greeks & the Etruscans w/c became the prototype of the Christian baptistery. Temple of Venus Baalbek, Lebanon The Temple of Venus has six columns that probably once supported a dome. It is carved everywhere with niches, sculptures (now lost) and other elegant decorations. The Pantheon Rome, Italy Most famous & perfect preservation of all ancient buildings in Rome. It was now converted into a Christian church named Sta. Maria Rotonda. BASILICAS Trajan’s Basilica Rome, Italy Apollodorus of Damascus halls of justice or Assembly hall Basilica of Constantine Forum Romanum, Rome, Italy Also known as Basilica of Maxentius or Basilica Nova Maxentius, Constantine I THERMAE “Thermae” meant properly arm springs or baths of warm water Baths of Caracalla (Terme di Caracalla) Rome, Italy Second Largest, 1,600 bathers Septimius Severus Large Imperial Baths Tepidarium warm room Calidarium hot room, or with hot water bath Thermae of Diocletian Rome, Italy Largest, Grandest with 3,000 bathers Commissioned by Maximian Frigidarium cooling room Sudatorium moist steam bath Laconium dry sweating room (sauna) Baths of Titus Rome, Italy Mural Designs by Famullus (or Fabullus) Titus Apodyteria dressing room
  • 39. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 39 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE ROMAN STRUCTURES [(1) vastness & magnificence, (2) ostentation & ornateness] TYPE STRUCTURE / EXAMPLES LOCATION DESCRIPTION ARCHITECT GENERAL (Thermae Titi) Palaestra for physical exercise Thermae of Grippa Rome, Italy Unctuaria place for oils & perfumes Spaeresteriu m game room BALNEUM Hadrian’s Villa Summer Bath Tivoli, Italy One of the most striking and best preserved parts of the Villa are a pool and an artificial grotto which were named Canopus and Serapeum, respectively. Canopus was an Egyptian city where a temple (Serapeum) was dedicated to the god Serapis. However, the architecture is Greek influenced (typical in Roman architecture of the High and Late Empire) as seen in the Corinthian columns and the copies of famous Greek statues that surround the pool. private bath in Roman palaces & houses containing 1. Tepidarium 2. Calidarium 3. Frigidarium THEATERS / ODEION Theater of Marcellus Rome, Italy The largest and most important theatre in Rome. The largest and most important theatre in Rome. The theatre had a capacity of between 15,000 to 20,500 spectators and its semicircular travertine façade originally had two tiers, each composed of 41 arches. The lower tier had Doric columns, the second tier Ionic and the top attic probably carried Corinthian pilasters. Open-air theatre built from level ground, richly decorated outer facade with a colonnade gallery and vaulted entrances for the public. Roman theaters were built up by means of concrete vaulting, supporting tiers of seats; it was restricted to a semi- circle. Theater Orange One of the finest remains of the Roman Empire and, as such, has been designated a UNESCO World Heritage site. It is, in fact, the best preserved theatre in the whole of Europe. AMPHITHEATERS / COLOSSEUM The Colosseum (Flavian’s Amphitheatre) The elliptical building is immense, measuring 188m by 156m and reaching a height of more than 48 meters (159 ft). The magnificent structure was clad in marble and 160 larger-than-life statues graced the arches on the upper floors. The Colosseum could accommodate some 55,000 spectators who entered the building through no less than 80 entrances. Above the ground are four stories, the upper story contained seating for lower classes and women. The lowest story was preserved for prominent citizens. Below the ground were rooms with mechanical devices and cages containing wild animals. The cages could be hoisted, enabling the animals to appear in the middle of the arena. Commenced by Vespasian & completed by Domitian. Circular, semi-circular or elliptical auditorium in which a central arena Is surrounded by rising tiers of seats. Circus is a roof-less enclosure for chariot or horse racing and for gladiator shows and usually In oblong shape Circus Maximus The Circus Maximus was a massive arena accommodating 250,000 spectators and providing various games, horse and chariot races TRIUMPHAL ARCHES Arch of Tiberius Orange, France Recovery of the eagle standards (Aquila) that had been lost to Germanic tribes by Varus in 9. Function is to commemorate imperial victories with reliefs, inscriptions and statues Arch of Titus Rome, Italy Capture of Jerusalem Arch of Septimius Severus Rome, Italy Victories against the Parthians Arch of Constantine Rome, Italy Triumphs over Maxentius TOWN GATEWAYS Porta Nigra Treves Part of the city walls and is one of the best preserved of such gateways. The structure, 115 ft. wide and 95 ft. high at its highest part, has a double As a protective wall & commemorative monument. As a ornamental portals to forum or market places.
  • 40. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 40 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE ROMAN STRUCTURES [(1) vastness & magnificence, (2) ostentation & ornateness] TYPE STRUCTURE / EXAMPLES LOCATION DESCRIPTION ARCHITECT GENERAL AND ARCHWAYS archway defended by portcullises and leading to an unroofed court which could be defended against besiegers. The facade has storeys of roughly executed and unfinished Tuscan Orders. Arch built at main street intersection w/c were collonaded. Gateways were sometimes added either at the ends or in the centre of bridges as at the Roman bridge, Alcantara, which has a portal over the central pier. Port S. Andre Autun An unusual gateway with four archways—two for carriages and two for foot-passengers—surmounted by an arcaded gallery, decorated by Ionic pilasters, connecting the ramparts on either side. There is another gateway in Autun, similar in design except that the pilasters to the arcaded gallery are Corinthian. PILLARS OF VICTORY OR MONUMENTAL COLUMNS Trajan’s Column Rome It is a Roman Doric Column, entirely of marble, w/ a total ht. of 115 ft. 7 inches & a shaft 12 in. Diameter w/ a spiral staircase. A column built in honor of a naval triumph, ornamented with the rostra or prows of ship Rostral Columns Rome Frequently erected in the time of the Emperors to celebrate naval victories, and took their name from the rostra ,or rows of captured ships. PALACES Palace of Diocletian Spalato largest palace & often called “ a city in a house” covered a total of 8 acres, almost the size of Escorial, Spain. Use to house the Emperors. Golden House of Nero (Domus Aurea) Rome This palace contained 300 rooms and featured stuccoed ceilings set with semi-precious stones and layers of ivory and gold leaf. There was even a rotating ceiling. Was demolished and the Roman Colosseum was built on this site. ROMAN HOUSES DOMUS (Private House) Center of family apartments. The type of house occupied by the upper classes and some wealthy freedmen during the Republican and Imperial eras. The rooms of the Pompeian domus were often painted in one of four styles:  the first style imitated ashlar masonry,  the second style represented public architecture,  the third style focused on mystical creatures,and  The fourth style combined the architecture and mythical creatures of the second and third styles. Ostium Small opening Vestibulum Main entrance hall Fauces Corridor from main door to atrium Tabernae Shops on outside, facing the street Atrium Large central hall (most important part) Compluvium Square roof opening in which rainwater could come, draining inwards from the slanted tiled roof Impluvium a drain pool, a shallow rectangular sunken portion of the Atrium to gather rainwater, which drained into an underground cistern Tablinum Living room / study or office for the dominus Triclinium Dining room with recliners Alae Open rooms on each side of the atrium Cubiculum Bedroom Cullina Kitchen Posticum Servants’ entrance Peristylium Small garden Piscina Fish pond Exedra Large communal dining room or a lounge Lararium A small shrine to the household gods VILLA a luxurious country house with surrounding terraces and gardens, colonnades, palasestae theaters, & thermae. Villa Urbana a country seat that could easily be reached from Rome (or another city) for a night or two
  • 41. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 41 ● HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE ROMAN STRUCTURES [(1) vastness & magnificence, (2) ostentation & ornateness] TYPE STRUCTURE / EXAMPLES LOCATION DESCRIPTION ARCHITECT GENERAL (Country House) Villa Rustica the farm-house estate permanently occupied by the servants who had charge generally of the estate INSULA (Apartment Block) Many storeyed tenements also called “Workmen’s Dwelling”. A kind of apartment building that housed most of the urban citizen population of ancient Rome, including ordinary people of lower- or middle- class status (the plebs) AQUEDUCTS Pont Du Gard (Gard Bridge) Nimes The bridge is part of the Nîmes aqueduct, a 50 km-long (31 mi) structure built by the Romans to carry water from a spring at Uzès to theRoman colony of Nemausus (Nîmes). Channel for supplying Water Often underground but treated architecturally on high arches when crossing valleys or low ground BRIDGES OR PONS Pons Sublicius Rome The earliest known bridge of ancient Rome, made entirely of wood Ancus Marcius Simple, solid & practical construction designed to resist the rush of water. Pons Mulvius Rome An economically and strategically important bridge in the era of the Roman Empire and was the site of the famousBattle of Milvian Bridge. In 2000s, the bridge began attracting couples, who use a lamppost on the bridge to attach love padlocks as a token of love. Gaius Claudius Nero Bridge of Augustus Rimini FOUNTAINS Fountains of St. Peter's Square Made to compliment the lavish Baroque facade Maderno designed for St. Peter's Basilica. The Maderno fountain was built on the site of an earlier fountain from 1490, and used the same lower basin. The Bernini fountain was added a half-century later. Carlo Maderno (1614) and Gian Lorenzo Bernini (1677) Triton Fountain Piazza Barberini A masterpiece of Baroque sculpture, representing Triton, half-man and half-fish, blowing his horn to calm the waters, following a text by the Roman poet Ovid in the Metamorphoses. Gian Lorenzo Bernini Piazza Navona A grand theater of water – it has three fountains, built in a line on the site of the Stadium of Domitian. The fountains at either end are by Giacomo della Porta; the Neptune fountain to the north, (1572) shows the God of the Sea sparing, an octopus, is surrounded by tritons, sea horses and mermaids. At the southern end is La Fontana del Moro, a figure either of an African (a Moor) or of Neptune wrestling with a dolphin. In the center is the Fontana dei Quattro Fiumi, (The Fountain of the Four Rivers) (1648–51), a highly theatrical fountain by Bernini, with statues representing rivers from the four continents; the Nile, Danube,Plate River and Ganges. Over the whole structure is a 54-foot (16 m) Egyptian obelisque, crowned by a cross with the emblem of the Pamphili family, representing Pope Innocent X, whose family palace was on the piazza. Giacomo della Porta & Gian Lorenzo Bernini Trevi Fountain The largest and most spectacular of Rome's fountains, designed to glorify the three different Popes who created it. It was built beginning in 1730 at the terminus of the reconstructed Acqua Vergine aqueduct, on the site of Renaissance fountain. It was the work of architect Nicola Salvi and the successive project of Pope Clement XII, Pope Benedict XIV and Pope, whose emblems and inscriptions are carried on the attic story, entablature and central niche. The central figure is Oceanus, the personification of all the seas and oceans, in an oyster- shell chariot, surrounded by Tritons and Sea Nymphs. Leon Battista Alberti.
  • 42. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 42 ● PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING THEORIES & PRACTICES Hippodamus of Miletus Father of City Planning City of Miletus - First Planned City Vienna – First University Town INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION Robert Owens Reform Movement Ideal City, New Lanark Tony Garnier Une Cite Industrielle GARDEN CITIES Ebenezer Howard Garden City (Conceptualization) Raymond Unwin & Barry Parker Letchworth (First Developed Garden City) Louis de Soisson Welwyn (Second Garden City) CITY BEAUTIFUL MOVEMENT Daniel Burnham Father of American City Planning Chicago, Cleveland, San Francisco, Manila & Baguio NEW CAPITALS Lucio Costa (Planner) Oscar Niemeyer (Architect) Brasilia, Brazil Albert Myer (Original Planner) Le Corbusier (Took Over) Chandigarh, India Super Blocks 800 x 1200 Walter Griffin (Planner) Canberra, Australia City Beautiful Movement Sir Edward Lutyens (Planner) New Delhi, India Low Garden City Type Density CITY TOWERS Le Corbusier The Cities of Tomorrow Unite d’ Habitation, Marseilles, France Le Contemporaine RADICAL IDEAS Frank Lloyd Wright Broadacres (1 Family in very acre of land) Mile High Tower Arturo Soria y Mata Linear City Paolo Soleri Arcology Kiyonuro Kikutake Floating City Clarence Perry & Clarence Stein Neighborhood Unit HISTORY OF PLANNING The SEERS : Pioneer Thinkers in Urban Planning from 1880 - 1945 THE ANGLO AMERICAN TRADITION EBENEZER HOWARD (1850-1928) Garden City of Tomorrow Most Influential Three Magnets Town, Country, Town & Country The Neighborhood Unit Towns divided in to wards of 5,000 RAYMOND UNWIN (1863-1940) BARRY PARKER (1867-1947) Letchworth (1920) First Garden City; N. Hertfordshire The Hampstead Garden Suburb (1905) Golders Green, NW London Wythenshawe (1930) Third Garden City; City of Manchester Nothing Gained by Overcrowding Very Influential Pamphlet (1912) CLARENCE PERRY (1872-1944) CLARENCE STEIN (1882-1975) H. ALKER STRIP (1883-1954) New York Regional Plan (1920) One milestones of the 20th Century The Neighborhood Unit Radburn, New Jersey Town Planning and Traffic SIR LESLIE PATRICK ABERCROMBIE (1879) PATRICK GEDDES (1854-1932) Greater London Plan (1944) Lewis Mumford The Culture of Cities Became almost the Bible of regional planning movement Human Ecology Cities In Evolution (1915) Suburban Decentralization FRANK LLOYD WRIGHT (1869-1959) Broadacre City A home in an acre of land Mile High Tower 100,000 people THE EUROPEAN TRADITION ARTURO SORIA Y MATA Linear City TONY GARNIER Cite Industrielle (industrial City) EARNST MAY Trabantenstadte (Satellite Towns) CHARLES-ÉDOUARD JEANNERET-GRIS (LE CORBUSIER) (1877-1965) Unite d’ Habitation (1946-1952) Marseilles, France Chandigarf (1950-1957) Capital City of Punjab City of Tomorrow (1922) Two important books The Radiant City
  • 43. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 43 ● PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING HISTORY OF SETTLEMENTS ERA CITIES DESCRIPTION MEDIEVAL AGES Decline of Roman Power Outposts were left all over Europe where growth revolved Feudalism Affected urban design of most towns Sienna and Constantinople Signified the rise of the church Coastal Port Towns Grew from military fortifications Mercantilist Cities Florence, Paris, Venice Population Concentrations created by world trade and travel THE RENAISSANCE & BAROQUE PERIOD 15TH Century France Display of Power Arts & Architecture Became a major element in Town Planning & Urban Design Geometrical Form Cities Vienna City of Culture & Arts; First University Town Karlsruhe, Germany Landscape architecture showcased palaces and gardens Versailles, France SETTLEMENTS IN AMERICA Medieval Organic City Taken after the “buog” (Military Town) and “fauborg” (Citizen’s Town) of Medieval Age Medieval Bastide taken from the French bastide (eventually referred to as “new towns”) The Spanish “Laws of the Indies” Town King Philip II’s city guidelines that produced 3 types: Pueblo (Civil), Presidio (Military), Mission (Religious) The English Renaissance The European Planned City Savannah By James Oglethorpe The world’s largest officially recognized historical district Charleston, Annapolis, Williamsburg Col. Francis Nicholson The Speculators Town Developments were driven by speculations Philadelphia By William Penn, built between Delaware & School Kill THE INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION The Machine Age Change from Manpower to Assembly Lines Reform Movements & Specialists 2 School of thought New Lanark Mills, Manchester, England 800 – 1200 persons Owenite Communities New Harmony, Indiana by Owens Jr. Brook Farm, Massachusettes, by New England Pl. Icarus, Red River, Texas by Cabet Une Cite Industrielle By tony Garnier HISTORY OF SETTLEMENTS ERA CITIES DESCRIPTION ANCIENT TIMES The PLOW and rectilinear farming Circular and Radiocentric Planning For herding and eventually for defense 7000 – 9000 BC Neolithic Cities Jericho Early settlement in Israel (9000 BC) 3 Hectares; 3,000 people Catal Hoyuk Early Settlement in Turkey (7000 BC) 13 hectares; 10,000 people Khirokitia Early settlement in Cyprus (5000 BC) First documented settlements withstreets 2000 – 4000 BC Cities in the Fertile Crescent Eridu Oldest City Damascus Oldest continually inhabited city Babylon Largest city with 80,000 inhabitants 3000 BC Cities along the Nile Valley Thebes and Memphis Monumental Architecture Tel-El-Amarna Typical Egyptian City 2500 BC Indus Valley (Present Day Pakistan) Mohenjo-Daro & Harrapa Administrative & Religious Centers with 40,000 inhabitants; advanced civilization 1900 BC Yellow River Valley of China Anyang Largest city of the Yellow River 800 BC Beijing Ming Dynasty (1368-1644) BC to AD Zapotecs, Mextecs, Aztecs Mesoamerican Cities built Teotijuacan & Dzibilchatun Largest Cities 700 BC Greek Classical Cities spread to Aegean Region Acropolis Most Famous Sparta & Athens The Largest Cities (100,000 – 150,000) Neopolis and Paleopolis New and Old Cities 400 BC Miletus (by Hippodamus) 3 Sections: Artisan, Farmers, Military Agora Public Market Place Roman Classical Cities Greek forms with different scale Republican Forum Imperial Forum
  • 44. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 44 ● PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING FIVE POINTS OF MODERN ARCHITECTURE By Le Corbusier (Charles Edouard Jeanneret) POINTS DESCRIPTION Pilotis Reinforced concrete stilts that lifted the bulk of the structure off the ground Free Facade Non-supporting walls that could be designed as the architect wished Open Floor Plan The floor space was free to configure into rooms without concern for supporting walls. Ribbon Windows (Uninterrupted Views) Long strips of ribbon windows that allow unencumbered views of the large surrounding yard Roof Garden To compensate for the green area consumed by the building and replacing it on the roof A ramp rising from ground level to the third floor roof terrace allows for an architectural promenade through the structure. The white tubular railing recalls the industrial "ocean-liner" aesthetic that Le Corbusier much admired. The driveway around the ground floor, with its semicircular path, measures the exact turning radius of a 1927 Citroën automobile. IMAGE OF A CITY by Kevin Lynch A collective image – map or impressions – map of a city, a collective picture of what people extract from the physical reality of a city. There are five basic elements which people use to construct their mental image of a city: Pathways, Districts, Edges, Landmarks and Nodes. These five elements of urban form are sufficient to make a useful visual survey of the form of a city. They are the skeletal elements of city form. ELEMENT DESCRIPTION PATHWAYS Major and minor routes of circulation to move about, the city has a network of major routes and a neighborhood network of minor routes; a building has several main routes which people use to get to it or from it. An urban highway network is a network of pathways for a whole city. DISTRICTS A city is composed of component neighborhoods or districts; its center, uptown, midtowns, its in-town residential areas, train yards, factory areas, suburbs, college campuses, etc. Sometimes they are considerably mixed in character and do not have distinct limits like the midtown in Manhattan. EDGES The termination of a district is its edge. Some districts have no distinct edges at all but gradually taper off and blend into another district. When two districts are joined at an edge they form a seam. A narrow park may be a joining seam for two urban neighborhoods. LANDMARKS The prominent visual features of the city; some are very large and are seen at great distances; some are very small and can only be seen up close (street clock, a fountain, or a small statue in a park). Landmarks help in orienting people in the city and help identify an area. NODES A center of activity; distinguished from a landmark by virtue of its active function; it is a distinct hub of activity. Times Square in New York City is both a landmark and a node. ELEMENTS OF HUMAN SETTLEMENT by Constantinos Apostolou (CA) Dioxadis TYPE DESCRIPTION NATURE the natural physical environment MAN An individual, Homo Sapiens – biological needs (oxygen, nutrition), sensation and perception (five senses), emotional needs (satisfaction, security, sense of belonging), moral values. SOCIETY a group of individuals sharing the same culture, values, norms, mores, and traditions SHELLS buildings, the built component – housing, hospitals, schools, town halls, commercial establishments, recreational facilities, industrial buildings, etc. NETWORKS links within the settlement and with other settlements, transportation systems, communication systems, water supply systems, power and electrical systems, etc. URBAN DESIGN Focuses on the physical improvement of the public environment URBAN PLANNING Focuses on the management of private development through established planning methods and programs HIERARCHY OF SETTLEMENTS HAMLET a neighborhood, a small village COMMUNITY a town CITY an urban area METROPOLIS the capital or chief city of a country or region; a very large and busy city CONURBATION A composition of cities, metropolises, urban areas. MEGALOPOLIS Merging of two or more metropolises with a population of 10 million or more, a 20th century phenomenon. ELEMENTS OF URBAN DESIGN BUILDINGS The most pronounced elements of Urban Design. They shape and articulate space by forming the street wall of the city PUBLIC SPACE Living rooms of the city. Makes high quality life in the city. Forms the stage and backdrop to the drama of life. Plazas, squares & neighborhood parks. STREETS Connections between cities and places. Designed by their physical dimension and character, size, scale and the character of the buildings that line them. Ranges from grand avenues, intimate pedestrian streets. TRANSPORTATION Connects the parts of the cities and help shape them. Balance between transportation systems is what helps define the quality and character of cities. They include road, rail, bicycle and pedestrian networks.
  • 45. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 45 ● PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING MAJOR PLANNING THEORIES THEORY DESCRIPTION (1) SYNOPTIC RATIONALISM In philosophy in general, rationalism is the foundation and embodiment of the scientific method. It serves the same role in planning theory. The rationalist model of the planning process generally contains the following steps. • Goals and objectives are set. • Policy alternatives are identified. • The policy alternatives are evaluated – vis-à-vis effectiveness (in attaining the goals and objectives), efficiency, and constraints – using scientific conceptual models and evaluation techniques (e.g., cost benefit analysis). • The selected policy alternative is implemented. (2) INCREMENTALISM This theory – which was espoused by Charles Lindbloom in The Science of Muddling Through – is a practical response to rationalism. Planning is seen as less of a scientific technique and more of a mixture of intuition and experience. Major policy changes are best made in little increments over long periods of time. Incrementalism very accurately describes what actually occurs in most planning offices on a daily basis. (3) TRANSACTIVE PLANNING Like incrementalism, transactivism does not view planning purely as a scientific technique. Transactivism espouses planning as a decentralized function based on face-to-face contacts, interpersonal dialogues, and mutual learning. Transactivism is roughly behavioralist-style planning. (4) ADVOCACY PLANNING Advocacism abandons the objective, non-political view of planning contained in rationalism. Planners become like lawyers: they advocate and defend the interests of a particular client or group (which is preferably economically disadvantaged and/or politically unorganized or underrepresented). • Paul Davidoff was an early champion of advocacy planning. He argued that there is no one public interest for planners to serve, and thus, that planners have no choice but to become non-objective advocates for specific interests and groups. • Saul Alinsky developed an advocacist vision of planning that is centered around so-called “organizations.” Alinsky’s organizations develop where people feel powerless. These organizations then hire planners (which Alinsky largely sees as political organizers) to identify problems, develop an awareness of these problems, and generate action. • Alan Altshuler also argued for abandoning the objective, non-political view of planning. He felt that to be effective, planners must become actively involved in the politicalprocess. (5) RADICAL PLANNING In a sense, radicalism takes transactivism to its logical extreme. Radicalism hates hierarchical bureaucracies, centralized planning, and domineering professional planners. It argues that planning is most effective when it is performed by non-professional neighborhood planning committees that empower common citizens to experiment with solving their own problems. The ideal outcomes of this process are collective actions that promote self-reliance. Much of the radical planning literature that I have personally read is based on Marxist interpretations and theories. MAJOR PLANNING THEORIES THEORY THEORY (6) UTOPIANISM Utopianism believes that planning is most effective when it proposes sweeping changes that capture the public imagination. Daniel Burnham’s Plan of Chicago, Frank Lloyd Wright’s Broadacre City, and Le Corbusier’s La Ville Contemporaine are often cited as utopian works. (7) METHODISM Methodism addresses situations in which the planning techniques that should be used are known, but the ends that should be achieved by these techniques are not. Such a situation would be making a population projection just to have it handy when it is needed. Methodism views planning techniques as ends into themselves. URBAN ECOLOGICAL PROCESSES INVASION  The entrance of a new population and / or facilities in an already occupiedarea.  A term referring to the process by which social groups or activities which are better adapted to a given environment than are its existing inhabitants or activities enter and eventually dominate it. CENTRALIZATION  An increase in population at a certain geographic center BLOCK-BOOSTING  “Forcing” the old population out of the area because of social or racialdifferences GENTRIFICATION  Improving the physical set-up and consequently affecting the market for previously run- down areas.  The process of renewal and rebuilding accompanying the influx of middle-class or affluent people into deteriorating areas that often displaces poorer residents.  The buying and renovating of houses and stores in deteriorated urban neighborhoods by wealthier individuals, which in effect improves property values but also can displace low- income families and small businesses. PSALM 139:16 NEW KING JAMES VERSION (NKJV) Your eyes saw my substance, being yet unformed. And in Your book they all were written, The days fashioned for me, When as yet there were none of them
  • 46. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 46 ● PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING DEGREE OF INCLINATION SLOPE DESCRIPTION 0 - 3% Broad to level to nearly level or flat 3 - 5% Gently sloping with land sloping in one general direction 5 - 8% Gently undulating and rolling; land sloping in more than one general direction 8 - 15% Moderately undulating and gently rolling land sloping in more than one direction 15 - 18% Steeply undulating and rolling land sloping in many directions >18% Very steeply sloping and rolling land in many directions TYPE OF LAND USE Permitted Angle of Slope MINIMUM MAXIMUM Streets and Drives 8% 1:12 1% 1:100 Parking Areas 5% 1:20 1% 1:100 Main Footpaths (Bitumen) 8% 1:12 5% 1:20 Main Ramp on Footpath (Short) 14% 1:07 Enrance Area 4% 1:25 1% 1:100 Minor Footpaths 14% 1:07 5% 1:20 Terrace (Paved) 2% 1:50 1% 1:100 Lawns 5% 1:20 1% 1:100 Mown Grass Banks 33% 1:03 Planted Slopes 50% 1:02 Ramps for Vehicles 5% 1:20 8% 1:12 PEDESTRIAN RAMPS Playgrounds 4% 1:25 15% 1:06 Sitting Areas 1% 1:100 4% 1:25 Paved Playlots 50% 1:02 2% 1:50 ENTRANCE RAMPS Pedestrian 1% 1:100 4% 1:25 Grassed Playlots 50% 1:02 4% 1:25 Lawn 1% 1:100 25% 1:04 SLOPE AND LAND USE SLOPE DESCRIPTION < 1% Do not drain well < 4% Usable for all kinds of activities 4% to 10% Suitable for movement and informal activities >10% Can be actively used only for hill sports or free play 17% Approaches the limit that an ordinary loaded vehicle can climb for any sstained period 20% to 25% Normal limit of climb for pedestrians without resorting to stairs > 50% May require terracing or cribbling SOLAR CONTROL DEVICES N & S – Horizontal N S E W Segmental shaped shading mask Overhangs, Canopy, Light Shelf, Lovers, Shutters & Awnings E & W – Vertical Sectoral shaped shading mask Fins & Lovers NE – NW, SE – SW – Eggcrate Composite of the Vertical and Horizontal OTHER DESIGN FACTORS (Examples) Beside the Building Palm Tree Relatively Safe Coconut Tree Shallow Roots Acacia Hilltop Protruding Eaves / Balcony Coastal Area Roof Deck Heavy Forested Area Steep Gable Roof 100% Ventilation Jalousie For Tropical Awning 95% Ventilation Louvers with 150mm blades MONSOONS IN THE PHILIPPINES MONSOON: LARGE SCALE SEASONAL CURRENTS AMIHAN (A-NE-NA) Northeast (NE) Monsson Winter Monsoon Appears in October Attains maximum strength in January Gradually weakens in March Disappears in April HABAGAT (HA-SW-MO) Southwest (SW) Monsoon Summer Monsoon Apears early May Maximum flows during August Disappears gradually in October Persists from November to December AIR MOVEMENT WITHIN BUILDINGS WINDWARD Positive pressure(+) Air entersthrough openings located in the positive pressure zone and lower level openings The direction upwind from the point of refernce LEEWARD Negative pressure(-) Air exitsthrough openings located at the negative pressure zon and at higher level openings The direction downwind (or downward) from the point of reference WIND SHADOWS Well-Foliage Tree Approximately 2 times the Height of the tree (2H) A Row of Closely Spaced Tree Row is 4 times the Height of the tree (4H) can have a wind shadow of 3 times it’s height (3H) Row is 8 times the Height of the tree (8H) can have a wind shadow of 6 times it’s height (6H) ═ ═ ═ ═
  • 47. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 47 ● PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING Major Theories in URBAN SPATIAL STRUCTURE OF CITIES STRUCTURE AUTHOR DESCRIPTION CONCENTRIC ZONE THEORY (Monocentric) E. W. Burgess The city grows in a radial expansion from the center to form a series of concentric zones or circles such as in Chicago. As the city grows, each ring invades and overtakes the next ring out – a process called Invasion/ Succession (thus, Concentric Theory is sometimes referred to as Invasion/ Succession Theory”). SECTOR THEORY Homer Hoyt High-density residential, commercial, and industrial uses radiate out from the central business district (CBD) in “sectors” that follow major transportation routes. More expensive housing also radiates out from the CBD – Towards large open spaces and higher ground. Less expensive housing takes whatever land is left over. MULTIPLE NUCLEI THEORY (Polycentric) Chauncy Harris and Edward Ullman “The Nature of Cities” Cities tend to grow around not one but several distinct nuclei. Certain land uses group together to take advantage of unique facilities (e.g. universities), specializations, co- dependencies, or externalities. This theory is often applied to cities with more than one CBD INVERSE CONCENTRIC ZONE THEORY Friedrich Engels The preceding three theories apply primarily to cities of MDCs, particularly American. Many cities in the LDCs follow somewhat different patterns – this is a reversal of the concentric zone pattern. CENTRAL PLACE THEORY (i.e. Polders of Netherlamds; the Fens of East Anglia, UK) Walter Christaller (Developed) Paul Peterson (Advanced in “City Limits0) It explains the reasons behind the distribution patterns, size, and number of cities and towns Tested in Southern Germany and came to the conclusion that people gather together in cities to share goods and ideas. GRID / GRIDIRON MODEL / HIPPODAMIAN PLAN (i.e. The City of Priene) Hippodamus of Miletus The center of the city contains the agora (market place), theaters, and temples. Public rooms surround the city’s public arena. The plan can be laid out uniformly over any kind of terrain since it is based on angles and measurements CITY CLASSIFICATION The Local Government Code of 1991 (Republic Act No. 7160) classifies all cities into one of three categories: HIGHLY URBANIZED INDEPENDENT CITIES  Cities with a minimum population of two hundred thousand (200,000) inhabitants, as certified by the National Statistics Office, and with the latest annual income of at least five hundred million pesos (₱500,000,000) based on 2008 constant prices, as certified by the city treasurer.  There are currently 35 highly urbanized cities in the Philippines, 16of which are located in Metro Manila. INDEPENDENT COMPONENT CITIES  Cities of this type are independent of the province, and as such their charters ban residents from voting for provincial elective officials. Cities with a minimum population of 150,000 and annual income of at least 350 million pesos (₱350,000,000) based on 2008 constant prices, as certified by the CityTreasurer.  There are five such cities: Cotabato, Dagupan, Naga, Ormoc andSantiago. COMPONENT CITIES  Cities which do not meet the preceding requirements are deemed part of the province in which they are geographically located. If a component city is located along the boundaries of two or more provinces, it shall be considered part of the province of which it used to be a municipality. CREATION OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT UNITS (LGU) LGU AREA (Square Kilometers) POPULATION INCOME LEGISLATIVE BODIES (create, merge, abolish, or alter boundaries of LGU) PROVINCE 2,000 250,000 ₱20M for the last two (2) consecutive years based on 1991 constant prices Congress CITY 100 150,000 ₱100M for the last two (2) consecutive years based on 2000 constant prices Congress MUNICIPALITY 50 25,000 ₱2.5M for the last two (2) consecutive years based on 1991 constant prices Congress ARMM Regional Assembly BARANGAY NONE 5,000 (Metro Manila and Highly Urbanized Cities) 2,000 (rest of the country) NONE Congress / ARMM Regional Assembly Sangguniang Panlalawigan (Bayan) / Panglunsod
  • 48. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 48 ● PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING URBAN ECOLOGICAL PROCESSES INVASION  The entrance of a new population and / or facilities in an already occupiedarea.  A term referring to the process by which social groups or activities which are better adapted to a given environment than are its existing inhabitants or activities enter and eventually dominate it. CENTRALIZATION  An increase in population at a certain geographic center BLOCK-BOOSTING  “Forcing” the old population out of the area because of social or racialdifferences GENTRIFICATION  Improving the physical set-up and consequently affecting the market for previously run- down areas.  The process of renewal and rebuilding accompanying the influx of middle-class or affluent people into deteriorating areas that often displaces poorer residents.  The buying and renovating of houses and stores in deteriorated urban neighborhoods by wealthier individuals, which in effect improves property values but also can displace low- income families and small businesses. PSALM 139:16 NEW KING JAMES VERSION (NKJV) Your eyes saw my substance, being yet unformed. And in Your book they all were written, The days fashioned for me, When as yet there were none of them MAJOR PLANNING THEORIES THEORY DESCRIPTION (1) SYNOPTIC RATIONALISM In philosophy in general, rationalism is the foundation and embodiment of the scientific method. It serves the same role in planning theory. The rationalist model of the planning process generally contains the following steps. • Goals and objectives are set. • Policy alternatives are identified. • The policy alternatives are evaluated – vis-à-vis effectiveness (in attaining the goals and objectives), efficiency, and constraints – using scientific conceptual models and evaluation techniques (e.g., cost benefit analysis). • The selected policy alternative is implemented. (2) INCREMENTALISM This theory – which was espoused by Charles Lindbloom in The Science of Muddling Through – is a practical response to rationalism. Planning is seen as less of a scientific technique and more of a mixture of intuition and experience. Major policy changes are best made in little increments over long periods of time. Incrementalism very accurately describes what actually occurs in most planning offices on a daily basis. (3) TRANSACTIVE PLANNING Like incrementalism, transactivism does not view planning purely as a scientific technique. Transactivism espouses planning as a decentralized function based on face-to-face contacts, interpersonal dialogues, and mutual learning. Transactivism is roughly behavioralist-style planning. (4) ADVOCACY PLANNING Advocacism abandons the objective, non-political view of planning contained in rationalism. Planners become like lawyers: they advocate and defend the interests of a particular client or group (which is preferably economically disadvantaged and/or politically unorganized or underrepresented). • Paul Davidoff was an early champion of advocacy planning. He argued that there is no one public interest for planners to serve, and thus, that planners have no choice but to become non-objective advocates for specific interests and groups. • Saul Alinsky developed an advocacist vision of planning that is centered around so-called “organizations.” Alinsky’s organizations develop where people feel powerless. These organizations then hire planners (which Alinsky largely sees as political organizers) to identify problems, develop an awareness of these problems, and generate action. • Alan Altshuler also argued for abandoning the objective, non-political view of planning. He felt that to be effective, planners must become actively involved in the politicalprocess. (5) RADICAL PLANNING In a sense, radicalism takes transactivism to its logical extreme. Radicalism hates hierarchical bureaucracies, centralized planning, and domineering professional planners. It argues that planning is most effective when it is performed by non-professional neighborhood planning committees that empower common citizens to experiment with solving their own problems. The ideal outcomes of this process are collective actions that promote self-reliance. Much of the radical planning literature that I have personally read is based on Marxist interpretations and theories. MAJOR PLANNING THEORIES THEORY THEORY (6) UTOPIANISM Utopianism believes that planning is most effective when it proposes sweeping changes that capture the public imagination. Daniel Burnham’s Plan of Chicago, Frank Lloyd Wright’s Broadacre City, and Le Corbusier’s La Ville Contemporaine are often cited as utopian works. (7) METHODISM Methodism addresses situations in which the planning techniques that should be used are known, but the ends that should be achieved by these techniques are not. Such a situation would be making a population projection just to have it handy when it is needed. Methodism views planning techniques as ends into themselves.
  • 49. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 49 ● PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING NEIGHBORHOOD STRUCTURE AND ELEMENTS T3 SUB-URBAN ZONE T4 GENERAL URBAN ZONE T5 URBAN CENTER ZONE T6 URBAN CORE ZONE Sub-Urban: the least dense, most purely resi dential sector of the neighborhood. The size varies in proportion depending on whether the model is more rural (village-like) or more urban (town-like). Land use is restricted, combining residential with certain other used. Land use is limited, permitting the controlled combination of residential with other uses. Land use is open, encouraging the combina- tion of the residential and other uses. Land use is open, encouraging the combina- tion of residential and other uses. LAND USE Building of the low-density freestanding edgeyard type. Buildings of the medium-density freestanding sideyard and edgeyard types. Buildings of the higher-density attached court- yard, rearyard, and also sideyard types. Buildings only of the high-density attached courtyard and rearyard types. BUILDING Frontages that weakly define the public space with deep setbacks: common lawn and porch and fence. Frontages that are variegated with medium setbacks: dooryard, and porch and fence. Frontages that define continous streetwalls with shallow setbacks: arcade, shopfront, stoop, and forecourt. Frontages that define continous streetwalls with shallow setbacks: arcade, shopfront, stoop, and forecourt. FRONTAGE Streetscapes that create the most rural con ditions: parkway, road, and lane. Streetscapes that create a variety of condi- tions: road, residential street, and avenue. Streetscapes that create urban conditions: residential street, commercial street, avenue, and boulevard. Streetscapes that create the most urban conditions: commercial street, avenue, and boulevard. STREETSCAPE Thoroughfares are roads and drives. Buildings may be served by rear lanes, though wider lots may dispense with them. Thoroughfares are avenues, streets, and roads. Most buildings are served by rear lanes. Thoroughfares are avenues and streets. All buildings are served by rear alleys. Thoroughfares are streets and boulevards. All buildings are served by rear alleys. THOROUGHFARE Open space may be parks within the proximate greenbelt. Open space is organized as parks and greens. Open space is organized as plazas or squares. Open space is organized as plazas or squares. OPEN SPACE General Urban: the sector that is mixed in function, but principally residential. It has a generalizes character, and is usually the largest area of the neighborhood. Urban Center: the dense multifunctional social condenser of a neighborhood. It is usually at a central location, within walking distance of the surrounding, primarily residential areas. Urban Core:the most dense business, service, and institutinal center, It is usually shared by several neighborhoods. It always straddles thoroughfares at their most active intersection. It is usually within walking distance of a large residential catchment.
  • 50. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 50 ● PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING STREET PATTERN TYPES Criteria For RESPONSIVE ENVIRONMENTS by Ian Bentley, et. al PERMEABILITY Relates to the way that a design affects where people can go and cannot go within a city district Urban designer must consider this first because it involves pedestrian and vehicle circulation within the city district as a whole VARIETY The range of users that aplace provides i.e. housing, shopping, employment, recreation and so forth LEGIBILITY Relates to the ease with which people can understand the spatial layout of a place ROBUSTNESS Describes building and outdoor spaces the design of which doesnot limit users to a single fixed use but, rather, supports many different purposes and activities VISUAL APPROPRIATENESS The way in which the design physically can make peopleaware of the choices the placeprovides RICHNESS Involves ways to increase the choice of sense experience that users can enjoy (experiences of touch, sound, light, taste, and so forth) PERSONALIZATION Refers to design that encourage people to put their own mark on the places where they live and work SAVANNAH PATTERN MARIEMONT PATTERN NANTUCKET PATTERN Advantages Excellent directional orientation Controllable lot depth Provides end grain of blocks for fast traffic Even dispersal of traffic through the web Straight lines enhance rolling terrain Efficient double-loading of alleys and utilities Advantages Hierarchy with diagonals for through traffic Even dispersal of traffic through the grid Monotony interrupted by deflected vistas Diagonal intersections spatially well-defined Disadvantages Tends to be disorienting Syn.: unwin model, spider web RIVERSIDE PATTERN Advantages Monotony interrupted by deflected vistas Easily absorbs environmental interruptions Highly responsive to terrain Even dispersal of traffic through the web Disadvantages Highly disorienting Uncontrollable variety of lots No instrinsic hierarchy Syn.: olmstedian RADBURN PATTERN Advantages Good street hierarchy for locals and collectors Controllable variety of blocks and lots Easily absorbs environmental interruptions Responsive to terrain Disadvantages Congestion of traffic by absence of web Syn.: cul-de-sac WASHINGTON PATTERN Advantages Hierarchy with diagonals for through traffic Even dispersal of traffic through the grid Diagonal focus on terrain features Diagonal interrupt monotony of the grid Disadvantages Uncontrollable variety of lots High number of awkward lot shapes Diagonal intersections spatially ill-defined Syn.: city beautiful, haussmann model Advantages Hierarchy with long routes for through traffic Even dispersal of traffic through web Responsive to terrain Easily absorbs environmental interruptions Monotony eliminated by terminated vistas Follows traces on the landscape Disadvantages Uncontrollable variety of blocks and lots Syn.: sitte model, townscape Disadvantages Monotonous unless periodically interrupted Does not easily absorb environmental interruptions Unresponsive to steep terrain Syn.: orthogonal grid, gridiron
  • 51. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 51 ● PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING FRONTAGE TYPES WIND EXPOSURE CATEGORY EXPOSURE DESCRIPTION A Large city centers with at least 50 percent of the buildings having a height in excess of 70 feet (21 336 mm). Use of this exposure category shall be limited to those areas for which terrain representative of Exposure A prevails in the upwind direction for a distance of at least 0.5 mile (0.8 km) or 10 times the height of the building or other structure, whichever is greater. Possible channeling effects or increased velocity pressures due to the building or structure being located in the wake of adjacent buildings shall be taken into account. B Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas, or other terrain with numerous closely spaced obstructions having the size of single-family dwellings or larger. Exposure B shall be assumed unless the site meets the definition of another type exposure. C Open terrain with scattered obstructions, including surface undulations or other irregularities, having heights generally less than 30 feet (9144 mm) extending more than 1,500 feet (457 m) from the building site in any quadrant. This exposure shall also apply to any building located within Exposure B type terrain where the building is directly adjacent to open areas of Exposure C type terrain in any quadrant for a distance of more than 600 feet (183 m). This category includes flat open country, grasslands and shorelines in hurricane prone regions. D Flat, unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open water (excluding shorelines in hurricane prone regions) for a distance of at least 1 mile (1.61 km). Shorelines in Exposure D include inland waterways, the Great Lakes, and coastal areas of California, Oregon, Washington and Alaska. This exposure shall apply only to those buildings and other structures exposed to the wind coming from over the water. Exposure D extends inland from the shoreline a distance of 1500 feet (457 m) or 10 times the height of the building or structure, whichever is greater. Gallery & Arcade: a Private Frontage conventionally for Retail use wherein the Facade is a colonnade that over- laps the Sideealk, while the Facade at the Sidewalk level remains at the Shopfront & Awning: a facade is aligned close to the frontage line with the entrance at sidewalk grade. This type is conventional for retail frontage. It is commonly equipped with canti- levered shed roof or an awning, The absence of a raised ground story pre- cludes residential use on the ground floor, although this use is appropriate above. Stoop: a private Frontage wherein the Facade is aligned close to the Frontage Line with the first Story ele- vated from the Sidewalk for privacy, with an exterior stair and landing at the entrance. This type is suitable for ground-floor residential uses at short setbacks with rowhouses and apart- ments buildings. An easement may be necessary to accommodate the encroaching stoop. Forecourt: a facade is aligned close to the frontage line with a portion of it set back. The forecourt created is suitable for gardens, vehicular drop- offs. and utility off-loading. This type should be used sparingly and in con- junction with the two frontage types above, as a continuous excessive setback is boring and unsafe for pe- destrians. Trees within the forecourts should be placed to have their cano- pies overhanging the sidewalks. Dooryard & Light Court: a private Frontage type with a shallow set- back and front garden or patio usual- ly with a low wall at the Frontage Line. This type effectively buffers residen- tial quarters from the sidewalk while removing the private yard from public encroachment. Porch & Fence: a facade is set back from the frontage line with an en- croaching porch appended. The porch should be within a conversa- tional distance of the sidewalk, while a fence at the frontage line maintains the demarcation of the yard. A great variety of porches is possible, but to be useful, none should be less than 8 ft. wide. Common Lawn: a facade set back sub- stantially from the frontage line. The front yard thus created should remain un- fenced and be visually continuous with adjacent yards. The ideal is to simulate buildings sitting in a common rural landscape. A front porch is noe warranted, as social interaction from the en- fronting throughfarfe is unlikely at such a distance. Common Lawns are suitable frontages for higher-speed thoroughfares, as the large setback provides a buffer from the traffic. Slip Lane: a facade no more than 80 ft. from the right-of-way. Parking is placed within the first layer. Private sidewalks are provided between the public sidewalk and the building entrances. The parking and private sidewalk system are landscaped to provide shade and shelter and a streetwall buffer. Appropriate transit stops are provided along the frontages, directly linked to the private sidewalk system. Frontage Line. An easement for pri- vate use of the right-of-way is usually required. To be useful, the arcade should be no less than 12 ft. wide SECTION PLAN LOT ROW LOT ROW T6 URBAN CORE T5 URBAN CENTER T4 GENERAL URBAN T3 SUB-URBAN T2 RURAL D DISTRICT
  • 52. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 52 ● PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING URBAN LAND USE MAP COLORS CATEGORY COLOR RESIDENTIAL By dwelling type YELLOW COMMERCIAL Wholesale, Retail (Gen. Merchandise), Services (Auto Repair, Hotels, etc.) RED INDUSTRIAL Manufacturing, Fabricating, Assembly, Industries, etc. VIOLET INSTITUTIONAL Schools, Church, Protective Services, Government Buildings, etc. BLUE PARKS/PLAYGROUNDS Golf Courses, Race Tracks, Country Club, etc. GREEN INFRASTRUCTURE/ UTILITIES Railroad, Land Transport, Water Transport, Air Transport, etc. GRAY BUILT-UP AREAS Cluster of at least 10 structures or if activity occupies sizable land YELLOW AGRICULTURE Cropland, Riceland, etc. LIGHT GREEN AGRO-INDUSTRIAL Piggery, Poultry LIGHT VIOLET FOREST Production Forest, Wildlife, Watershed, National Parks DARK GREEN MINING/QUARRYING BROWN GRASSLAND/PASTURE OLIVE GREEN SWAMPLAND/MARSHES AQUA OTHER LAND USE Cemeteries, Dumpsite, Landfill, Reclamation, Idle Vacant Lots, etc. APPROPRIATE COLORS THE KEY HOUSING AGENCIES AGENCY FUNCTION HUDCC Housing and Urban Development Coordinating Council (EO90)  An office mandated to coordinate and supervise the government’s housing agencies. It is also tasked in monitoring the performance of the housing sector, and involved in policy formations. The highest policy-making and coordinating office on shelter programs. NHA National Housing Authority  The National Housing Authority is the sole government agency engaged in direct shelter production focused on providing housing assistance to the lowest 30% of urban income-earners through slum upgrading, squatter relocation, development of sites and services, and construction of core housing units.  Undertakes programs for the improvement of blighted urban areas and provides technical assistance for private developers undertaking low-cost housing projects. HGC Home Guaranty Corporation (formerly HIGC)  HGC mobilizes all necessary resources to broaden the capital base for the effective delivery of housing and other related services, primarily for the low-income earners through a viable system of credit insurance, mortgage guarantee, and securities. HLURB Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board (formerly Human Settlement Regulatory Commission) HLURB is the sole regulatory for housing and land development. Ensures rational land use for the equitable distribution and enjoyment of developmentbenefits. Charged with encouraging greater private sector participation in low-cost housing through liberalization of development standards, simplification of regulations, and decentralization of approvals for permits and licenses. Extends comprehensive and productive planning assistance to provinces, cities, and municipalities toward the formulation of Comprehensive Land Use Plans (CLUPs). A national government agency tasked as the planning, regulatory and quasi-judicial body for land use development and real estate and housing regulation. These roles are done via a triad of strategies namely, policy development, planning and regulation. NHMFC National Home Mortgage Finance Corporation  NHMFC is the major government home mortgage institution.  Initial main function is to a viable home mortgage market, utilizing long-term funds principally provided by the Social Security System, the Government Service Insurance System, and the Home Development mutual Fund to purchase mortgages originated by both public and private institutions that are within government-approved guidelines.  Charged with the development of a system that will attract private institutional funds into long-term housing mortgages. HDMF Home Development Mutual Fund  HDMF focuses on the administration of a nationwide provident fund for the government’s housing program, and formulates other investment strategies relative to housing as well as improve its collection efficiency.  (more commonly known as the Pag-Ibig Fund) SHFC Social Housing Finance Corporation (EO273)  The lead agency to undertake social housing programs that will cater to the formal and informal sectors in the low-income bracket and shall take charge of developing and administering social housing program schemes, particularly the Community Mortgage Program (CMP) and the Amortization Support and Developmental Financing Programs of the Abot-Kaya Pabahay Fund (AKPF)
  • 53. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 53 ● PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING MAP OF THE PHILIPPINES METRO MANILA CITY/ MUNICIPALITY POPULATION as of 2010 AREA (sq. km.) DENSITY (per sq. km.) INCORPORATED (City) Manila 1,652,171 38.55 42,858 1571 Caloocan 1,489,040 55.80 26,685 1962 Las Piñas 552,573 32.69 16,903 1997 Makati 529,039 21.57 24,527 1995 Malabon 353,337 15.71 22,491 2001 Mandaluyong 328,699 21.26 15,461 1994 Marikina 424,150 21.52 19,710 1996 Muntinlupa 459,941 39.75 11,571 1995 Navotas 249,131 10.77 23,132 2007 Parañaque 588,126 47.69 12,332 1998 Pasay 392,869 13.97 28,122 1947 Pasig 669,773 31.00 21,606 1995 Pateros 64,147 2.25 28,510 Municipality Quezon City 2,761,720 166.20 16,619 1939 San Juan 121,430 5.95 20,408 2007 Taguig 644,473 53.67 12,008 2004 Valenzuela 575,356 47.02 12,236 1998 WIND LOADS ZONE SPEED I (NE) 250 kph II (NW) 200 kph III (SW) 125 kph
  • 54. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 54 ● PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING TEN MOST POPULOUS CITIES IN THE PHILIPPINES RANK CITY POPULATION (2010) DESCRIPTION 1 Quezon City 2,761,720 Former capital of the country (1948–1976). Largest city in Metro Manila in population and land area. Hosts the House of Representatives of the Philippines at the Batasang Pambansa Complex and the metropolis' largest source of water, the La Mesa Reservoir. 2 Manila 1,652,171 Capital of the country (from 1571-1948 and 1976–present). Historically centered on the walled city of Intramuros, by the mouth of the Pasig River. Host to the seat of the chief executive, the Malacañang Palace. By far the most densely populated city in the country. 3 Caloocan 1,489,040 Historic city where Andrés Bonifacio and the Katipunan held many of its meetings in secrecy. Much of its territory was ceded to form Quezon City, resulting in the formation of two non- contiguous sections under the city's jurisdiction. Caloocan is the third most densely populated city in the country, lying immediately north of the city of Manila. It serves as an industrial and residential area inside Metro Manila. 4 Davao City 1,449,296 The largest city in Mindanao. Davao City is also the largest city in the Philippines in terms of land area and is also known as "the City of Royalties" because of home of some of the prestigious kings and queens in flora and faunas like the durian and the Philippine. It is also the Eco Adventure Capital in the Philippines. The City Mayors Foundation ranks Davao as the 87th fastest growing city in the world and the only Philippine city to make it in top 100 in the year 2011 5 Cebu City 866,171 Popularly nicknamed as "The Queen City of the South". First capital of the country. Capital of the province of Cebu and regional center of Region VII. Most populous city in the Visayas. Core of Metro. Cebu City has been honored as the 8th Asian City of the Future owing to its expansive business districts, premier entertainment destinations, and its pristine waters which attracts tourists worldwide. The city is home to the most popular Sinulogfestival celebrated every January which attracts tourists and Filipinos alike. 6 Zamboanga City 807,129 Nicknamed "Ciudad de las Flores" and marketed by its city government as "Ciudad Latina de Asia" for its substantial Spanish-Derived Creole-speaking population called "Zamboangueño", the largest in the world. Former capital of the Moro Province and of the undivided province of Zamboanga. Former regional center of Zamboanga Peninsula. Former Republic (1899–1903) under the leadership of President General. 7 Antipolo 677,741 Nicknamed "City in the Sky" for its location on the hills immediately east of Metro Manila. Well-known pilgrimage and tourist center, being host to a Marian shrine and the Hinulugang Taktak National Park. Most populous city in Luzon outside of Metro Manila. 8 Pasig 669,773 Hosts most of the Ortigas Center. Part of the province of Rizal until 1975, when it was incorporated into Metro Manila. Formerly hosted the capitol and other government buildings of that province. 9 Taguig 644,473 Currently exercises fiscal jurisdiction over Fort Bonifacio. Was part of Rizal Province until 1975, when it was incorporated into Metro Manila. Lies on the western shores of Laguna de Bay. 10 Cagayan de Oro 602,088 Known as the "City of Golden Friendship" and famous for its whitewater rafting or kayaking adventures, that has been one of the tourism activities being promoted in the Cagayan. Regional center of Northern Mindanao. Provincial capital city of the province of Misamis Oriental. HABAKKUK 3:17-19 NEW KING JAMES VERSION (NKJV) A HYMN OF FAITH 17 Though the fig tree may not blossom, nor fruit be on the vines; Though the labor of the olive may fail, And the fields yield no food; Though the flock may be cut off from the fold, And there be no herd in the stalls— 18 Yet I will rejoice in the Lord, I will joy in the God of my salvation. 19 The Lord God is my strength; He will make my feet like deer’s feet, And He will make me walk on my high hills. To the Chief Musician. With my stringed instruments.
  • 55. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 55 ● PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE SPP DOC 202 (NEW) PHASE / STAGE COMMUTATIVE OPERATION ACTUAL PERCENTAGE MBF of PHP 1,000,000 MOBILIZATION Feasibility Study 25,000 25,000 25,000 SCHEMATIC DESIGN Preliminary Design 15% 15% -25,000 125,000 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Working Drawings 40% 25% 250,000 CONTRACT DOCUMENT Specifications / Contract Documents 90% 50% 500,000 COMPLETION Part Time Supervision 100% 10% 100,000 100% 1,000,000 LIABILITY 5% SUPERVISION 5% UAP DOC 202 (OLD) PHASE / STAGE COMMUTATIVE OPERATION ACTUAL PERCENTAGE MBF of PHP 1,000,000 PRELIMINARY Feasibility Study 5% 5% 50,000 SCHEMATIC DESIGN Preliminary Design 15% 10% 100,000 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Working Drawings 35% 20% 200,000 CONTRACT DOCUMENT Specifications / Contract Documents 85% 50% 500,000 COMPLETION Part Time Supervision 100% 15% 150,000 100% 1,000,000 LIABILITY 10% SUPERVISION 5% UAP DOC 203 SPECIALIZED ALLIED SERVICES INTERIOR DESIGN 12% - 20% LANDSCAPE DESIGN 10% - 15% ACOUSTICS, LIGHTING, ENGINEERING SERVICES 10% - 15% UAP DOC 204 CONSTRUCTION SERVICES FULL TIME SUPERVISION QC, Documentation, Reports 1.0% - 1.5% CONSTRUCTION MANAGER Present only DURING construction of the project 1.5% - 3.0% PROJECT MANAGER Present BEFORE-DURING-AFTER construction of the project 2% - 5% UAP DOC 205 POST-CONSTRUCTION SERVICES Salary Basis Monthly MANAGEMENT FEE Percentage of Gross Rentals 4.0% - 6.0% UAP DOC 207 DESIGN-BUILD SERVICES DESIGN-BUILD SERVICES By Administration 7% + RDS Fee DESIGN-BUILD SERVICES With Guaranteed Maximum Project Construction Cost 10% + RDS Fee Interest rate per annum in case of incomplete / non-payment 2% Government Employee As Architect-of-Record (AoR) INCENTIVE PAY TO COVER CIVIL LIABILITIES 1.5% of PCC & not more than 50% of Annual Salary
  • 56. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 56 ● PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE ARCHITECT’S MINIMUM BASIC FEE (SPP 2010) GROUP TYPE MBF BUILDINGS 50M 50M 100M 300M 500M 500M Php 50M Php 50M to 100M Php 100M to 200M Php 200M to 500M Php 500M to1B Over Php 1B 1 SIMPLE 6% Armories Bakeries Habitable Agricultural Structures Freight Facilities Hangars Industrial Buildings Manufacturing / Industrial Plants Packaging & Processing Plants Parking Structures Printing Plants Public Markets Service Garages Simple Loft-Type Buildings Warehouses 6% 5% 4% 3% 2% 1% 2 MODERATE 7% Art Galleries Banks, Exchange Financial Institutions Bowlodromes Call Centers Churches & Religious Facilities City/Town Halls & Civic Centers College Buildings Convents, Monasteries & Seminaries Dormitories Exhibition Halls & Display Structures Fire Sations Laundries & Cleaning Facilities Libraries Malls / Mall Complexes Motels & Apartels Multi-Storey Apartments Nursing Homes Office Buildings / Office Condominiums Parks, Playgrounds and Open Air Recreational Facilities Residential Condominiums Police Stations Postal Facilities Private Clubs Publishing Plants Race Tracks Restaurants / Fast Food Stores Retail / Wholesale Stores Schools Serviced Apartments Shopping Centers Showrooms / Service Centers Supermarkets / Hyper-markets Welfare Buildings Mixed-Use Buildings 7% 6% 5% 4% 3% 2% 3 EXCEPTIONAL 8% Airports / Wet & Dry Ports & Terminals Aquariums Auditoriums Breweries Cold Storage Facilities Convention Facilities Gymnasiums Hospitals & Medical Buildings Hotels Laboratories / Testing Facilities Marinas & Resort Complexes Medical Arts Offices & Clinics Mental Institutions Mortuaries Nuclear Facilities Observations Public Health Centers Research Facilities Stadia Telecommunication Buildings Theaters & Similar Facilities Transportation Facilities & Systems Veterinary Hospitals 8% 7% 6% 5% 4% 3% 4 RESIDENTIAL 10% Single-Detached Single-Attached or Duplex Row-houses or Shop-houses Small Apartment Houses and Townhouses JEREMIAH 29:11 NEW KING JAMES VERSION (NKJV) 11 For I know the thoughts that I think toward you, says the LORD, thoughts of peace and not of evil, to give you a future and a hope. 5 MONUMENTAL 12% Exposition & Fair Buildings Mausoleums, Memorials & Monuments Museums Specialized Decorative Buildings 6 REPETITIVE 100% (1st) 80% (2nd) 60% (3rd) 40% (4th) Re-used Design & Contract Documents for the similar buildings without amending the drawings and the specifications
  • 57. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 57 ● PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE ARCHITECT’S MINIMUM BASIC FEE (SPP 2010) GROUP TYPE MBF BUILDINGS 50M 50M 100M 300M 500M 500M 7 HOUSING 100% (1st) 60% (2nd-10th) 30% (11th + ) Several Residential Buildings on a single site with the use of one (1) set of plans / designs, specifications and related documents MATTHEW 7:7-8 NEW KING JAMES VERSION (NKJV) 7 “Ask, and it will be given to you; seek, and you will find; knock, and it will be opened to you. 8 For everyone who asks receives, and he who seeks finds, and to him who knocks it will be opened. 8 EXTENSIVE DETAILING 15% Design for built-in components or elements, built-in equipment, special fittings, screens, counters, Architectural Interiors, and Development Planning and / or design 9 ALTERATIONS / RENOVATIONS 150% Alterations, renovations, rehabilitations, retrofit and expansion / additions to existing buildings belonging to Groups 1 to 5 10 CONSULTATION / ARBITRATION PHP 200/hr for technical matters PHP 500 as expert witness The Architect is engaged to render opinion or give advice, clarifications or explanation on technical matters pertaining to architectural works ARCHITECT’S MINIMUM BASIC FEE PHYSICAL PLANNING SERVICES (OLD SPP) TYPE DESCRIPTION SCOPE BASIC FEE Moderately Flat 1 Industrial Estates Commercial Centers Sports Complexes Resorts Tourist Centers Amusement Parks Educational Campuses Institutional & Government Centers Site Planning of Complex Consisting of Several Structures within a Contiguous Site First 50 Hectares or less PHP 5,000 per Hectare Over 50 Hectares up to 100 Hectares PHP 250,000 + PHP 4,500 per Hectare in excess of 50 Hectares Over 100 Hectares up to 200 Hectares PHP 475,000 + PHP 4,000 per Hectare in excess of 100 Hectares Over 200 Hectares PHP 875,000 + PHP 3,000 per Hectare in excess of 200 Hectares 2 Subdivision Planning for housing on properties within Metro Manila, Cities, Regional Centers, and Provincial Capitals First 100 Hectares or less PHP 3,000 per Hectare Over 100 Hectares up to 200 Hectares PHP 300,000 + PHP 2,300 per Hectare in excess of 100 Hectares Over 200 Hectares PHP 550,000 + PHP 2,000 per Hectare in excess of 200 Hectares 3 Subdivision Planning for housing on properties located on other localities beside those under Type 2 First 100 Hectares or less PHP 2,000 per Hectare Over 100 Hectares up to 200 Hectares PHP 200,000 + PHP 1,500 per Hectare in excess of 100 Hectares Over 200 Hectares PHP 350,000 + PHP 1,000 per Hectare in excess of 200 Hectares Rugged with Steep Terrain Increase by 30% Preparation of Detailed Engineering Drawings & Specifications on ROADS, DRAINAGE, SEWERAGE, POWER & COMMUNICATION 4% of Development Cost
  • 58. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 58 ● PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE ARCHITECT’S RECOMMENDED PROFESSIONAL FEE (SPP 2016) GROUP TYPE RPF BUILDINGS 50M Php 50M 50M Php 50M to 100M 100M Php 100M to 200M 300M Php 200M to 500M 500M Php 500M to1B 500M Over Php 1B DAEDS DADS 1 SIMPLE 5% 3% 5% 4% 3% 2% 1% 0.5% 2 MODERATE 6% 3.6% 6% 5% 4% 3% 2% 1% 3 EXCEPTIONAL 7% 4.2% Airports / Wet & Dry Ports & Terminals Aquariums Auditoriums Breweries Cold Storage Facilities Convention Facilities Gymnasiums Hospitals & Medical Buildings Hotels Laboratories / Testing Facilities Marinas & Resort Complexes Medical Arts Offices & Clinics Mental Institutions Mortuaries Nuclear Facilities Observations Public Health Centers Research Facilities Stadia Telecommunication Buildings Theaters & Similar Facilities Transportation Facilities & Systems Veterinary Hospitals 7% 6% 5% 4% 3% 2% 4 RESIDENTIAL 10% 6% Single-Detached Single-Attached or Duplex Residences Other Buildings of similar nature or use Townhouses Row-houses or Shop-houses Small Apartment Houses and JEREMIAH 29:11 NEW KING JAMES VERSION (NKJV) 11 For I know the thoughts that I think toward you, says the LORD, thoughts of peace and not of evil, to give you a future and a hope. 5 MONUMENTAL 12% 7.5% Exposition & Fair Buildings Mausoleums, Memorials & Monuments Building of similar nature of use Museums Specialized Decorative Buildings 6 R EPETITIVE 100% (1st) 50% (2nd) 40% (3rd) 30% (4th) Plan/design and related Contract Documents are re-used for the repetitive construction of similar buildings without amending the drawing and the specifications. Art Galleries Banks,Exchangeand other Buildings FinancialInstitutions Bowlodromes CallCenter Churcesand ReligiousFacilities City/ Town Hallsand CivicCenters CollegeBuildings Convents,Monasteries and Seminaries Correctional and Detention Facilities Court Houses/ Hallsof Justices Dormitories Exhibition Hall and DisplayStructures Fire Stations Laundriesand CleaningFacilities Libraries Mall/ Mall Complexes Motels and Apartels Multi ‐storey Apartments Nursing Homes Office Buildings Office Condominiums Parks,Playground Open‐Air Recreational Facilities Residential Condominiums PoliceStations PostalFacilities Private Clubs Publishing Plants RaceTracks Restaurants/ Fastfood Store Retail/ Wholesale Stores Schools ServicedApartments Shopping Centers Showrooms/ ServiceCenters SpecialtyShops Supermarkets/ Hypermarts Welfare Buildings Mixed UsedBuildings Other Buildings of similar nature Armories Bakeries Habitable Agricultural Buildings Hangars Industrial Buildings Manufacturing/ Industrial Plants Packagingand ProcessingPlant ParkingStructures Printing Plants Public Markets ServiceGarages Simple Loft‐ TypeBuildings Other similar Warehouses utilization type buildings
  • 59. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 59 ● PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE ARCHITECT’S RECOMMENDED PROFESSIONAL FEE (SPP 2016) GROUP TYPE RPF BUILDINGS 50M Php 50M 50M Php 50M to 100M 100M Php 100M to 200M 300M Php 200M to 500M 500M Php 500M to1B 500M Over Php 1B DAEDS DADS 7 HOUSING 100% (1st) 50% (2nd-10th) 40% (11th-30th) 25% (31st-50th) 15% (51st-) 100% (1st) 30% (2nd-10th) 24% (11th-30th) 15% (31st-50th) 9% (51st-) Several Residential Buildings on a single site with the use of one (1) set of plans / designs, specifications and related documents MATTHEW 7:7-8 NEW KING JAMES VERSION (NKJV) 7 “Ask, and it will be given to you; seek, and you will find; knock, and it will be opened to you. 8 For everyone who asks receives, and he who seeks finds, and to him who knocks it will be opened. 8 EXTENSIVE DETAILING 15% PCC Design for built-in components or elements, built-in equipment, special fittings, screens, counters, Architectural Interiors, and Development Planning and / or design 9 ALTERATIONS / RENOVATIONS 150% Alterations, renovations, rehabilitations, retrofit and expansion / additions to existing buildings belonging to Groups 1 to 5 10 CONSULTATION / ARBITRATION PHP 1000/hr for consultation (as Technical Adviser) PHP 5000/appearance for arbitration (as Expert Witness)witness The Architect is engaged to render opinion or give advice, clarifications or explanation on technical matters pertaining to architectural works SPP 203 –SPECIALIZED ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES METHOD OF COMPENSATION: 1.Arch’l. Interior 10% to 15% x Cost of Work (average =12%, coordination fee 5% x Cost of Work) 2.Landscape 10% to 15% x Cost of Work (coordination fee 5% x Cost of Work) 3.Acoustics 10% to 15% x Cost of Work (coordination fee 5% x Cost of Work) 4.Physical Planning preparation of Detailed Engineering Drawings and Specifications on roads, drainage, sewerage, power, communication system and additional fee to be charged by the Architect 4% x Development Cost of the Project MODE OF PAYMENTS: Upon Submission of Preliminary Design 30% of the Fee Upon Submission of Final Design 50% of the Fee Upon Completion of the Project 20% of the Fee PHYSICAL PLANNING FOR BUILDING SITES such as INDUSTRIAL ESTATES, COMMERCIAL, RELIGIOUS, INSTITUTION & GOVERNMENT The Recommended Professional Fee (RPF) is Php 50,000.00 per hectare for the first five (5Has) hectares net to the Architect. AREA RECOMMENDED PROFESSIONAL FEE (RPF) AMOUNT Basic rate for the first 5 hectares or less (1 hectare : 10,000 sq.meters) P5.00 per sq. meter P250,000.00 Over 5 hectares up to 10 hectares P4.00 per sq. meter P250,000.00 + P40,000.00 per hectare in excess of 5 hectares Over 10 hectares up to 50 hectares P3.00 per sq. meter P450,000.00 + P30,000.00 per hectare in excess of 10 hectares Over 50 hectares and above P1.50 per sq. meter P1,650,000.00 + P15,000.00 per hectare in excess of 50 hectares The rate stipulated above is based on the assumption that the land to be developed is moderately flat. However, if the land is rugged with steep terrain the fee shall increase by 20% to 30%.
  • 60. DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS % 3 % 5 1 Armories Bakeries Habitable Agricultural Buildings Hangars Industrial Buildings Manufacturing/ Industrial Plants Packaging and Processing Plant Parking Structures Printing Plants Public Markets Service Garages Simple Loft- Type Buildings Other similar Warehouses utilization type buildings 5% 3% 4% 2.40% 3% 1.80% 2% 1.20% 1% 0.60% 0.50% 0.60% % 0 6 . 3 % 6 2 Art Galleries Banks, Exchange and other Buildings Financial Institutions Bowlodromes Call Center Churces and Religious Facilities City/ Town Halls and Civic Centers College Buildings Convents, Monasteries and Seminaries Correctional and Detention Facilities Court Houses/ Halls of Justices Dormitories Exhibition Hall and Display Structures Fire Stations Laundries and Cleaning Facilities Libraries Mall/ Mall Complexes Motels and Apartels Multi-storey Apartments Nursing Homes Office Buildings Office Condominiums Parks, Playground Open-Air Recreational Facilities Residential Condominiums Police Stations Postal Facilities Private Clubs Publishing Plants Race Tracks Restaurants/ Fastfood Store Retail/ Wholesale Stores Schools Serviced Apartments Shopping Centers Showrooms/ Service Centers Specialty Shops Supermarkets/ Hypermarts Welfare Buildings Mixed Used Buildings Other Buildings of similar nature or use 6% 3.60% 5% 3% 4% 2.40% 3% 1.80% 2% 1.20% 1% 0.60% % 0 2 . 4 % 7 3 Airports/ Wet and Dry Ports and Terminals Aquariums Auditoriums Breweries Cold Storage Facilities Convention Facilities Gymnasiums Hospitals and Medical Buildings Hotels Laboratories and Testing Facilities Marinas and Resort Complexes Medical Arts Offices and Clinics Mental Institutions Mortuaries Nuclear Facilities Observatories Public Health Centers Research Facilities Stadia Telecommunication Buildings Theaters and Similar Facilities Veterinary Hospitals Other buildings of similar nature and use 7% 4.20% 6% 3.60% 5% 3% 4% 2.40% 3% 1.80% 2% 1.20% EXCEPTIONAL MODERATE SIMPLE BUILDINGS GROUP RPF TYPE 300M Php 200M to 500M 500M Php 500M to 1B 500M Over Php 1B 50M Php 50M 50M Php 50M 100M Php 50M to 100M ARCHITECT'S RECOMMENDED PROFESSIONAL FEE
  • 61. ARCHITECT'S RECOMMENDED PROFESSIONAL FEE DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS DAEDS DADS BUILDINGS GROUP RPF TYPE 300M Php 200M to 500M 500M Php 500M to 1B 500M Over Php 1B 50M Php 50M 50M Php 50M 100M Php 50M to 100M % 6 % 0 1 4 Residences Single Detached Single Attached or Duplex Row Houses or Shop Houses Small Apartment Houses Townhouses % 0 5 . 7 % 2 1 5 Exposition and Fair Buildings Mausoleums, Memorials and Monuments Building of similar nature or use Specialized Decorative Buildings Museums 6 1st 10% PCC 6% PCC 2 to 10 50% 30% 11 to 30 40% 24% 31 to 50 25% 15% 51 up 15% 9% 8 9 10 CONSULTATION/ ARBITRATION Php 1000/Hr Technical Matters Php 5000/Hr. Expert Witness Engaged to render opinion or give advice, clarifications or explanation on technical matters pertatining to his profession EXTENSIVE DETAILING 15% PCC Projects involving extensive detail such as designs for built-in components or elements, built-in equipment, special fittings, screens, counters, architectural interiors and development planning and/or design ALTERATIONS 150% PCC Alterations, renovations, rehabilitations, retrofit and expansion/additions to existing buildings belonging to GROUPs 1 to 5 enumerated above Housing Project involving the construction of several residential units on a single site with the use of one (1 ) set of plans/design, specifications and related documents Plan/design and related Contract Documents are re-used for the repetitive construction of similar buildings without amending the drawing and the specifications 100% (1st) 50% (2nd) 40% (3rd) 30% (4th) 7 HOUSING REPETITIVE MONUMENTAL RESIDENTIAL
  • 62. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 60 ● PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN 1979 UAP DOC – 2010 SPP – 2016 SPP 1979 UAP DOCUMENTS 2010 STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE 2016 STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE DOC # DOCUMENT NAME DOC # DOCUMENT NAME DOC # DOCUMENT NAME 201 Pre-Design Services 201 Annex “A” 201 Pre‐Design Services 202 Design Services 202 Pre - Design Services 202 Regular Design Services 203 Specialized and Allied Services 203 Specialized and Allied Services 203 Specialized and Allied Services 204 Construction Services 204 - a Fulltime Supervision Services 204‐a Fulltime Supervision Services 204 - b Construction Management Services 204‐b Construction Management Services 205 Post-Construction Services 205 Post‐Construction Services 205 Post‐Construction Services 206 Comprehensive Architectural Services 206 Comprehensive Architectural Services 206 Comprehensive Architectural Services 207 Design-Build Services 207 Design‐Build Services 207 Design‐Build Services 208 Selection of the Architect and Method of Compensation 208 Architectural Design Competition 208 Architectural Design Competition 209 Professional Architectural Consulting Services 209 Professional Architectural Consulting Services MODE OF PAYMENTS FOR SPP-202 1979 UAP DOC – 2010 SPP – 2016 SPP PHASES 1979 UAP DOCUMENTS 2010 STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE 2016 STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE 1. Upon Signing of Contract 5% of MBF Php 25,000 5% of RPF 2. Schematic Design Phase 15% of MBF or (15‐5 = 10% of MBF) 15% of MBF or (15% of MBF – 25K) 20% of RPF or (20‐5 = 15% of RPF) 3. Design Development Phase 35% of MBF or (35‐15 = 20% of MBF) 40% of MBF or (40‐15 = 25% of MBF) 40% of RPF or (40‐20 = 20% of RPF) 4. Contract Document Phase 85% of MBF or (85‐35 = 50% of MBF) 90% ofMBF or (90‐40 = 50% of MBF) 90% of RPF or (90‐40 = 50% ofRPF) 5. Bidding Phase Adjustment of 85% based on the winning bid (within 15 days after the award to the winning contractor) Adjustment of 90% based on the winning bid (within 15 days after the award to the winning contractor) Adjustment of 90% based on the winning bid (within 15 days after the award to the winning contractor) 6. Construction Phase 10% Civil Liability 5% Periodic Construction Supervision (PCS) 5% Civil Liability 5% Periodic Construction Supervision (PCS) 5% Civil Liability 5% Periodic Construction Supervision (PCS)
  • 63. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 61 ● PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE CODE OF ETHICS (UAP DOC 200) A S TITLE 1 2 General Provisions 2 7 The Architect’s Responsibility in Relation to the PEOPLE 3 12 The Architect’s Responsibility in Relation to His / Her CLIENT 4 5 The Architect’s Responsibility in Relation to the CONTRACTOR 5 2 The Architect’s Responsibility in Relation to MANUFACTURERS, DEALERS & AGENTS 6 22 The Architect’s Responsibility in Relation to His / Her COLLEAGUES AND SUBORDINATES 7 1 Architect’s Credo 8 3 Miscellaneous Provisions Violation of the Code PHP 100,000 – PHP 5,000,000 6 months to 6 years IRR OF RA 9266 CONTENTS RULES 1 Title, Policy Statement, Definition of Terms and Scope of Practice SECTIONS 1 - 3 3 2 Professional Regulatory Board of Architecture (PRBOA) Organization, Powers and Function 4 - 11 8 3 Examination, Registration and Licensure 12 - 24 13 4 Practice of Architecture 25 - 39 15 5 Final Provisions 40 - 47 8 Violation of IRR of RA9266 PHP 100,000 – PHP 5,000,000 6 months to 6 years Any HEAD OF GOVERNMENT AGENCY OR OFFICER(S) of a Private Firm / institution who violates – sub-paragraph of RA. No. 8981 PHP 50,000 – PHP 500,000 6 months + 1 day to 6 years Without first executing a written CONTRACT/SERVICE AGREEMENT Not less than PHP200,000 Not exceeding 6 years 2010 SPP DOCUMENTS NO. DESCRIPTION 200 The 2006 Code Of Ethical Conduct (UAP) 201 Pre-Design Services 202 Design Services 203 Specialized Allied Services 204A Full Time Construction Services 204B Construction Management Services 205 Post-Construction Services 206 Comprehensive Architectural Services 207 Design-Build Services 208 Architectural Design Competition (ADC) 209 Professional Architectural Consulting Services (PACS) 301 General Conditions METHODS OF COMPENSATION APPLICATION Percentage of Project Construction Cost (%PCC) Used Worldwide Multiple of Direct Personnel Expenses (MDPE) Non-Creative Work Professional Fee Plus Expenses (PFPE) Continuing Relationship Lump Sum or Fixed Fee (LS/FF) Government Projects Per Diem, Honorarium Plus Reimbursable Expenses Personal Time (50km) Mixed Method of Compensation METHODS OF SELECTION APPLICATION BASIS / PROCESS Direct Selection Relatively Small Project Reputation Recommendation of aFriend Recommendation of Former Client Recommendation of Another Architect Comparative Selection Institutions, Corporations, Public Agencies (1) Invitation (4) Verification (2) Pre- (5) Evaluation & Qualification Ranking (3) Interview (6) Negotiation Architectural Design Competition (ADC) Civic or Monumental Projects Idea Competition Design Competition Design-Build Competition
  • 64. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 62 ● PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE SPP DOCUMENTS (201 – 209) DOC DESCRIPTION SCOPE 204B CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT SERVICES (4)  Construction Manager (CM) Coordination andSupervision Cost and Time Control Quality Control of Work Keeping of Records 205 POST-CONSTRUCTION SERVICES (2) Building & Facilities Administration  Building Maintenance  Grounds & Landscaping Supervision  Building Equipment Maintenance  Business Development andManagement Post-Construction Evaluation 206 COMPREHENSIVE ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES (5) Pre-Design Services Regular Design Services (RDS) Specialized Architectural Services Construction Services Post-Construction Services 207 DESIGN-BUILD SERVICES (DBS) (2) Design-Build Services by Administration Design-Build Services on Guaranteed Maximum Cost 208 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN COMPETITION (ADC)  Project ADCs for actual Projects proposed for implementation  Ideas Competition of Competition of Ideas set as a design planning exercise to elucidate the problem 209 Methods of Compensation:  Per Diem / Hourly  Retainer  ( Salary Cost x Multiplier) + Direct Cost / Reimbursable Expenses  LS/FF  PCC PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECTURAL CONSULTING SERVICES (PACS) Manner of Providing Services  Professional Consulting Architect (PCA) Program / Project Conceptualization & Development Technical Advice, Consultation and/or Counseling Schematic Design Teaching, Lecturing, Coaching, Mentoring Research & Development Documentation Pre-Investment/Pre-Feasibility and Feasibility Studies Marketing & Promotional Studies Land Use and Multi-Sectoral Development Planning, Development & Management Site Selection, Analyses, Evaluation, Ranking & Development Construction Project / Construction Management and/or Administration Post-Construction Evaluation Monitoring & Evaluation Training, Capability Building Continuing Professional Education (CPE) Capital Investment Programming SPP DOCUMENTS (201 – 209) DOC DESCRIPTION SCOPE 201 Methods of Compensation:  MDPE (1.5 – 2.5)  PFPE  LS/FF  PDHPRE  MMC PRE-DESIGN SERVICES (12) Manner of Providing Services  Architect of Record (AoR)  Consulting Architect for SDP Consultation Pre-Feasibility Studies Feasibility Studies Site Selection Analysis Site Utilization and Land-Use Studies Architectural Research Architectural Programming Space Planning Space Management Studies Value Management Design Brief Preparation Promotional Services 202 Methods of Compensation:  PCC  MDPE (1.5 – 2.5)  PFPE  LS/FF  PDHPRE  MMC REGULAR DESIGN SERVICES (RDS) (6) Manner of Providing Services  Architect of Record (AoR)  Consulting Architect for SDP  Single Contract / Sub-consultant  Separate Contract Project Definition Phase Schematic Design Phase Design Development Phase Contract Document Phase Bidding or Negotiation Phase Construction Phase 203 SPECIALIZED ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES (23)  Architect of Record (AoR)  Consulting Architect for SDP Architectural Interiors (AI) Services Acoustic Design Services Architectural Lighting Layout &Design Site Development Planning (SDP) Services Site & Physical Planning Services  Master Development Panning,  Subdivision Planning  Urban Design Comprehensive Development Planning (CDP) Services Historic & Heritage Conservation and Planning Security Evaluation & Planning Building System Design Facilities Maintenance Support Building Testing & Commissioning Building Environment Certification Forensic Architecture Building Appraisal Structural Conceptualization Preliminary Services Contract Documentation and Review Services Post-Design Services (Including Construction Services) Dispute Avoidance and Resolution Architectural Research Methods Special Building/Facility Planning & Design Building Components Management of Architectural Practices 204A FULL-TIME SUPERVISION SERVICES Architect of Record (AoR) Consulting Architect Construction Supervision Group (CSG) Quality Control Evaluation of Construction Work Preparation of Daily Inspection Reports Filing of Documents
  • 65. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 63 ● PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE LAWS AFFECTING THE PRACTICE OF ARCHITECTURE IN THE PHILIPPINES LAWS DATE RA9514 An Act Establishing A Comprehensive Fire Code Of The Philippines, Repealing Presidential Decree No. 1185 And For Other Purposes “Revised Fire Code of the Philippines of 2008” December 19, 2008 PD1185 Fire Code of the Philippines 1977 RA9263 Bureau of Fire Protection and Bureau of Jail Management and Penology Professionalization Act March 10, 2004 BP344 Enhancing the Mobility of Disabled Persons Feb 25, 1983 IRR latest revision April 30, 2005 On Housing and Funding PD957 Condominium and Subdivision Buyers’ Protective Decree July 12, 1976 RA 6552 Real Estate Buyers’ Protective Act August 26, 1972 RA 4726 The Condominium Act June 18, 1966 BP 220 Standards for Economic and Socialized Housing projects March 25, 1982 RA 8763 Home Guarantee Corporation Act March 7, 2000 EO 538 Prescribing the Administration of the Home Development Mutual Funds June 4, 1979 EO 90 Creating the Housing and Urban Development Coordinating Council December 17, 1986 RA 3469 Allowing the Construction of Multi-Storey Tenement Housing Projects for the Poor and Homeless June 16, 1962 RA 7279 Urban Development and Housing Act 29 March, 1992 RA 7835 Comprehensive and Integrated Shelter Finance Act On Water and Plumbing RA1378 National Plumbing Code of the Philippines January 28, 1959 latest revision December 21, 1999 RA6234 Creating the Metropolitan Waterworks and Sewerage System June 19, 1971 RA9286 Latest Amendment to PD198 or Provincial Water Utilities Act of 1973 April 2, 2004 PD1067 Water Code of the Philippines 1977 LAWS AFFECTING THE PRACTICE OF ARCHITECTURE IN THE PHILIPPINES LAWS DATE ARCHITECTURE LAWS RA9266 (34 ) An Act Providing for a More Responsive and Comprehensive Regulation for the Registration, Licensing and Practice of Architecture, Repealing for the Purpose Republic Act No. 545, as Amended, Otherwise Known as “An Act to Regulate the Practice of Architecture in the Philippines,” and for Other Purposes March 17, 2004 RA1581 Architecture Law of 1956 ( 34 – Corporate Practice) June 16, 1956 RA545 Architecture Law of 1950 June 17, 1950 REGULATORY AND ENFORCEMENT LAWS RA8981 Professional Regulation Commission Modernization Act December 5, 2000 PD223 Creating the Professional Regulation Commission June 22, 1973 LOI 1000 Letter of Instruction 1000 “…only PRC accredited bona fide professional organizations, and their members to organize host, sponsor or represent the Filipino professionals in national, regional and international forums, conferences, conventions where the concerned professions are involved, AND …all government agencies and any of its instrumentalities shall give priority to members of the accredited professional organizations in the hiring of its employees and in the engagement of professional services.” May 20, 1980 RA386 Civil Code of the Philippines June 18, 1949 EO546 Creating a Ministry of Public Works and a Ministry of Transportation and Communications July 23, 1979 RA7160 Local Government Code of the Philippines October 10, 1991 RA876 The Philippine Arbitration Law June 19, 1953 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REFERENCE LAWS On Safety and Protection PD1096 Adopting A National Building Code Of The Philippines (NBCP) Thereby Revising R.A. No. 6541 Feb 19, 1977 IRR latest revision April 30, 2005 RA6541 An Act To Ordain And Institute A National Building Code Of The Philippines National Building Code Of 1972 August 26, 1972
  • 66. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 64 ● PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE LAWS AFFECTING THE PRACTICE OF ARCHITECTURE IN THE PHILIPPINES LAWS DATE On Environment Protection RA9003 Ecological Waste Management Program Law January 26, 2001 RA3931 National Water and Air Pollution Control Commission June 18, 1964 PD1586 Establishing Environmental Impact Statement System 1978 PD1152 Philippine Environmental Code June 6, 1977 PD984 Pollution Control Decree 1976 PD772 Penalizing Squatting And Other Similar Acts 1975 GOVERNMENT SERVICE AND ETHICS LAWS RA8293 Intellectual Property Code of the Philippines June 22, 1997 / January 1, 1998 PD49 Decree on Intellectual Property November 14, 1972 RA3019 Anti-Graft and Corrupt Practices Act 1961 RA8974 Law on Acquisition of Right-of-Way, Site or Location for National Government Infrastructure Projects November 7, 2000 RA8439 Magna Carta for Scientists, Engineers, & Researchers in the Government December 22, 1997 RA6713 Code of Ethical Conduct of a Public Official and Employees 1972 EO525 Responsibility of the Public Estate Authority on Reclamation Projects February 14, 1979 UAP DOC 301 & NBCP (PD1096) DAYS ACTION 15 days  from date of change order, assertion of claims  after receipt of any instructions, contractor to inform architect of extra cost for extra work through written notice  after expiration of certificate of completion, make good knowndefects  after recognition of delay, contractor to issue a written notice  from NTP, contractor to submit complete breakdown of work and correspondingvalue  from Request of Payment, architect to issue or withhold certificate ofpayment  from approval of Request for Payment & Issuance of payment, owner to pay certifiedamount  from date of bidding, contractor to seek architect’s clarification  after request for payment, architect/owner fails to act, contractor may suspend or terminate work  upon certification of the architect justifying owner’s action, owner to terminatecontract  contractor declares bankruptcy  disregard/violate provisions of contract documents / schedule  fail to provide qualified people & materials  fail to make payment to sub-contractors, workmen or dealers  from payment of required fees, issuance of Building Permit  from receipt of advice of the non-issuance, suspension or revocation of permits, file anappeal to the Secretary 30 days (1 month)  after award of arbitration, owner fails to pay contractor, contractor may suspend/terminate work  certificate of occupancy 60 days (2 Months)  to make good of known defects after issuance of certificate of completion (expiration of performance & payment bond) 90 days (3 Months)  suspension of work through no act of contractor and employees or order ofcourt  retention (3 months after acceptance of work) 120 days (4 Months)  building permit validity  excavation shall not be left open without work being done 180 days (6 Months)  suspension of construction exceeds 6 months, the fee for the remaining works shall be doubled 365 days (12 months)  contractor’s guarantee bond effectivity  building permit validity if there was no construction  Changes, alterations and repairs may be made provided that in any 12- month period, the value of the work does not exceed 20% of the value of the existing building, and provided that, such changes do not add additional combustible material, and do not, in the opinion of the Building Official, increase the fire hazard; UAP DOC 301 & NBCP (PD1096) DAYS ACTION 5 days  after written notice, contractor agrees to make repairs to correct defectivework  from date of referral, C/M Fire Marshall shall submit recommendations to theBO 7 days  from receipt of notice to proceed, computation of contract time 10 days  before date needed, contractor to make request on drawings &materials  before beginning, suspending or resuming work, contractor to issue written notice  before written notice, contractor’s insurance policy will not be cancelled  before commencing excavation, notify owner of adjoining property
  • 67. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 65 ● PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE UAP DOC 301 – GENERAL CONDITIONS ARCHITECT, OWNER & CONTRACTOR’S OBLIGATION Certificate Of Non Financial Obligation (By Contractor) After 65% completion of work, the contractor should present ARCHITECT shall  Inspect the projectand  Issue Certificate Of Completion after certification CONTRACTOR will  Finish outstanding work during period ofmaking good of all known defects of 60 days. After 98% substantial completion of contract work Owner fails to implement the plan, architect has completed the Detail Design & Contract Document Phase Architect is entitled to 90% of the Architect’s Fee Payments  on work completed minus 10% retention  When 50% of the contract has been accomplished, NO RETENTION shall be made  No payment in excess of 65% unless notarized statement is submitted Performance Bond (Guarantee to execute work) 15% of contract amount Payment Bond (Guarantee to pay obligations) 15% of Contract amount  valid until replacement of Guarantee Bond Guarantee Bond (Guarantee to quality of materials and workmanship) 30% of contract amount valid up to 1 yr from date of acceptance Overruns and underruns Not to exceed 5% If CONTRACTOR’s work is found defective Defray all expenses If CONTRACTOR’s work is found satisfactory Actual cost of labor and materials plus 15% Value of EXTRA WORK  Estimate and acceptance in lump sum  Does not exceed 20% of original contract price  Actual direct cost plus 15% Damage from fire or earthquake, typhoons or any fortuitous event may be repaired, using the same kind of materials of which the building or structure was originally constructed, Provided that, the cost of such repair shall not exceed 20% of the replacement cost of the building or structure. IRR OF RA 9266 SIGNIFICANT NUMBER OF YEARS 15 Years (180 Months)  Civil Liability on plans and specifications of Architect-of-Record under Article 1723 of the Civil Code 10 Years (120 Months)  PRBOA Member COR & PID validity qualification and activepractitioner 5 Years (60 Months)  PRBOA Member should not be a faculty member (at least) prior tonomination 3 Years (36 Months)  Validity of PID  PRBOA Chairman to hold office 2 Years (24 Months)  Diversified Architectural Experience duly certified by RLA (3840 Hours)  1 (one) PRBOA Member to hold office 1 year (12 Months)  Credited as Diversified Architectural Experience with Master’s Degree  1 (one) PRBOA Member to hold office IRR OF PD 1096 FINES PHP 5,000  Light Violations PHP 8,000  Less Grave Violations PHP 10,000  Grave Violations PENALTIES (Without Building Permit) 10% of Building Permit Fees  Excavation for Foundation 25% of Building Permit Fees  Construction of foundation (including pile driving and laying of reinforcingbars) 50% of Building Permit Fees  Construction of superstructure up to 2.00 meters above established grade 100% of Building Permit Fees  Construction of superstructure above 2.00 meters 25% Surcharge  Failure to pay the annual inspection fee within 30 days from prescribeddate PENAL PROVISIONS PHP 20,000 2 Years or Both  Any person, firm or corporation who shall violate any of the provisions of the Code and/or commit any act hereby declared to be unlawful
  • 68. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 66 ● PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE IRR OF RA 9266 CONTENTS Rule I Title, Policy Statement, Definition of Terms and Scope of Practice 3 01 Title 02 Statement of Policy 03 Definition of Terms Rule II Professional Regulatory Board of Architecture (PRBOA) Organization, Powers and Function 8 04 Creation and Composition of the Professional Regulatory Board 05 Qualification of Members of the Professional Regulatory Board 06 Term of Office 07 Powers and Function of the Board 08 Administrative Supervision of the Board, Custodian of its Records, Secretariat & Support Services 09 Grounds for Suspension or Removal of Members of the Board 10 Compensation and Allowances of the Board 11 Annual Report Rule III Examination, Registration and Licensure 13 12 Examination Required 13 Qualification of Applicant Examination 14 Subjects for Examination 15 Rating in the Licensure Examination 16 Report of Ratings (within 30 days) 17 Oath 18 Issuance of Certificate of Registration and Professional Identification Card 19 Roster of Architects 20 Seal, Issuance and Use of Seal (Prescribed by the Board) 21 Indication of Certificate of Registration / Professional Identification Card and Professional Tax Receipt 22 Refusal o Issue Certificate of Registration and Professional Identification Card 23 Suspension and Revocation of Certificate of Registration, Professional Identification Card or the Special / Temporary Permit 24 Re-Issuance or Replacement of Revoked or Lost Certificate of Registration, Professional Identification Card or the Special / Temporary Permit Rule IV Practice of Architecture (Sundry Provisions) 15 25 Registration of Architects Required 26 Vested Rights. Architects Registered When This Law Is Passed 27 Reciprocity Requirements 28 Continuing Professional Development (CPD) 29 Prohibition in the Practice of Architecture and Penal Clause 30 Prohibition in the Practice of Architecture 31 Liability of Representatives and Non-Registered Persons 32 Signing and Sealing of Architectural Plans, Specifications, Architectural Permit and Other Contract Documents IRR OF RA 9266 CONTENTS Rule IV 33 Ownership of Plans, Specifications, t and Other Contract Documents 34 Non-Registered Person Shall Not Claim Equivalent Service Practice of Architecture (Sundry Provisions) 35 Positions in Government Requiring the Services of Registered and Licensed Architects 36 Collection of Professional Fees 37 Limitation to the Registration of a Firm, Company, Partnership, Corporation or Association 38 Coverage of Temporary / Special Permits 39 Liability Insurance of A Person or Entity Allowed to Practice Under Temporary / Special Permit Rule V Final Provisions 8 40 Integration of the Architecture Profession 41 Implementing Rules and Regulations 42 Appropriations 43 Act Not Affecting Other Professionals 44 Enforcement of the Act 45 Separability Clause 46 Repealing Clause 47 Effectivity PD 1096 NATIONAL BULDING CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES CONTENTS Rule I General Provisions 6 101 01 Title 102 02 Declaration of Policy 103 03 Scope and Application 104 04 General Building Requirements 105 05 Site Requirements 106 06 Definitions Rule II Administration and Reinforcement 13 201 07 Responsibility for Administration and Reinforcement 202 08 Technical Staff 203 09 General Powers and Function of the Secretary 204 10 Professional and Technical Assistance 205 11 Building Officials 206 12 Qualifications of Building Officials 207 13 Duties and Responsibilities of Building Officials 208 14 Fees 209 15 Exemption
  • 69. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 67 ● PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE PD 1096 NATIONAL BULDING CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES CONTENTS Occupancy 705 50 Allowable Floor Areas 706 51 Allowable Floor Area Increases 707 52 Maximum Height of Buildings 708 53 Minimum Requirements for Group A Dwellings 709 54 Requirements for Other Group Occupancies Rule VIII Light and Ventilation 11 801 55 General Requirements of Light and Ventilation 802 56 Measurement of Site Occupancy 803 57 Percentage of Site Occupancy 804 58 Sizes and Dimensions of Courts 805 59 Ceiling Heights 806 60 Sizes and Dimensions of Rooms 807 61 Air Space Requirements in Determining the Size of Rooms 808 62 Window Openings 809 63 Vent Shafts 810 64 Ventilation Skylights 811 65 Artificial Ventilation Rule IX Sanitation 7 901 66 General Requirements 902 67 Water Supply System 903 68 Wastewater Disposal System 904 69 Storm Drainage System 905 70 Pest and Vermin Control 906 71 Noise Pollution Control 907 72 Pipes Materials Rule X Building Projection Over Public Streets 8 1001 73 General Requirements 1002 74 Projection into Alleys or Streets 1003 75 Projection of Balconies and Appendages Over Streets 1004 76 Arcades 1005 77 Canopies (Marquees) 1006 78 Movable Awnings or Hoods 1007 79 Doors, Windows, and the Like 1008 80 Corner Buildings with Chaflans PD 1096 NATIONAL BULDING CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES CONTENTS Rule II Administration and Reinforcement 210 16 Use of Income from Fees 211 17 Implementing Rules and Regulations 212 18 Administrative Fines 213 19 Penal Provisions 214 20 Dangerous and Ruinous Buildings or Structures 215 21 Abatement of Dangerous Buildings 216 22 Other Remedies Rule III Permits and Inspection 9 301 23 Building Permits 302 24 Application of Permits 303 25 Processing of Building Permits 304 26 Issuance of Building Permits 305 27 Validity of Building Permits 306 28 Non-issuance, Suspension or Revocation of Building Permits 307 29 Appeal 308 30 Inspection and Supervision of Work 309 31 Certificate of Occupancy Rule IV Types of Construction 3 401 32 Types of Construction 402 33 Changes In Types 403 34 Requirements on Types of Construction Rule V Requirements of Fire Zones 7 501 35 Fire Zones Defined 502 36 Buildings Located in More Than One Fire Zone 503 37 Moved Buildings 504 38 Temporary Buildings/Structures 505 39 Center Lines of Streets 506 40 Restrictions on Existing Buildings 507 41 Designation of Fire Zones Rule VI Requirements of Fire Zones 4 601 42 Fire- Resistive Rating Defined 602 43 Fire- Resistive Time Period Rating 603 44 Fire-Resistive Standards 604 45 Fire- Resistive Regulations Rule VII Classification and General Requirements of All Buildings By Use or 9 701 46 Occupancy Classified 702 47 Change in Use 703 48 Mixed Occupancy 704 49 Location on Property
  • 70. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 68 ● PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE PD 1096 NATIONAL BULDING CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES CONTENTS Rule XVI Plastics 9 1601 110 Approved Plastics 1602 111 Installation 1603 112 Glazing of Openings 1604 113 Skylights 1605 114 Light-Transmitting Panels in Monitors and Sawtooth Roofs 1606 115 Plastic Light Diffusers in Ceilings 1607 116 Partitions 1608 117 Exterior Veneer 1609 118 Awnings and Canopies Rule XVII Sheet Metal Paint Spray Booths 4 1701 119 Sheet Metal Paint Spray Booth 1702 120 Fire Protection 1703 121 Light 1704 122 Ventilation Rule XVIII Glass and Glazing 5 1801 123 General Requirements 1802 124 Area Limitation 1803 125 Glazing 1804 126 Louvered Windows 1805 127 Impact Rule XIX The Use of Computers 3 1901 128 General Rule 1902 129 Program Documentation 1903 130 Submission of Computer-Generated Computations Rule XX The Use of Computers 6 2001 131 General Requirements 2002 132 Maintenance 2003 133 Design and Construction 2004 134 Supports and Anchorages 2005 135 Projections and Clearances 2006 136 Lighting Rule XXI Final Provisions 3 2101 137 Separability Clause 2102 138 Repealing and Amending Clause 2103 139 Effectivity Annotation: The DPWH published these 2004 Revised Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) of P.D. No. 1096 (the 1977 NBCP) on 01, 08 and 15 April 2005 in the Manila Standard Today. These IRR took effect 01 May 2005. To date, only RLAs can prepare, sign and seal architectural documents, in full accordance with R.A. No. 9266 (The Architecture Act of 2004), its IRR and derivative regulations and in accordance with this Revised IRR. APPROVED this 29th of October 2004. PD 1096 NATIONAL BULDING CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES CONTENTS Rule XI Protection of Pedestrians During Construction or Demolition 8 1101 81 General Requirements 1102 82 Storage in Public Property 1103 83 Mixing Mortar on Public Property 1104 84 Protection of Utilities 1105 85 Walkway 1106 86 Pedestrian Protection 1107 87 Maintenance and Removal of Protective Devices 1108 88 Demolition Rule XII General Design and Construction Requirements 15 1201 89 General Requirements 1202 90 Excavation, Foundation, and Retaining Walls 1203 91 Veneer 1204 92 Enclosure of Vertical Openings 1205 93 Floor Construction 1206 94 Roof Construction and Covering 1207 95 Stairs, Exits, and Occupant Loads 1208 96 Skylights 1209 97 Bays, Porches, and Balconies 1210 98 Penthouses and Roof Structures 1211 99 Chimneys, Fireplaces, and Barbecues 1212 100 Fire-Extinguishing Systems 1213 101 Stages and Platform 1214 102 Motion Picture Projection Rooms 1215 103 Lathing, Plastering, and Installation of Wall Boards Rule XIII Electrical & Mechanical Regulations 2 1301 104 Electrical Regulations 1302 105 Mechanical Regulations Rule XIV Photographic and X-Ray Films 3 1401 106 Storage and Handling 1402 107 Classes of Film Exempted 1403 108 Fire Extinguishing System Rule XV Prefabricated Construction 1 1501 109 Prefabricated Assembly
  • 71. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 69 ● PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE CLASSIFICATION OF BUILDINGS BY USE OR OCCUPANCY (RULE VII) GROUP TYPE DIVISIONS ZONES A RESIDENTIAL DWELLINGS A1, A2 R-1, R-2 B RESIDENTIALS, HOTELS AND APARTMENTS B-1, B-2 R-3, R-4, R-5 C EDUCATION & RECREATION C-1, C-2 GI D INSTITUTIONAL D-1, D-2, D-3 R-1, R-2 E BUSINESS AND MERCANTILE E-1, E-2, E-3 C-1, C-2, C-3 F INDUSTRIAL F-1 I-1 G STORAGE AND HAZARDOUS G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4, G-5 I-2, UTS, H ASSEMBLY OTHER THAN GROUP I H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4 PRE, CUL I ASSEMBLY OCCUPANT LOAD 1000 OR MORE I-1 CUL, PRE J ACCESSORY / AGRICULTURAL J-1, J-3, J-3 A, AI, PUD PARKING REQUIREMENTS OCCUPANCY REQUIRED PARKING Amusement centers 1 slot/ 50m² of gross floor area Clubhouses, beach houses, etc. 1 slot/ 100m² of gross floor area Factories, manufacturing, mercantile, warehouses and storage bin 1 slot/ 1000m² of gross floor area Tourist bus parking 2 bus slots/ hotel or theater restaurant College and universities 1 slot/ 5 classrooms Hospitals 1 slot/ 25 beds Bowling alleys 1 slot/ 4 alleys LOADING REQUIREMENTS OCCUPANCY LOADING Stores, manufacturing, mercantile, wholesale and the like 1 loading slot for every 5000m² of gross floor area (minimum of 1 truck loading slot) Hotels and hospitals 1 truck loading slot SPECIAL PROVISION 1 accessible parking lot for 50-150 slots and an additional slot for every 100 thereafter. PARKING REQUIREMENTS OCCUPANCY REQUIRED PARKING Low income single detached living unit with individual lots not more than 100m² 1 slot/10 units Multi-family living units regardless of no. of stories with average living floor area of 50m² 1 slot / 8 units Multi-family living units regardless of no. of stories with average living floor area of above 50m² to 100m² 1 slot / 8 units Multi-family living units regardless of no. of stories with average living floor area of more than 100m² 1 slot/1 unit Hotels 1 slot/ 10 rooms Residential hotels and apartels 1 slot/ 5 units Motels 1 slot/ 1 unit Shopping centers 1 slot/ 100m² Markets 1 slot/ 150m² Restaurants, fast food outlets, bars and beerhouses 1 slot/ 30m² of customer area Nightclubs, supper clubs and theater- restaurants 1 slot/ 20m² of customer area Office building 1 slot/ 125m² of gross floor area Pension/ boarding/ lodging houses 1 slot/ 20 beds Other buildings in business and commercial zones 1 slot/ 125m² of gross floor area Public assembly buildings 1 slot/ 50m² of spectator area Places of worship and funerary parlors 1 slot/ 50m² of congregation area Elementary schools, secondary schools, vocational and trade schools 1 slot/ 10 classrooms DESIGNATION OF FIRE ZONES (Rule V, Sec. 507) NON-FIRE RESTRICTIVE ZONES (Type I & II) Siting of buildings/structures are permitted without fire-resistivity measures, often located in the country sides or rural areas FIRE RESTRICTIVE ZONES (Types II, III, IV) Siting of buildings/structures are permitted within prescribed fire-resistivity measures for exterior walls of at least two-hour fire resistivity, located in suburban areas HIGHLY FIRE RESTRICTIVE ZONES (Types IV and V) Siting of buildings/structures are permitted within prescribed fire-resistivity measures for exterior walls of at least two-hour fire resistivity. TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION (Rule IV, Sec. 401) TYPE I Wood Construction TYPE II Wood Construction with protective fire-resistant materials (1 Hour) TYPE III Masonry and Wood Construction TYPE IV Steel, Iron, Concrete, or Masonry Construction (1Hour) TYPE V Steel, Iron, Concrete, or Masonry Construction (4hours)
  • 72. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 70 ● PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE BASIC PHYSICAL PLANNING REQUIREMENTS No group of people shall be deprived of full participation and enjoyment of the environment or be made unequal with the rest due to any disability. In order to achieve this goal adopted by the United Nations, certain basic principles shall be applied ACCESSIBILITY The built environment shall be designed so that it shall be accessible to all people. This means that no criteria shall impede the use of facilities by neither the handicapped or non- disable citizens REACHABILITY Provisions shall be adapted and introduced to the physical environment so that as many places or buildings as possible can be reached by all USABILITY The built environment shall be designed so that all persons whether they be disabled or not, may use and enjoy it ORIENTATION Finding a person’s way inside and outside of a building or open space shall be made easy for everyone SAFETY Designing for safety insures that people shall be able to move about with less hazards to life and death WORKABILITY & EFFICIENCY The built environment shall be designed to allow the disabled citizens to participate and contribute to development goals ANTHROPOMETRIC DATA FOR DISABLED PERSONS Length of Wheelchair 1.10 m to 1.30 m Width of Wheelchair 0.60 m to 0.75 m Turning Diameter 1.50 m Comfortable Reach (in Wheelchair) 0.70 m to 1.20 m From Room Corners 0.40 m Knee and Leg Space under tables 0.70 m PERSONS / INDIVIDUALS LIABLE FOR ANY VIOLATION OF THE ACT Violator Person Liable / Sanction Corporation, Organization or similar entity Officials Alien or Foreigner Immediate Deportation after service of sentence Buildings / Establishment / Structure (1) Owner of Operator of the Building, Establishment or Structure (2) Contractor (3) Architect (4) Engineer (5) Building Official or Other Public Official in-charge with the issuance of Building Permit, registration, certification and/or inspection of the Building, Establishment or Structure Air, Land and Sea Transportation (1) Owner/Operator of Public Transport (2) Body Builders (3) Safety Officers / Engineers / Managers (4) Drivers / Conductors / Conductresses (5) Public Official in-charge with the issuance of permits, registration, certification and inspection of the public transportation RESPONSIBILITY FOR ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT Secretary of Public Works & Highways + Secretary of Transportation and Communication COMPUTATION OF ACCESSIBLE UNITS In the computation for the allocation of accessible units and seating capacity decimal greater than 0.5 shall be considered as one unit. In all cases a minimum of one (1) accessible unit shall be provided. BP 344 (Accessibility Law) An Act To Enhance The Mobility Of Disabled Persons By Requiring Certain Buildings, Institutions, Establishments And Public Utilities To Install Facilities And Other Devices. IMPLEMENTING RULES AND REGULATIONS Seating Capacity For Disabled In PLACES OF ASSEMBLY 4- 50 2 seats 51-300 4 seats 301-500 6 seats Increase of 100 +1 seat Seating Capacity For Disabled In PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION Regular Buses (50 Person Capacity) 5 seats near exit/entrance doors First Class/ Air-Conditioned (40 Person Capacity) 4 seats near the door Passenger Train 6 seats/car nearest to the door Passenger Airplanes 2 seats/aircraft near the front exit/entrance door Jeepneys 2 seats (preferably the front seats) Domestic Shipping 20 minute period to embark 1 hour disembarkation after arrival PUBLIC TELEPHONE 1 / 4 units CRIMINAL LIABILITY / PENALTIES As per Section 46 of RA7277 (Magna Carta for Disable d Persons) First Violation Php 50,000.00 – Php 100,000.00 6 months – 2 years Subsequent Violations Php 100,000.00 – Php 200,000.00 2 years – 6 years Abuse of Privileges Php 5,000.00 – Php 50,000.00 6 months
  • 73. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 71 ● PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE PARKING AREAS Location  As close as possible to building entrances orto accessible entrances  Perpendicular or to an angle to the road or circulation  NOT at Ramped or Sloping Areas Width 3.70 m (Min.) Walkway 1.20 m (Between front ends of cars) Dropped Curbs and Cut-Outs @ Raised Walkways Pavement Markings, Signs To delineate parking spaces for PWD INSIDE BUILDINGS & STRUCTURES ENTRANCES Location Lobby Arrival & Departure Points Elevator Access 1 Entrance Level Ramps Provide if Site Arrival grade is not same level as Entrance Level Vestibules 1.80 m (D) x 1.50 m (W) RAMPS Width (Clear) 1.20 m (Min.) Gradient 1:12 Length (1:12 Gradient) 6.00 m, (if longer add 1.50 m landing) Top and Bottom of Ramp 1.80 m (Level Area) Handrails Both Sides @ 0.70 m and 0.90 m Curbs 0.10 m (Both Sides) Railing Rise >0.20 m (To Vehicular Traffic) 1.80 m across the full width at lower end THRESHOLDS Maximum Height 25 mm, Ramped (Preferred) SWITCHES Position / Location 1.20 m to 1.30m (H); 0.30 m from Latch HANDRAILS Installation Both Sides of Ramps and Stairs Outer Edges of Dropped Curbs (Not beyond the width of crossing) Height 0.90 m (Straight Paths) 0.70 m (Above Steps / Ramps) 1.00 m to 1.06 m (Great Heights) Extension 0.30 m (Start / End of Ramps / Stairs) Full Grip 30 mm to 50 mm Clearance 50 mm (Walls); 40 mm (Ledges) SIGNAGES Location Point Conveniently seen by PWD Color / Texture Contrasting Colors and Contrasting Gray Matter to make detection and reading easy Headroom 2.00 m Height 1.60 m (Max.); 1.40 m (Min.) Raised Symbols , Letters, Numbers 1 mm; Braille Symbols Included CROSSINGS Location Near Perpendicular to Carriageway Narrowest, Most Convenient Part Close / Contiguous with Normal Pedestrian Desire Line Central Refuge (10.00m Carriageway) 1.50 m (Min.), 2.00 m (Preferred) Tactile Blocks / Surface High Enough to be felt by shoe sole Low enough not to cause tripping or affect mobility of wheelchairs Most Beneficial Form Light Controlled Crossing having Pedestrian Phases Synchronized Audible Signals (prolonged, distinguished, by TEC) Flashing Green Period Based on 0.90 m/sec (Not 1.20 m/s) Steady Green Period 6 seconds or the crossing distance times 0.90 m/s, whichever is greatest BP 344 (Accessibility Law) An Act To Enhance The Mobility Of Disabled Persons By Requiring Certain Buildings, Institutions, Establishments And Public Utilities To Install Facilities And Other Devices. OUTSIDE AND AROUND BUILDINGS DROPPED CURBS Changes in Level By dropped curb Locations Pedestrian Crossings End of walkways of a private street or access road Width Same width of crossing or 0.90 m (Min.) Slope 1:12 Towards adjoining curb, 1:20 towards Road Lowest Point 25 mm (Max.) from Road / Gutter CURB CUT-OUTS When allowed Does not obstruct a walkway or lessen its width Width 0.90 m Slope / Gradient 1:12 WALKWAYS AND PASSAGEWAYS Material Slip-Resistant Slope / Gradient 1:20 or 5% Cross Gradient 1:100 Width 1.20 m Gratings 13 mm x 13 mm, 6.5mm (Max.) Projection Surface Continuous, 6.5 mm (Max.) Spaces (Busy / Lengthy Walkways 1.50 m (Min. Dimension) 12.00 m (Max. Length) To Guide the Blind Straightforward routes with Right Angle Turns Headroom 2.0 m (Min.) , preferably higher OPEN SPACES To Guide the Blind Define edges with Planters w/ dwarf walls, or a grass verge, or similar, which provides a texture different from the path.
  • 74. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 72 ● PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE The professional of Architecture calls for men of the highest integrity, judgment, business capacity and artistic and technical ability. An Architect’s honesty of purpose must be above suspicion; he acts as professional adviser to his client and his advicemust be unprejudiced; he is charged with the exercise of judicial functions as between client and contractor and must act with entire impartiality; he has moral responsibilitiesto his professional associates and subordinates; and he is engaged in a profession which carries with it grave responsibilities to the public. These duties and responsibilities cannot be properly discharged unless his motives, conduct, sense of moral values and ability are such as to command respect and confidence. BP 344 (Accessibility Law) An Act To Enhance The Mobility Of Disabled Persons By Requiring Certain Buildings, Institutions, Establishments And Public Utilities To Install Facilities And Other Devices. INSIDE BUILDINGS & STRUCTURES DOORS Width (Clear) 0.80 m (Measured from the surface of the fully open door at the hinge to the Door Jamb at the stop Pressure Force 4.0 kg (Operable); 1.0 kg (Closing Device Pressure – Interior Door) Clear Level Space 1.50 m X 1.50 m (Before & Beyond) 1.20 m if not into a corridor Out-Swinging Doors Storage Rooms, Closets, Accessible Restrooms Door Knobs / Hardware 0.82m to 1.06 m; 0.90 m (Preferred) Vertical Pull Handles 1.06 m OC (Preferred) Kick Plates 0.30 m to 0.40 m CORRIDORS Width (Clear) 1.20 m Recess / Turnabout 1.50 m X 1.50 m @ 12.00 m Spacing 3.50 m @ every Dead End WASHROOM & TOILETS Area 1.70 m X 1.80 m Turning Space 2.25 m2; 1.50 m (Min. Dimension) Number 1 / 20 WC; 2 / >20 WC Signage ▲ Men’s Washroom,  Women’s Washroom 0.30 m Length or Diameter; 7.5 mm Thick Water Closet 0.45 m (H); Flush Control @ 1.20 m (H) Lavatories 0.80 m Height (Max.) 0.60 to 0.70 m Knee Recess Vertical Clearance 0.50 m Depth Urinals Elongated or Through Lip of 0.48 m (H) STAIRS Tread Surface Slip-Resistant Nosing Slip Resistant / Slanted (AVOID Open Stringers) Leading Edge Non-Skid Material with High Contrast Color Hazardous Areas 0.30 m (W) Tactile Strip ELEVATORS Location 30.00 m (Max.) from Entrance Dimension 1.10 m X 1.40 m Control Panels 0.90 m to 1.20 m (H) Button Controls 20 mm Ø; 1 mm (D) with Braille-Type Signs SAFETY FENCING FOR ROADWORKS & FOOTWORKS Height (Top of Rail) 1.00 m above adjacent surface Tapping Rail 0.35 m above adjacent surface NO GAPS between adjoining fence lengths, STRONG enough resistance COVERS FOR EXCAVATIONS Width 1.20 m with 0.20 m Kickboard If footway width is reduced to less than 1.20 m, cover will be full width of footway SIGNAGE FOR ROADWORKS ON CARRIAGEWAY Location Verges or Similar Should not reduce the footway width to less than 1.20 m EMERGENCY EXIT Tablets / Plan Located at Main Lobby Flashing Light / Signs At every change of direction AUDIBLE & VISIBLE ALARM SYSTEM Audio-Visual Alarm In all fire sections as per (PD1185) Vibra-Alarms Deaf or Hearing Impaired Occupants  NOTHING FOLLOWS  GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS AGENCY OFFICIAL MMDA Francisco N. Tolentino DPWH Rogelio Singson DENR Ramon Jesus P. Paje HLURB Antonio M. Bernardo HUDCC Jejomar C. Binay NHCP Maria Serena I. Diokno NHA Chito M. Cruz NEDA Arsenio M. Balisacan DOTC Joseph Emilio A. Abaya
  • 75. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 73 ● ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS SUBJECT PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344 National Building Code Fire Code of 1977 (Repealed by RA9514) Fire Code of 2008 Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING COMMUNITY FACILITIES No. Of Lots And/or DU NMPC ● CS & OCC ● ES ●● HS ●● TT ●● NMPC ● CS & OCC ● ES ●● HS ●● TT ●● 10 and below           11 to 99           100 to 499           500 to 999           1000 to 1499           1500 to 1999           2000 to 2499           2500 and Over           No. Of Lots And/or DU Per Hectare ● Mandatory Non-Saleable ●● Optional saleable but when provided in the plan the same shall be annotated in the title % of gross area of subdivision 150 and below 1.0% 151 to 225 1.5% Above 225 2.0% PARKS / PLAYGROUND No. Of Lots And/or DU Per Hectare % of gross area of project % of gross area of subdivision 20 and below 3.5% 21 to 25 4.0% 26 to 35 5.0% 36 to 50 6.0% 51 to 65 7.0% Above 65 9.0% 150 and below 3.5% 151 to 160 4.0% 161 to 175 5.0% 176 to 200 6.0% 201 to 225 7.0% Above 225 9.0% Min. Gross Saleable Area requiring PPG 1,000 sqm In no case shall an area allocated for parks and playgrounds be less than 100 square meters. An addition of 1% increment for every 10 or fraction thereof above 225. Min. Number of Condominium Units 10 or more Except when part of a Subdivision Project Or PPG 800m (Max. Distance) away without hazards
  • 76. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 74 ● ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS SUBJECT PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344 National Building Code Fire Code of 1977 (Repealed by RA9514) Fire Code of 2008 Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING Minimum Area 50 sqm Add 3.0 sqm for every added DU in excess of 10 Public Accessible Park Max. Distance 800 m HEIRARCHY OF ROADS HECTARES 2.5 and below Maj, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Min, MC, Alley Major, Minor, MC, PW Above 2.5 - 5 Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Min, MC, Alley Major, Minor, MC, PW Above 5 - 10 Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Major, Minor, MC, PW Above 10 -15 Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Col, Min, MC, PW Above 15 - 30 Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Col, Min, MC, PW Above 30 Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Col, Min, MC, Alley Maj, Col, Min, MC, PW ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY (RROW) Major Coll Minor Major Coll Minor Major Coll Minor Major Coll Minor HECTARES 2.5 and below 10 8 10 8 8 6.5 8 6.5 Above 2.5 - 5 12 10 8 10 8 10 6.5 10 6.5 Above 5 - 10 12 10 8 12 10 8 10 8 6.5 10 6.5 Above 10 -15 12 10 8 12 10 8 10 8 6.5 10 8 6.5 Above 15 - 30 15 12 10 12 10 8 12 8 6.5 10 8 6.5 Above 30 15 12 10 15 12 10 15 10 6.5 12 10 6.5 MC Alley MC Alley MC Alley PW MC Alley PW ROW 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 3 Carriageway 5 2 5 2 5 5 Interior Subdivision 10m (Interconnecting Road) PLANTING STRIPS & SIDE WALKS RROW (m) PW SW 30 and above 1.2 (0.6) 1/6 – 1/4 25 - 29 0.6 (0.3) 1/6 – 1/3 20 - 24 0.6 (0.3) 1/6 – 1/3 10 - 19 0.4 (0.2) 1/4 - 1/3 Below 10 Optional 1/4 - 1/3 PS SW PW SW PS SW PW SW 15 1.3 1.2 1.3 1.2 1.3 1.2 1.3 1.2 12 0.8 1.2 0.8 1.2 0.8 1.2 0.8 1.2 10 0.8 1.2 0.8 1.2 0.8 1.2 0.8 1.2 8 0.4 0.6 0.4 0.6 0.4 0.6 0.4 0.6 6.5 Optional Optional Optional 0.5 Optional 0.5
  • 77. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 75 ● ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS SUBJECT PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344 National Building Code Fire Code of 1977 (Repealed by RA9514) Fire Code of 2008 Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING Grass & Shrubs 200mm / side Trees 300mm / side Sidewalk SLope 1/50 ROADS PAVEMENT Major Concrete / Asphalt Concrete – 150mm Thick / 20.7Mpa @ 28 days Asphalt – 50mm Sidewalk – 17.2Mpa Concrete / Asphalt Minor Concrete / Asphalt Motor Court Macadam Sidewalk Macadam Path Walk / Alley Macadam INTERSECTIONS Distance between offset intersections 20m (Min.) 20m (Min.) GRADE / SLOPE Crown Slope 1.5% 1.5% to 9.0% Grades and Vertical Curbs 7.0% to 9.0% As per DPWH MINIMUM LOT SIZES Single Detached INT 301.00 sqm 120.00 sqm 100.00 sqm 72.00 sqm 64.00 sqm INS CL 365.00 sqm TL Price for Saleable lots shall not exceed 40% of the Maximum Selling Price of House and Lot Packages CTL EL 548.00 sqm Duplex / Single Attached INT Basic / Maximum 96.00 sqm 80.00 sqm 54.00 sqm 48.00 sqm INS 80.00 sqm / 192.00 sqm CL 96.00 sqm / 261.00 sqm TL CTL EL 140.00 sqm /378.00 sqm Row Houses INT Basic / Maximum 60.00 sqm 50.00 sqm 36.00 sqm 28.00 sqm INS 50.00 sqm / 400.00 sqm CL 75.00 sqm / 475.00 sqm TL CTL EL 200.00 sqm /700.00 sqm
  • 78. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 76 ● ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS SUBJECT PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344 National Building Code Fire Code of 1977 (Repealed by RA9514) Fire Code of 2008 Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING R-4 Individual Townhouse Lots INT Not Allowed PHILIPPIANS 4:6-7 THE MESSAGE (MSG) 6-7 Don’t fret or worry. Instead of worrying, pray. Let petitions and praises shape your worries into prayers, letting God know your concerns. Before you know it, a sense of God’s wholeness, everything coming together for good, will come and settle you down. It’s wonderful what happens when Christ displaces worry at the center of your life. PROVERBS 16:3 NEW KING JAMES VERSION (NKJV) 3 Commit your works to the LORD, And your thoughts will be established. JEREMIAH 17:7-8 LIVING BIBLE (TLB) 7 But blessed is the man who trusts in the Lord and has made the Lord his hope and confidence. 8 He is like a tree planted along a riverbank, with its roots reaching deep into the water—a tree not bothered by the heat nor worried by long months of drought. Its leaves stay green, and it goes right on producing all its luscious fruit. INS 96.00 sqm CL 120.00 sqm TL CTL EL 180.00 sqm R-5 INT Not Allowed INS 500.00 sqm CL 540.00 sqm TL CTL EL 945.00 sqm Com-1 INT Not Allowed INS 204.00 sqm CL 238.00 sqm TL CTL EL Not Allowed Com-2 INT Not Allowed INS 301.00 sqm CL 365.00 sqm TL CTL EL Not Allowed Com-3 Industrial (I) General Institutional (GI) Cultural (C) INT Not Allowed INS 600.00 sqm CL 813.00 sqm TL CTL EL Not Allowed MINIMUM FLOOR AREA Single Detached As per PSO Computation 42 sqm 30 sqm 22 sqm 18 sqm Duplex / Single Attached Row Houses
  • 79. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 77 ● ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS SUBJECT PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344 National Building Code Fire Code of 1977 (Repealed by RA9514) Fire Code of 2008 Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING LOT FRONTAGES (RESIDENTIAL) Single Detached a. Corner Lot Based on Classification Type of Occupancy 12.00 m 8.00 m c. Irregular Lot 10.00 m 8.00 m b. Regular Lot 6.00 m 4.00 m d. Interior Lot 3.00 m 3.00 m Duplex/Single Attached 8.00 m 6.00 m Row Houses 4.00 m 4.00 m 3.50 m MINIMUM LEVEL OF COMPLETION Single Detached Complete House (based on the submitted specifications) Complete House (based on the submitted specifications) Shell House (based on the submitted specifications) Duplex / Single Attached Row Houses LENGTH OF BLOCK ROW HOUSES 20 Units per Block 100 m Max. Length Max. = 400m >250m – PROVIDE 2.0m alley at midlength Max. = 400m >250m – PROVIDE 2.0m alley at midlength OPEN SPACE REQUIREMENTS Interior Lot 50% (A,B,C,D,J) 20% (E,F,G,H,I) As per PD1096 50% (Residential) 25% (Others) Inside Lot 20% (A,B,C,D,J) 15% (E,F,G,H,I) As per PD1096 20% (Residential) 15% (Others) Corner Lot 10% (A,B,C,D,J) 5% (E,F,G,H,I) As per PD1096 10% (Residential) 15% (Others) Through Lot 10% (A,B,C,D,J) 5% (E,F,G,H,I) As per PD1096 10% (Residential) 15% (Others) Corner-Through Lot 5% As per PD1096 10% (Residential) 15% (Others) Corner Lot Abutting 3 Or More Streets, Alleys, Rivers, Etc. 5% As per PD1096 5% for all Group Occupancies End Lot 30% - 50% (A,B,C,D,E2,H) 5% (H1,H2,H4,E3) As per PD1096 As per PD1096 CEILING HEIGHTS Habitable Rooms Artificial Ventilation 2.40 m Natural Ventilation 2.70 m Artificial Ventilation 2.00 m Natural Ventilation 2.70 m Artificial Ventilation 2.40 m Natural Ventilation 2.70 m Artificial Ventilation 2.00 m Natural Ventilation 2.70 m Artificial Ventilation 2.40 m Natural Ventilation 2.70 m Artificial Ventilation 2.40 m Natural Ventilation 2.70 m
  • 80. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 78 ● ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS SUBJECT PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344 National Building Code Fire Code of 1977 (Repealed by RA9514) Fire Code of 2008 Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING Buildings 2.70 m – 1st Storey 2.40 m – 2nd Storey 2.10 m – Succeeding Storeys 1.80 m – Mezzanine 2.30 m 2.13 m 2.00 m 2.00 m 2.00 m Mezzanine Floor 1.80m 1.80m (Min.) LIGHT & VENTILATION Min. dimension of court 2.00 m 1.50 m 2.00 m 2.00 m Passageway from Inner Court At least 1.20 m At least 1.20 m At least 1.20 m At least 1.20 m Min. Ht. Clearance from Firewall 1.00 m above the roof 1.00 m above the roof 1.00 m above the roof 1.00 m above the roof Headroom Clearance 2.00 m 2.00 m 2.00 m 2.00 m 2.00 m Sum of Areas of Openings in any Storey Less than 50% of total area of the wall on that storey Less than 50% of total area of the wall on that storey Less than 25% of total area of the wall on that storey Less than 25% of total area of the wall on that storey Window Openings At least 10% of the FA At least 10% of the FA At least 10% of the FA At least 10% of the FA Eaves over required windows At least 750 mm SIZE/ DIMENSION OF ROOMS Rooms for Human Habitation 6.00 sq. m w/ min. dimension of 2.00 m 18 sq. m for studio unit Kitchen 3.00 sq. m w/ min dimension of 1.50 m Toilet & Bath 1.20 sq. m w/ min. dimension of 0.90 m 1.80m x 1.70m 2.25 sq. m EXITS Minimum number 1 Occupant Load < 10 1 At least 2 exits 1 1 1 10-499 2 2 50-300 2 300-600 2 500-999 3 3 600-999 3 1000 (Class A) 4 4 4
  • 81. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 79 ● ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS SUBJECT PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344 National Building Code Fire Code of 1977 (Repealed by RA9514) Fire Code of 2008 Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING DISTANCE TO EXITS WITHOUT Sprinkle System 45 m (Max.) 46 m (Max.) 46 m (Max.) 45 m (Max.) 45 m (Max.) 45 m (Max.) 45 m (Max.) WITH Sprinkle System 60 m (Max.) 61 m (Max.) 61 m (Max.) 60m (Max.) 60 m (Max.) 60 m (Max.) 60 m (Max.) Min. exit door width 900 mm 710 mm 900 mm 800 mm 800 mm 800 mm Min. exit door height 2.00 m 2.00 m 2.00 m 2.00 m 2.00 m 2.00 m Min. corridor width 1.10 m 1.12 mm 1.10 m 1.20 m 1.20 m 1.20 m Max. slope of passageway 1:8 1:8 1:8 1:8 Dead ends Max. of 6.00 m Max. of 6.00 m Max. of 12.00 m Max. of 12.00 m Max. of 12.00 m 3.50 m Mezzanine Floors >185.00 sqm / >18.00m in any dimension 2 stairways EXIT DETAILS Means of Egress STANDS @+0.50m AGL, 2 Exits, Open @ Both Ends >50 persons OPEN AIR STANDS 2 Exits, >300 persons BOILER ROOMS 2 Exits STAGE 1 Exit, 900mm (W) 1 Exit Stair, 750mm (W) Dressing Rooms 2 Exits, 750mm 2 (Balcony, mezzanine, storey) 3 (>500 to 1000) 4 (>1000) THRESHOLDS 130mm (Max. Height) 1/2 Slope >6mm Dwellings with more than 2 Rooms: 2 (1 of which is a door or stairway) Dwellings with more than 2 Rooms: 2 (1 of which is a door or stairway) Outside Window 1 / sleeping room 56cm (Least Dimension) 0.45 sqm (Area) 1.22cm (Above Floor) Except if Room has 2 doors 1 / sleeping room 56cm (Least Dimension) 0.45 sqm (Area) 1.22cm (Above Floor) Except if Room has 2 doors Width of Exit / Means of Egress 710 mm (Min.) 1220 mm (Max.) 90cm (Min.) – Sleeping Room to Outside 60cm (Min.) – Interior Door Illumination of Signs 10.7 lux @ FL 0.005 lumens / sqcm 0.005 lumens / sqcm OCCUPANT LOAD ASSEMBLY Auditoriums, Theaters, Churches, Dance Floors, 0.65 sqm / person 0.65 sqm / person 0.65 sqm / person
  • 82. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 80 ● ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS SUBJECT PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344 National Building Code Fire Code of 1977 (Repealed by RA9514) Fire Code of 2008 Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING Dining Room., Drinking Est., Exhibit Rm., Gymnasia 1.40 sqm / person 1.40 sqm / person Reviewing Stands, Stadia, Waiting Spaces 0.65 sqm / person 0.28 sqm / person 0.28 sqm / person EDUCATIONAL Classrooms 1.80 sqm / person 1.80 sqm / person 1.90 sqm / person Conference Rooms, Exhibit Rm., Gym 1.40 sqm / person Shops, Labs 4.60 sqm / person 4.60 sqm / person 4.60 sqm / person Dry Nurseries W/ Sleeping 3.30 sqm / person INSTITUTIONAL Hospitals, Sanitaria 8.40 sqm / person Nursing Homes, Children’s Homes, Home for the Aged 7.40 sqm / person Nurseries for Children 3.25 sqm / person Sleeping Area 11.00 sqm / person 11.10 sqm / person 11.10 sqm / person Treatment Area 22.00 sqm / person 22.30 sqm / person 22.30 sqm / person RESIDENTIAL 28.00 sqm / person 18.00 sqm / person MERCANTILE Basement (Covered Walls) 2.80 sqm / person 4.30 sqm / person 2.80 sqm / person Ground Floor (Street Floor With Direct Access, Sales Floor) 2.80 sqm / person 2.80 sqm / person Upper Floors 5.60 sqm / person 5.60 sqm / person Offices, Storage, Shipping 9.30 sqm / person 5.60 sqm / person 9.30 sqm / person Split Level 3.70 sqm / person Parking Garages 18.60 sqm / person BUSINESS 9.30 sqm / person INDUSTRIAL Warehouses, 28.00 sqm / person 9.30 sqm / person 9.30 sqm / person Mechanical Equipment Room 28.00 sqm / person Aircraft Hangars 48.50 sqm / person Garages 9.30 sqm / person
  • 83. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 81 ● ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS SUBJECT PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344 National Building Code Fire Code of 1977 (Repealed by RA9514) Fire Code of 2008 Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING DOORS TYPE WIDTH HEIGHT WIDTH HEIGHT WIDTH HEIGHT WIDTH HEIGHT Main Door 900mm 2000mm 915mm 2000mm 800mm 2000mm 800mm 2000mm 800mm Service Door 700mm 2000mm 700mm 2000mm Bedroom Door 700mm 2000mm 700mm 2000mm Bathroom Door 600mm 1800mm 600mm 1800mm Mezzanine Door 1800mm 1800mm Pressure Force 4.0kg / 1.0kg (Closing) Pull Handles 1.06m above floor Kick Plates 0.30m to 0.40m WINDOWS Habitable Rooms 10% of Floor Area 10% of Floor Area Bathrooms 1/20 or 5% of Floor Area 1/20 or 5% of Floor Area STAIRWAYS OCCUPANT LOAD Class A Class B NEW EX-FIRE 10-below 750 mm (Min.) <2000 Persons 1120mm >2000 Persons 1420mm 915 mm 600 mm 600 mm 10-50 900 mm (Min.) 50 above 1100mm (Min.) Riser 200 mm (Max.) Entrance 100mm (2 steps) The height of every riser and the width of every tread shall be so proportioned that the sum of 2 risers and 1 tread, exclusive of its nosing projections is not less than 60.00 cm nor more than 63.50 cm 180 mm (Max) 100 mm (Min) 205 mm 250mm (Max.) Tread 250 mm (Min.) Entrance 300mm (2 steps) 280 mm 230 mm 200mm (Min.) Headroom 2000 mm 2000 mm 2000 mm 2000 mm Height Between Landings 3.60 m (Max.) 2.75m 3.70m 3660mm 3.60 m Dimension of Landings in the direction of travel Equal to the width of the stairway 1.20m (Max. – Straight Run) 1.12 m 600 mm Equal to the width of the stairway Maximum Variation in Height of Risers and Width of Run 5mm 5mm
  • 84. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 82 ● ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS SUBJECT PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344 National Building Code Fire Code of 1977 (Repealed by RA9514) Fire Code of 2008 Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING FIRE EXIT STAIRS EX EX-SB Width (Min.) 55.9 cm 45.7 cm 60cm Landing (Hor. Dim.) 55.9 cm 45.7 cm 60 cm Rise (Max.) 22.9cm 30.5cm 23 cm Tread (Min.) (ex. Nosing) 22.9 cm 15.25 cm 23 cm Nosing Projection (Min.) 2.5cm NR Tread Construction Solid, 13mm Ø perforation Flat Metal Bars Solid, 13mm Ø perforation Max. Height Between Landings 3.66m NR 3.66 m Headroom (Min.) 2.13m 1.98m 2.00 m Access to Escape 61 cm X1.98 m (Door or casement windows) 76.20cm X 91.44 cm (double hung windows) 61 cm X1.98 m (Door or casement windows) 76.20cm X 91.44 cm (double hung windows) Level of Access Opening Not over 30.50 cm above floor; steps if higher Not over 30.50 cm above floor; steps if higher Discharge to Ground Swinging stair section Swinging stair section or Ladder Swinging stair section Capacity 45 persons / unit (Door) 20 persons / unit (Window) 38 persons / unit (Winders or Ladders from Balcony) 5 persons / unit (Window) 45 persons / unit (Door) 20 persons / unit (Window) GUARD AND HANDRAILS Handrails (Height) 800-900 mm from the nosing 760-865 mm above the surface of thread 760-865 mm above the surface of thread 800mm (Min.) 1200 mm (Max.) above the surface of thread 700-900 mm from the floor Guards (Height) 106cm 91cm (Interior Balconies & Mezzanines) 106cm 91cm (Interior Balconies & Mezzanines) Clearance from Wall 50mm 38mm 38mm 38mm 50mm
  • 85. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 83 ● ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS SUBJECT PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344 National Building Code Fire Code of 1977 (Repealed by RA9514) Fire Code of 2008 Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING Clearance from Ledges 40mm Intermediate Handrails 223cm width, Vertical Balusters (Spacing) 15.25cm 15.25cm WIDTH OF RUN / THREAD DEPTH Winding and Circular Stairs 150mm (narrow edge) 200mm @300mm from narrow edge 150mm (narrow edge) 280mm @305mm from narrow edge 150mm (narrow edge) 200mm @300mm from narrow edge Curved Stairs 280mm @305mm from side Smallest Radius is not less than Stair Width Spiral Stairs 280mm RAMPS Class A Class B Wdth 122cm 76-122cm 1120mm 150mm / 6in 1.20 m Length 6.00m (Max.) If longer, provide 1.50m (Min.) landings Slope 1:8 (Max) 8-10% 10-17% 1:12 300mm 1:12 (Max.) Cross Slope 1:48 300mm Max. Rise for a single Run No Limit 3.66m 760mm Capacity - Down 60 45 Capacity - Up 45 45 FIREWALLS Thickness 150 mm / 6in Vertical Extension 400 mm 300 mm Horizontal Extension 600 mm 300 mm SETBACKS Low Density Residential (R-1) 4.50 m Front 2.00 m Side 2.00 m Rear As per PD1096 (NBCP) Medium Density Residential (R-2) Basic / Maximum 3.00 m / 8.00 m Front 2.00 m Side 2.00 m Rear High Density Residential (R-3) Basic / Maximum 3.00 m / 8.00 m Front 2.00 m Side 2.00 m Rear 1.50 m Front 1.50 m Side 2.00 m Rear 1.50 m Front 1.50 m Side 2.00 m Rear
  • 86. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 84 ● ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS SUBJECT PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344 National Building Code Fire Code of 1977 (Repealed by RA9514) Fire Code of 2008 Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING Subdivision 3.0m (Depth) x 5.0m (Length) from Main Public Road DISTANCE BETWEEN BUILDINGS / CLEARANCE BETWEEN ROOF EAVES 1 ot 2 storeys 4.0m / 1.50m 3 to 4 storeys 6.0m / 2.0m More Than 4 Storey 10.0m / 6.0m Blank Walls / No Openings 2.0m / 1.0m SIDEWALKS & ARCADES Min. of width of sidewalk 1/6 of R.O.W 0.60m to 1.00m 0.60m to 1.00m 0.60m to 1.20m 0.50m to 1.20m 0.50m to 1.20m 1.20 m Planting Strip 0.20m to 1.20m 800 mm for sidewalks  2.00 m in width 0.20m to 1.20m 0.40m to 1.30m 0.40m to 1.30m 0.40m to 1.30m DRIVEWAYS, ENTRANCES & EXITS Slope of entryway 1:3 or 1:4 1:3 or 1:4 Max. slope of ramps 1:8 (Exit Coutrts) 1:10 (Exit Passageway) 1:12 (Max.) 1:48 (Max. Cross Slope) 15% 15% 1:12 Max. length 6.00 m w/o landing Minimum Width of Ramps 1120 mm Maximum Rise for a single Ramp Run 760 mm ISAIAH 41:9-10 NEW KING JAMES VERSION (NKJV) You whom I have taken from the ends of the earth, And called from its farthest regions, And said to you, ‘You are My servant, I have chosen you and have not cast you away: Fear not, for I am with you; Be not dismayed, for I am your God I will strengthen you, Yes, I will help you, I will uphold you with My righteous right hand.’
  • 87. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 85 ● ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS SUBJECT PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344 National Building Code Fire Code of 1977 (Repealed by RA9514) Fire Code of 2008 Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING PARKING REQUIREMENTS Size of Parking Slot 2.50 x 5.00 m (Perpendicular & Diagonal) 2.15 x 6.00 (Parallel) 3.60 x 12.00 m (Standard Truck) 3.60 x 18.00 m (Articulated Truck) 3.00 x 9.00 m (Jeepney / Shuttle) 2.50 x 5.00 m (Perpendicular & Diagonal) 2.00 x 6.00 m (Parallel) 2.50 x 5.00 m (Perpendicular & Diagonal) 2.15 x 6.00 m (Parallel) 3.70 x 5.00 m Multi-Family Dwelling & Condominiums 1 / 8 living units Off-Site Parking 200m 100m away Low-income single detached living units Lot Size = 100 sq. m Pooled Parking 1 slot / 10 units Pooled Parking 1 slot / 10 units Pooled Parking 1 slot / 10 units Pooled Parking 1 slot / 10 units 50 sq. m below 50-100 sq. m 100 sq. m above 1 slot / 8 units 1 slot / 4 units 1 slot / 1 unit 1 slot / 8 units 1 slot / 4 units 1 slot / 1 unit 1 slot / 20 units 1 slot / 20 units AISLES WIDTH >60 Seats ≤ 60 Seats Serving 1 Side 800mm 915mm 760mm Serving Both Sides 1.00m 1220mm Side Aisles 1.10m Dead End Aisle 6.1m (Length) Exit Doors 1 pair / 5 rows 1.70m Width Distance between seats back to back 1.00m Slope 1:8 (12.5%) 12.5% (Max.) SEATS SEAT SPACING STANDARD Back-to-Back 840 mm 830 mm CONTINENTAL Unoccupied ≤ 18 Seats 450 mm ≤ 35 Seats 500 mm ≤ 45 Seats 525 mm ≥ 46 Sets 550 mm Width 450 mm (Min.) 480 mm (Max.)
  • 88. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 86 ● ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN TABULATION OF DESIGN STANDARDS SUBJECT PD 1096 PD 1185 RA 9514 PD 957 BP 220 BP 344 National Building Code Fire Code of 1977 (Repealed by RA9514) Fire Code of 2008 Subdivision & Condominium Law Economic & Socialized Housing Accessibility Law OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING ROW SPACING Without Back Rest 600mm 830mm (Max.) 680mm (Min.) With Backrest 750mm Chair Seating 850mm Back to Front 300mm 300mm RISE Between Rows 400mm Seats Between WALL & AISLE 7 Seats 7 Seats Seats Between AISLES 14 Seats May be increased to 30 if doors are provided along each side 14 Seats May be increased to 30 if doors are provided along each side SPACING BETWEEN SEAT & AISLE Open Air without backrest 15 (Max.) Within Buildings Without Backrest 6 Seats Open Air with backrest 6 Seats WATER REQUIREMENT Average Daily Demand (ADD) 150 Liters / Capita / Day (LCPD) 150 Liters / Capita / Day (LCPD) Water Tank Capacity 20% ADD + Fire Reserve ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENT Street Lighting Per Pole if 50 m Distance @ every other Pole if <50m Distance Per Pole if 50 m Distance @ every other Pole if <50m Distance SEWAGE DISPOSAL Septic Tank Individual as per PD856 (Sanitation Code of the Philippines) Communal or Individual as per PD856 (Sanitation Code of the Philippines) DRAINAGE SYSTEM Minimum Diameter of Drainage Pipe 30cm 300mm Location Underground Underground Minimum Drainage System Reinforced Concrete Pipes (RCP) Concrete lined canal with load bearing cover GARBAGE DISPOSAL SYSTEM Type Independently or LGU Garbage Collection
  • 89. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 87 ● BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS VERNACULAR TERMS VERNACULAR ENGLISH Bahada Slope Hinang Solder Biento Spacing Biento Spacing/Gap Hagdan Stair Estaka Stake Bodega, Storeroom Hardinera Stringer (Open) Latero Tinsmith Letrina Or Comun, Toilet Tahilan Top Chord Baytang Tread Pergola Trellis Kilo Truss Monyeka Varnish Entresuelo, Vault Pilarete Vertical Stud Planchuelo W.I Strap Asolejo, Asolehos Wainscoting Tile Bagad Wall Post Pitsa Washer Chapa Washer (Iron) Aljibe, Water Cistern Inodoro Water Closet Pasamano Window Sill Poleya Wiring Knob Haspe Wood Grain Tabla Wood Plank Plantsuela Wrought Iron Strap VERNACULAR TERMS VERNACULAR ENGLISH Bolada Overhung, Projection De Bandeha Panel Door Dispensa, Pantry Dingding Partition Plantilya Pattern, Sched Piketa Pick Work Hiero Liso Plain G.I Sheet Palitada Plaster/Stucco Kusturada Plastered Course Tapon Plug Hulog Plumb Bob, Plumbline Poste / Haligi Post Reostra Purlin Masilya Putty Media Cana Quarter Round Prases Queen Post Vaciad, Basiador Rabbet Kilo Rafter Andamio Ramp Kabilya Reinforcing Bars Caballet, Kaballete Ridge Roll Takip Silipan Riser Rimatse Rivets Lastillas Sand And Gravel Plancha, Andamiyo Scaffolding Batak Scrapped Filler Rebokada Scratch Coat Tuerka Screw Nut Roskas Screw Thread Poso Negro Septic Vault Dutcha Shower Ducha Showerhead Pendulon Siding (Ext) Guililan, Sepo Sill Krokis Sketch Plan VERNACULAR TERMS VERNACULAR ENGLISH Guililian, Sepo, Kuling Girder Sepo (Kapatas) Girt Canal Groove Alulod, Kanal Gutter Caida Hall Gabay Handrail Quatro Aguas Hip Roof Pabalagbag, Trabe Anzo Horizontal Stud Quadra, Horse Stable Pulgada Inches Hiero Iron Pendulum, Tabike King Post Cocina, Kitchen Prigadero Kitchen Sink Piyon Laborer Mesa, Mesita Landing Lababo Lavatory Asinta Laying Of Chb Sibe Lean-To Roof Sala, Living Room Dulang Low Table Pierno Pasante Machine Bolt Kanteria lastilyas Mansory Lastilyas Mansory Fill Kantero Mason Suban Metal Work, Temper Kanto Mesa Miter Joint Paupo Mortar Kustura Mortar Joint Muldura Moulding Punsol Neil Setter Estanyo Nicolite / Soldering Bar Truerka Nut Azotea, Open Terrace VERNACULAR TERMS VERNACULAR ENGLISH Kontratista Constructor Kanto Corner Hiero Kanalado Corrugated G.I. Sheet Patio, Courtyard Escondro Crushed Stone Pie De Gallo Diagonal Brace Comedor, Dining Room Bangguerahan Dish Rack Batidora Door Fillet Or Astragal Sumbrero Door / Window Head Hamba Door / Window Jamb Abang Dowel Tubo De Banada Downspout Sepillado Dressed Lumber Escombro Earth Fill Sibe, Alero Eave Tabike Exterior Siding Senepa Fascia Board Piye Feet Tambak Fill Batidura Fillet Soleras Floor Joist Guililan Floor Sill Dotal Floorboards Suelo Flooring Alahado Flush Fundacion Footing Zaguan, For Caroza Kapatas, Maestro De Obra Foreman Balangkas Frame Work Balangkas Framework Tubo Galbanisado G.I. Pipe Lingueta G.I. Sheet Strap Dos Aguas Gable Roof VERNACULAR TERMS VERNACULAR ENGLISH Kalinya Aligned Asintada Alignment Uno-Sin-Otra Alternate Unosinotra Alternate/Staggered Liyabe Anchor Caida Ante-Sala From Stairs Batidura Astragal Balcon Balcony Barandillas Baluster Trankilya Barrel Bolt Rodapis Baseboard Baño Bath Banyera Bath Tub Biga Beam Cuarto, Alcoba, Dormitorio Bedroom Pierno Bolt Barakilan , Tirante Bottom Chord Tirante Bottom Chord Bisagra Butt Hinge Espolon Cabinet Hinge Okum Calikum Media Agua Canopy, Awning Tubo Pundido Cast Iron Pipe Estopa Caulk Cotton Kisame Ceiling Kostilyahe Ceiling Joist Landrilyo Cement Brick Baldosa Cement Tile Baral De Kadena Chain Bolt Madre De Escalera Closed Stringer Sinturon Collar Plate Poste Column Larga Masa Concrete Slab Alulod- Conductor
  • 90. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 88 ● BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS 16 DIVISIONS DIVISION 1 G GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 2 S SITE CONSTRUCTION DIVISION 3 C CONCRETE DIVISION 4 M MASONRY DIVISION 5 M METALS DIVISION 6 W WOOD AND PLASTICS DIVISION 7 T THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION DIVISION 8 D DOORS AND WINDOWS DIVISION 9 F FINISHES DIVISION 10 S SPECIALTIES DIVISION 11 E EQUIPMENT DIVISION 12 F FURNISHINGS DIVISION 13 S SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION DIVISION 14 C CONVEYING SYSTEMS DIVISION 15 M MECHANICAL DIVISION 16 E ELECTRICAL 16 DIVISIONS 02450 Foundation and Load-Bearing Elements 02500 Utility Services 02600 Drainage and Containment 02700 Bases, Ballasts, Pavements and Appurtenances 02800 Site Improvements and Amenities 02900 Planting 02950 Site Restoration and Rehabilitation DIVISION 3 CONCRETE 03050 Basic Concrete Materials and Methods 03100 Concrete Forms and Accessories 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete 03400 Precast Concrete 03500 Cementitious Decks and Underlayment 03600 Grouts 03700 Mass Concrete 03900 Concrete Restoration and Cleaning DIVISION 4 MASONRY 04050 Basic Masonry Materials and Methods 04200 Masonry Units 04400 Stone 04500 Refractories 04600 Corrosion-Resistant Masonry 04700 Simulated Masonry 04800 Masonry Assemblies 04900 Masonry Restoration and Cleaning DIVISION 5 METALS 05050 Basic Metal Materials and Methods 05100 Structural Metal Framing 05200 Metal Joists 05300 Metal Deck 05400 Cold-Formed Metal Framing 05500 Metal Fabrications 05600 Hydraulic Fabrications 05700 Ornamental Metal 05800 Expansion Control 05900 Metal Restoration and Cleaning DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS 06050 Basic Wood and Plastic Materials and Methods 06100 Rough Carpentry 16 DIVISIONS 06200 Finish Carpentry 06400 Architectural Woodwork 06500 Structural Plastics 06600 Plastic Fabrications 06900 Wood and Plastic Restoration and Cleaning DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07050 Basic Thermal and Moisture Protection Materials and Methods 07100 Damproofing and Waterproofing 07200 Thermal Protection 07300 Shingles, Roof Tiles, and Roof Coverings 07400 Roofing and Siding Panels 07500 Membrane Roofing 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07700 Roof Specialties and Accessories 07800 Fire and Smoke Protection 07900 Joint Sealers DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS 08050 Basic Door and Window Materials and Methods 08100 Metal Doors and Frames 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors 08300 Specialty Doors 08400 Entrances and Storefronts 08500 Windows 08600 Skylights 08700 Hardware 08800 Glazing 08900 Glazed Curtain Wall DIVISION 9 FINISHES 09050 Basic Finish Materials and Methods 09100 Metal Support Assemblies 09200 Plaster and Gypsum Board 09300 Tile 09400 Terrazzo 09500 Ceilings 09600 Flooring 09700 Wall Finishes 09800 Acoustical Treatment 09900 Paints and Coatings 16 DIVISIONS DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES 10100 Visual Display Boards 10150 Compartments and Cubicles 10200 Louvers and Vents 10240 Grilles and Screens 10250 Service Walls 10260 Wall and Corner Guards 10270 Access Flooring 10290 Pest Control 10300 Fireplaces and Stoves 10340 Manufactured Exterior Specialties 10350 Flagpoles 10400 Identification Devices 10450 Pedestrian Control Devices 10500 Lockers 10520 Fire Protection Specialties 10530 Protective Covers 10550 Postal Specialties 10600 Partitions 10670 Storage Shelving 10700 Exterior Protection 10750 Telephone Specialties 10800 Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Specialties 10880 Scales 10900 Wardrobe and Closet Specialties DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT 11010 Maintenance Equipment 11020 Security and Vault Equipment 11030 Teller and Service Equipment 11040 Ecclesiastical Equipment 11050 Library Equipment 11060 Theater and Stage Equipment 11070 Instrumental Equipment 11080 Registration Equipment 11090 Checkroom Equipment 11100 Mercantile Equipment 11110 Commercial Laundry and Dry Cleaning Equipment 11120 Vending Equipment 11130 Audio-Visual Equipment 11140 Vehicle Service Equipment 11150 Parking Control Equipment DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 Summary 01200 Price and Payment Procedures 01300 Administrative Requirements 01400 Quality Requirements 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01600 Product Requirements 01700 Execution Requirements 01800 Facility Operation 01900 Facility Decommissioning DIVISION 2 SITE CONSTRUCTION 02050 Basic Site Materials and Methods 02100 Site Remediation 02200 Site Preparation 02300 Earthwork 02400 Tunneling, Boring and Jacking
  • 91. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 89 ● BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS CLASSIFICATION OF FIRE Water Dry Powder Foam CO 2 Vaporizing Wet Chem. CLASSIFICATION OF LUMINAIRES TYPES OF MORTAR ACCORDING TO STRENGTH CLASS USE CLASS DESCRIPTION TYPE STRENGTH A Ordinary Combustible Paper, Wood, Cloth, Trash, Rubber & Plastics L L L L Indirect 90% to 100% of the light output is directed towards the ceiling and upper walls of the room. M HIGH STRENGTH MORTAR (2500 psi / 17,238 kPa) B Flammable Liquid Oil, Grease, Gasoline, Paint, Solvents & Tar L Semi-Indirect 60% to 90% of the light is directed upwards; 40% to 10% downwards S MEDIUM HIGH STRENGTH (1800 psi / 12,411kPa) C Electrical Equipment Wiring, Fuse Boxes, Circuit Breakers, Machinery & Electrical Appliances L General Diffuse (Direct- Indirect) provides approximately equal distribution of light upwards and downwards N MEDIUM STRENGTH (750 psi / 5,171kPa) D Combustible Metals Magnesium, Titanium, Zirconium, Sodium, Lithium & Potassium Semi Direct 60% to 90% of light is directed downwards; while 40% to 10% is directed upwards O LOW STRENGTH Interior non-load bearing walls and partitions K/F Combustible Cooking Kitchen fires involving large amounts of heated grease L L L Direct 90% - 100% of the light output is directed downwards K VERY LOW STRENGTH Interior non-load bearing walls permitted by NBCP 16 DIVISIONS 14800 Scaffolding 14900 Transportation DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15100 Building Service Piping 15200 Process Piping 15300 Fire Protection Piping 15400 Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment 15500 Heat-Generation Equipment 15600 Refrigeration Equipment 15700 Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Equipment 15800 Air Distribution 15900 HVAC Instrumentation and Controls 15950 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL 16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 Wiring Methods 16200 Electrical Power 16300 Transmission and Distribution 16400 Low-Voltage Distribution 16500 Lighting 16700 Communications 16800 Sound and Video 16 DIVISIONS 13190 Site-Constructed Incinerators 13200 Storage Tanks 13220 Filter Under Drains and Media 13230 Digester Covers and Appurtenances 13240 Oxygenation Systems 13260 Sludge Conditioning Systems 13280 Hazardous Material Remediation 13400 Measurement and Control Instrumentation 13500 Recording Instrumentation 13550 Transportation Control Instrumentation 13600 Solar and Wind Energy Equipment 13700 Security Access and Surveillance 13800 Building Automation and Control 13850 Detection and Alarm 13900 Fire Suppression DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS 14100 Dumbwaiters 14200 Elevators 14300 Escalators and Moving Walks 14400 Lifts 14500 Material Handling 14600 Hoists and Cables 14700 Turntables 16 DIVISIONS 12050 Fabrics 12100 Art 12300 Manufactured Casework 12400 Furnishings and Accessories 12500 Furniture 12600 Multiple Seating 12700 Systems Furniture 12800 Interior Plants and Planters 12900 Furnishings Restoration and Repair DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13010 Air-Supported Structures 13020 Building Modules 13030 Special Purpose Rooms 13080 Sound, Vibration, and Seismic Control 13090 Radiation Protection 13100 Lightning Protection 13110 Cathodic Protection 13120 Pre-Engineered Structures 13150 Swimming Pools 13160 Aquariums 13165 Aquatic Park Facilities 13170 Tubs and Pools 13175 Ice Rinks 13185 Kennels and Animal Shelters 16 DIVISIONS 11160 Loading Dock Equipment 11170 Solid Waste Handling Equipment 11190 Detention Equipment 11200 Water Supply and Treatment Equipment 11280 Hydraulic Gates and Valves 11300 Fluid Waste Treatment and Disposal Equipment 11400 Food Service Equipment 11450 Residential Equipment 11460 Unit Kitchens 11470 Darkroom Equipment 11480 Athletic, Recreational, and Therapeutic Equipment 11500 Industrial and Process Equipment 11600 Laboratory Equipment 11650 Planetarium Equipment 11660 Observatory Equipment 11680 Office Equipment 11700 Medical Equipment 11780 Mortuary Equipment 11850 Navigation Equipment 11870 Agricultural Equipment 11900 Exhibit Equipment DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS
  • 92. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 90 ● BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS CONCRETE MIXTURE PROPORTION CLASS PROPORTION CEMENT SAND GRAVEL STRENGTH MINIMUM REQUIRED ULTIMATE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH WATER [US Gallons / 94lbs (40kg) Cement] USES 40KG (94lbs) 50KG (110lbs) CYLINDER [h=2h] CUBE [150mm X 150mm X 150mm] AAA 1 : 1 : 2 Pre-Stressed and Post-Tensioned AA 1 : 1.5 : 3 12 9.5 0.5 1 4000 2400 2800 Underwater retaining wall, shear wall and elevator core walls A 1 : 2 : 4 9 7 0.5 1 3500 2000 2400 5 Footings, pier, columns, girders, beams, joists and slabs B 1 : 2.5 : 5 7.5 6 0.5 1 3000 1600 2000 5.75 Slabs on fill and non-load bearing wall or 4” CHB C 1 : 3 : 6 6 5 0.5 1 2500 1300 1600 6.5 Concrete plant boxes and parapet walls D 1 : 3.5 : 7 5 4 0.5 1 2000 1000 1200 7 Plant boxes, footpaths, walkway and lean concrete CLASSIFICATION OF PORTLAND CEMENT Portland Cement: hydraulic cement made by burning a mixture of clay and limestone in a rotary kiln and pulverizing the resulting clinker into a very fine powder, named for its resemblance to a limestone quarried on the Isle of Portland, England. TYPE I Normal A Portland cement used for general construction, having none of the distinguishing qualities of the other types. TYPE II Moderate A Portland cement having a reduced content of tricalcium aluminate, making it more resistant to sulfates and causing it to generate less heat of hydration: used in general construction where resistance to moderate sulfate action is required or where heat buildup can be damaging, as in the construction of large piers and heavy retaining walls. TYPE III High Early Strength A very finely ground Portland cement having an increased content of tricalcium silicate, causing it to cure faster and gain strength earlier than normal Portland cement: used when the early removal of formwork is desired, or in cold-weather construction to reduce the time required for protection from low temperatures. TYPE IV Low Heat A Portland cement having a reduced content of tricalcium silicate and an increased content of dicalcium silicate, causing it; to generate less heat of hydration than normal Portland cement; used in the construction of massive concrete structures, such as gravity dams, where a large buildup in heat can be damaging. TYPE V Sulfate Resisting A Portland cement having a reduced content of tricalcium aluminate, lessening the need for gypsum, a sulfate normally added to cement to retard its setting time: used where resistance to severe sulfate action is required. Air –Entraining Portland Cement A Type I, Type II, or Type Ill Portland cement to which a small quantity of an air entraining agent has been inter-ground during manufacture; designated by the suffix A, as in Type IA, Type IIA, or Type IllA. White Portland Cement A Portland cement produced from raw materials law in iron oxide and manganese oxide, the substances that give concrete its gray color; used in precast concrete work and in the making of terrazzo, stucco, and tile grout.
  • 93. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 91 ● BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS MORTAR & PLASTER MIXTURE PROPORTION COMPUTATION FACTORS FOR CHB PLASTER CLASS PROPORTION CEMENT SAND CHB MORTAR FILL (cu.m.) MORTAR LAY (cu.m.) 1 SIDE / CHB 0.0023 40 KG 50 KG 1 SIDE / SQ.M. 0.029 A 1 : 2 18 14.5 1 4” [10x20x40] 0.0015 0.001016 REBAR WEIGHT PER METER (kg) B 1 : 3 12 9.5 1 Ø2 / 162 Ø2 x 0.00617 C 1 : 4 9 7 1 6” [15X20X40] 0.0030 0.001524 Ø REBAR (mm) D 1 : 5 7.5 6 1 # / 8 x 25.4 # x 3.125 8” [20X20X40] 0.0045 0.002032 # REBAR #CHB / M2 12.5 pieces (Ø x 8) / 25.4 MINIMUM THICKNESS OF NON-PRE-STRESSED BEAMS OR ONE-WAY SLABS UNLESS DEFLECTIONS ARE COMPUTED (members are not supporting or attached to partitions or other construction likely to be damaged by large deflections) PERMISSIBLE SUMP CONSISTENCY DESCRIPTION MAXIMUM MINIMUM DESCRIPTION SOLID ONE-WAY SLAB BEAMS / RIBBED ONE- WAY SLAB Slabs, beams, thin reinforced walls & bldg. columns 150mm (6”) 75mm (3”) Simply Supported L/20 L/16 Reinforced foundation walls and footings 125mm (5”) 50mm (2”) One End Continuous L/24 L/18.5 Plain Footings, caisson, and substructure walls 100mm (4”) 25mm (1”) Both Ends Continuous L/28 L/21 Pavements and floor laid on ground 75mm (3”) 25mm (1”) Cantilever L/10 L/8 Heavy mass construction 75mm (3”) 25mm (1”) for Fy other than 415Mpa, the values shall be multiplied by (0.4 + Fy/700) CONVERSION FACTORS 1 m2 1 m 1 ft 1 m3 1 (US) gallon 1 kg 1 lb 1 ton (RT) 1 km 1 tin 10.7639 ft2 3.2808 ft 0.3048 m 35.3147 ft3 0.003785412m3 2.205 lbs 0.4536 kg 12000 BTU 3280.8398 ft 4 gallons 1550.0031 in2 39.37 in 12.00 in 1000 L 3.785412 L 0.001 ton 0.0004536 ton 39,370.078 in 16 liters 264.1721 USG 0.13368055 ft3 64 quarts 231 in3 256 pints
  • 94. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 92 ● BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS L M O T FORMULA BOARD FOOT VOLUME (Cylinder) PYTHAGOREAN THE REM [T(in) x W(in) x L(ft)] / 12 (multiplied by pieces) V = πr2 h (V = Area of Circle x Height) c = √a2 + b2 [T(in) x W(in) x L(in)] / 144 (multiplied by pieces) Board foot Volume (D – 4)2 x L 16 CURING PERIOD FOR REMOVAL OF FORMS PARTS OF STRUCTURE IME REQUIRED FOOTINGS Massive Footing 1 day (24 hours) Cantilever Footing 5 days (120 hours) Slab Footings 5 days (120 hours) WALLS & PLASTERS Massive walls, 0.30m – 2.00m high 1 day (24 hours) Add 1 day (24 hours) per meter Thin walls <0.30m – 2.00m high 2 days (48 hours) Add 1.5 days (36 hours) per meter Cantilever walls, buttresses, counter forts, diaphragms Without Loads: SAME as Thin walls COLUMNS Ratio of Height to Least Ø up to 4 2 days (48 hours) Ratio of Height to Least Ø From 4 to 15 2 days (48 hours) to 28 days (672 hours) Add 1 day (24 hours) per meter of height SLABS 3 to 7ft spans 5 days (120 hours) Add ½ day (12 hours) per foot of span Over 7ft spans 7 days (168 hours) to 28 days (672 hours) Add 1 day (24 hours) per foot of span BEAMS & GIRDERS Sides 3 days (72 hours) Bottoms (14ft max.) 14 days (336 hours) to 28 days (672 hours) Add 1 day (24 hours) per foot span ARCHES Spandrel Walls 7 days (168 hours) Spandrel Arches 14 days (336 hours) Main Arches 21 days (504 hours) BALUSTRADE COPINGS, ETC. Steel & Side forms 1 day (24 hours) R.C. PILES & R.C. POSTS Sides 3 days (72 hours) Bottom 14 days (336 hours) SOH CAH TOA Sin = Opposite / Hypotenuse Use when no A Cos = Adjacent / Hypotenuse Use when no O Tan = Opposite / Adjacent Use when no H Angle = Sin-1 (O/H) O = H x sin Θ H = O / sin Θ Angle = Cos-1 (A/H) A = H x cos Θ H = A / cos Θ Angle = Tan-1 (O/A) O = A x tan Θ A = O / tan Θ TWO WAY SLAB THICKNESS (T) 2-WAY 1-WAY T = PERI ETER / 180 W/L >0.5 W/L <0.5 T = [W(2) + L(2)] / 180 L/W <2 L/W > 2 WEIGHT OF MATERIALS Steel 7850 kg / m3 Concrete 2400 kg / m3 Water 1000 kg / m3
  • 95. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 93 ● BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS BURNING CHARACTERISTICS OF FIBERS The way a fabric burns depends partly on its fiber content. The Table below describes typical burning characteristics of fibers, ranking them from the most to least hazardous. NATURAL CELLULOSIC FIBERS Cotton/Linen Burn with a yellow flame, light smoke, and have glowing embers. Cellulosic fibers do not melt or draw away from flames. MANUFACTURED CELLULOSIC FIBERS Can burn quickly when ignited, but they behave somewhat differently as they burn. Rayon / Lyocell Burn similarly to cotton and linen, except they may shrink up and become tighter. Acetate Burns with a rapid flame and melts when burning. May melt and pull away from small flames without igniting. Melted area may drip off clothing carrying flames with it. When flames have died out, the hot, molten plastic residue is difficult to remove. SYNTHETICS May catch fire quickly or shrink from the flame initially, but ultimately, they will sputter, flame, and melt to the skin or the flaming melt will drop to the floor. Acrylic Burns similarly to acetate, except that it burns with a very heavy dense black smoke. It drips excessively. Nylon Polyester Spandex Lastol Olefin Burn slowly and melt when burning. May melt and pull away from small flames without igniting. Melted area may drip off clothing carrying flames with it but not to the extent of acetate and acrylic. PROTEIN FIBERS Difficult to ignite. They may self-extinguish, but this varies depending on the closeness of the weave or knit (fabric density) and other finish treatments. Wool Silk Burn slowly and are difficult to ignite. May self extinguish FLAME RESISTANT FABRICS Difficult to ignite; burn slowly and go out when the source of the flame is removed. Modacrylic Saran Burn very slowly with melting. May melt and pull away from small flames without igniting. Self extinguishes. Aramid Novoloid Vinyon Char but do not burn EARTHQUAKE MAGNITUDES MODIFIED MERCALLI SCALE RICHTER SCALE I Felt by almost no one. 2.5 Generally not felt, but recorded on seismometers. II Felt by very few people. III Tremor noticed by many, but they often do not realize it is an earthquake. 3.5 Felt by many people. IV Felt indoors by many. Feels like a truck has struck the building. V Felt by nearly everyone; many people awakened. Swaying trees and poles may be observed. VI Felt by all; many people run outdoors. Furniture moved; slight damage occurs. 4.5 Some local damage may occur. VII Everyone run outdoors. Poorly built structures considerably damaged; slight damage elsewhere. VIII Specially designed structures damaged slightly, others collapse. 6.0 A destructive earthquake. IX All buildings considerably damaged, many shift off foundation. Noticeable cracks in ground. X Many structures destroyed. Ground is badly cracked. 7.0 A major earthquake. XI Almost all structure fall. Bridges wrecked. Very wide cracks in ground. 8.0 AND UP Great earthquakes. XII Total Destruction, waves seen on ground. The Modified Mercalli Scale is somewhat subjective, because the apparent intensity of an earthquake depends on how far away from its center the observer is located. Rating intensities from I to XII, it describes and rates earthquakes in terms of human reactions and observations. The Richter Scale measures the motion of the ground 100 km (60 mi) from the earthquake’s epicenter, or the location on the earth’s surface directly above where the earthquake occurred. The rating scale is logarithmic; each increase of 1 on the scale represents a tenfold increase in the motion of the ground. Fabrics that are a blend of two or more fibers do not burn in the same way as either fiber. Sometimes, blends are more dangerous than either fiber. For example, fabrics of 50 percent cotton and 50 percent polyester tend to burn longer than a similar fabric of either cotton or polyester. The way a fabric is made (knit, weave, lace, etc.) affects how it burns.  Heavy close structures ignite with difficulty and burn more slowly than light, thin, or open fabrics.  In general, summer weight clothing is more likely to catch fire than winter weight fabrics. However, heavy weight fabrics burn longer when ignited, because there is more flammable material present.  Fabrics with more of the fiber surface area exposed to air have more oxygen available to support burning and therefore burn more easily. Thus, thin, gauzy fabrics, lace, or brushed fabrics can be very flammable.  Fabrics with a napped or brushed surface of fine fibers can catch fire easily because of the greater amount of fiber surface exposed to oxygen in the air.
  • 96. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 94 ● BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS BRANDS OF BUILDING MATERIALS (PHILIPPINES) MECHANICAL (AC) ELECTRICAL PLUMBING ROOFING FLOORING (LAMINATED) WATER PROOFING GLASS INSULATION PANEL  ALENALREE  CARRIER  CONDURA  COOLMASTER  DAIKIN  FEDDERS  FUJITSU  GREE  HONEYWELL  IDEC  IWATA  KELVINATOR  KOLIN  KOPPEL  LG COLLINS  MC QUAY  MITSUBISHI  MIDEA  NATIONAL  SAMSUNG  SANYO  SHARP  SUPER COOL  SUPREME  TRANE  UNI-AIR  WHIRLPOOL  ATLANTA (uPVC Moulding)  CHORUS LUX  CLIPSAL (Lights)  COLUMBIA (Wires)  DURAFLEX  GARTIM (Lights)  LUXPIA (Lights)  MOLDFLEX (uPVC Conduits)  PHELPS DODGE (Wires)  PHILFLEX (Wires)  ROYU (Elec. Devices)  ALASCO  ALFAIDRO (Pipes & Fittings  ANESCO (Fiber Glass)  ATLANTA (Pipes & Fittings)  BLUE MAGIC (Water Tanks)  CREATIVE (Fixtures)  ECOSAN (Pipes & Fittings)  EMERALD  FALCON (Fixtures)  GEBERIT  LUCKY (Pipes & Fittings)  NELTEX  POLYMUTAN  POWEREE  RNW  RNW PACIFIC (Pipes)  SANIMOLD (Pipes)  SUPER TANK  WEIDA (Septic Tanks; Storage Tanks)  APO  BAYER MAKROLON  COLENT(Polyc)  COLORSTEEL – MVP  DELOON  DN STEEL  ETERTON  GI SHEETS  GOOD LIFE  HEAT SHIELD  KANOPY  K-PLAST  MEGA  METALPLAS  ONDULINE  PLEXIGLASS  POLYLITE  RIVIERA  TILE STAR  WHISTLER  XANLITE (Polyc)  HORNITEX  INCRETE  KENT  KRONOTEX  MGS  MILAN  MULTI-LINE (Bamboo Flooring)  MULTIRICH  PRIMAFLOOR  PUYAT  STEIGER  ZETA  ABC  EQUA SUPREME  DR. SEAL  A-PLUS  CASTLE  DESTINY  DUROTECH  NOVSEAL  MORTABOND  BESSER  ARTES MEYER  CO BAN KIAT HARDWARE  CORSINI (Glass Rock Accent and Decorative Wall Tiles)  EPCO (Glass Façade)  JARO GLASS  KENNETH & MOCK  LE GRAND  LELUX ELECTRONICS (Glass Break Alarm)  LEXTON (Bathroom Glass Shelf)  TOTO (Bathroom Glass Shelf)  BETAFOAM  EXCEL COIL COATING CORPORATION  MACRO INDUSTRIAL  PHILIPPINE INSULATION  PRIME PRODUCT CONCEPTS SPEACIALISTS  THERMAC  WAH PHIL  WRIGHT  EASTERN WIRE  LATIMCO  MATIMCO  MULTI-LINE  PUYAT STEEL  ROOFSCAPE ELEVATORS/LIFT & ESCALATORS  OTIS  MITSUBISHI  SCHINDLER  FUJI  GOLDSTAR  HYUNDAI  WESTINGHOUSE  HITACHI BOARDS DOORS & WINDOWS ADHESIVE CEMENT TILES HAND TOOLS TANKS  BORAL PERFORATED  RICHMOND  ACCENDO  JARO  MIGHTY DOOR  POLY DOOR  ABC GYPSUM PUTTY  BETONIT  COWPROY  FIBER-23  POWERBOND Floor Adhesive (Puyat Steel)  TOTAL COAT  LAFARGE  REPUBLIC  RIZAL  VIBRO  APO (Vinyl Tiles)  EURO TILES  J.K. (China)  LVP (China)  MARIWASA  XIONGDI GRANITE  ZIRCONIO (Spain)  C-MART TOOLS  DAIKEN  LOTUS  MASCOT  STANLEY  BESTANK  FIRSTANK  SUPERTANK  WEIDA
  • 97. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 95 ● BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS PAINTS & STAINS BRANDS BOYSEN DAVIES DUTCHBOY JOTUN NIPPON SPHERO  ALTAMIRA (Min. Paint)  A-PLUS  BOSNY  BOYSEN  BRONCO  DAVIES  DECREA (Stone Coating)  DESTINY  DR.SEAL (Putty Filler)  DUTCH BOY  DYNATRON (Rubberized)  FLEXSEAL  FLINTKOTE  GLOBECONSU  HUDSON (Top Coat)  KONIG (Wood Stain)  MANOR  NATION  NIKKO (Spray Paints)  RJ  RUST-OLEUM  SPHERO  TITAN (Elastomeric)  UNIVERSAL  WIN  ZAR (Wood Stain)  ZYNOLITE (Spray)  ACQUA EPOXY  ACRYTEX  AQUASEAL  CHALK CLOCKER  COOL SHADES  DECORE  DURAFILL  ECO PRIMER  ELASTI-KOTE  HEALTHY HOME  HUDSON  KNOXOUT  MARMORINO  MATTE SHIELD  NATION DREAMCOAT  NATION DURA-ROOF  PERMACOAT  PERMAPLAST  PERMATEX  PLEXIBOND  PRIMEGUARD  ROOFGARD  SKIMCOAT  TILEWORKS  TITAN SUPERFLEX  VIRTUOSO SILK TOUCH  WALLGUARD  XYLADECOR  ACREEX  AQUA GLOSS-IT  BIO-FRESH  CLEAN AIR  DA VINCI  ELASTOGEL  EPOXY ENAMEL  FUSION  GLOSS-IT  KERAMIFLOOR  LIQUID TILE  MEGACRYL  MONDO  MORTAFLEX  OIL WOODSTAIN  PONDO  POWERFLOOR  ROOFSHIELD  STAY CLEAN  SUN & RAIN  CLASSIC  GLOSS MASTA  NALCRETE  ROOFMASTER  TEX-A-CRETE  VERSATEX  CITO PRIMER 09  FUNGICIDAL WASH  GARDEX  JOTAPLAST  JOTAROOF  JOTASEALER 03  JOTASHIELD  JOTASHIELD PRIMER  MAJESTIC  STRAX EASY CLEAN  ULTRA PRIMER  WOODSHIELD  ACRYLIC 5170  ADVANCE  EXPRESSKOTE  FLEXISEAL  INSULCOAT  MOMENTO  ODOURLITE  PROTECTIVE  Q-SHIELD  VINILEX  WEATHERBOND  WEATHERBOND FLEX  CANADIAN  HYPER TONE  MANOR  ROOF TUFF  SHERTEX  SPHEREFLEX  SPHERETITE  TUFF SEAL  VTEX PAINT FINISHES TYPE USE DESCRIPTION LATEX for concrete a water-base paint (where the solvent is water) used for painting concrete and masonry surfaces ACRYLIC LATEX for timber &concrete Often advertised as 100% acrylic latex, a water-based paint, and is generally considered the highest quality latex paint. ENAMEL for timber Paints which use varnish as a vehicle. They have the ability of leveling brush marks, are more resistant to washing and rough usage, and have a harder and tougher film. They can have either a glossy, semi glossy or matt finish. RED OXIDE for steel to prevent rust protective paints for ferrous metal and are of two types: - Priming Paint, e.g. red lead, litharge, lead chromate; - Finish Paints, e.g., lead sulfate and zinc dust. PAINT ROOF ROOF EFFECTIVE WIDTH ROOF ACCESSORIES TYPE OF WALL FINISH SPREAD RATE PER GALLON ROOFING GI Sheet STANDARD SIZE SIDE LAP (Corrugations) EFFECTIVE WIDTH ACCESSORY EFECTIVE LENGTH SPREAD RATE 25m2 to 40m2 Plain GI Sheet 0.90 x 2.40 2 1/2 0.60 Gutter 2.35 Coarse to Rough (Wooden Trowel Finish) 30 m2 Corrugated GI Sheet 0.80 x 1.50 to 3.60 1 1/2 0.70 Flashing 2.30 Fine to Coarse (Paper Finish) 35 m2 GI Sheet Gauge 14 to 30 END LAP 0.25 to 0.30mm Ridge Roll 2.20 Smooth to Fine (Putty Finish) 40 m2 Roofing Gauge 26 Valley Roll 2.30 Gutters &Valley Rolls Gauge 24 Hipped Roll 2.20
  • 98. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 96 ● BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS CONCRETE HARDENERS Applied on concrete surface to increase hardiness and toughness. TWO TYPES OF CONCRETE HARDENERS CHEMICAL HARDENERS liquids containing silicofluorides or fluosilicates and a wetting agent which reduces the surface tension of the liquid and allows it to penetrate the pores of the concrete more easily. FINE METALLIC AGGREGATE are specially processed and graded iron particles which are dry- mixed with Portland cement, spread evenly over the surface of freshly floated concrete, and worked into the surface by floating. WATER REDUCING ADMIXTURES Material used to reduce the amount of water necessary to produce a concrete of given consistency or to increase the slump for a given water content. DAMPROOFERS Materials used to reduce or stop the penetration of moisture through the concrete. Reduces permeability. BONDING AGENTS PASTE SLURRY Often applied to such an old surface immediately prior to pouring new concrete to increase the amount of paste. TWO TYPES OF BONDING AGENTS METALLIC AGGREGATE Iron particle are larger, but with same materials as the permeability reducer. Bonding takes place through the oxidation and subsequent expansion of the iron particles. SYNTHETIC LATEX EMULSION Consists of highly polymerized synthetic liquid resin dispersed in water. SET-INHIBITING AGENTS Prevent the cement paste from bonding to the surface aggregate but will not interfere with the set throughout the remainder of the pour. POZZOLANIC ADMIXTURES Materials sometimes used in structures where it s desirable to avoid high temperature or in structures exposed to seawater or water containing sulfates. Pozzolans may be added to concrete mixes-rather than substituting for part of the cement to improve workability, impermeability, and resistance to chemical attack. CONCRETE PRODUCTS made of lightweight and heavyweight materials for use in exterior and interior load- bearing walls, firewalls, curtain and panel walls, partitions etc. CONCRETE BLOCK HOLLOW LOAD-BEARING CONCRETE BLOCK an 8” x 8” x 16” will approximately weigh 40 to 50 lb. Made with heavyweight aggregate and 25 to 35 lb. when made with lightweight aggregate. SOLID LOAD BEARING BLOCK Defines as one having a core area of not more than 25% of the gross cross- sectional area. HOLLOW; NON-LOAD BEARING CONCRETE BLOCK One in which the core area exceeds 25% of the cross-sectional area. ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS Concrete & Concrete Works PORTLAND CEMENT Made from materials which must contain the proper proportions of lime, silica, alumina and iron components. SPECIAL CEMENTS WHITE PORTLAND CEMENT same materials as normal Portland except in color MASONRY CEMENT Designed to produce better mortar than that made with normal Portland cement or with a lime-cement combination. AIR-ENTRAINING PORTLAND CEMENT Small amounts of this is added to the clinker and ground with it to produce air-entraining cements, effective use for resistance to severe frost. OIL WELL CEMENT Special Portland cement used for sealing oil wells. WATERPROOFED PORTLAND CEMENT Normally produced by adding a small amount of stearate, usually calcium or aluminum to the cement clinker during the final grinding. TYPES OF AGGREGATES USED IN CONCRETE CONCRETE Artificial stone made by binding together particles of some inert material with a paste made of cement and water. These inert materials are the aggregate. AGGREGATE Sand, gravel crushed stone, cinder, crushed furnace slag, burned clay, expanded vermiculite, and perlite. SAND Found in riverbeds, free of salt and must be washed. FINE AGGREGATE Smaller than ¼” diameter stones. COURSE AGGREGATE Bigger than ¼” diameter stones. CONTROL OF CONCRETE MIXES: SLUMP TEST When freshly mixed concrete is checked to ensure that the specified slump is being attained consistently. A standard slump cone is 12 inches high (0.30) and 8 inches (0.20) in diameter at the bottom and 4 inches (0.10) on top which is open on both ends. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TEST Common quality-control test of concrete, based on 7 and 28 day curing periods. CONCRETE ADDITIVES Materials often added to the concrete or applied to the surface of freshly placed concrete to produce some special result. ACCELERATORS An admixture which is used to speed up the initial set of concrete. Such a material may be added to the mix to increase the rate of early-strength development for several reasons. RETARDERS to delay or extend the setting time of the cement paste in concrete. AIR-ENTRAINING AGENTS Air-entrained concrete contains microscopic bubbles of air formed with the aid of a group of chemical called surface active agents, materials that have the property of reducing the surface tension of water intended for use when better resistance to frost action is concerned.
  • 99. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 97 ● BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS FURRING TILE Used on the inside of exterior walls to provide air spaces for insulation to prevent the passage of moisture and to provide a suitable plastering surface. Classified as non-load bearing. FIREPROOFING TILE Structural steel must be insulated in fireproof construction. One method of doing this is to cover it with fire-proofing tile. FLOOR TILE Manufactured in both load-bearing and non-load bearing grades in standard thickness raging from 3 to 12 inches in standard length and widths of 12 inches. STRUCTURAL CLAY FACING TILE Unglazed tile and may have either a smooth or a rough textured finish. They are designed to used as exposed facing material on either exterior or interior walls and partitions. STRUCTURAL GLAZED FACING TILE Produced from high-grade light burning clay which is suitable for the application of ceramic or salt glaze. TERRA COTTA Means “fired earth” is a clay product which has been used for architectural decorative purposes, since ancient Greece and Rome. Modern terracotta is machine-extruded and molded or pressed. The machine-made product is usually referred to as ceramic veneer, and is a unit with flat face and flat or ribbed back. TWO TYPES OF CERAMIC VENEER ADHESION TYPE Held to the wall by the bond of the mortar to the ceramic veneer back and to the backing wall. ANCHOR TYPE Are held y mortar and by wire tiles between the terracotta and the wall behind. Building Stones, Gypsum And Lime BUILDING STONES Stones usually blocks or pieces of the basic material rock. THREE GENERAL CATEGORIES IGNEOUS Formed as a result of the cooling of molten matter. SEDIMENTARY Formed by the action of water either by depositing materials at the bottom of a water body or depositing them on the earth’s surface. METAMORPHIC Rocks changed from their original structure by the action of extreme pressure, heat, or various combinations of these factors. CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO FORM RUBBLE includes rough fieldstone which may merely have been broken into suitable sizes, or it may include irregular pieces of stone that have been roughly cut to size, usually used for and filling material. (escombro and lastillas) DIMENSION (CUT STONE) Consists of pieces that have been cut or finished according to a set or drawing. (for facing walls) FLAGSTONE (FLAT SLABS) Consists of thin pieces (1/2 in. and up which may or may not have had their face dimensions cut to some particular size. (for walks and floors) CRUSHED ROCK Consisting of pieces varying I size from 3/8 to 6 in. and is used to a large extent in concreting. ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS CONCRETE BUILDING TILE COMMON SIZES CONCRETE BRICK 4” x 8” x 16” for non-load bearing partitions 6” x 8” x 16” for load bearing walls QUALITY HAND MADE backyard industry MACHINE MADE commonly sold STEAM CURED Manufactured by big and nationally known factories for load bearing walls. Usually specified for government and multi- storey buildings. CELLULAR CONCRETE BLOCKS Lightweight block which is outstanding in thermal and sound insulation qualities. Basic ingredients are cement-made from silica-rich sand and lime-water, and aluminum powder. Ceramics And Clay Products BRICK Basic ingredient in clay. THREE PRINCIPAL FORMS SURFACE CLAY Found near the surface of the earth SHALE Clay which have been subjected to high pressure until they have become relatively hard. FIRE CLAY Found at deeper levels and usually have more uniform physical and chemical qualities. TWO CLASSES OF CLAY CALCAREOUS CLAYS Contains about 15 percent calcium carbonate and burn to a yellowish color. NON-CALCAREOUS CLAYS Composed of silicate of alumina, with feldspar and iron oxide. These clays burn buff, red or salmon depending on the iron oxide content which vary from 2 to 10 percent. STANDARD BRICK SIZE 2 ¼ x 3 ¾ x 8 inches STRUCTURAL CLAY TILES Are hollow units as opposed to brick which is sold. Tiles are made from the same material as brick, but all clay tiles are formed by extrusion in the stiff-mud process. TYPES OF TILES LOAD BEARING WALL TILE used for bearing walls of light buildings, the height usually restricted to four stories. Structural load bearing wall tile are made in 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 in thickness. PARTITION TILE non-load bearing BACK-UP TILE Intended for use in both bearing and non-bearing walls which will be faced with brick or facing tile.
  • 100. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 98 ● BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS AS CORNICES Specially cut stones which are built into and project from a masonry wall near the top to provide the appearance of a cave. AS LINTELS Stones which bridge the top of door and window openings. AS STONE STEPS Made to fit over an inclined concrete slab or to cap steps cast in concrete. AS AN ARCH STONE Cut to form some particular type of arch over a door or window opening. AS STONE FLOORING Walks and patios, made by covering a base of stone concrete, brick or tile with flagstones, trimmed flagstone, trimmed rectangular and square. GYPSUM A soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from which gypsum plaster is made (by heating); colorless when pure used as a retarder in Portland cement. Wood And Wood Products WOOD a traditional building material, it is easily worked, has durability and beauty. It has great ability to absorb shocks from sudden load. In addition, wood has freedom from rust and corrosion, is comparatively light in weight, and is adaptable to countless variety of purposes. CLASSIFICATION OF TREES HARDWOODS ‘Deciduous’ trees that have broad leaves which are normally shed in the winter time. SOFTWOODS ‘Conifers’ trees that have needles rather than leaves and that bear their seeds in cones. MOISTURE CONTENT OF WOOD Expressed as a percentage of the oven-dry weight and can be determined by the oven-dry method or by an electric-moisture meter method. THREE CATEGORIES OF LUMBER YARD LUMBER used for ordinary light construction and finishing work and consists of 1 and 2 inches material manufactured into common boards, shiplap, shelving dimension lumber, center match, flooring, roof plank, siding, v-joint, trim and molding of all kinds. These are usually found in retail lumberyards. SHOP LUMBER Usually left in 1 and 2 inches rough thickness often containing knots or defects not ordinarily permissible in other categories. It is intended for use in shops or mills making sash, doors and cabinets where it will be cut into relatively short pieces and the defective material discarded. STRUCTURAL LUMBER In intended for use in heavy construction for load-bearing purposes and is cut into timbers of large size than yard lumber, 3 inches or more thick and 4 inches or more wide. It is made from the heartwood of the log. FINISHES OF WOOD S1S surfacing or planning of one side ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS BUILDING STONE ARGILITE One formed dfrom clay, commonly dark-blue with faint shades of green, used for floor tile, stair treads, coping stones, interior wall base, interior window stools of exterior window sills. GRANITE Igneous origin and composed of quartz, feldspar, hornblende and mica. Its generally very hard, strong durable and capable of taking a high polish. LIMESTONE A sedimentary rock which is either oolitic, or calcite cemented calcareous stone formed of shells fragments, particularly non-crystalline in nature, it has no cleavage lines and uniform in structure and composition. TRAVERTINE A sedimentary rock composed mainly of calcium carbonate. It has been formed at the earth’s surface through the evaporation of water from hot springs. MARBLE Metamorphic rock, one that has been changed from its original structure in this case, limestone and dolomite have been recrystallized to form marble. SERPENTINE Igneous rock with the mineral serpentine. The mineral is olive green to greenish black, but impurities may give the rock other colors. SANDSTONE A class of rock composed of cemented silica grains. Colors include gray, buff, light brown and red. SLATE ROCK Formed by metamorphosis of clays and shales deposited in layers. A unique characteristic of the rock is the relative ease with which it may be separated into thin tough sheets, called slates, ¼” or more thick. STONE CONSTRUCTION PANELING Consists of using slabs of stone cut to dimension and thickness to cover backup walls and provide a finished exterior. ASHLAR Work requires the use of cut stone and includes broken ashlars, irregular coursed ashlars, and regular coursed ashlars. RUBBLEWORK Used as random when no attempt is made to produce either horizontal or vertical course lines. Small spaces are filled with spalls, small stones and used as course rubble work, horizontal course lines are maintained but no vertical course lines used. TRIM Involves use of stones cut for a specific purpose and include Quoin – stones laid at the intersection of two walls. AS JAMBS Stones which form the sides of window and door openings. AS SILLS stones which form the bottom of window and door openings AS BELTS special stone courses which are built into a wall for a particular purpose. One reason is to provide architectural relief to a large wall of one material or to provide a break I the vertical plane of the wall, another reason is to hide a change in the wall thickness. AS COPINGS one which is cut fit on the top of a masonry wall. It prevents the passage of water into the wall, sheds water to either inside or outside, and gives a finished appearance to the wall.
  • 101. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 99 ● BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS PLYWOOD Made by bonding together thin layers of wood in a way that the grain of each layer is at right angles to the grain of each adjacent layer. VENEER each layer of plywood ROTARY CUTTING a method of cutting wood veneer in which a log is fixed in a lathe and rotated against a knife so that the veneer is peeled from the log in a continuous sheet. HARDBOARD Made from processed wood chips. THREE GRADES OF BOARD STANDARD flexible to be quite easily bent TEMPERED HARDBOARD Made by impregnated standard board with a tempering compound of oils and resin and baking it to polymerize the tempering material. LOW-DENSITY HARDBOARD Not as strong and durable as standard hardboard. INSULATING FIBERBOARD Made from three types of fiber – wood, sugar cane, and asbestos, and binder, formed into a board. CHIPBOARD A large class of building board made from wood and particles and a binder, often faced with veneer. PARTICLE BOARD Hardboard made from relatively small particles. GYPSUM BOARD A wall board having a gypsum core. STRAW BOARD Hardboard made of compressed wheat straw, processed at 350 to 400 degree Fahrenheit and covered with a tough craft paper. ASBESTOS-CEMENT BOARD A dense, rigid board containing a high proportion of asbestos fibers bonded with Portland cement, resistant to fire, flame, and weathering, has low resistance to heat flow. CORKBOARD From the outer bark of the cork oak tree, cork granules is mixed with synthetic resin, compressed and formed into sheet from 1 to 6 inches thick and baked under pressure into rigid boards. PAPERBOARD Made into two different types: a paper pulp pressed into boards 3/16, or ¼ in. thick, 4 ft. wide, and 6, 7 or 8 ft. long. Usually one surface is primed for easier finishing. The other is a layer of stiff paper folded into corrugated from and faced on both sides with a thick paper backing, cemented to the core. MINERAL FIBERGROUND Thick mats of mineral fibers, usually glass or rock wool are covered with a backing of stiff paper on one or both sides to form rigid boards, ranging in thickness from ½ to 2 in. The usual board size is 24 x 48 inches. PLASTIC FOAMBOARDS Polystyrene and polyurethane plastics are formed by a patented process to about 40 times their original volume. Used for perimeter insulation for concrete floor slabs, for wall and roof deck insulation, and for roof decks when properly supported. BUILDING PAPERS In building construction, paper is used for sheathing, roofing and insulation, in making asphalt shingles, laminated and ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS S2S two sides planed S4S four sides planed ROUGH as sawn and not planed WOOD GRAIN EDGE GRAIN Annual rings run approximately at right angle to the face. FLAT GRAIN When the annual rings run more or less parallel to the surface. ANGLE GRAIN When the annual rings are at about 45 degrees to the face. SEASONING OF LUMBER AIR-DRYING Lumber is strip-piled at a slope on a solid foundation. This allows air to circulate around every piece while the sloping allows water to run off quickly. KILN-DRYING More expensive lumber which is required for more refined uses so as wood will not move, such as furniture. Flooring and general interior use. PRESSURE TREATED LUMBER When lumber is subjected to pressure and injected with chemicals or salts to insure it from rots. SPECIFICATION WHEN BUYING LUMBER Indicate no. of pieces, thickness, width, length, total bd. Ft. kind of lumber and finish. Example: 6-2” x 8” x 14’-0” = 112 bd. Ft. tanguile S4S GLUE LAMINATED TIMBER term used to describe a wooden member built up of several layers of wood whose grain directions are all substantially parallel, and held together with glue as fastening commonly used for beams, girders, posts, columns, arches, arches, bowstring truss chords, usually softwoods are commonly used because of their low cost, lightness and strength. GLUE USED IN LAMINATING CASEIN GLUE Satisfactory for use in dry locations not exposed to rain or water. UREA-FORMALDEHYDE- RESIN Cheap and well cure at from 70 degrees Fahrenheit up. Will withstand soaking in cool water. PHENOL-FORMALDEHYDE- RESIN GLUES Not usually recommended because of the high temperature needed to cure them. Useful for combining timber and plywood and are very water-resistant. RESORCINOL-PHENOL- FORMALDEHYDE Resin glues are expensive but have excellent qualities of durability and water resistance. Recycled Waste Products, Building Boards And Papers BUILDING BOARDS a group of sheets of building materials often faced with paper or vinyl, suitable for use as a finished surface on walls, ceiling, etc. KINDS OF BUILDING BOARDS
  • 102. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 100 ● BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS PITCH A solid or semi-solid residue produced from partial evaporation or fractional distillation of tar. COAL-TAR PITCH Most common material of this kind of pitch. ASPHALTS Dark brown or black solids or semi-solids which are found in the natural state and are also produced by the refining of petroleum. LIQUID PAVING ASPHALTS Liquid asphalts used for paving are cutbacks. ASPHALT PAVING CEMENTS Used as binders for more expensive asphalt pavements. Ferrous And Non-Ferrous Materials FERROUS metal in which iron is the principal element NON-FERROUS Containing no, or very little iron. FERROUS METAL STEEL A malleable alloy of iron and carbon produced by smelting and refining pig iron and/or scrap steel, graded according to the carbon content. PIG IRON Used to make cast iron which is high in compressive strength but low in tensile strength, and has little use for construction. WROUGHT IRON Produced when pig iron is melted in such a way as to remove nearly all of the carbon and other impurities. ALLOY STEELS Made by containing other elements with the molten steel. Nickel, chromium copper and manganese are used. NICKEL STEEL Stronger than carbon steel and is used to make structural members for building chromium steel is very hard and corrosion-resistant. STAINLESS STEELS Made with chromium or a combination of nickel and chromium used in buildings for exterior wall panels, frames for doors, expansion joints, flashings, copings, fascia and gravel stops. COPPER Bearing steel has high resistance to corrosion and is used for making sheet steel and metal lath. MANGANESE STEEL Offers great resistance to abrasion and finds important use in the cutting edges of heavy digging tools. WEATHERING STEEL Recently developed grade of steel. It forms its protection against atmospheric corrosion and thus requires no painting. NON-FERROUS METAL ALUMINUM A lustrous, silver-white nonmagnetic, lightweight metal which is very malleable; has good thermal and electrical conductivity; a good reflector of both heat and light. ALUMINUM FOIL Used as a vapor barrier on walls and ceilings and as reflective insulation. COPPER a lustrous reddish metal, highly ductile and malleable; has high tensile strength; is an excellent electrical and thermal conductor; is available in a wide variety of shapes; widely ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS corrugated building products, and concrete form materials, as a moisture and vapor barrier; as cushioning material; as wallpaper; as an envelope or sheath for other materials; and as a fireproofing material. TYPE OF WOOD PULP MECHANICAL PULP Or ground wood, is produced by grinding blocks of wood against a revolving abrasive stone or by grinding steamed wood chips in a grinding mill. CHEMICAL PULP Produced by digesting wood chips in various chemicals to free the cellulose fibers from the liquid binding. SEMI-CHEMICAL PULP Wood chips are first subjected to a mild chemical treatment and then mechanically disintegrated in rotating disk refiners. TYPES OF PAPER SHEATHING PAPER used to provide an airtight barrier over walls, floors, etc. ROOFING PAPER ROOFING FELTS used in making a built-up roof and are usually produced in 36 in. wide rolls, in various weights from 3 to 20 lb/square. ROLLED ROOFING A heavy, mineral surfaced paper used as a final roof covering, made 18 and 36 in. wide, in various weights from 45 to 120 lb/square. INSULATING PAPER Used to secure bulk and entrapped air with as much strength as possible. Insulating papers are made from both wood-fiber insulating paper and asbestos fibers. CUSHIONING PAPER Similar to wood-fiber insulating paper, but less attention is paid to strength. Its chief use is for cushioning under linoleum, carpets, or slate roofing. VAPOR BARRIER PAPER Intended to prevent the passage of moisture vapor through walls, ceilings and floors. LAMINATING PAPER A special, high strength kraft paper made for use in the production of plastic laminates. The thin, strong paper is impregnated with liquid plastic resin and several sheet are laminated together under heat and pressure to form the base for the plastic sheet. CONCRETE FORM PAPER Made from strong kraft paper in the form of a spiral tube and boxlike from made from corrugated container paper. WALLPAPER Paper from which decorative wallpaper is made. ENVELOPE PAPER Used as an outer covering or envelope for a number of building materials. One of these is gypsum board, composed of a layer of calcined gypsum covered in both sides by a sheet of craft paper. FIRE PROOFING PAPER Made from asbestos fibers, since this is an incombustible material. This material maybe in the form of matted paper, similar to asbestos insulating or roofing paper, or it may be in the form of a cloth woven from thread spun from asbestosfibers. Bituminous Marterials BITUMEN A generic name applied to a semisolid mixture of complex hydrocarbons, derived from coal or petroleum, as a coal-tar pitch or asphalt. TAR The resulting condensate when destructive distillation is carried out on such materials as wood coal, shale, peat or bone.
  • 103. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 101 ● BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS dials. GLASS PRODUCTS GLASS BLOCKS Comparable in many ways to unit masonry but have the added feature of transmitting light. SOLID GLASS BRICK Also made to admit light into a building, because of its solid construction, it offers greater protection against vandalism than conventional window glass or glass blocks. The ability of the brick is to allow undistorted passage of light. Plastics And Related Products PLASTICS a large group of synthetic materials which are made from a number of common substances such as coal, salt, oil, natural gas, cotton, wood and water. From these, relatively simple chemicals known as monomers, which are capable of reacting with one another are produced. These are then built up into chainlike molecules of high molecular weight called polymers. TWO GENERAL CLASSIFICATION THERMOPLASTICS Become soft when heated and hard when cooled, regardless of the number of times the process is repeated. Include in the thermoplastics are acrylic cellulosis, polyethylene, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) polysterene, polyallomers polycarbonates, polyimide, polypropylene, polysulfone, phenylene oxide, nylons, methyl pertenes, ionomer, fluoroplastics, acetal and acryonitrile butadieniene styrene (ABS). THERMOSETTING PLASTICS Set into a permanent shape when heat and pressure are applied to them during the forming stage. Thermosetting group includes phenolics, aminos (urea and melamine) epoxies, polyesters, polyurethane, alkyd silicones and diallyl phthalate (DAP). PRODUCTION Plastics products are formed by a number of methods which include: INJECTION MOLDING PROCESS Measured amount of powder or granules is heated and when flowing forced through the nozzle of the barrel into a shaped cavity, where it cools of solidities. BLOW-MOLDING PROCESS An extruder extrudes a hollow tube which is captured between the two halves of a hollow. As the mold closes, air is blown into the tube and expands it to fit inside surface of the mold. ROTATIONAL MOLDING Used to form hollow units with complex shapes and heavy walls, a premeasured amount of powder or liquid resin is placed at the bottom half of a cold mold which is then closed. EXPANDABLE BEAD MOLDING A process used to produce light weight products of polysterene foam, small granules of polystyrene with a small amount of an expanding agent are placed in a rolling drum and steam heated. COMPRESSION MOLDING A measured quantity of powder in a heated mold, which is then closed. Heat and pressure are applied to the powder which melts and flows to all parts of the mold. TRANSFER MOLDING Similar to compression molding except that the powder is heated and liquefied outside the mold and injected into the mold under heat and pressure, where the forming and setting takes place. ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS used for downspout, electrical conductors, flashings, gutter, roofing, etc. LEAD A soft, malleable, heavy metal; has low melting point and a high coefficient of thermal expansion. Very easy to cut and work, enabling it to be fitted over uneven surfaces. Used for roofing, flashing and spandrel wall panels. TIN A lustrous white, soft and malleable metal having a low melting point; relatively unaffected by exposure to air; used for making alloys and solder and in coating sheet metal. Glass And Glazing GLASS A hard, brittle inorganic substance, ordinarily transparent or translucent; produced by melting a mixture of silica, a flux and a stabilizer. TYPES OF GLASS REFLECTIVE GLASS Used to control glare and reduce solar heat. It the product of a glass-coating process which is carried out in a large, rectangular vacuum chamber. Manufactured in two types, silver and gold, the glass can be specified in any one of three nominal light transmittance of 8, 14, or 20 %. ROLLED AND ROUGH CAST GLASS Used where clear vision is not required, such as by factory roofs and walls, windows for halls and staircases, skylights, and partitions in offices. Cast glass diffuses light, and because of its low reflecting and absorption index, transmits 90 to 93 percent of light rays striking it. CATHEDRAL AND FIGURED GLASS Manufacturing is similar to rolled and rough-cast glasses. However, they contain a pattern or texture impressed usually on one surface by a patterned roller. WIRED GLASS Simply a rolled glass into which wire mesh is inserted during the process of manufacture. HEAT –ABSORBING PLATE GLASS Made by adding ingredients to the mix used in making regular slate glass so that the finished product is pale bluish-green or gray. TEMPERED PLATE GLASS Three to five times as strong as regular plate of the same thickness – and area in resisting compressive forces and fracture due to strain or thermal shock. VITREOUS COLORED PLATE Polished plate glass can be heat-strengthened and coated on one side with vitreous color which is fire-fused to the surface. LAMINATED SAFETY GLASS (BULLET PROOFING) Widely used in the automotive industry and transportation, but now finding some uses in the building industry, like glass that can withstand firearm attack and explosions. INSULATING GLASS Consists of two sheets of plate or sheet glass, separated by an air space, and joined around the edges to produce a hermitically sealed unit. CLASSIFICATION OF SHEET GLASS WINDOW GLASS Used for glazing windows doors and storm sash in residential buildings where good light and vision are required at moderate cost. HEAVY SHEET GLASS Used for glazing windows and doors where greater strength is required but where slight distortion is not objectionable. PICTURE GLASS Used for covering pictures, photographs, maps, charts projector slides and instrument
  • 104. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 102 ● BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS GRANULAR INSULATION made from expanded minerals such as perlite and vermaculite or from ground vegetable matter such as granulated coork. FIBROUS LOOSE FILL used to insulate walls of buildings that have been built without insulation. GRANULES are graded into four sizes, 1, (3/8 in. to no. 16 sieve) and sizes 2 (no. 4 to no. 30 sieve) used as loose-fill insulation for sidewalls and ceilings over suspended ceilings, between wood sleepers over a concrete floor slab, as fill for the cores of concrete blocks, and sizes 3 (no. 8 to no. 100 sieve) size 4 (no. 16 to 100 sieve). BLANKET INSULATION made from some fibrous materials such as mineral wool, wood fiber, cotton fiber, or animal hair, manufactured in the form of a mat, 16, 20 or 24 in. width, in 8 ft. lengths or put up in rolls of from 40 to 100 linear feet, with controlled thickness of 1, ½, 2, 3 and 4 inches. BATTS similar to blankets but they are restricted to 48 inches in long or less they are always covered with paper, and made especially for installation between stud spacings. STRUCTURAL INSULATION BOARD Made from organic fiber-wood, cane, straw or cork. The wood and cane raw material is first pulped, after which it is treated with water proofing chemicals. STRAWBOARD made from carefully selected straw, fused under heat and pressure into a panel 2 inches thick and 4 ft. wide. CORKBOARD made from granulated cork mixed with resin and pressed into sheets of several thickness, depending on the use to which they will be put. BLOCK or RIGID SLAB INSULATION Type of insulation is so called because the units are relatively stiff and inelastic. In most cases inorganic materials are used in their manufactures. REFLECTIVE INSULATION Made from such materials as aluminum or copper foil or sheet metal, with bright surfaces that reflect heat rather than absorbing it. FOAMED-IN-PLACE INSULATION This is polyurethane product made by combining a polyisocyanate and a polyester resin. SPRAYED-ON-INSULATIONS Materials used are polyurethane foam asbestos fiber mixed with inorganic binders, vermiculite aggregate with a binder such as Portland cement or gypsum and perlite aggregate using gypsum as binders. CORRUGATED INSULATION Usually made from paper foamed into shapes that produce enclosed air pockets. One type is produced by shaping heavy paper into a series of small regular semicircular corrugations and covering a both sides with a sheet of flat paper to give strength and produce the air pockets. Building Protection WATERPROOFING a method of protecting surfaces against the destructive effects of water DAMP-PROOFING Protection from the outside is provided by water repellent materials which turn water aside and force it to return to the earth. SOIL POISONING It is important to poison the soil against anay in order to stop the anay from infesting the ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS FOAMED PLASTICS Are made by expanding agent with either granules or powder and then heating. Heat melts the plastic and causes the formation of a gas which expands the molten material into foamed structure. THERMOSET FOAM Made by mixing the appropriate resin with a curing agent and an expanding agent and then heating them in a mold. EXTRUSION FORMING Used for mass-produced materials which have a constant cross section, and it is done in two ways by forcing of semi-liquid plastic through a die of the proper size and shape in a manner similar to that used for forming brick by extrusion. THERMOFORMING PROCESS Sheet plastic is heated until soft and then forced by air pressure against a cold and hardens in shape. LAMINATING PROCESS Consists of impregnating sheets of paper, glass fiber, or cloth with a thermosetting liquid resin and then applying heat and pressure to a number of sheets to form a laminated product. CASTING A simple process in which liquid plastics, with their appropriate curing agent, are poured into molds and set, with or without heat. CALENDARING PROCESS Plastic is fed to revolving rollers which turn out a thin sheet or film the thickness of the product is determined by the roller spacing, and the surface of the sheet may be smooth or matted, depending on the roller surface. PLASTIC LAMINATES Consists of three or more layers of material bonded or laminated together with plastic adhesive under high pressure. Adhesives And Sealants COHESIVENESS The ability of particles of a material to cling tightly to one another. ADHESIVENESS The ability of a material to fix itself and cling to an entirely different material. SEALERS Products which are used to seal the surface of various materials against the penetration of water or other liquids or in some cases to prevent the escape of water through the surface. Insulating Materials THREE WAYS OF HEAT TRANSFER CONDUCTION the inside of a concrete wall which has one side exposed to outside winter temperatures feels cold to the touch. Heat is being conducted from the side of higher temperature to that lower temperature. RADIATION From this point, it is transferred to the outside air by radiation. CONVECTION When air is heated, it expands and begins to circulate, during the circulation it comes in contact with cooler surface; some of its heat is given up to them. It is therefore important to try to prevent air currents from being set up in the walls and ceiling of our buildings. KINDS OF THERMAL INSULATION LOOSE FILL FIBROUS TYPE Made from mineral woolrock wool, glass wool, or slag wool – or vegetable fiber – usually wood fiber.
  • 105. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 103 ● BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS exudation of the lac insect of India and Southeast Asia, deposited on the branches of the tree. LACQUERS A new product made from synthetic materials to take the place of varnish for clear finishes. The ingredients are dissolved in a mixture of volatile solvents which evaporate, leaving a film to form the protective coating. When another class of material, “pigments” are added to clear lacquer, the result is lacquer enamel, available in wide range of colors. STAINS Materials used to apply color to wood surfaces. They are intended to impart color without concealing or obscuring the grain and not to provide a protective coating. FILLERS Finishing materials which are used on wood surfaces, particularly those with open grain, to fill the pores and provide a perfect smooth, uniform surface for varnish or lacquer. It is also used to impart color to the wood pores and so emphasize the grain. SEALERS to seal the surface of the wood and prevent the absorption of succeeding finish coats. It may be applied to bare wood in essentially the same way as paste filler but has much less filling capacity. SILICONE WATER REPELLANT Used on all non-painted concrete, synthetic finishes, rubble, brick, and wash-out finishes as a protection from absorption of water and prevent moss, alkali, fungi to destroy the surface. Hardware HARDWARE Metal products used in construction, such as bolts, hinges, locks, tools. Etc. CLASSIFICATION OF HARDWARE FINISHING HARDWARE hardware such as hinges, catches, etc. that has a finished appearance as well as function, especially that used with doors, windows, and cabinets, maybe considered part of the decorative treatment of a room or building. ROUGH HARDWARE In building construction, hardware meant to be concealed, such as bolts, nails, screws, spikes, rods, and other metal fittings. TYPES OF DOORS FLUSH A smooth surface door having faces which are plane conceal its rails and stiles or other structure when used inside, it is of hollow core when used for exterior, it is of solid core. PANEL DOOR A door having stiles, rail and sometimes muntins, which form one or more frames around recessed thinner panels. OVERHEAD SWING-UP DOOR A rigid overhead door which opens as an entire unit. OVERHEAD ROLL-UP GARAGE DOOR A door which, when open, assumes a horizontal position above the door opening, made of several leaves. ROLL-UP DOOR A door made up of small horizontal interlocking metal slats which are guided in a track; the configuration coils about an overhead drum which is housed at the head of the opening, either manual or motor-driven. ACCORDION DOOR A hinge door consisting of a system of panels which are hung from an overhead track. ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS main posts, walls and flooring. WOOD PRESERVATIVE A chemical liquid painted and applied to lumber to preserve it for years. It protects wood against powder post beatles (buk-bok), powder post termite (unos), decay causing fungi such as sap stain and dry rot. FIRE- PROOFING A clear liquid applied easily on wood, plywood, lumber and other board that retains the natural beauty, gives added strength and protects materials against fire, weather, decay, insects and warping. RATPROOFING A method of protecting rooms against the intrusion of rats and other small destructive animals from gnawing the wooden parts of the house, habitating on ceilings and floors of houses and buildings. RUSTPROOFING A method of protecting the ferrous materials like steel, iron from rusting or corrosion. THOROSEAL A cement-based, heavy-duty, easy to apply, water proof sealant and coating. Thoroseal is ideal for basement walls. VAPOR BARRIERS Are materials which effectively retard or stop the flow of water vapor and normally are produced in sheets or thin layers. Paints And Protective Coatings PAINT a mixture consisting of vehicles or binders, with or without coloring pigments, adjusted and diluted with correct amounts and types of additives and thinners, which when applied on a surface, forms an adherent continuous film which provides protection, decoration, sanitation, identification and other functional properties. COMPONENTS OF AN OIL BASE PAINT BODY that solid, finely ground material which gives a paint the powder to hide, as well as color a surface. VEHICLE a nonvolatile fluid in which the solid body material is suspended. The vehicle should consist of from 85 to 90 percent drying oil and the remainder thinner and drier. PIGMENT material which give the paint its color THINNERS are volatile solvents, materials which have a natural affinity for the vehicle in the paint. They cause the paint to flow better. Most common thinner is turpentine. DRIERS organic salts of various metals such as iron, zinc, cobalt, lead manganese, and calcium, which are added to the paint to accelerate the oxidation and hardening of the vehicle. VARNISHES a group pf more-or-less transparent liquids which are used to provide a protective surface coating, at the same time they allow the original surface to show but add a lustrous and glossy finish to it. ENAMELS When pigment is added to a varnish, the result is enamel. SHELLAC The only liquid protective coating containing a resin of animal origin. The resin is an
  • 106. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 104 ● BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS FLUSH BOLT A door bolt so designed that when applied it is flush with the face or edge of the door. CHAIN DOOR FASTENER A device attached to a door and its jamb limits the door opening to the length of the chain. LOCKSET a complete lock system including the basic locking mechanism & all the accessories, such as knobs, escutcheons, plates, etc. LATCH A simple fastening device having a latch bolt, but not a dead bolt containing no provisions for locking with a key, usually can be open from both sides. LIFT LATCH A type of door latch which fastens a door by means of a pivoted bar that engages a hook on the door jamb, a lever which lifts the pivoted bar used to unfasten the door. BUTTON A small rejecting member used to fasten the frame of a door or window. KNOB A handle, more or less spherical usually for operating a lock. ESCUTCHEON A protective plate surrounding the keyhole of a door switch or a light switch. PLATES a thin flat sheet of material STRIKES A metal plate or box which is et in a door jamb & is either placed or recessed to receive the bolt or latch of a lock, fixed on a door. LIP STRIKE The projection from the side of a strike plate which the bolt of a lock strikes first, when a door is closed; projects out from the side of the strike plate to protect the frame. HASP A fastening device consisting of a loop or staple and a slotted hinge plate normally secured with a padlock. KEY-PADLOCK A device which fastens in position maybe operated by a key. HASP LOCK A kind of hasp that has a built-in locking device which can be opened only with a key. FRICTION CATCH Any catch which when it engages a strike, is held in the engaged position by friction. MAGNETIC CATCH A door catch flat that uses a magnet to hold the door in a closed position. BULLET CATCH A fastener which holds a door in place by means of a projecting spring actuated steel hall which is depressed when the door is closed. HOSPITAL ARM PULL A handle for opening a hospital door without the use of hands, by hooking an arm over the handle. PANIC EXIT DEVICE Fire exit bolt a door locking device used on exit doors; the door latch releases when a bar, across the inside of the door is pushed. EYE BOLT A bolt having its head in the form of a loop or eye. CONCRETE INSERT A plastic, wood fiber or metal usually leads plug either built in a wall or ceiling or inserted by drilling, used as an anchor or support to hold attached load. HOOK BOLT A bolt having one end in the form of a hook. DOOR STOPPER To prevent the door with its lockset from harming the wall or tiles. ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING MATERIALS BI-FOLD DOOR One of two or more doors which are hinged together so that they can open and fold in a confined space. REVOLVING DOOR An exterior door consisting of four leaves which pivot about a common vertical axis within a cylindrically shape vestibule, prevents the direct passage of air through the vestibule, thereby eliminating drafts from outside. SLIDING DOOR A door mounted on track which slides I a horizontal direction usually parallel to one wall. BY-PASSING SLIDING DOOR A sliding door which slides to cover a fixed door of the same width or another sliding door. SLIDING POCKET DOOR A door which slides inside a hollow of the wall. DUTCH DOOR A hinge door which is divided into two. The upper part can be opened while the lower portion is closed. EXAMPLE OF FINISHING HARDWARE: HINGE a movable joint used to attach support and turn a door about a pivot, consists of two plates joined together by a pin which the door and connect it to its frame, enabling it to swing open or closed. TYPES OF HINGES BUTT HINGE Consists of two rectangular metal plates which are joined with a pin. In large hinge, the pin is removable, in small hinges, it is fixed. FAST PIN HINGE A hinge I which the pin is fastened permanently in place. FULL SURFACE HINGE A hinge designed for attachment on the surface of the door and jamb without mortising. LOOSE JOINT HINGE A door hinge having two knuckles, one of which has vertical pin that fits in a corresponding hole in the other, by lifting the door up, off the vertical pin, the door maybe removed with unscrewing the hinge. LOOSE PIN HINGE A hinge having a removable pin which permits its two parts to be separated. PAUMELLE HINGE A type of door hinge having a single joint of the pivot type, usually of modern design. OLIVE KNUCKLE HINGE A paumelle hinge with knuckles forming an oval shape. SPRING HINGE A hinge containing one or more springs, when a door is opened, the hinge returns it to the open position automatically, may act in one direction only, or in both directions. VERTICAL SPRING PIVOT HINGE A spring hinge for a door which is mortised into the heel of the door, the door is fastened to the floor and door head with pivots. EXAMPLE OF ROUGH HARDWARE CW Common wire nails with head and for strength; box nail also used for strength. FIN Finishing nail without head; casing nail also without head. SCREWS Classified by gauge (diameter), length, head-type, and metallic make-up. BOLTS Have threaded shafts that receive nuts. To use them, a hole is drilled, pushing the bolt through and adding a nut.
  • 107. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 105 ● BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS WITH MACHINE ROOM Geared  Have a gearboxthat is attached to the motor, which drives the wheel that moves the ropes  Capable of travel speeds up to 500 ft / minute  Max. Travel Distance : 250 ft (approx)  Medium initial cost, ongoing intial cost, and energy consumption Gear-Less  Have the wheel attached to themotor  Capable of travel speeds up to 2000 ft / minute  Max. Travel Distance : 2000 ft (approx)  High initial cost  Medium ongoing maintenance costs  More energy efficient than geared traction elevators MACHINE-ROOM-LESS (MRL)  Do not have a dedicated machine room above the elevatorshaft  The machine sits in the override space and is accessed from the top of the elevator cab  Control Boxes are located in a control room that is adjacent to the elevator shaft on the highest landing and within 150 ft of the machine  Capable of travel speeds up to 500 ft / minute  Max. Travel Distance : 250 ft (approx)  Medium initial cost and ongoing intialcost  Low energy consumption compared to geared elevators  Most popular choice for mid-rise buildings  Energy efficient  Requires less space  Operation reliability are on par with gear-less traction elevators HISTORY Elisha Graves Otis Elevator Safety Brake (1853) E.V. Haughwout Building Installed the First Passenger Elevator (23 March 1857) Frost and Strutt Counterbalance-type, Traction-Method Elevator called the “Taagle” (1853) Felix Leon Edoux Hydraulic Elevator (1867) Siemens Electric Power Elevator (1880) Wegster DC Motor Norton Otis First direct-connected geared electric elevator Mitsubishi Electric Corp. Leader in the elevator industry ELEVATORS Elevators are devices that move people and goods vertically within a dedicated shaft that connects the floors of a building. They became commonplace in the 1850s as steel and iron structural frames allowed taller construction; however it was Elisha Otis's safety mechanism that prevented the car from falling that made elevators popular. In almost all modern multi-floor buildings, elevators are required to provide universal access. There are three main types of elevators commonly used: traction with a machine room, machine-room-less traction, and hydraulic; however, there are variations on each type. HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS Hydraulic elevators are supported by a piston at the bottom of the elevator that pushes the elevator up as an electric motor forces oil or another hydraulic fluid into the piston. The elevator descends as a valve releases the fluid from the piston. They are used for low-rise applications of 2-8 stories and travel at a maximum speed of 200 feet per minute. The machine room for hydraulic elevators is located at the lowest level adjacent to the elevator shaft.  Low initial cost  Ongoing maintenance cost are lower compared to other types  Uses more energy than other types  Major Drawback: Hdraulic fluin can sometimes leak and cause aserious environmental hazard Conventional  Have a sheave that extends below the floor of thepit, which accepts the retracting piston as the elevator descends  Max. Travel Distance : 60ft (approx) Hole-Less  Have a piston on either side of the cab fixed atthe base of the pit  Telescoping pistons: 50ft TD  Non-Telecoping: 20ft TD Roped  Use a combination of ropes and a piston  Max. Travel Distance : 60ft (approx) TRACTION ELEVATORS Traction elevators are lifted by ropes, which pass over a wheel attached to an electric motor above the elevator shaft. They are used for mid and high-rise applications and have much higher travel speeds than hydraulic elevators. A counter weight makes the elevators more efficient by offsetting the weight of the car and occupants so that the motor doesn't have to move as much weight.  Have height restrictions governed by the length and weight of cables orropes  New materials that are stronger and lighter, such as carbon fiber, willallow traction elevators to achieve new heights. MECHANICAL SYSTEMS & EQUIPMENT REFRIGERANTS R-12 Di-chloro-di-fluoro-methane R-22 Di-chloro-mono-fluoro-methane R-114 Di-chloro-tetra-fluoro-methane R-11 Tri-chloro-monofluoro-methane DESIGN DETAILS Air Handling Unit (AHU) 5% of GFA / floor Refrigeration Equipment Room  Located at Basement Floor (Chillers & Pumps)  3.96 m – 5.488 m high  1.35% ofGFA Cooling Tower 4% of Building GFA AIR CONDITIONING STANDARDS / AIR CHANGES Cooling And De-Humidifying SUMMER COOLING Temperatures of 68° to 74° F and 50% relative humidity are a frequent design average Heating And Humidifying WINTER COOLING Temperatures 70° to 75° F and relative humidity of 30% to 35 % are found most satisfactory Air Motion Air Velocity should average 4.57m to 7.60m per minute measured 36” above the floor Air Supply NON-SMOKING ROOMS 5ft3 to 7.5ft3 of air / minute / person SMOKING ROOMS 25ft3 to 40ft3 of air / minute / person ASHRAE Recommendations 15ft3 to 20ft3 of air / minute / person 0.42m3 to 0.57m3 of air / minute / person For MOST applications ASHRAE (American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air- Conditioning Engineers) is an organization devoted to the advancement of indoor-environment-control technology in the heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) industry.
  • 108. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 106 ● BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS PRE-STRESSING TENDONS AND DUCTS  center-to-center spacing of pretensioning tendons at each end of amember shall not be less than 5db for wire, nor 4db forstrands MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER FOR CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (NONPRESTRESSED)  concrete cast against and permanently exposed to earth –75mm  concrete exposed to earth or weather:  20mm through 36mm diameter bar – 50mm  16mm diameter bar and smaller – 40mm  concrete not exposed to weather or in contact with ground:  slabs, walls, joists:  45 to 60mm diameter bars – 40mm  36mm diameter bar and smaller – 20mm  beams, columns:  primary reinforcement, ties, stirrups, spirals – 40mm  shells, folded plate members:  20mm diameter bar and larger – 20mm  16mm diameter bar and smaller – 12mm MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER FOR PRECAST CONCRETE  concrete exposed to earth or weather:  wall panels:  45mm and 60mm diameter bars –40mm  36mm diameter bar and smaller – 20mm  other members:  45mm and 60mm diameter bars – 50mm  20mm through 36mm diameter bar – 40mm  16mm diameter bar and smaller – 30mm  concrete not exposed to earth or in contact with ground:  slabs, walls, joists:  45mm and 60mm diameter bars –30mm  36mm diameter bar and smaller – 15mm  beams, columns:  primary reinforcement – db but not less than 15mm and need not exceed 40mm  ties, stirrups, spirals – 10mm  shells, folded plate members:  20mm diameter bar and larger – 15mm  16mm diameter bar and smaller – 10mm CONSTRUCTION JOINTS  construction joints in floors shall be located within the middle third of spans of slabs, beams and girders  joints in girders shall be offset a minimum distance of 2 times the width of intersecting beams STANDARD HOOKS  180-degree bend plus 4db extension, but not less than 60mm at free end ofbar  90-degree bend plus 12db extension at free end ofbar  for stirrup and tie hooks:  16mm diameter bar and smaller – 90-degree bend plus 6db extension at free end of bar, or  20 and 25mm diameter bar – 90-degree bend plus 12db extension atfree end of bar, or  25mm diameter bar and smaller – 135-degree bend plus 6db extension at free end of bar MINIMUM BEND DIAMETERS  bar size of 16mm and smaller (for stirrups and ties) – 4db (insidediameter)  bar size of 10mm through 25mm – 6db  bar size of 28, 32 and 36mm – 8db SPACING LIMITS FOR REINFORCEMENT  the minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in a layer shall be db butnot less than 25mm  the minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in 2 or more layers shall not be less than 25mm between layers  in spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance between longitudinal bars shall not be less than 1.5db or less than40mm  in walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primary flexural reinforcement shall not be spaced farther apart than 3 times the wall orslab thickness, nor farther than 450mm BUNDLED BARS  shall be limited to 4 bars in 1 bundle  shall be enclosed within stirrups or ties  bars larger than 36mm diameter shall not be bundled inbeams  individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall terminate at different points with at least 40db stagger  where spacing limitations and minimum concrete cover are based onbar diameter db, a unit of bundled bars shall be treated as a single bar of a diameter derived from the equivalent total area  minimum concrete cover shall be equal to the equivalent diameter of the bundle, but need not be greater than 50mm CONCRETE COARSE AGGREGATES (Not larger than)  1/5 of the Narrowest dimension between side forms  1/3 the depth of slabs  ¾ the minimu clear spacing between individual reinforcing bars or wires, bundles of bars, or prestressing tendons or ducts CURING  Type I, II, IV, V – maintained above 10°Cand in a moist condition for at least the first 7 days afterplacement  High-early strength concrete (Type III) – maintained above 10°Cand in a moist condition for at least the first 3 daysafter placement CONDUITS AND PIPES EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE  they (including their fittings) shall not displace more than 4% of the area of cross section when embedded within a column  they shall not be larger in outside dimension than 1/3 the overall thickness of slab, wall or beam in which they are embedded  they shall be spaced not closer than 3 diameters or widths oncenter  conduits, pipes and sleeves may be considered as replacing structurally in compression the displaced concrete, provided:  they are of uncoated or galvanized iron or steel not thinner than standard Schedule 40 steel pipe  they have a nominal inside diameter not over 50mm and are spaced not less than 3 diameters on centers  concrete cover shall not be less than 40mm for concrete exposed to earth or weather, or less than 20mm for concrete not exposed to weather or in contact with ground  reinforcement with an area not less than 0.002 times the area of concrete section shall be provided normal to the piping  they (including their fittings) shall not displace more than 4% of the area of cross section when embedded within a column  they shall not be larger in outside dimension than 1/3 the overall thickness of slab, wall or beam in which they are embedded  they shall be spaced not closer than 3 diameters or widths oncenter  conduits, pipes and sleeves may be considered as replacing structurally in compression the displaced concrete, provided:  they are of uncoated or galvanized iron or steel not thinner than standard Schedule 40 steel pipe  they have a nominal inside diameter not over 50mm and are spaced not less than 3 diameters on centers  concrete cover shall not be less than 40mm for concrete exposed to earth or weather, or less than 20mm for concrete not exposed to weather or in contact with ground  reinforcement with an area not less than 0.002 times the area of concrete section shall be provided normal to the piping
  • 109. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 107 ● BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS STRENGTH-REDUCTION FACTOR  flexure without axial load, 0.90  axial tension and axial tension with flexure, 0.90  axial compression and axial compression with flexure:  spiral reinforced, 0.75  tie reinforce, 0.70  shear and torsion, 0.85  bearing on concrete, 0.70  post-tensioned anchorage zones, 0.85 DISTANCE BETWEEN LATERAL SUPPORTS OF FLEXURAL MEMBERS  spacing of lateral supports for a beam shall not exceed 50 times the leastwidth b of compression flange or face LIMITS FOR REINFORCEMENT OF COMPRESSION MEMBERS  minimum number of longitudinal bars in compression members shall be 3 for bars within triangular ties, 4 for bars within rectangular or circular ties, and 6 for bars enclosed by spirals SPACING LIMITS FOR SHEAR REINFORCEMENT  shall not exceed d/2 in non-prestressed members and 3/4h in prestressed members or 600mm WALLS  minimum ratio of vertical reinforcement area to gross concrete area shallbe:  0.0012 – deformed bars not larger than 16mm diameter witha specified yield strength not less than 420Mpa, or  0.0015 – for other deformed bars, or  0.0012 – for welded wire fabric (plain or deformed)  minimum ratio of horizontal reinforcement area to gross concrete area shallbe:  0.0020 – deformed bars not larger than 16mm diameter witha specified yield strength not less than 420 Mpa, or  0.0025 – for other deformed bars, or  0.0020 – for welded wire fabric (palin or deformed)  in addition to the minimum reinforcement required, not less than 2-16mm diameter bars shall be provided around all window and door openings. Such bars shall be extended to develop the bar beyond the corners of the openings but not less than 600mm TRANSVERSE REINFORCEMENT (HOOPS)  the first hoop shall be located not more than 50mm from the face ofa supporting member  maximum spacing of the hoops shall not exceed:  d/4  8 times the diameter of the smallest longitudinal bar  24 times the diameter of the hoop bars  300mm  where hoops are not required, stirrups shall be placed at no more than d/2 throughout the length of the member SHRINKAGE AND TEMPERATURE REINFORCEMENT  shrinkage and temperature reinforcement shall be spaced not farther apartthan 5 times the slab thickness, or 450mm  spacing of prestressed tendons shall not exceed 1.80m T-BEAM CONSTRUCTION  the flange and web shall be built integrally or otherwise effectively bonded together  width of slab effective as a T-beam flange on each side of the web shall not exceed:  ¼ the span length of the beam,  8 times the slab thickness, or  ½ the clear distance to the next web  for beams with a slab on one side only, the effective overhanging flange width shall not exceed:  1/12 the span length of the beam,  6 times the slab thickness, or  ½ the clear distance to the next web  transverse reinforcement shall be spaced not farther apart than 5 times the slab thickness, nor 450mm JOIST CONSTRUCTION  ribs shall not be less than 100mm in width and shall have a depth of not more than 3½ times the minimum width of rib  clear spacing between ribs shall not exceed 750mm  slab thickness over permanent fillers shall not be less than 1/12 the clear distance between ribs nor less than 40mm  when removable forms or fillers are used, slab thickness shall not be les than 1/12 the clear distance between ribs, or less than 50mm  where conduits or pipes are embedded within the slab, slab thickness shall be at least 25mm greater than the total overall depth of the conduits or pipes at any point REQUIRED STRENGTH  dead load and live load  U = 1.4D + 1.7L  dead load, live load and wind load  U = 0.75 (1.4D + 1.7L + 1.7W)  U = 0.9D + 1.3W  dead load, live load and earthquake load  U = 1.3D + 1.1L + 1.1E  U = 0.99D + 1.1E NON-BEARING WALLS  thickness shall not be less than 100mm, or not less than 1/30 the least distance between members that provide lateral support CONCRETE MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE  concrete cast against and permanently exposed to earth –75mm  concrete exposed to earth or weather:  wall panels, slabs, joists – 25mm  other members – 40mm  concrete not exposed to earth or in contact with ground:  slabs, walls, joists – 20mm  beams, columns:  primary reinforcement – 40mm  ties, stirrups, spirals – 25mm  shells, folded plate members:  16mm diameter bar and smaller – 10mm  other reinforcement – db but not less than 20mm OFFSET BARS  slope of inclined portion of an offset bar with axis of column shall not exceed 1 in 6  portions of bar above and below an offset shall be parallel to axis ofcolumn  lateral ties or spirals, if used, shall be placed not more than 150mm from points of bend  offset bars shall be bent before placement in the forms  where a column face is offset 75mm or greater, longitudinal bars shall not be offset bent. Separate dowels, lap sliced with the longitudinal bars adjacent to the offset column faces, shall be provided SPIRALS  for cast-in-place construction, size of spirals shall not be less than 10mm diameter  clear spacing between spirals shall not exceed 75mm or be less than25mm  anchorage of spiral reinforcement shall be provided by 1½ extra turns of spiral bar or wire at each end of a spiral unit  spiral reinforcement shall be lap spliced by 48db but not less than 300mm or welded  in columns with capitals, spirals shall extend to a level at which the diameter or width of capital is 2 times that of the column  plain bars shall conform to one of the following specifications:  ASTM A 615M  ASTM A 616M  ASTM A 617M  plain wire shall conform to: ASTM A 82 – Steel Wire, Plain MINIMUM FOOTING DEPTH  depth of footing above bottom reinforcement shall not be less than 150mm for footings on soil, or not less than 300mm for footings onpiles
  • 110. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 108 ● BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS Plug and Slot Welds  diameter of the hole for a plug weld shall not be less than the thickness of the part containing it plus 8mm, nor greater than the minimum diameter plus3mm or 2¼ times the thickness of the weld  minimum spacing of lines of slot welds in a direction transverse to their length shall be 4 times the width of the slot  minimum center-to-center spacing in a longitudinal direction shall be 2 times the length of the slot  length of the slot shall not exceed 10 times the thickness of theweld  width of the slot shall not be less than the thickness of the part containing it plus 8mm, nor shall it be larger than 2¼ times the thickness of the weld  thickness of plug or slot welds in material 16mm or less thick = thickness of the material  thickness of plug or slot welds in material over 16mm thick = ½ the thickness of the material but not less than 16mm Therefore I tell you, whatever you ask in prayer, believe that you have received it, and it will be yours." -Mark 11:24 WELDS  weld access holes shall have a length from the toe of the weld preparation not less than 1½ times the thickness of the material in which the hole ismade Groove Welds  effective area = effective length of the weld x effective throatthickness  effective length = width of the part joined  effective throat thickness of a complete-penetration groove weld = thickness of the thinner part joined  minimum effective throat thickness of partial-penetration groove welds =  3mm (thicker part joined to 6mm inclusive)  5mm (thicker part joined over 6 to 12mm)  6mm (thicker part joined over 12 to20mm)  8mm (thicker part joined over 20 to38mm)  10mm (thicker part joined over 38 to 57mm)  12mm (thicker part joined over 57 to 150mm)  16mm (thicker part joined over 150mm)  effective throat thickness of a flare groove weld =  flare bevel groove, 5/16R  flare V-groove, ½R Fillet Welds  effective area of fillet welds = effective length x effective throatthickness  effective throat thickness of a fillet weld = shortest distance from the root of the joint to the face of the diagrammatic weld  minimum size of fillet welds =  3mm (thicker part joined to 6mm inclusive)  5mm (thicker part joined over 6 to 12mm)  6mm (thicker part joined over 12 to 20mm)  8mm (thicker part joined over 20mm)  maximum size of fillet welds along edges =  not greater than the thickness of the material (material less than 6mm thick)  not greater than the thickness of the material minus 1.6mm(material 6mm or more in thickness)  minimum effective length of a fillet weld designed on the basis of strength shall not be less than 4 times its nominal size  if greater than 4 times its nominal size, the size of the weld should notexceed ¼ its effective length  effective length of any segment of intermittent fillet welding shall not beless than 4 times the weld size, with a minimum of 38mm  in lap joints, minimum lap shall be 5 times the thickness of the thinner part joined, but not less than 25mm  slide or end fillet welds terminating at ends or sides, respectively, of parts or members shall, wherever practicable, be returned continuously around the corners for a distance not less than 2 times the nominal size of theweld STRUCTURAL STEEL LIMITING SLENDERNESS RATIOS  for members whose design is based on compressive force, the slenderness ratio preferably should not exceed 200  for members whose designed is based on tensile force, the slenderness ratio preferably should not exceed 300 ALLOWABLE STRESSES  for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area,0.60Fy  for tension in structural steel based on effective net area,0.50Fu  for tension on pin-connected members based on net area, 0.45Fy  for tension on eyebars on the body area, 0.60Fy  for flexural members with compact sections, Fb = 0.66Fy  for flexural members with non-compact sections, Fb = 0.60Fy PIN-CONNECTED MEMBERS  minimum net area beyond the pinhole, parallel to the axis of the member,shall not be less than 2/3 of the net area across the pinhole  width of the body of an eyebar shall not exceed 8 times itsthickness  pin diameter shall not be less than 7/8 times the eyebar width  pinhole diameter shall be no more than 0.8mm greater than the pindiameter SHEAR CONNECTORS  shear connectors shall have at least 25mm of lateral concrete cover  diameter of studs shall not be greater than 2½ times the thickness of the flange to which they are welded  minimum center-to-center spacing of stud connectors shall be 6 diameters along the longitudinal axis and 4 diameters transverse to the longitudinal axis maximum center-to-center spacing of stud connectors shall not exceed 8times the total slab thickness FASTENERS  distance between centers of standard, oversized or slotted fastener holes shall not be less than 2 2/3 times the nominal diameter of thefastener  maximum distance from the center of any rivet or bolt to the nearest edge of parts in contact shall be 12 times the thickness of the connected part, but shall not exceed 150mm CAMBER  trusses of 24.4m or greater span generally shall be cambered forapproximately the dead-load deflection  crane girders of 22.9m or greater span generally shall be camberedfor approximately the dead-load deflection plus ½ the live-loaddeflection
  • 111. ● IMHOTEP©2018 ●Page 109 ● BUILDING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIALS UNITS OF MEASUREMENT SOUND Wavelength The distance measured in the direction of propagation of wave from any one point to the next point of corresponding response Amplitude The maximum deviation of a wave or alternating current from it’s average value Frequency The number of cycles per unit time of wave Hertz (Hz) The Si Unit of frequency (cycle / s) Pitch The predominant frequency of a sound as perceived by the human ear Octave The interval between two frequencies (2:1) Doppler Effect An apparent shift in freauency occurring when an acoustic source and listener are in motion relative to each other, the frequency increasing when the source and listener approach each other and decreasing when they move apart. Phon A unit for measuring the apparent loudness of a sound, equal in number to the decibels of a 1000 Hz reference sound judges by a group of listeners to be equal in loudness to the given sound Sone A unit for measuring the apparent loudness of a sound, judged by a group of listeners to be equal to the loudness of a 1000 Hz reference sound having an intensity of 40 decibels Decibel A unit for expressing the relative pressure or intensity of sounds on a uniform scale from 0 (threshold of hearing) to about 130 (threshold of pain) Speed of Sound (per second) Norm Dry Air Air Water Wood Steel 322m 344m 0.3km 1.4km 3.6km 5.5km Sabin A unit of sound absorption equal to 1 ft2 (0.90m2) of a perfectly absorptive surface Metric Sabin (Absorption Unit) A unit of sound absorption equal to 1m2 of a perfectly absorptive surface Phase A particular point or stage in a periodic cycle or process. UNITS OF MEASUREMENT LIGHT Luminous Intensity The luminous flux emitted per unit solid angle by a light source, expressed in candelas. Candlepower Luminous intensity expressed in candelas Candle A unit of luminous intensity used prior to 1948, equal to the luminous intensity of a wax candle of standard specifications. Candela (Cd) The basic SI unit of luminous intensity, equal to the luminous; intensity of a source that emitsmonochromaticatic radiation of frequency 540 x 1012 hertz and that has a radiant intensity of 1/683 watt per steradian. Also called standard candle Luminous Flux The rate of flow of visible light per unit time expressed in lumen Lumen (lm) The SI Unit of luminous flux, equal to the light emitted in a solid angle of one steradian by a uniform point Cosine Law (Lambert’s Law) The law that the illumination produced on a surface by a point source is proportional to the cosine of the angle of incidence Illumination (Illuminance) The intensity of light falling at any given place on a lighted surface equal to the luminous flux incident per unit area and expressed in lumens per unit of area Lux SI Unit of illumination (lumen / m2) Foot-Candle A Unit of illumination that is everywhere one foot from a uniform point source of one candela (lumen / ft2) Lambert (L) A unit of luminance or brightness (0.32Cd / cm2) Foot-Lambert (fL) A unit of luminance or brightness (0.32Cd / ft2) Angstrom (A) A unit of length equal to one ten-billionth of a meter, used esp. to express the wavelengths of radiation. Nanometer (nm) A unit of length equal to one billionth of a meter, used esp. to express wavelengths of light in or near the visible spectrum IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING BY COLOR AND TAG MATERIAL PIPED COLOR PIPE ID Air (Low Pressure) GREEN L.P. Air Argon (Low Pressure) GREEN L.P. Argon Helium (Low Pressure) GREEN L.P. Helium Nitrogen(Low Pressure) GREEN L.P.-Nitrogen Water (Cold) GREEN Cold Water Water (Distilled) GREEN Distilled Water Water (Low-Pressure) (Excl. Of fire Service) GREEN L.P. Water Water (Treated) GREEN Treated Water Oil and Water (For hydraulic system) GREEN Oil and Water Acetylene ORANGE Acetylene Blast Furnace Glass ORANGE B.F.Gas Gasoline ORANGE Gasoline Grease ORANGE Grease Hydrogen ORANGE Hydrogen Oxygen ORANGE Oxygen Oil ORANGE Oil Tar ORANGE Tar Producer Gas ORANGE Producer Gas Liquid Petroleum Gas ORANGE L. P. Gas Vacuum (High) ORANGE High Vacuum Oil and Water (For hydraulic system) ORANGE Oil and Water Carbon Dioxide RED Carbon Dioxide Water (Fire Service) RED Fire Service Water Acid YELLOW Acid Air (High pressure) YELLOW H.P. Air Ammonia YELLOW Ammonia Steam (High Pressure) YELLOW H.P.Steam Steam (Low Pressure) YELLOW L.P. Steam Water (Boiler Feed) YELLOW Boiler Feed Water Water (Hot) YELLOW Hot Water Water (High Pressure) (Excl. of Fire service) YELLOW H.P. Water